a A ag i A a I a - ~: “ Ot OER! a 8 re mie I pana PRA he os re be nd ee ae pity taf. —< See BULLETIN THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — VoLtumE XLII, 1920-1921 NEW YORK PUBLISHED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES 1920-1921 er —en. a ee eee uae ate —_ THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY SEVENTY-SEVENTH STREET AND CENTRAL Park West, New York City Boarp OF TRUSTEES (As of December 31, 1921) PRESIDENT ' HENRY FAIRFIELD OSBORN First VICE-PRESIDENT SeconpD VicEe-PRESIDENT CLEVELAND H. DODGE J. P. MORGAN TREASURER SECRETARY HENRY P. DAVISON PERCY R. PYNE Ex-oFFIc10 THE MAYOR OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK THE COMPTROLLER OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK THE PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PARKS ELECTIVE GEORGE F. BAKER ARTHUR CURTISS JAMES GEORGE F. BAKER, Jr. WALTER B. JAMES FREDERICK F. BREWSTER CHARLES LANIER THOMAS DeWITT CUYLER OGDEN MILLS WALTER DOUGLAS A. PERRY OSBORN CHILDS FRICK GEORGE D. PRATT MADISON GRANT THEODORE ROOSEVELT WILLIAM AVERELL HARRIMAN LEONARD C. SANFORD ARCHER M. HUNTINGTON JOHN B. TREVOR ADRIAN ISELIN FELIX M. WARBURG ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS (As of December 31, 1921) DrrEcToR ASSISTANT SECRETARY FREDERIC A. LUCAS GEORGE H. SHERWOOD ASsISTANT TREASURER THE UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK iii ScrenTiFic STAFF (As of December 31, 1921) DIRECTOR Freperic A. Lucas, Sc.D. GEOLOGY AND INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY Epmunp Otts Hovey, Ph. D., Curator Cuester A. Reeps, Ph.D., Associate Curator of Invertebrate Paleontology MINERALOGY Hersert P. Wurrtock, C.E., Curator WOODS AND FORESTRY (Curatorship Vacant) LOWER INVERTEBRATES Henry E. Crampton, Ph.D., Honorary Curator Roy W. Miner, A.B., Associate Curator (In Charge) Witiarp G. Van Name, Ph.D., Assistant Curator ENTOMOLOGY Frank E. Lutz, Ph.D., Curator A. J. Mutcuier, Assistant in Coleoptera Frank E. Watson, B.S., Assistant in Lepidoptera JoserH Bequaert, Ph.D., Assistant in Congo Zoology ICHTHYOLOGY Basurorp Dean, Ph.D., Honorary Curator Joun T. Nicuous, A.B., Associate Curator of Recent Fishes E. W. Gupaer, Ph.D., Associate in Ichthyology HERPETOLOGY ~— G. K. Nosie, A.M., Assistant Curator (In Charge) Karu Parrerson Scumipt, A.B,, Assistant Curator ORNITHOLOGY Frank M. Cuapman, Se.D., Curator W. DeW. Mitver, Associate Curator Rowert CusuMan Murpny, Se.D., Associate Curator of Marine Birds James P. Cuaprn, A.M., Assistant Curator, African Birds Loupitow Griscom, A.M., Assistant Curator MAMMALOGY Roy C. Anprews, A.M., Associate Curator of Mammals of the Kastern Hemisphere H. EF. Anwrnony, A.M., Associate Curator of Mammals of the Western Hemisphere Hensent Lana, Assistant Curator, African Mammals Cant FE. Axe ey, Associate in Mammalogy iv —_—-- > =o se “_—a Scientific Staff VERTEBRATE PALHONTOLOGY Henry FatrFretp Osporn, LL.D., D.Sc., Honorary Curator W. D. Marruew, Ph.D., Curator Wa ter GRANGER, Associate Curator of Fossil Mammals Barnum Brown, A.B., Associate Curator of Fossil Reptiles Wiuram K. Grecory, Ph.D., Associate in Paleontology COMPARATIVE ANATOMY Wituram K. GrEcoRY, Ph.D., Curator S. H. Cuvuss, Assistant in Osteology ANTHROPOLOGY Ciark Wisster, Ph.D., Curator Puiny E. Gopparp, Ph.D., Curator of Ethnology N.C. Netson, M.L., Associate Curator of North American Archeology Cuar.es W. Mrap, Assistant Curator of Peruvian Archeology Louis R. Suttrvan, A.M., Assistant Curator, Physical Anthropology COMPARATIVE PHYSIOLOGY Ratrpw W. Tower, Ph.D., Curator PUBLIC HEALTH CHARLEs-Epwarp Amory Wrinstow, D.P.H., Curator PUBLIC EDUCATION GerorGe H. Sxerwoop, A.M., Curator G. Criypk FisHer, Ph.D., Associate Curator Ruts Crospy Noste, A.B., Assistant Curator Grace FisHer Ramsey, Assistant LIBRARY AND PUBLICATIONS ; Raupu W. Tower, Ph.D., Curator Ipa Ricuarpson Hoop, A.B., Assistant Librarian RESEARCH ASSOCIATES ALEssSANDRO F asp, Physiology CLARENCE L. Hay, A.M.,.Mexican and Central American Archeology George F.. Kunz, Ph.D., Gems Cuares W. Lena, B.S., Coleoptera J. Howarp McGrecor, Ph.D., Human Anatomy FRANK J. Meyers, Rotifera HerBert F. Scowarz, A.M., Hymenoptera A. L. TreapwE Lt, Ph.D., Annulata Wituiam M. Wueeter, Ph.D., Social Insects CONTENTS OF VOLUME XLIII PAGE Title-pammess 5 << 6s Secacn es Mis 05s Ss op oa see Saar me ae ee 1 Officers:and Trustees... 2.525 osc se SR ee ae Se aha nag ae lil Sontific Staff. 3.3.25 en eS nz iv Contents... 2.65 0632 a eee ee ae vi Dates of Publication of Separata.............. Pee ey eR ar eee vi List of Illustrations. .. 25.60 Se ee eee eee Vii List of New Taxonomic Nameés;- >... 85 Ge PO ea eae es Pee ee Ferrata 555 on a ee a icc es ee ee a xii Art. I.—Parasitic Copepods From the Congo Basin. By CHARLES BRANCH Wiuson.::: (Plates THis Ss ea i oe eee 1 II.—Tipulide Collected by the American Museum Congo Expedition. By CHares P. ALEXANDER. (Plate IV, one text figure)... . 9 I1I.—Neuroptera, Panorpata, and Trichoptera Collected by the American Museum Congo Expedition, With Lists of the Species Known from the Belgian Congo. By NaTHaNn BANKs............ 21 1V.—African Stone-Flies and May-Flies Collected by the American Museum Congo Expedition. By James G. NEEDHAM. (Plate: Wes pies ees wee ce es Cts gn 35 V.—Isopods Collected by the American Museum Congo Expedition. By Wittarp G. Van Name. (One hundred and twenty-six GOEE TOG) circ hesis scm ae Lac ane agai eee Lae ae 41 V1I.—Lepidoptera of the Congo, Being a Systematic List of the Butter- flies and Moths Collected by The American Museum of Natural History Congo Expedition, Together with Description of Some Hitherto Undescribed Species. By W. J. HoLLAnp. (Plates VI-XIV and nine text figures). .................55. 109 VII.—Amphipods Collected by the American Museum Congo Expedi- tion, 1909-1915. By CLarence R. SHommaker. (Six text VIII.—The Brachyuran Crabs Collected by the American Museum Congo Expedition, 1909-1915. By Mary J. Rarssun. (Plates XV-LXIV, one map, and twenty-two text figures).. 379 Index to Article Vii 856i Hci vids be SON cL eee aE tie ere 333 Index to Article VIET: cei nievc Vink Rae Oa ee teat 469 Index to Articles I-V, ViVi). c:ciscasn dvd athe eh ie ae wks 475 DATES OF PUBLICATION OF SEPARATES The edition of separates is 300 copies, of which about 100 are mailed on the date of issue, and the others placed on sale in the Library. Art. I, April 22, 1920. Art. V, Sept. 27, 1920. OEE 5; a Ses * VI, Dec. 4, 1920. My AAG, a AO) TANG tO eee “ IV, “ 28, 1920. “ VIL, Sept. 30, 1921, vi era Se ee ee ee ee et LV ee LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS PLATES I.—The male and female of Argulus reticulatus. II.—The male and female of Argulus ambloplites. III.—The females of Lernwa haplocephala and Brachyella macrura. IV.—Wings of Limnobia congoensis, Lecteria africana, Tipula dolichopezoides, T’. langi, Nephrotoma chapini, and N. ruwenzoriana. V.—Pentagenia schoutedeni, Cenopsis fugitans, Neoperla dubia, and N. excisa. VI.—Planema nelsoni, Papilio ridleyanus, P. r. fumosus, Hypolimnas bartteloti var. obliterata, Cymothoé diphyia, and Neptis agatha. VII.—Bicyclus medontias var. obsoletus, Euphedra imitans, Precis stygia stygia, P. s. gregorii, P. s. fuscata, Cymothoé cyclades, Kallimula osborni, Mycalesis chapini, and Euryphene maximiniana. VIII.—Cymothoé herminia, C. h. var. poénsis, Neptis biafra, Cymothoé capellides, C. capella, C. langi, and C. adelina. IX.—Euphedra cyanea, Cymothoé cenis var. conformis, Euryphene lucasi, Euphedra medon var. innotata, and Cymothoé cenis var. rubida. X.—Cymothoé aramis, C. ogova, C. Reginw-Elizabethe, C. anatorgis, C. angulifascia, Mycalesis langi, and Euryphene fulgurata. XI.—Euphedra preussi notata, E. inanoides, E. preussi subviridis, E. rezioides, E. preussi fulvofasciata, E. p. angustior, and E. p. latefasciata. XII.—Abantis rubra, Triclema lutzi, Leptalina niangarensis, Spindasis aderna, Oxylides homeyeri, Spindasis chapini, Telipna rothioides, T. medjensis, Pentila cletensi, Epitola langi, Pentila clarensis, Diestogyna kahli, and D. rotundata. XITI.—Xanthospilopteryx medjensis, Amphicollia pactolica, Pitthea famulita, Metarctia chapini, Pseudogonitis variabilis, Eutelia nigricans, Tolna bolengensis, Rhyn- chodes avakubi, Amphigonia hyalinata, Heterospila (?) rubida, Leocyma congoén- sis, Sphingomorpha aliena, Dermaleipa nubilata, Deinypena fulvida, D. trans- versata, D. morosa, and Pseudoterpna (?) chapinaria. XIV.—Leipoxais punctulata, Sapelia bipunctata, Deinypena multilineata, Osteosema phyllobrota, Lelia soloides, Callocossus langi, Gonanticlea (?) langaria, Ctenogyna (2) medjensis, Deinypena obscura, Proterozeuxis (?) medjensis, Rhamidava pieri- dara, and Phasicnecus grandiplaga. XV.—Geograpsus lividus and Callinectes latimanus. XVI.—Sarmatium curvatum and its habitat. XVII.—Habitat of Cardisoma armatum. XVII.—Pisa carinimana and Dromia atlantica. XIX.—Callinectes marginatus and C. gladiator. XX.—Callinectes marginatus and Potamon (Potamonautes) floweri. XXI.—Callinectes latimanus. XXII.—Callinectes latimanus and Geograpsus lividus. XXII.—Thalamita africana. XXIV.—Potamon (Potamonautes) dybowskii. XXV.—Potamon (Potamonautes) lirrangensis. XXVI.—Potamon (Potamonautes) stanleyensis and P. (P.) lirrangensis. XXVII.—Potamon (Potamon) ballayi. Vii Vill — Illustrations XXVIII.—Potamon (Potamon) ballayi, P. (Geothelphusa) perparvus, and P. (G.) congoénsis. XXIX.—Potamon (Geothelphusa) congoénsis. XXX.—Potamon (Geothelphusa) perparvus. XXXI.—Potamon (Acanthothelphusa) faradjensis. XXXII.—Potamon (Acanthothelphusa) langi. XXXIII.—Erimetopus brazze. XXXIV .—Deckenia mitis. XXXV.—Menippe nanus and Pilumnus verrucosipes. XXXVI.—Pilumnus verrucosipes and Eurypanopeus blanchardi (?). XXXVII.—Panopeus africanus. XXXVIII.—Grapsus grapsus. XXXIX.—Goniopsis cruentata. XL.—Pachygrapsus gracilis and P. transversus. XLI.—Sesarma (Chiromantes) africanum. XLII.—Sesarma (Chiromantes) alberti, S. (C.) africanum, and Sarmatium curvatum, XLIII.—Sesarma (Holometopus) angolense. XLIV.—Sesarma (Holometopus) elegans. XLV.—Sesarma (Holometopus) angolense, S. (H.) eats and Uca tangeri. XLVI.—Sarmatium curvatum. XLVII.—Sarmatium curvatum, Cyclograpsus occidentalis, and Sesarma (Holometopus) biittikoferi. XLVIII.—Cardisoma.armatum and Sesarma (Chiromantes) atherts. XLIX.—Cardisoma armatum. L.—Cardisoma armatum. LI.—Cardisoma armatum. LII.—Ocypode ippeus. LIII.—Ocypode africana. LIV.—Uca tangeri. LV.—Shore of the Atlantic Ocean near San Antonio, Angola. Sandy cove on left bank of Congo estuary near San Antonio. LVI.—Shore on east side of Banana peninsula, at incoming tide. Shore vegetation along bay north of San Antonio, at low tide. LVII.—Wild date palms, north of Banana, after a grass fire. Laterite blocks on the beach of the Atlantic near Moanda. LVIL1.—Forest of mangroves bordering a creek near Malela, at high tide. LIX.—Interior of a mangrove forest near Malela, at low tide. LX.—Forest of mangroves bordered by Raphia near Malela, at incoming tide, Edge of bushy mangrove formation along Banana Creek, at low tide. LXI.—Bank of the Congo about 17 miles from Banana, between Malela and Ponta da Lenha, at low tide. LXII.—Bank of the Congo just below Malela, at outgoing tide. LXIII.—Tschopo River near Stanleyville, at low water, in March, LXIV.—Forest brook in the Rain Forest of the Northeastern Belgian Congo south of Poko, at the end of January. Text Fiaures Pace Details of pupa of Tipula species from Mt. Ruwenzori.......0. 066.666. .00 5. 18 Eurydice carangia, new species: female and second pleopod of male,......... 50 te oe Illustrations : ix ' PaGE Eurydice carangis, new species: mouth-parts of female.................--. 51 Eurydice carangis, new species: legs of female................006.00000005 52 PACH, CODMMNMON! TOMAR? 26555. 256:i5cior stag Bal ete ea SANS Nb ele ele aes 54 Nerocila cephalotes: young individuals. ................ 0622 e cece cece eens 56 es RRR i ari pate Po 3 Oar arta 58 RES * Sa SS Sen cal yor a a re nn 60 Ichthyoxenos expansus, new species: female..............022 0000002 eee eens 61 Ichthyoxenos expansus, new species: female...............605:00+ ee eeeees 62 SERINE CRIP ICSE” LOTIONO So Sg oii 5 Ale att vn CREE Ce ao gel She oie woe 64 Spheroma destructor: mouth-parts of female... ........00.0 6066s 65 Spheroma destructor: legs of females. ...... 2.0.20. ccc cere sheen ees 66 Pleurocrypta langi, new species: dorsal and ventral aspects and first opercular NT ee een og AES A So WP EO GT mw Bly ioe Gk MOEN OE GE 68 Pseudione chapini, new species: dorsal and ventral aspects of femaleand male.. 70 RINE, RUM URAR INN ES J.D Cote ete et xs WAU ewes) VAs OSs Sele aCe va ais 74 Ligyda exotica: legs of female and male................... 0.04 ee cee eens 75 OT NT SRS at a Ne ae ai nn ae re 76 Ligyda olfersii: legs of female and male....................00 0 cece eee ees 77 Eubelum stanleyanum, new species: female and details of structure of female and ee amas rae trp Ether DOLE cicd ow Sole leSve x was ou whi ees 79 Eubelum stanleyanum, new species: female................0 0.0 cc cece ee 80 Eubelum stipulatum: female and details of structure of femaleand male........ 82 CII! SURMMB a ee lignes canes oe en Cause eid wendgaus be 83 Eubelum propinquum, new species: details of structure of male.............. 85 Eubelum asperius, new species: details of structure of female................ 86 Eubelum garambe, new species: details of structure of female................ 88 Eubelum garambe, new species: female. .................00 0 cee cece eee ee 89 Eubelum tenebrarum, new species: female and details of structure of male and eS SO Sire ny Slee PET he ODE IY oie Wats a 9 bw bd CaN he 90 Eubelum tenebrarum, new species: female................. 2.0002 e eee eee 91 Synarmadillo globus: male and details of structure of male.................. 93 SOP MARIN MEDEA? INGLES 6d ia. ye Goat ares Ga FO aks SE a ya Nae Bae 94 Synarmadillo lubilensis, new species: female and details of structure of female. 96 Synarmadillo lubilensis, new species: female... ...........0000 6c cee eee 97 Cubaris banane, new species: female and details of structure of female and male 98 Cubaris regulus, new species: female and details of structure of female........ 101 en MANNIE TOMNGIO 60. cig sates sins ale aia howe eee Ould eats Paw ies eee shee 103 Niambia squamata: male and details of structure of female and male......... 104 Deudoriz batikelides, new species: female from Mombasa....... RS See raion 222 PEADMMA Lae, NEW BPCGIOS: MAIO. 6.) . ac wa es seta esc kt eee 263 Preis RO OW BNOUIESS MAIO. ss eos ek ae bb Ge dle ak ences ee 266 Deilemera anomala, new species: male and female......................... 269 Lelta hildoides, new species: male... . 2.5. ce ccc ees cece eens 298 Acidalia medjaria, new species: male................ FEC ae oe ae 312 Chrysopoloma nubila, new species: female...................00 0000 e eee eee 322 Saliunca rubriventris, new species: female....................0 0000-0020 eee 324 Phryganodes sex-guttata, new species: male... ........6.. 02 ee eee 328 x Illustrations PAGE Elasmopus congoénsis, new species: details of structure of male.............. 372 Elasmopus congoénsis, new species: details of structure of male......... Se ciee

and projects strongly from the posterior margin. Color, the same as in the female except that the black pigment is in widely scattered spots instead of a continuous network. Total length, 6mm. Carapace, 5 mm. long, 4mm. wide. Abdomen, 1.25 mm. long, 1.30 mm. wide. - Remarks.—Mention has been made of eight African species already reported; from them and from all other species, the present one is distinguished by the intricate reticulation of the dorsal surface of the female, by the squarely truncated teeth on the basal plate of the maxil- lipeds, by the peculiar pattern of the respiratory areas of the carapace, by the structure of the supporting rods of the marginal membranes of the sucking disks, and by the peculiar lobes on the fourth legs of the female. Argulus ambloplites,! new species Plate II Host and Record of Specimens——A male and female were secured from the outside surface of the gills of Ophiocephalus obscurus Giinther at Faradje on the Dungu River, very near the headwaters of that part of the Congo River Basin which is north of Lake Albert Nyanza and close to the watershed separating the Congo from the Nile Basin. Specific Characters of Female Carapace ovate, considerably longer than wide and reaching beyond the center of the abdomen, with the posterior lobes considerably narrowed and turned inward; cephalic area broadly triangular and projecting moderately; lateral areas spindle- shaped, narrowed both anteriorly and posteriorly; posterior sinus a little more than one-third the length of the carapace and somewhat enlarged at its base. Abdomen ovate, widest at its base, with broadly rounded sides and posterior lobes; anal sinus less than one-eighth the length of the abdomen, as wide as deep, squarely truncated at its base, anal lamin basal. First antennz of medium size, basal joint with a blunt posterior process re- _1Ambloplites: G&uBdbs, blunt, and drXires, armed, alluding to the spines on the antenne and maxillipeds and the accessory processes. 4 Bi lletin American Museum of Natural History {Vol. XLII enforced by a much larger one behind the insertion of the antenna; second segment with stout anterior and lateral claws and a small posterior spine opposite the anterior claw; second antennz with a long blunt process on the basal segment. Eyes rather small, separated by a distance a little less than one-fourth the width of the carapace, and situated just in front of the lateral sinuses; median eye very small and far behind the lateral eyes. Sucking disks about one-eighth the diameter of the cara- pace and opposite the lateral sinuses and widely separated. Maxillipeds of medium size, the basal plate broadly triangular, produced posteriorly into three flattened lamin, which are squarely truncated and pressed so tightly together that the sinuses between them are mere lines. On the ventral surface inside the base of each maxilliped is an accessory process, also flattened into a wide, squarely truncated lamina. The first two pairs of swimming legs with flagella; the basal lobes on the posterior pair small and rectangular. Respiratory areas divided, the anterior portion a little more than half the diam- eter of the posterior, ovate, ae its long axis inclined backwards and inwards; the posterior portion somewhat enlarged at either end. Color (preserved material) a uniform gray-brown. Total length, 5 mm. Carapace, 4.50 mm. long, 3.75 mm. wide. Abdomen, 1.12 mm. long, 1 mm. wide. Specific Characters of Male Carapace elliptical, not narrowed posteriorly and not reaching the base of the abdomen, but distinctly longer than wide; cephalic area projecting more than in the female but relatively narrower; posterior sinus a little more than one-fourth the length of the carapace, with parallel sides. Abdomen ovate, a little longer than wide, less than a quarter of the entire length, lobes broadly rounded; anal sinus one-fifth the length of the abdomen and narrower than in the female. Lobes on the posterior swimming legs extended laterally into a broad and blunt cone; of the accessory sexual apparatus the peg on the fourth legs is exceptionally large, as is also the semen receptacle on the third legs, and there is a long rounded process extending backward from the center of the ventral surface of the second legs. Color, a little lighter than that of the female. Total length, 7 mm. Carapace, 5.30 mm. long, 4.50 mm. wide. Abdomen, 1,60 mm. long, 1.50 mm. wide. Remarks.—This species is clearly distinguished from all the African forms by the conspicuous overlapping of the abdomen by the carapace lobes in the female, by the wide and shallow anal sinus of both’ sexes, and by the blunt armature, especially of the maxillipeds. These two argulids, coming as they do from widely distant localities, one at the very headwaters of the Congo River and the other close to its mouth, suggest that the whole basin may yield specimens upon further examination. They are closely related to Thiele’s A. africanus and to the present author’s A. americanus, but may be recognized by the characters above given, Or 1920} Wilson, Parasitic Copepods from the Congo Basin Lernea haplocephala (Cunnington) Plate III, Figures 20 to 22 Host and Record of Specimens.—EHight females were obtained from the outside skin and flesh of Polypterus ornatipinnis Boulenger at Faradje on the Dungu River, one of the headwaters of the Congo. One was ob- tained January 1912, four in February 1912, one in January 1913, and two in February 1913. They were all found on the sides of the body near the tail; they had penetrated the skin between the scales, and their cephalothorax with its processes was enclosed in a tough cyst just beneath the skin. In obtaining the four, Feb. 25, 1912, the skin, the scales, and a thin layer of flesh were removed entire with the parasites in situ; these specimens are excellently preserved. Specific Characters of Female General form thick and stout; cephalothorax with four large fleshy processes or horns, two ventral and two dorsal, very similar to those of L. cruciata. Each horn is conical, thick, and often flattened laterally at the base and tapered to a _ bluntly rounded point. The ventral horns are swollen a little more than the dorsal, especially on their ventral margins and toward their tips. The four horns are arranged like the letter X and each is a little more than one-fifth of the entire length. The neck behind the cephalothorax increases gradually in diameter back to the pregenital prominence. Just behind the horns and external to the second pair of legs there is a swelling on either side of the neck which projects ventrolaterally, the two coming together across the midline on the ventral surface, but not extending on the dorsal surface. These accessory processes correspond to those found in L. variabilis behind the primary horns. The pregenital prominence is exceptionally large, not bilobed, and spherical in shape. It projects more than half its diameter, giving the body a decided boot or foot shape. The toe of the boot is the abdomen, which is somewhat inclined to the body axis and whose diameter is nearly equal to that of the body in front of the pregenital prominence. It is a half longer than wide, the same diameter throughout, bluntly rounded, and shows no signs of anal laminz. The first pair of swimming legs is on the ventral surface of the cephalothorax between the bases of the ventral horns; the second pair is on the ridge connecting the two accessory prominences just behind the horns. The relative distances of the four pairs of legs from the anterior margin of the cephalothorax, calling the entire length of the body 100, are 11.15:35:70. In the specimen from which the drawing of the entire animal was made there was a torsion of 180, the fourth legs being apparently on the side of the body opposite the first pair. No egg-strings were found upon any of the present specimens, but Cunnington stated that the egg-sacs were moderately long, about one-fifth the length of the body, and tapering. Each contains four.or five rows of eggs, with twenty-five or thirty in a row. 6 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII Head fairly large and ovate, being narrowed anteriorly between the bases of the antennz; the anterior margin of the narrowed portion is somewhat reéntrant at the center. The first antenne are three-jointed and well armed with sete, the second pair are two-jointed, the joints of the same length, the terminal one armed at the tip with curved claws and several short sete. The maxillipeds are stout, the terminal joint small, spherical, and tipped with four stout curved claws. Color (preserved material), a uniform yellowish white. Total length, 10 mm. Transverse length of dorsal and ventral arms and the head, 3.80 mm. Greatest diameter of the body, 1 mm. Remarks.—This is one of the three species established by/Dr. Cun- nington in 1914; his type specimen was taken from the soft region at the junction of the pelvic fins of a large Polypterus congicus Boulenger. Other specimens were obtained from different species of Polypterus in the White Nile, and, so far as recorded, they were found in the soft flesh at the junction of paired fins. But the present specimens, instead of choosing such a locality, burrowed in between the hard scales on the side of the body. Coming from the Dungu River, they extend the habitat of the species to the Congo Basin, and make it reasonably certain that this parasite is as widely distributed in Africa as is the genus of fish (Polypterus) upon which it isfound. The present host is the fourth species of the genus from which this parasite has been obtained. Cunnington gave some excellent photographs of the species and a good general description, but he did not locate the swimming legs, except the second pair, nor did he describe any of the appendages. These omissions are here supplied and, fortunately, they only emphasize the validity of the species. Cunnington stated: “The appendages appear to show compara- tively minor differences within the limits of this genus, and have not been appealed to for the purpose of establishing new species. Thus I have not deemed it necessary to study in detail the head appendages of my new forms since they are by no means easy to investigate, and my material, with one exception, was very scanty”’ (p. 283). While this may be true in a measure, and while it may be advisable to base an artificial key upon characters easily observed, it should never be forgotten that the final decision of the validity of a species must always rest upon the structure of the appendages. Consequently, a description and figures of the appendages are more or less indispensable for the establishment of the species. Even in dealing with such bizarre forms as these lernwids, where species may be distinguished fairly well without resort to the appendages, the presentation of their details will avoid all question. 1920] Wilson, Parasitic Copepods from the Congo Basin 7 The distinguishing characters of this species are the well-developed and undivided pregenital prominence, the four horns of equal length arranged like the letter X, and the small spherical terminal joint of the maxillipeds, with its four curved claws. Brachiella macrura,' new species Plate III, Figures 23 to 28 Host and Record of Specimens.—Three females with egg-strings were obtained from the gills of an African snapper, Neomenis fulgens Cuvier and Valenciennes, at Banana on the mouth of the Congo River, July-August 1915. Specific Characters of Female — Cephalothorax about the same length as the trunk, cylindrical and the same _ diameter throughout, and inclined backward at right angles to the trunk. Head neither enlarged nor separated in any way from the thorax, covered with an indistinct carapace. Maxillipeds nearly even with the anterior margin of the head and forming apparently a heavy under jaw; second maxille at the angle between the cephalo- thorax and the trunk. Trunk narrowed anteriorly into a very short neck, more or less wrinkled posteriorly, flattened dorsoventrally. Four posterior processes of about the same length, two dorsal and two ventral; a genital process between the two latter and a little ventral to them, about half their length and the same diameter throughout, which is equal to that of the posterior processes. Egg-strings arising between the ventral and dorsal processes and considerably more than twice their length, tapering gradually to a blunt point. Each string has a diameter at its base one-fourth greater than that of the processes, and contains five rows of eggs, forty to forty-five in a row, making the aggregate of each string a little over two hundred eggs. _ First antennz swollen at the base and three-jointed; second antenne biramose and turned down squarely across the frontal margin of the head, the endopod (dorsal ramus) large and bluntly rounded, one-jointed and armed at the very tip with tiny spines, the exopod smaller, two-jointed, and tipped with a tuft of finger-like sete. Mouth-tube short and wide, extending forward between the tips of the second anten- ne. First maxille tripartite, the third division lateral and much smaller than the two terminal ones; palp one-jointed, bipartite, the rami very short and stout, each tipped with a single spine. Second maxillz about one-third the length of the cephalo- _ thorax, slender, fused at the base and then separate as far as the bulla. Maxillipeds large and stout, the basal joint armed on its ventral surface near the inner margin with two large knobs, covered with small spines; the terminal claw has an accessory spine at its base. \Macrura: paxpds, long, and dupa, tail, alluding to the genital process. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLII v2) Color (preserved material), a brownish yellow. Cephalothorax, 4 mm. long, 0.85 mm. in diameter. Trunk, 4 mm. long, 2 mm. wide, 1.75 mm. thick. Posterior processes, 4 mm. long. Egg-strings, 9 mm. long. Remarks.—This species is most closely related to Beneden’s chev- reuxti, which is the only other one possessing a long genital process. But in chevreuxii the head is much enlarged and distinctly separated from the thorax, the trunk is as wide as long and nearly twice as wide as thick, and the egg-strings are only a trifle longer than the posterior processes: The name macrura is especially appropriate for this species because not only is the genital process (tail) longer than in any other species except chevreuxii, but the posterior processes and egg-strings are also exceptionally long. The combination of the three makes it a question as to whether in this case “the dog wags the tail or the, tail wags the dog.”’ Buuretin A. M. N.H. Vor. XLIII, Prare I The Male and Female of Argulus reliculatus 9 Dorsal view of male. First and second antennx. Mazxilliped il - . Third and fourth swimming legs. Dorsal view of female. Fig. 7. Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Rods supporting the membrane of a the sucking dis se espiratory areas of the carapace. Maxilliped. Fourth swimming leg. 5 “any, ney ap sal i 4 : iid i ay dij Buititetiy A. M.N. HH.” : Vor. XLII, Prats Il The Male and Female of Argulus ambloplites - 11. Dorsal view of male. Fig. 16. Rods supporting the membrane of Fig. 12. First and second antenne. . the sucking disks. Fig. 13. Second and third swimming legs. Fig. 17. Respiratory areas of carapace. 14. Fo eg. } Fig. 18. Maxilliped. 15. Dorsal view of female. Fig. 19. Fourth swimming leg. me ped ie eae sss ha Buuretin A. M. N. H. ; VOL. we Prate Lil 24 22 The Females of Lernea haplocephala and Brachiella macrura Side view of female of L. haplocephala. Fig. 25. Second antenna. Dorsal view of head showing first and Fig. 26. Maxilla. second antenne. Fig. 27. Maxilliped. Maxilla. Fig. 28. Ventral view, showing genital and Side view of female of B. macrura. posterior processes. Dorsal view of head showing carapace. 59.57, 71 (67.5) Article 11.—TIPULIDH COLLECTED BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM CONGO EXPEDITION’ By Cuarves P. ALEXANDER, Pu.D. Piate IV The crane-flies collected in the Belgian Congo by Messrs. Lang, Chapin, and Bequaert were kindly submitted to me for determination by Dr. Frank E. Lutz. The few specimens included represent only large and rather conspicuous forms but some of these were of exceptional in- _ terest. The number of species in the collection is seven, distributed in five genera. Our knowledge of the Tipulide of the Congo is almost nil, and further collections will be awaited with considerable interest and anticipation. The crane-fly fauna of the Ethiopian region exhibits some interest- ing features that I have endeavored to summarize in the appended table. The family Tanyderide and the Cylindrotomine and Pediciini of the Tipulidz have not been recorded as yet from Africa or its islands, and the Ptychopteride are represented only by a single Ptychoptera from the Cape. The Limnobiini (Dicranomyia, Libnotes), Eriopterini (Erioptera, Molophilus, Trentepohlia, Gonomyia), and Hexatomini (Lim- nophila) are well represented in species. The Tipuline, likewise, are - common and include a few curious endemic types. Genera that abound in the American tropics and in the Orient (Geranomyia, Eriocera) are here represented by few species. Still others that, in the Neotropical region, occur in a variety of forms are here indicated only by a few, often non-typical, species (Rhipidia, Teucholabis, Gnophomyia). The apparent centers of distribution of some of the genera are indicated by the abbreviations, as follows: E=Ethiopian; H= Hol- arctic; N=Neotropic; Nea=Nearctic; O=Oriental; P= Palearctic; A=Australasian; *= doubtful genera. I. Cosmopolitan, or nearly so; representatives occurring in most of the faunal regions of the world. Ptychoptera (H) Subg. Empeda (H) Dicranomyia Molophilus (H) Geranomyia (N) Gonomyia (H) : P scctentaaes results of The American Museum of Natural History Congo Expedition. Entomology 9 10 Il. III. VI. VII. Vill. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII Rhamphidia (A) Subg. Lezponeura (N) Limnophila (H) Subg. Gonomyella (N) Eriocera (N) Trimicra Elephantomyia Longurio (E) , Orimarga (N) Tipula (H) Erioptera Nephrotoma (H) Tropicopolitan. Styringomyia (EK, O) Trentepohlia (OY Megistocera (E) Oriental and Ethiopian; especially southern and eastern Africa. Thrypticomyia (QO) Scamboneura (O) Libnotes (O) Tipulodina* Conosia (QO) Ctenacroscelis (QO) Neotropical and Ethiopian. Ceratocheilus Lecteria Center of Distribution in the Australasian region. Tasiocera Habromastix Dolichopeza Center of Distribution in the Neotropical region. Rhipidia Atarba Teucholabis Toxorhina Gnophomyia Center of Distribution in the Holarctic or Palearctic region. Limnobia (FL) Hexatoma (P) Adelphomyia * (A) Ormosia * (1) Orimarqula UT) Endemie (South Africa), Platylimnobia Leplotipula Podoneura Idiotipula 1920] Alexander, Tipulide from the Belgian Congo 11 The types of the new species described in this paper are deposited in the collection of The American Museum of Natural History. Para- types of Lecteria africana are in the author’s collection. TIPULIDZ Limnobiine Limnosia Meigen Limnobia MxiGEn, 1818, System. Beschr., I, p. 92. Limnobia congoensis, new species Plate IV, Figure 1 Thorax shiny black and yellowish, the pro- and metapleura yellow; halteres dark, pale at the base; legs dark; wings yellow, the outer margin broadly infumed with darker, the veins narrowly seamed with dark brown; abdomen black, the hypopygial region yellowish. Female (?).—Length, about 10.2 mm.; wing, 12.6 mm. Rostrum and palpi dark brown, the latter short. Antenne brownish yellow, the scape above-dark brown; flagellar segments oval, each with a very long bristle. Eyes large, the space on the vertex between them very narrow but little wider than the diameter of the first antennal segment. Head brownish yellow, the area sur- rounding the insertion of the antennze brown. Pronotum dull yellow, above on the mid-line narrowly dark brown. Mesonotal prescutum shiny; the usual three stripes very broad, black, entirely confluent behind; the space anterior to and behind the lateral stripes yellowish. Scutal lobes black, the median area paler; scutellum light yellow; postnotum black. Pleura variegated yellowish and black; propleura, including the cox of the fore legs, deep yellowish; mesopleura, including the coxe of the middle legs, black, excepting a restricted dull yellowish area below the wing-root; metapleura, including the base of the halteres, pale yellowish, continued onto the mesosternum between the middle and hind cox. Halteres dark brown, except the basal third of the stem which is conspicuously light yellow. Legs with the coxe as described above, the hind cox black; posterior trochanters blackish, anterior trochanters reddish; femora dark brown, most intense apically; tibie brown; tarsi dark brown. Wings with a strong yellow tinge, the apical region and the posterior margin tinged with brown; stigma dark brown, solid; narrow, dark brown seams along the cord and the longitudinal veins, more conspicuous along Cu. Venation: Sc terminating opposite the end of the sector; r at the tip of Ri; Rs moderately elongated, a little longer than cell 1st M2, angulated and slightly spurred at the origin; basal deflection of Cu at the fork of M. Abdomen black, the hypopygium and the sclerites immediately basad of it orange-yellow. The tip of the abdomen of the unique type is slightly injured and I cannot determine the sex with certainty but believe that it is a female. The very narrow vertex suggests that the specimen may be a male. 12 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIL Habitat.—Belgian Congo. Holotype.— 2 (?); Medje, 27° 30’ E., 2° 25’ N.; Sept. 15-30, 1910. (Lang and Chapin Coll.) This is a true member of the genus Limnobia and perhaps the first to be described from the Ethiopian region although L. uniflava Riedel may correctly be referred here. The present species bears a slight resem- blance to forms like L. indigena Osten Sacken, etc. The rather numerous species referred to this genus by Bergroth, Speiser, Edwards, and others seem rather to be referable to Dicranomyia, Rhipidia and Libnotes. Dr. Bergroth has written several important papers and notes on tipulid synonymy. While admitting many of these points, there are others to which I can by no means agree and it seems opportune to speak of one of these now. In his latest paper on the subject (‘Some Tipulid Synonymy,’ Psyche, XXII, pp. 54-59, April 1915) Dr. Bergroth, in speaking of the genera Limnobia and Dicra- nomyia, writes as follows: “Alexander’s conception of these two genera seems to be so different from that of Osten Sacken and all other authors that an explanation of how he distinguishes them is much to be desired.’’ On the contrary, I maintain that my conception of the limits of Dicranomyia corresponds very closely with that of Osten Sacken, and that it is Bergroth and some other European writers who deviate from that definition. The most important single feature entering into this discussion concerns the relative length of the subcostal vein, it being long and extending far beyond the origin of the sector in Limnobia, but short and ending about opposite or before the origin of the sector in most species of Dicranomyia. Dr. Bergroth has apparently overlooked the group of species in the genus Dicranomyia (Osten Sacken, 1869, Monogr., Smithsonian Miscell. Coll., No. 219, pp. 73-76) in which the subcosta is fully as long as in Limnobia. The species included by Osten Sacken, D. pubipennis, D. globithorax, D. rara, and D. simulans, are from eastern America, but species in the same category are found in practically all parts of the world where the genus occurs. In some coun- tries they are more abundant than the species with the short subcosta, but in the Holarctic region are generally very much less common, The species that Dr. Bergroth would place in Limnobia (D. nebulosa, eiseni, gloriosa, ete.) are quite comparable to the four species listed above. In Europe, D. pilipennis Egger, which is apparently the same as, or very closely related to, D. pubipennis, is a common species and must be entirely familiar to Dr. Bergroth, and yet I believe he would hesitate to refer it to Limnobia, in spite of the length of its subcostal vein. 1920] Alexander, Tipulide from the Belgian Congo 13 The American students of the Tipulide seem to have less difficulty in reconciling the group of species with the long subcosta, as discussed above, to the genus Dicranomyia, but among the European workers several take a stand similar to that of Dr. Bergroth, especially Edwards and Speiser. DeMeijere described his D. umbrata (Java) with a long subcosta and correctly referred it to Dicranomyia, yet Edwards later referred it to the genus Limnobia. Brunetti describes a variety of forms as species of Limnobia; those with a short subcosta (tinctinervis, festiva) are undoubted species of Dicranomyia, while his L. indica with the sub- costa long is, in my opinion, possibly a Dicranomyia; L. longinervis, on the other hand, is evidently a Libnotes. One of Bergroth’s species, D. venusta, of western North America, exhibits a marked variability in the length of the subcosta, ranging from specimens where the vein ends opposite the origin of the sector, to others where it extends notably beyond. The question arises: is this a Dicranomyia or a Limnobia, in the sense of Bergroth? Indeed, what is apparently the same, or a very closely related, species was desneiied later on by Dr. Williston as Lim- nobia concinna. I have stated elsewhere, and maintain again, that when the fauna of the world is considered, the only characters that are available for distinguishing Limnobia from Dicranomyia are so slight as to be difficult of definition, yet perceptible. In such cases the student has to depend largely on the habitus of the species concerned. This, of course, brings in intuition and the personal opinion of the authority, but the only other course left is to refer all of these genera, Dicranomyia, Rhipidia, Peri- pheroptera, Dapanoptera, Goniodineura, Libnotes, etc., to Limnobia. A somewhat similar condition obtains in the Eriopterini, and here Dr. Bergroth has deplored the possibility of lumping the complex into one or few genera. I, likewise, believe that this is to be done only as a last resort. The constant accession of exotic Tipulide has by no means eased _ the burden of the taxonomist and the difficulty of exactly defining genera is even greater than it was a half century ago, at the time of the appearance of Osten Sacken’s monograph. Recently the writer has undertaken a study of the immature stages of the Tipulide and related families. Representatives of over seventy species, including forty genera and all the tribes and major groups, have been obtained. A careful study of this material has thrown much light on the subject of classification, and it seems that its continuance will do much toward solving the problem. The Tesults of this see will appear in another paper. 14 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLII Lecteria Osten Sacken Lecteria OSTEN SACKEN, 1887, Berliner Ent. Zeitschr., XX XI, part 2, p. 206. Lecteria africana, new species Plate IV, Figure 2 Coloration brownish yellow or brownish gray, the mesonotal prescutum with narrow, indistinct stripes; pseudosutural fovezs conspicuous; legs reddish brown with the tips of the segments darker; wings pale yellow, deepest along the costa; pale gray and dark brown spots at the forks and tips of many of the Moa J abdomen very elongate, reddish brown. Male.—Length, 29-30 mm.; wing, 22-23 mm.; abdomen, 24 mm.; hind leg, femur, 13.3 mm.; tibia, 12.4 ina tarsus, 11.2 mm. Rostrum soak palpi dark bec Antennz with the first scapal smash dark brown, faintly gray pruinose; second segment brown; flagellum pale brownish yellow; first scapal segment elongate, as long as the succeeding three taken together; basal flagellar segments rounded or oval, beyond the fourth elongate-oval with long, delicate verticils. Head with the eyes large, protuberant; vertex moderate in width; head strongly narrowed behind, light brownish gray with delicate transverse lines; an indistinct narrow, median longitudinal stripe. Mesonotum large. Prescutum brownish yellow, sometimes slightly grayish, with three indistinct stripes that are narrowly and indistinctly margined with darker; the middle stripe is bisected by a narrow dark brown stripe; pseudosutural fovex large, subreniform, dark brown; scutum yellow or slightly grayish, the lobes a little darker medially; scutellum small, brownish yellow, narrowly brown medially, with numerous long yellow hairs; postnotum grayish yellow with a narrow dark brown median stripe. Pleura brownish gray. Halteres brown, the knobs darker. Legs with the cox# brownish gray; trochanters brown; femora and tibie reddish brown, the tips narrowly dark brown; two basal segments of the tarsi reddish tipped with dark; apical tarsal segments dark brown; tibie# unarmed. Wings pale yellow,- the costal region more intensely yellow; small dark brown seams at r, Sea, base of R4+5 and base of 2s; paler brown seams at the tip of Ra, fork of M,+2 and less indistinctly at the ends of most of the longitudinal veins and along Cu. Venation: Sc very long, almost as long as R; Rs very long, greatly arcuated at its origin and running very close to Ri, even more than is usual in the genus; basal deflection of R4 +5 short, strongly arcuated; Rez long, strongly upcurved at the tip; r inserted on Rg near its base and on FR a short distance from the tip; cell 1st Mz elongate, irregularly | hexagonal; petiole of cell M, a little longer than this cell; fusion of Ms and Cw slight. Abdomen very long, reddish brown, the lateral margins of the tergites narrowly dark brown; seventh tergite with a narrow brown or black median stripe; abdominal segments with numerous yellow set#; a narrow basal ring on either side destitute of seta, Hatitat.—Belgian Congo. Holotype.— #; Faradje, 29° 40’ 0., 3° 40’ N.; January 1913, (Lang and Chapin Coll.) Paratopotypes.— fo; January 1913 and April 1911, Paratype.— i; Bagboro, 29° K., 4° 18’ N.; October 16, 1911. a ee 1920) Alexander, Tipulide from the Belgian Congo 15 The hitherto known species of this genus are Neotropical but the occurrence of undescribed forms in Africa was mentioned by the writer some years ago (1913, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLIV, p. 493). The re- semblance of L. africana to species of the tropical American genus Psaronius Enderlein and especially to the genotype, P. obscurus (Fabricius), isstriking and difficult of explanation. In the paper just cited I expressed the belief that the two genera are confluent but they seem to be readily separable, the species of Psaronius having very long tibial spurs while the tibie in Lecteria are entirely unarmed. The similarity in venation and general habitus is remarkable. Tipuline Meaistocera Wiedemann Megistocera WimpEMANN, 1828, Aussereur. Zweifl. Ins., I, p. 55. Megistocera bicauda Speiser Megistocera bicauda SrrtsER, 1909, in Sjéstedt’s Kilimandjaro-Meru Exped., I, part 10, pp. 538 and 54. Type locality: Mombo in Usambara. A single female that agrees well with Speiser’s description, except as to the color of the abdomen, which is dark brown above, the basal tergites with a rather bright yellowish brown median stripe which becomes obsolete about the fourth segment. Belgian Congo: Stanleville, 25° 15’ E., 0° 30’ N.; February 1915. (Lang and Chapin Coll.) Trputa Linnzus' Tipula Linn.xus, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 585. Tipula dolichopezoides, new subspecies Plate IV, Figure 3 General coloration dark brown, the prescutum without distinct stripes; pleura ' yellow with indistinct brownish blotches; legs dark brown; wings with a brown tinge, most intense along the anterior margin to beyond the wing apex; a pale area before and beyond the stigma and in cell 1st M2; cell 1st M2 small, pentagonal; abdomen banded brown and yellow. Fémale.—Length, about 12 mm.; wing, 11.8 mm.; middle leg, femur, 8.3 mm.; tibia, 9 mm.; hind leg, femur, 8.6 mm.; tibia, 8.7 mm. 1Tipula brunettiana, new name for Tipula splendens a cag we Fauna British India, Wiehe St (India); non Tipula splendens Doane, 1901, Jou _ ¥. Ent. Soc., p. 107 ni ates 16 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII Frontal prolongation of the head short, brownish yellow above, the sides darker brown; nasus represented only by a few stout hairs. Palpi moderately elongated, dark brown, paler at the joints. Antenne with the scape light yellow; first flagellar segment elongate, yellow; remaining segments brown, the basal portion a little darker; flagellum with long verticils. Head broad behind, dark brown, the front and the anterior portion of the vertex yellowish. Mesonotum dark brown without distinct stripes; abundant long black hairs on the interspaces. Pleura dull yellow, indistinctly marked with brown, the mesopleura largely dark; a dark area on the mesosternum between the middle and hind coxe. Halteres slender, dark brown, the extreme base and apex paler. Legs with the coxz and trochanters yellow; remainder of the legs dark brown. Wings with a slight brown tinge; the costal region, including the wing apex, dark brown; broad brown seams along the cord and less distinctly along the longitudinal veins; a pale oblitera- tive area before and beyond the oval dark brown stigma and another completely filling the small cell 1st Me. Venation: Rs short, gently arcuated, only a little longer than R2+3; Re long, persistent, bisecting the outer obliterative area; cell /st Me very small, pentagonal; cell M, long-petiolate, the petiole about equal to Rz+3; fusion of Cu; and M3+4 rather extensive, beginning at the fork of M. Abdominal tergites dark brown, excepting the broad basal and lateral margins. Sternites yellow, the segments with the posterior margin rather broadly ringed with brown; a narrow sub-basal transverse band of brown. Female ovipositor rather large, with a long dorsal basal shield, castaneous; the tergal valves elongate, slender, divergent apically, with the tips rounded; sternal valves a little shorter, compressed, the tips subacute. Habitat.—Belgian Congo. Holotype.— 9 ; Stanleyville, 25° 15’ E., 0° 30’ N.; February 1915. (Lang and Chapin Coll.) This small species curiously suggests the genus Oropeza Needham, but is apparently a true Tipula. Its resemblance to certain African species of Dolichopeza, belonging to the subgenus T'richodolichopeza Alexander, is also noteworthy. Tipula langi, new species Plate LV, Figure 4 General coloration dark brown; pronotal scutum narrow and very high; a rounded dark brown spot on the margin of the prescutum at about mid-length; seutellum yellow; wings brownish gray, a brown seam along r-m and the basal deflection of Cu; abdomen reddish brown, with a dark brown lateral stripe. Female.—Length, about 18.5 mm.; wing, 19.5 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head elongate, dark brown above, paler, reddish yellow on the sides; nasus elongate, slender; palpi dark brown, Antenne with the scape brown; first flagellar segment elongate, dark brown, the base a little paler; remainder of the flagellum broken. Head dark brown. Pronotum dark brown, the scutum highly projecting. Mesonotal prescutum yellowish brown, brighter auteriorly; a narrow indistinct median brown line; a rounded blackish spot on the lateral margin of the prescutum at about mid-length an bc ce kell ee eee 1920] Alexander, Tipulide from the Belgian Congo 17 and just behind the pseudosutural fovee; scutum dark blackish brown, the centers of the lobes yellowish brown; scutellum yellowish brown; postnotum similar, the basal third dark brown. Pleura dull yellowish brown, the region near the anterior spiracle more cinereous; a dark brownish black area on the lateral regions of the postnotum behind the wing-root. Halteres elongate, dark brown, the knobs brighter reddish. Legs with the coxe# and trochanters dull yellowish; femora and tibie reddish brown, the tips dark brown; tarsi dark brown. Wings with a strong brown- ish gray tinge, the costal region more brownish; stigma dark brown, narrow; a narrow brown seam along r—m and the basal deflection of Cu. Venation: Rs shorter than R,+;; R2 present but weak and cell R; consequently small and with its inner end acute; R; short, straight; cell 1st M, large, ample. Abdominal tergites reddish brown, a little brighter basally; lateral margins of the segments broadly blackish, producing a dark lateral stripe; an indistinct blackish median spot near the base of the segments; sternites yellowish. Female ovipositor with the tergal valves very long and slender, the inner margin at the base fringed with long hairs; sternal valves short, compressed, pale yellow, the tips broadly rounded. Habitat.—Belgian Congo. Holotype.— 9 ; Avakubi, 27° 40’ E., 1° 20’ N.; Oct. 4-8, 1909. (Lang and Chapin Coll.) This species is closest to 7’. jocosa Alexander (Cape Colony) in the peculiar venation, but cell R, is smaller and with its inner end even more acute, while cell 1st Mz is comparatively small. Tipula langi rubricapilla, new subspecies Female.—Length, 18 mm.; wing, 17 mm. Differs from the typical langi as follows: the head is much brighter in color, reddish, as is also the dorsal shield of the ovipositor. The flagellum is brownish black, the segments rather elongated and with long verticils. The high pronotal scutum is broadly yellow medially, the sides dark brown, the mesonotum largely dark, but the scutellum is entirely yellow. Pleura yellowish, with extensive dark brown markings including the propleura, most of the mesopleura and the outer face of the coxe. Abdomen dark brown, especially on the sternites. Habitat.—Belgian Congo. Holotype.— 9; Medje, 27° 30’ E., 2° 25’ N.; Sept. 1-7, 1910. (Lang and Chapin Coll.) Pupa of Tipula Species A large tipuline pupa was secured by Dr. Joseph Bequaert in the Butagu Valley at 2200 meters, western slope of Mt. Ruwenzori. The specimen was taken in April 1914 from wet moss near a brook. There can be little doubt but that the specimen belongs to a large species of the restricted genus Tipula Linneus but any further determination is im- possible at this time. The fly that would emerge from this pupa would 18 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII be almost as large as Tipula abdominalis (Say) of northeastern North America. It would naturally be expected that this might be the pupa of the large and vigorous Ctenacroscelis albovittatus (Macquart) which has an extensive range in eastern Africa, but the venation of the wing- pad precludes this reference. This specimen may be briefly described as follows: : A B Cc Fig. 1. Details of pure of Tipula species from Mt. Ruwenzori. A, pronotal horn; B, ventral aspect of the caudal end; C, lateral aspect of the caudal end. Pupa.—Length, 37 mm. Width, dextro-sinistral, at the wing-pad, 5.2 mm. Depth, dorso-ventral, at the wing-pad, 5.3 mm. Pronotal breathing horn, 2.5 mm. Coloration of the alcholic pupa very dark reddish brown. The specimen was evidently nearly ready to emerge when it was killed. Labral sheath very broad, transversely wrinkled Sheaths of the maxillary palpi strongly recurved at their tips. Pronotal breathing-horns short, equal in length, cylindrical, the tips slightly. expanded (Fig. 1A). The mesonotum is ex- pansive, with about eight prominent but depressed tubercles, the anterior four of which extend across the dorsum in a semicircular transverse row; the outermost pair are located just above the root of the wing. Wing-sheaths showing the venation clearly, vein R2 not dipping strongly toward vein Rs; cell M; petiolate; vein m-cu short or punctiform. Wing-sheaths reaching the base of the third abdominal seg- ment. Leg-sheaths attaining the base of the fourth abdominal segment, the fore tarsal sheaths shorter than the other legs. Abdothinal tergites with a row of twelve small spines across the caudal margin of the posterior ring, on either side of the median line with an additional slightly larger spine grouped close to two of the series to form a close triangle. Pleurites with a large spine on the anterior ring and two small spines placed side by side on the posterior ring. Abdominal sternites with about eleven spines on the posterior ring, the two outermost on either end of the row small and paired; two widely separated larger spines on the basal half of the posterior ring. Female cauda sur- rounded by ten powerful spines, four being on the sternum of the eighth segment, two on the pleura of the eighth segment and four larger spines, set close together, located at the base of the ninth tergum (Fig. 1 B and C). In addition to the four 1920} Alexander, Tipulide from the Belgian Congo 19 tergal spines there is an additional long,powerful lobe on either side at the base of the tergal valves, these directed caudad and slightly dorsad. Tergal valves of the ovipositor considerably longer than the sternal valves. Specimen in the collection of the American Museum. NEPHROTOMA Meigen Nephrotoma Metcen, 1803, Illiger’s Mag., II, p. 262. Nephrotoma chapini, new species Plate IV, Figure 5 Head orange-yellow, including the frontal prolongation; no dark occipital mark; mesonotum dull yellow with three broad black stripes; scutellum and post- notum yellow, the apical third of the latter black; pleura yellow, spotted with brown; wings brownish yellow, the cord indistinctly seamed with brown; abdomen yellow, transversely banded with black. Female.—Length, 15 mm.; wing, 12.4 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head very short, yellow; nasus short with a tuft of long black hair; palpi dark brown. Antenne with the first segment yellow; second segment dark brown; flagellum very dark brown. Head rich orange-yellow, duller . on the genx; vertical tubercle rather prominent; no shiny area on occiput. Pronotum broadly yellow, the sides dark brownish black. Mesonotum dull yellow with three very broad black stripes that are almost confluent behind, sepa- rated only by a very indistinct line of chestnut brown; the space before the lateral stripe triangular, dull yellow; scutum almost entirely black, the median area paler; scutellum dull brownish yellow, the sides darker; postnotum yellow, the apical third dark brownish black. Pleura yellow, the mesepimeron paler, almost whitish; a large brown spot on the mesepisternum and another on the mesosternum, suffusing the base of the middle coxe. Halteres dark brown, the extreme base and the knobs a little paler. Legs with the coxe more or less infumed with brown, darkest on the posterior coxe, which are almost entirely of that color; trochanters dull yellow; femora black, the basal portion yellowish, this narrowest on the fore femora, broadest on the hind femora; tibiz and tarsi black. Wings with a strong grayish yellow tinge, costal area a little brighter; stigma brown; the cord and the longitudinal veins indistinctly seamed with very pale brown. Venation: Rs very short, scarcely longer than the basal deflection of Ry+5; cell M, broadly sessile. Abdominal tergites banded black and yellow, the first tergite and the apical half of segments two to four black, the apical two-thirds of segment five black; all of segment six black except a small yellow spot on the sides at the base; segment seven entirely black; segment eight yellow, margined with black; segment nine yellow; ovipositor chestnut; lateral margins of the tergites broadly dark brownish black; sternites approximately similar to the tergites. Habitat—Belgian Congo. Holotype.— 9 ; Stanleyville, 25° 15’ E., 0° 30’ N.; February 1915. (Lang and Chapin Coll.) 20 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII In its banded abdomen this species suggests N. tigrina Alexander of Portuguese East Africa (1917, Ann. South African Mus., XVII, pp. 177-179) but in other respects there is not a great resemblance between the two. Nephrotoma ruwenzoriana, new species Plate IV, Figure 6 Head orange-yellow, the frontal prolongation black above; thorax entirely blue-black except the basal two-thirds of the postnotum which are orange-yellow; halteres and legs black; wings strongly infumed with blackish; abdomen blatk with only the last segment tedidixh. Female.—Length, 17.5 mm.; wing, 12.8 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head short, jet black above, reddish yellow on the sides; nasus long, slender, black; palpishort, black. Antenne with the first segment brownish orange; second segment brown; flagellar segments black. Head orange- yellow, the occiput with a brown triangular mark that runs forward onto the vertex. Pronotum very dark reddish brown; mesonotum entirely deep blue-black with only the basal two-thirds of the postnotum bright yellow. Pleura blue-black. Halteres and legs black. Wings broad, strongly tinged with blackish, especially along the costal region and on the basal third, whence it is continued outward along veins Cu and 2nd A; stigma dark brown; tip of the wing darkened, a broad seam along the cord. Venation: Rs short, straight, oblique; cell Mj, rather narrowly ° sessile. Abdomen entirely blue-black, with the exception of the ninth segment and the valves of the ovipositor, which are yellowish chestnut. Habitat.—Belgian Congo. Holotype.— 2 ; Mt. Ruwenzori, 29° 50’ E., 0° 30’ N., on the western ner in the Butagu Valley at 3000 m.; April 15, 1914. (J. Bequaert Coll.) Most closely related to N. fuscipennis (Karsch) from Portuguese West Africa (1886, Ent. Nachricht., XII, pp. 52 and 53). The two species may be separated by the following key: 1. Female with the scutellum yellowish red; a yellow spot on pleura above the middle cox; second and third abdominal segments more or less yellowish TOM, . s:6:c'sisie wap a aaah es seb hindi N. fuscipennis (Karsch), Female with the scutellum black; pleura and abdomen uniformly blue- TURK, «5.1.0 ois one acbin ade eeione ss cae ea N. ruwenzoriana, new species. ‘sotoeds Mou ‘puDwozuamns DUOpLydaNT JO BUIM “9 “BIA ‘sotoeds Mou ‘sapiozadoyoyop vyndty jo Buty ‘“g ‘BIW ‘satoeds mou ‘tuzdnys Dwoposydayy jO BUIMA «SG BIT ‘setveds Mou ‘nuDoifo DWapeT JO BUIM «ZBL ‘sowoeds mou ‘26un) nyndty jo Bum ‘p ‘Big ‘soroeds mou ‘stsuaobuos viqouwV] JO Zum “1 “BI *(u194Shg UTeYPe2 N-Y90}sUIOD) suleA [VUY= V ‘snyIqnD= np ‘vIpey= p ‘snipey = y !vysooqng= og sng V Pe ¢ x AI SLY ‘TITTX “TOA ‘HN WY Nearing ba ee ee eS ao ! - 59.57,4 (67.5) Article III—NEUROPTERA, PANORPATA, AND TRICHOPTERA COLLECTED BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM CONGO EXPEDITION, WITH LISTS OF THE SPECIES KNOWN FROM THE BELGIAN CONGO! By NatuHan BANKS ‘The collections brought from the Congo by Messrs. Lang and Chapin contain nineteen species of true Neuroptera, one of Panorpata, and five of Trichoptera. Many of these forms are widely distributed in tropical Africa, but the collection, small as it is, adds several species to the fauna of the Belgian Congo. A list of the Congo species hitherto known from the three orders here considered has been compiled by Dr. J. Bequaert and incorporated in the paper. While the neuropterous fauna of that country is too incompletely known to give much informa- tion with regard to its affinities, yet the occurrence of several forms from southern Abyssinia in the extreme northeastern Congo Basin, as shown by this collection, is noteworthy. APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF PLACES MENTIONED IN THIS PAPER? Barumbu.—1° 10’ N., 23° 20’ E. Lisala.—2° 10’ N., 21° 30’ E. Beni.—0° 30’ N., 29° 30’ E. Matadi.—5° 50’ S., 13° 35’ E. Bumba.—2° 10’ N., 22° 30’ E. Medje.—2° 25’ N., 27° 30’ E. Faradje.—3° 40’ N., 29° 40’ E. Niangara.—3° 40’ N., 27° 50’ E, Garamba.—4° 10’ N., 29° 40’ E. Rungu.—3° N., 28° E. Kabare.—0° 35’ S., 29° 30’ E. Rutshuru.—1° 15’ S., 29° 30’ E, Kasindi.—0°, 29° 40’ E. Stanleyville—0° 30’ N., 25° 15’ E. NEUROPTERA Myrmeleonide Patpares Rambur 1. Palpares hamatus Kolbe Palpares hamatus Kouse, 1898, Entom. Zeitg. Stettin, LIX, p. 232. Twenty-four specimens: Faradje, November 1912; Niangara, November 1910; Rungu, October 1910. Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—Described from Abyssinia. According to P. Esben-Petersen, 1916, Ark. f. Zool., X, No. 15, p. 10, this is a synonym of P. tigris Dalman; if the other synonymy Scientific Results of the Congo Expedition. Entomology, No. 4. 2Most of these localities are shown on the map accompanying the reports on Congo Vespid (1918, a are Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XIX, p. 9) and on land mollusks (1919, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Ps : : 21 22 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII proposed by that author prove correct, the species has a wide distribu- tion on the African continent. Navas’ genus Nosa (1911, Rev. Zool. Afric., I, p. 239) is based on a specimen of this species. 2. Palpares abyssinicus Kolbe Palpares abyssinicus Ko.px, 1898, Entom. Zeitg. Stettin, LIX, p. 233. Six specimens: Barumbu, July 1909; Niangara, November 1910; Faradje, December 1910. Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—Abyssinia, Eritrea. 3. Palpares latro Nav4s Palpares latro NavAs, 1911, Rev. Zoolog. Afric., I, p. 238, Pl. xv1, fig. 3. One specimen: Niangara, April 1913. This species was described from a specimen without locality, prob- ably from Central Africa; no other records of it have been published thus far. But, according to P. Esben-Petersen (1916, Ark. f. Zool., X, No. 15, p. 11), it is identical with P. festivus Gersteecker. Centrociisis Nav4s, 1909 [(=Sogra Navas, 1912) 4. Centroclisis mordax (Navas) Sogra mordax Nav&s, 1912, Mem. R. Ac. Cienc. Barcelona, (3) X, p. 151, fig. 7. One specimen: Matadi, June 1915. : Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—Described from German East Africa. According to P. Esben-Petersen (1916, Ark. f. Zool., X, No. 15, p. 14) a synonym of C. distincta (Rambur) which has a wide range in Africa. Myrmeteon Linné 5. Myrmeleon obscurus Rambur Myrmeleon obscurus Rampur, 1842, Hist. Nat. Ins. Névroptéres, p. 403. * One specimen: Stanleyville, March 1915. Recorded from the Kasai (Lukombe, Dima), Manyema (Kibombo), and Katanga (Bukama).—A common species in tropical and South Africa. Cueta Nayvis 6. Cueta mysteriosa (Gerstecker) Myrmeleon mysteriosus GuersrvmcKer, 1894, Mitth, naturw. Ver. Neu-Vorpom- mern, XXV (1893), p. 141. 1920] | Banks, Congo Neuroptera, Panorpata, and Trichoptera 23 One specimen: Niangara, April 1913. Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—German and British East Africa. . Nevroteon Navas | 7. Neuroleon filiformis (Gerstzcker) Myrmeleon filiformis Gerstmcker, 1885, Mitth. naturw. Ver. Neu-Vorpom- mern, XVI, p. 31. One specimen: Faradje, January 1913. Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—Sierra Leone, Cameroon, French Congo. ‘ FORMICALEON Banks 8. Formicaleon harpalyce Banks Formicaleon harpalyce BAnxs, 1911, Ann. Entom. Soc. America, IV, p. 17. Four specimens: Niangara, November 1910; Faradje, December 1910. . Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—Togo. 9. Formicaleon turbidus (NavAs) Formicaleo turbidus Nav4s, 1915, Mem. Acc. Rom. Nuovi Lincei, X XXIII, ms.13, Two specimens: Medje, March 1910; Stanleyville, March 1915. Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—Described from the Congo without more definite mention of locality; probably from the French Congo. Macronemvrvs Costa 10. Macronemurus lepidus Kolbe Macronemurus lepidus Kose, 1898, Deutsch Ost Afr., IV, Netzfliigler, p. 23. ; Two specimens: Kabare, August 1914 (J. Bequaert Coll.); Faradje, December 1912. Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—German East Africa. | Creacris Hagen 11. Creagris nubifer Kolbe Creagris nubifer Kousn, 1898, Deutsch Ost Afr., IV, Netzfliigler, p. 25. One specimen: between Beni and Kasindi, August 1914 (J. Bequaert Coll.). ; 24 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Known from the northeastern Congo (Kinjawanga, north of Lake Albert Edward, a locality close to Beni) and Katanga (Bunkeya).— Togo, Abyssinia, German and British East Africa, South Africa. 12. Creagris africana (Rambur) Myrmeleon africanus RamBur, 1842, Hist. Nat. Ins. Névroptéres, p. 395. Eleven specimens: Faradje, January 1913; Niangara, November 1910. . Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—Widely distrib- uted in Africa south of the Sahara. CrmoTHates Gerstzecker 13. Cymothales johnstoni Kirby Cymothales johnstoni Krrspy, 1902, in H. Johnston, The Uganda Protectorate, I, p. 469. One specimen: Stanleyville, March 1915. Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—The species was known from Uganda (Entebbe) only. This is the only specimen I have seen, except the type, with which it agrees closely. It is most nearly related to C. dulcis Gersteecker, but is paler throughout. Ascalaphidee Tmesripasis MacLachlan 14. Tmesibasis waelbroecki van der Weele Tmesibasis waelbroecki van der Weele, 1908, Cat. Coll. Zoolog. de Selys Long- champs, Fasc. 8, Ascalaphiden, p. 92, fig. 58. . Garamba, June 1912. Known only from the Belgian Congo: Kinshasa. Heuticomitus MacLachlan 15. Helicomitus festivus (Rambur) Bubo festivus Rampur, 1842, Hist. Nat. Ins. Névroptéres, p. 356. Three specimens: Niangara, November 1910; Faradje, November 1912. Recorded from the Manyema(Kibombo, 245 kilom.south of Kindu), Uele (Bambili) and Katanga (Bukama, Watura-Katwe, Kapiri).— A common species in Africa from the Senegal and Egypt to Natal; also on Madagascar. 1920] Banks, Congo Neuroptera, Panorpata, and Trichoptera 25 16. Helicomitus rutilus (Gerstecker) Suphalasca rutila GerstacKer, 1894, Mitth. naturw. Ver. Neu-Vorpommern, - XXYV (1893), p. 105. Two specimens: Faradje, December 1912. Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo, but doubtfully distinct from H. festivus, with which it is united by van der Weele (1908, Cat. Coll. Zoolog. de Selys Longchamps, Fasc. 8, p. 175).— German East Africa. DIsPAROMITUS van der Weele 17. Disparomitus bacillus (Gersteecker) Suphalasca bacillus Gprst@cKER, 1885, Mitth. naturw. Ver, Neu-Vorpommern, XVI, p. 5. Three specimens: Medje, April 1910. Recorded from the Lower Congo (Congo da Lemba). a, West African species: Togo, Sierra Leone, Cameroon, French Congo. Chrysopidz Curysopa Leach 18. Chrysopa bequaerti Navas Chrysopa bequaerti Navas, 1912, Rev. Zoolog. Afric., I, p. 409, fig. 4. One specimen: Faradje, November 1912. Known from the Belgian Congo only, where it is recorded in the Lower Congo (Kitobola) and Katanga (Kongolo). NotHocurysa MacLachlan 19. Nothochrysa rufostigma (MacLachlan) ' Chrysopa rufostigma MacLacuian, 1868, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., [X, p. 253. One specimen: Faradje, November 1912. Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—South Africa.. NEUROPTERA RECORDED FROM THE BELGIAN CONGO Myrmeleonide PatparREs Rambur Africa, Madeira, Southern Europe, Persia, India. - Palpares abyssinicus Kolbe. See above. Palpares egrotus Gersteecker.—Congo (?) 26 Bulletin American Museum of Naturai History [Vol, XLIII Palpares bayeri Navis.—Northeastern Congo (Beni). Probably a synonym of . P. obsoletus Gerstecker. ' Palpares cognatus Rambur.—Belgian Congo. Palpares hamatus Kolbe. . See above. Palpares ictericus Navés.—Lower Congo — Probably a synonym of P. egrotus Gerstecker. Palpares latipennis Rambur. —Lower Cana (Banana), between Leopoldville and Stanleyville. Palpares latro Navas. See above. Palpares nigrescens Navis.—Katanga (Sankisia). Palpares normalis Navés.— Katanga. Palpares obsoletus Gersteecker.—Stanley Pool. Palpares radiatus Rambur.—Congo (?). Palpares stuhlmanni Kolbe.—Northeastern Congo (Vichimibi). Palpares tigris Dalman.—Katanga (Punga, Sankisia). According to P. Esben- Petersen, Nosa leonina Navas was based on an aberrant specimen of the same species. See above., f PALPARELLUS NavAs Africa. P. Esben-Petersen (1916, op. cit., p. 11) is of the opinion that this is not generically distinct from Palpares. Palparellus obscuripennis (FE. Schmidt).—Kasai, Katanga (Lusindoi). Hacenomyia Banks (=Nelees Navas) Hagenomyia imperator (Navas).—Katanga (Kapiri). Hagenomyjia indistincta (Navds).—Katanga (Sankisia). Hagenomyia lyncea (Fabricius).—Kasai (Lukombe). Hagenomyia tristis (Hagen).—Lower Congo (Kunga, Leopoldville, Tchoa), Kasai (Lukombe), Katanga (Kongolo, Katwamba, Katolo, Kapiri, Shinsenda). Syncenes Kolbe Syngenes longicornis (Rambur).—Congo (?). Centrociisis Navis (including Sogra Navas), Africa, Centroclisis brachygaster (Rambur),—Lower Congo (Leopoldville), Kasai (Lulua- bourg). Centroclisia lineatipennis (Peringuey).—Kasai (Hemptinne-St.-Benoft near Luluabourg). Centroclisis mordax Navas. See above. Centroclisis perversa (Navas).—Uele. Centroclisis rufeacens (Gerstwcker) —Lake Albert. 1920] - Banks, Congo Neuroptera, Panorpata, and Trichoptera MyrMeteon Linné Cosmopolitan. Myrmeleon atlas Banks.—Northeastern Congo (Kwidjwi). Myrmeleon lethifer Walker.—Northeastern Congo (Kwidjwi). Myrmeleon obscurus Rambur. See above. Myrmeleon simplicissimus Gerstecker.—Katanga (Kapiri). Gymno.teon Banks Africa, Gymnoleon (?)cognatus Navés.—Katanga (Bukama). Gipretta Navas Africa. Gibrella congolana Navds.—Katanga (Kapiri). Macroteon Banks Macroleon polyzonus (Gerstecker).—Equator (Busira). Creacris Hagen Creagris africanus (Rambur). See above. Creagris nubifer Kolbe. See above. Netesa Navas Neteja sollicita Naviés.—Katanga (Kapiri). ForRMICALEON Banks Formicaleon harpalyce Banks. See above. Formicaleon lethalis (Walker.—Kasai (Dima), Lake Leopold II, Katanga. Formicaleon recurvus (Navads).—Kasai (Lodima). Formicaleon scolius (Navés).—Lower Congo (Congo da Lemba). Formicaleon turbidus (Navis). See above. Formicaleon tholloni (Navads).—Kasai. GRIALA Navas Griala macilenta Navads,—Katanga (Kapiri). Nemo.eon Navis Nemoleon kitwanus (Kolbe).—Northeastern Congo (Kwidjwi). , Macronemourus Costa Macronemurus interruptus Kolbe.—Northeastern Congo (Buginda). Macronemurus iolanthe Banks.—Belgian Congo. Macronemurus lepidus Kolbe. See above. 28 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Cyrmotuates Gerstecker Africa, including Madagascar. Cymothales congolensis Navis.—Katanga (Kapiri). Cymothales delicatus Banks.—Congo (?). Cymothales johnstoni Kirby. See above. Cymothales liberiensis van der Weele.—Lower Congo (Lukula). Cymothales mirabilis Gersteecker—Congo (?). Mossa Navas Africa. ' Mossa externa Navés.—Katanga (Bukama). Mauta Navas Africa. Maula stigmatus Navés.—Katanga (Kalengwe). Cueta Navas Cueta cridai Navdés.—Kasai. Cueta mysteriosa (Gersteecker.) See above. Cueta punctatissima (Gerstzecker).—Katanga (Elisabethville), Cueta styczynskii Navés.—Lower Congo (Boma). . Nevro.eon Navas Neuroleon alcidice (Banks) (=Creagris latens Navds).—Lower Congo (Boma, Kitobola, Leopoldville), Katanga (Bukama). Neuroleon filiformis (Gerstecker). See above. Nyutus Navis Nyutus lombardi Navaés.—Lower Congo (Matadi). Banyvutus Navis Banyulus acutus Navés.—Katanga (Katwamba, Kapiri, Lubumbashi River), Banyutus insidiosus Navds.—Katanga (Katwamba, Kapiri), Banyutus lethalis (Walker).—Katanga (Kasenga). Banyutus maynei Navés.—Lower Congo (Malela). Banyutus newer Navéis —Katanga (Katolo). Nemopteride : Nemopistaa Navis Africa, Nemopistha hennini Navés.—Belgian Congo; exact locality unknown, 1920) . Banks, Congo Neuroptera, Panorpata, and Trichoptera 29 Ascalaphide AtLocormopes MacLachlan Africa. Allocormodes intractabilis (Walker).—Lower Congo (Lukula), [Kwango (Popa- cabacca), Kasai (Kondue, Lodima). TmesiBasis MacLachlan Africa. T mesibasis alberti Navis.—Katanga (Kasenga). T'mesibasis waelbroecki van der Weele. See above. Sunpatacsa Lefébvre Australia, Malayan Archipelago, West Africa. Suhpalacsa haullevillei (Navds).—Kasai (Dima). Suhpalacsa recondita (Navds).—Lower Congo (Malela). Suhpalacsa subcostalis (Navds).—Kasai (Dima). Heticomitus MacLachlan Africa, Southern Asia. Helicomitus (?) bequaerti Navés.—Katanga (Sankisia). Helicomitus festivus (Rambur). See above. Nanomitus Navas Africa. Nanomitus sellatus Navis.—Katanga (Lukonzo). DisPparomitus van der Weele Africa. . Disparomitus bacillus (Gersteecker). See above. Disparomitus longus Navis.—Katanga (Kapiri). Nacacta Navas ; Africa. Nagacta leplaei Navés —Katanga (Kapiri). Nagacta schoutedent Navds.—Katanga (Kapiri). NeprHoneurA MacLachlan Africa. Nephoneura clavata Navdis.—Katanga (Lukonzolwa). Encyoposis MacLachlan Africa. Encyoposis hemistigma van der Weele.—Katanga (Sankisia). Encyoposis nigrostigma Navés.—Northeastern Congo (Gangara between Dungu and Faradje). 30 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History — (Vol. XLIII Puatascusa Kolbe Africa. Phalascusa vassei van der Weele.—Katanga (Kasenga, Elisabethville). Dicotpus Gersteecker Tropical Africa. oi Dicolpus volucris Gersteecker—Manyema (Nyangwe). Osmylide Lysmus Navas ‘Lysmus leucomatodes Navis.—Congo (?). Mantispide Necyta Navas Necyla cercata Navds.—Katanga (Mufungwa-Sampwe). Necyla perparva (Esben—Petersen).—Lower Congo (Boma). Mantispitta Enderlein Mantispilla umbripennis Navés.—Katanga (Elisabethville). Hemerobiidz Nosysus Navis Nosybus nobilis Navas.—Katanga (Bukama). Chrysopidee Curysopa Leach Chrysopa bequaerti Navas. See above. Chrysopa congrua Walker.—Lower Congo (Ganda Sundi). Chrysopa ducissa Navdés.—Katanga (Kapiri). NotHocurysa MacLachlan Nothochrysa rufostigma (MacLachlan). See above. Nothochrysa temerata Navdés.—Katanga (Kapiri). PANORPATA Bittacusidee Birracus Latreille 1. Bittacus weelei Msben-Petersen Bittacus weelei Esnun-Perensen, 1913, Rev. Zoolog, Afric., III, p. 142, figs. 7 and 8, 1920] Banks, Congo Neuroptera, Panorpata, and Trichoptera . 31 One specimen: Rutshuru, September 1914 (J. Bequaert Coll.). Recorded from the Manyema (Kindu) and Katanga (Lubumbashi River) —German East Africa. PANORPATA RECORDED FROM THE BELGIAN CoNGO Bittacusida2 Birtacus Latreille Bittacus montanus van der Weele (B. schoutedeni Esben-Petersen).—North- eastern Congo (between Beni and Lesse), Katanga (Mufungwa), Manyema (Kindu, Vieux-Kassongo). Bittacus pobeguini Navias.—Katanga (Kongolo). Bittacus weelei Esben-Petersen. See above. TRICHOPTERA Polycentropide Dipseupopsis Walker 1. Dipseudopsis fasciata Brauer Dipseudopsis fasciata BRauER, 1875, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XXV, p. 69, Pl. rv, fig. 3. Faradje, March and November 1912. Recorded from various localities of the Belgian Congo: Lower Congo (Leopoldville), island of the Congo River at the confluence of the Ubangi River, Uele River.—Tropical Africa from the Senegal, Sudan and Abyssinia to Rhodesia and German East Africa, Hydropsychide Hypropsycuopes Ulmer 2. Hydropsychodes sexfasciata Ulmer Hydropsychodes seafasciata Utmer, 1904, Ark. f. Zool., I, p. 421, figs. 10-12. Stanleyville, January to March 1915. Recorded frém the Aruwimi River (Banalia).—Cameroon, Belgian Congo. ZETHALOPTERA Brauer 3. thaloptera dispar Brauer Aithaloptera dispar BRAUER, 1875, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XXV, p. 72, Pl 1v, figs. 4-4 e. Matadi, June 24, 1909; Stanleyville, March 1915. 32 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII Lower Congo (Boma, Leopoldville, Kinshasa, Kwamouth), Middle Congo (Bolobo), Lake Albert Edward, Kwango (Popocabacca).—West Africa: Senegal, Cameroon, French Congo, Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, Belgian Congo. PoLyMorpPHANIscus Walker 4. Polymorphaniscus bipunctatus (Brauer) (Cstropsis bipunctata BRAvER, 1875, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XXV, p. 73. Bumba, May 15, 1915; Lisala, May 6, 1915. Common in the Belgian Congo: Lower Congo (Kinshasa, Boma), Middle Congo (Irebu), Kasai, Bangala, Aruwimi (Basoko).—Tropical Africa from the Niger and Anglo-Egyptian Sudan to Natal. PROTOMACRONEMA Ulmer 5. Protomacronema hyalinum Ulmer Protomacronema hyalinum Ulmer, 1904, Zool. Anzeiger, XXVIII, p. 354, fig. 1. Stanleyville, August 10, 1909. Common in the Belgian Congo: Lower Congo (Boma, Kinshasa, Leopoldville), Equator (Ikelemba, Baringa), Bangala (Umangi).— French Congo. TRICHOPTERA RECORDED FROM THE BELGIAN CoNGO Hydroptilide Caroxyetuira Ulmer Catoxyethira fasciata Ulmer.—Lower Congo (Kinshasa). Polycentropidz NYCTIOPHYLAX Brauer Nyctiophylax occidentalis Ulmer.—Lower Congo (Kinshasa). Protopipseupopsis Ulmer Protodipseudopsis sjastedti Ulmer.—Congo. Dieseupopsis Walker Dipseudopsis africana Ulmer.—Belgian Congo. Dipseudopsis fasciata Brauer. See above. Dipseudopsis lata Ulmer. Kasai (Dima), Dipseudopsis schoutedeni Lestage.—Belgian Congo. Dipseudopsis simplex Ulmer,—Belgian Congo, 59.57,34 (67.5) . Article IV.—AFRICAN STONE-FLIES AND MAY-FLIES COLLECTED BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM CONGO EXPEDITION! By James G. NEEDHAM Puate V The few specimens of the above-named groups collected by the Congo Expedition have proved of very great interest and are described herewith. PLECOPTERA Two, or possibly three, species of stone-flies of the genus Neoperla were taken by Messrs. Lang and Chapin at Faradje, Belgian Congo, 29° 40’ E., 3° 40’ N. The African species of this genus are inadequately described. The first to be made known was Newman’s N. spio from Sierra Leone (Newman, 1839, p. 86). Six others are briefly characterized in an analytical key by Klapalek (1909 b, p. 218), four of them as new species, without any description other than diagnostic characters (some of which are mere color characters), without measurement, and without more specific designation of localities. Two species of the Congo Expedition collection are represented by both sexes and, in both, are so strongly marked that it seems possible to identify them with two that are named ‘in Klapalek’s key. These two are more fully characterized herewith. The third, somewhat larger, form (possible species) is represented by a single female in bad condition, and is specifically unidentifiable. NEoPERLA Needham Pseudoperla Banks, 1892, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XIX, p. 332 (preoccupied). Neoperla Nerpuam, 1905, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, p. 108. Klapalek’ 1909, Wien. Entom. Zeitg., XXVIII, p. 216. Ochthopetina ENDERLEIN, 1909, Entom. Zeitg. Stettin, LXX, p. 324. This genus includes all the African Plecoptera and is also fdund in America, India, Indomalaya, and Japan. It is the dominant genus of stone-flies in the tropics of the world. Since so little is known of the African Plecoptera the following list of . species described from the Ethiopian region may prove useful. The years and pages refer to the appended bibliography. 1§cientific Results of the Congo Expedition. Entomology, No. 5. 35 36 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History {Vol. XLIII Neoperla africana Klapalek, 1909 a, p. 56.—Cameroon (Johann bey ck Kribi); German East Africa (Ukami, Langenburg). Neoperla camerunensis (Enderlein), 1909 a, p. 343.—Cameroon (Barombi); Belgian Congo (Kitobola). Neoperla conradti (Enderlein), 1909 a, p. 335.—Cameroon (Barombi). Neoperla didita (Enderlein), 1909 a, p. 345.—Cameroon (Barombi). Neoperla dubia Klapalek, 1909 b, p. 218.—Africa; Belgian Congo (Faradje). Neoperla excisa Klapalek, 1909 b, p. 218.—Africa; Belgian Congo (Faradje). Neoperla laticollis Klapalek, 1909 b, p. 218.—Africa. Neoperla leroiana Klapalek, 1911, p. 103.—Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (Redjaf). Neoperla nigricauda Klapalek, 1909 a, p. 218. —Africa. Neoperla sjéstedti Klapalek, 1909 a, p. 55.—Mt. Kilimanjaro (Kibonoto, 1300— 1900 m.); Mt. Ruwenzori (western slope, at 2000 m.). Neoperla spio (Newman), 1839, p. 86.—Sierra Leone. Neoperla tenera (Navas), 1915, p. 4.—Abyssinia (Endessa, Haut Aouache). Neoperla transvaalensis (Enderlein), 1909 b, p. 402.—Transvaal (Zoutpansberg). Neoperla excisa Klapalek Plate V, Figures 13, 15 and 17 Length to wing tips 12 mm. Expanse 21 mm. in male. Color uniformly dull yellowish over body, wings, and appendages, the tips of the last hardly darker in color, the veins of the fore wings brownish. Ocelli large, close-set, these being separated by a space that is less than half the diameter of one of them, The distinctive characters of this species lie almost wholly in the secondary sexual characters. In the male, segment ten of the abdomen is divided on the mid-dorsal line, and the two anteriorly directed dorsal horns are slender, nearly smooth, approxi- mated in their basal half and divergent toward the tips. Between the bases of these horns, the free, flaplike, inner ends of the divided dorsum are thickly studded with minute, roundish, brown, button-like, chitinous nodules, covering the convex upper surface, one hundred or more on each flap. On the dorsum of the eighth segment a conic-triangular, brown, heavily chitinized process arises under the tips of the paired horns, and like them is directed forward. The tip of this median process is directed toward a shallow notch in the emarginate chitinized apical ring of abdominal seg- ment seven, and beside the emargination and beneath the tip of the process are a few larger and darker chitinous nodules. The female is similar to the male in coloration, slightly larger in size, and bears no well-marked external sex characteristics, the apical margin of the eighth abdominal segment on the ventral side is slightly emarginate toward the median line and more strongly chitinized over a minute and very shallow median concavity in this margin. The shell of the ovarian egg is marked by about eight to twelve straight, low longi- tudinal ridges that divide the surface into areas like the staves on a barrel, that extend over four-fifths the length of the egg, but that do not reach either the shell aperture at the micropyle or the more pointed opposite end. One male and one female. Faradje, Belgian Congo. 1920] Needham, African Stone-flies and May-flies 37 Neoperla dubia Klapalek Plate V, Figures 12, 14 and 16 Length to tip of wings 13 mm. Expanse 23 mm. in male. Color brownish, becoming yellowish below and on bases of all appendages. Legs yellowish, suffused with brown on knees externally and on tarsi beyond the basal segment. Both fore and hind wings smoky yellowish brown with dark brown veins. Like the preceding species the critical diagnostic characters are found in the genitalia. The horns on the dorsally cleft tenth abdominal segment are slender and parallel beyond their converging bases. Like the horns, the internal flaps between their bases are bare. The dorsum of the ninth segment is somewhat saddle-shaped, with a raised, broadly rounded area each side, that is studded with some forty to fifty setigerous punctures, bearing long divaricate bristles. At the rear of the seventh segment rises a long flattened conical process that is directed backward. Its tridentate tip lies between the tips of the paired horns. In the female the apical margin of the eighth abdominal segment is slightly produced in the mid-ventral line, in a minute, roundish, scale-like flap covering the genital aperture, and the tip of this scale-like portion shows a more or less evident median apical emargination. The lower portion of the oviduct is densely clothed within by minute conic prickles, whose points are directed outward. This chitin-lined portion is coiled several turns, and has a length equal to that of several abdominal segments. The shell of the egg of this species shows some thirty to forty very oblique longitudinal strix, spirally wound about it, and reaching to its obtuse ends. Several specimens of both sexes from Faradje, Belgian Congo. PLECOPTERA RECORDED FROM THE BELGIAN CONGO Perlide NEoreRLA Needham Neoperla camerunensis (Enderlein).—Lower Congo (Kitobola). Neoperla dubia Klapalek. See above. Neoperla excisa Klapalek. See above. Neoperla sjéstedti Klapalek.—Western slope of Mt. Ruwenzori, at 2000 m. Klapalek has also described three nymphs of Perlide taken in the Belgian Congo (forest 90 kilom. west of the southern shore of Lake Albert Edward) and Lestage has described and figured three additional species of nymphs from the Maba River, near Mlonda (western shore of Tanganyika). All these are undetermined species of Neoperla. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AFRICAN PLECOPTERA ENDERLEIN, G. 1909 a. Plecopterologische Studien, II. Entom. Zeitg. Stettin, LXX, pp. 324-352. 1909 b. Klassifikation der Plecopteren, sowie Diagnosen neuer Gattungen und Arten. Zoolog. Anz., XXIV, pp. 385-419, 6. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Kuapatex, F. 1909 a. Plecoptera. Zoolog. Ergebn. Sjéstedt Kilimandjaro Exp., IT, 14, 3, pp. 55-58. 1909 6. Vorldiufiger Bericht iiber exotische Plecopteren. Wien. Entom. Zeitg., XXVIII, pp. 215-232. 1911. Neoperla'leroiana n. sp. Wien. Entom. Zeitg., XXX, pp. 103-104. 1912. Plecoptera. Wiss. Ergebn. Deutsch. Zentr. Afr. Exp. (1907-08), III, pp. 447-452. ~ Lestace, J. A. 1917. Deuxiéme contribution 4 I’étude des larves des Ephéméres et Perlides du Congo Belge. Rev. Zoolog. Afric., V, pp. 134-140. NavdAs, L. 1912. Sur quelques Névroptéres d’ Afrique. Rev. Zoolog. Afric., I, pp. 401— 410. 1915. Neurépteros nuevos 0 poco conocidos, IV. Mem. Ac. Cienc. Barcelona, (3) XI, No. 23, pp. 1-28. NEwMaN, E. 1839. On the synonymy of the Perlites, together with brief characters of the old, and of afewnewspecies. Mag. Nat. Hist., N.S., III, pp. 84-90. EPHEMERIDA A single male adult May-fly appeared among the pinned specimens brought from the Belgian Congo by Messrs. Langand Chapin. However, when a dilapidated and crumpled specimen of the stone-fly Neoperla excisa was boiled for study, two additional minute specimens of another May-fly were loosened from some place of concealment underneath the stone-fly, and floated freely away from it in the water. These, thus softened, were fit for study, and upon examination proved to be appar- ently a nymph and a male imago of the same species. They represent a new genus, as well—one closely allied to the cosmopolitan genus Cenis. This is one of the smallest of May-flies. The other pinned specimen is one of the largest of May-flies. It is the fine species for which Navas proposed the generic name Eatonica. Its generic position has been dis- cussed by Eaton, Nav&s, Ulmer, and Lestage without much agreement. Lestage has summarized the evidence in the Revue Zoologique Africaine, VI, 1918, pp. 82 to 89, and we follow him in calling this species Penta- genia schoutedeni. The nymphs of all the genera in question are much more strongly characterized than are the adults; but the nymph of this species is as yet unknown. Both this species and the new one are herewith described and illustrated. Pentagenia schoutedeni (Navas) Plate V, Figures 1 and 2 Length about 17 mm., tails 40 mm. additional. Expanse of wings 30 mm. Color brownish, darker on dorsum and on all carinmw, paler beneath, Fore and middle legs are lacking from the single specimen; the single hind leg present is pale and concolorous, as are the setw. The middle tail, in the male, aborted to a few- segmented rudiment. Claws very dissimilar, one of each tarsus being broadly ala a 1920] . Needham, African Stone-flies and May-flies 39 flabellate; the other, sharply uncinate. Venation as shown in Plate V, figure 1. Wings opalescent and irridescent; fore wings strongly marked with a broad costal band of brown. All veins tinged with a deeper shade of purplish brown, the trans- verse veins about the base of both wings and a few others near the middle of the hind wings more broadly margined with the same color. Forceps of the male strong, the elongate middle segment curved almost in a semicircle, the single small terminal joint twice as long as wide. Penes separated at tip in less than half their length, in a V-shaped notch; each bearing a low subterminal obtuse hook just below the aperture of the recurved sperm duct. One male. Faradje, Belgian Congo. Lestage reports this species as being distributed throughout equatorial Africa. CZNOPsIs, new genus Allied to Cenis. Tails three, middle one longest. Forceps of the male at least three-jointed, the third joint very long and flexible. Claws dissimilar, one sharply hooked, one blunt. Terminal tarsal segment as long as the three basal segments. Wings two. Venation as shown in Plate V, figure 3, differing from Cenis in better preservation of typical forks and in a wider band of cross-veins. Cenopsis fugitans, new species Plate V, Figures 3 to 11 Length 4mm., tails 9 mm. (middle one 10 mm.) additional. Expanse of wings 10 mm. Color blackish, with pale setze and whitish wings.. Head blackish, paler in rear, antenne pale. Thorax and abdomen black, the latter with sooty black patches on sides of segments one to eight and on mid-dorsum of segments nine and ten. Tibi each with a minute sooty patch just below the knee joint. Wings with smoky costal band that is darkest along the subcostal vein. Male forceps wholly pale, basal seg- ment not longer than wide; middle segment five times as long, cylindric, end seg- ment longer than all the basal parts collectively, tapering and flexible in its terminal portion. Penes fused into a single pyriform organ except at tip where a median cleft remains, and surrounded beneath by a V-shaped ring of chitin at the apex of the tenth abdominal segment, the arms of the V reaching laterally to the base of the forceps each side. Fore tibia of the male three to four times as long as the other tibiz. One specimen found as detailed above, with its nymph. Faradje, Belgian Congo. Nymph.—Length about 7 mm., antennz 2mm., sete broken, perhapsa little longer than the antenne, width 2mm. Color apparently greenish black. Body depressed, rather smooth with short legs and thin lateral edges to abdomen. Head small and rather compact, with small rounded eyes capping its lateral angles. Mouth-parts as shown in Plate V, figures 8 to 11. Prothorax wider than the head with thin flaring anterolateral angles. Abdomen with a conspicuous mid-dorsal hook on the second abdominal segment and with thin flat lateral spines on segments four to nine, the series on each side curving outward like a segment of a circular saw. Gills on segments one and three 40 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII to seven, those of segment one simple tapering filaments set erect upon a pedunculate base, those on segment three elytroid and covering the others to rear, those of seg- ments four to seven, thin, flat translucent, whitish plates, obliquely oval in form, the margins fringed with long, forking, respiratory filaments. One nymph, taken with the adult from the body of the stone-fly Neoperla excisa, as noted above. A complete summary of what has hitherto been published concerning African May-flies will be found in a paper by J. A. Lestage entitled: “Les Ephéméres d’Afrique: Notes critiques sur les espéces connues” in Revue Zoologique Africaine, VI, 1918, pp. 65-114. Puate V Congo May-flies and Stone-flies. Fig. 1. Wings of Pentagenia schoutedeni (Navas), male. Fig. 2. Forceps and penes of the same. Fig. 3. Wing of Cenopsis fugitans, new species, male. Fig. 4. Forceps and penes of the same. Fig. 5. Nymph of Cenopsis fugitans. Fig. 6. Hind foot of same. Fig. 7. Gill of first abdominal segment of same. Fig. 8. Mandible of same. Fig. 9. Maxilla of same. Fig. 10. Hypopharynx of same. Fig 11. Labium of same. Fig. 12. Neoperla dubia Klapalek, mid-dorsal aspect of rear segments of the abdomen in the male. Fig. 13. Neoperla excisa Klapalek, showing corresponding parts. Fig. 14. Egg-shell of Neoperla dubia, showing spiral striations. Fig. 15. Egg-shell of Neoperla excisa, showing longitudinal ridges. Fig. 16. Neoperla dubia, aspect of the eighth ventral segment of the female, showing lamina. Fig. 17. Neoperla excisa, showing the retuse corresponding border. yo’ Buuuetin A. M. N. HA. Vor, XLIII, Puars V ‘ i, g X » SP Bc AS CONT 1920] Banks, Congo Neuroptera, Panorpata, and Trichoptera 33 Psychomyidze Ecnomvus MacLachlan Ecnomus tropicus Ulmer.—Lower Congo (Kinshasa). Ecnomus deceptor MacLachlan.—Lake Kivu. Hydropsychide Hypropsycuopes Ulmer Hydropsychodes diminuta (Walker).—Lower Congo (Kinshasa) Hydropsychodes albomaculata Ulmer.—Lower Congo (Kinshasa). Hydropsychodes sexfasciata Ulmer. See above. AETHALOPTERA Brauer Aithaloptera dispar Brauer (=Primerenca maesi Navas). See above. PotymorpuHaniscus Walker Polymorphaniscus bipunctatus (Brauer.) See above. ' PuHanostoma Brauer Phanostoma senegalense Brauer.—Lower Congo (Kinshasa), Bangala (Lisala). ProTromacronema Ulmer Protomacronema hyalinum Ulmer. See above. Protomacronema pubescens Ulmer.—Lower Congo (Kinshasa), island of the Congo River at the confluence of the Ubangi. Macronema Pictet Macronema capense Walker var. signatum Walker.—Ubangi. Leptoceride LepTrocervus Leach Leptocerus trivittatus Ulmer.—Lower Congo (Kinshasa). PsEUDOLEPTOCERUs Ulmer Pseudoleptocerus squamosus (Ulmer).—Lower Congo (Kinshasa). @cetis MacLachlan (Ecetis fasciata Lestage.—Belgian Congo. SETODELLINA Lestage’ Setodellina albopunctata Lestage.—Belgian Congo. 59.53, 72 (67.5) Article V—ISOPODS COLLECTED BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM CONGO EXPEDITION! By Witiarp G. VAN NAME INTRODUCTION Twenty-one species, representing three of the primary subdivisions or superfamilies of the Isopoda, were collected by the Congo Expedi- tion. Twelve of these species appear to be new to science. Of the total number, nine are marine or are confined to the immediate vicinity of the sea, one is a true fresh-water form, and the rest are terrestrial. Seven of the aquatic species collected are parasitic on fishes or on other Crusta- cea. This large proportion is, however, easily explained by the fact that the isopods were largely obtained incidentally to the collection of other animals and that the parasitic forms were thus more likely to be found than free-living ones equally or even more abundant. While the collection is interesting on account of the comparatively little that is recorded concerning the Isopoda of the Congo region and on account of the new forms contained in it, it is by no means a represen- tative one and the species it comprises cannot be more than a small percentage of those actually found there. Leaving out of account marine forms, which are generally of more or less wide distribution, many land isopods are known from other parts of tropical Africa, not too far distant from the Congo region to make it probable that they may eventually be found to range within its limits, especially as the comparative uni- formity of wide stretches of country and the absence of mountain bar- riers in Africa is favorable to a wide distribution of such animals. No systematic collecting of Isopoda was done; nearly all the specimens were obtained and preserved by Mr. Herbert Lang himself, in intervals when his time and efforts were not occupied in obtaining or caring for more important material; but the fact that even under such conditions a larger collection was not brought back would seem to indicate that the Isopoda do not constitute a very large or conspicuous part of the fauna. From an economic point of view, the importance of the isopods in the Congo region, as in most other parts of the world, is insignificant. The terrestrial forms are apparently not harmful either from their abun- dance or habits. The wood-boring aquatic species (Spheroma) was ee Results of The American Museum Congo Expedition. General Invertebrate Zoology, o. 4. 41 42 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History {Vol. XLIII found only in mangrove roots and was not reported as attacking the piling of wharves or bridges, as these animals do to a serious extent in some places. Those parasitic on market fishes are undoubtedly harmful to human interests; though they probably seldom kill the fish, except perhaps very young or weak individuals, they must be very troublesome to them, reducing them in flesh and food value. These parasites for- tunately do not appear to be very abundant, as those collected were found only by examining a large number of fishes. If they were numer- ous, it would seem difficult to devise any way of combating such pests. As food for larger animals, birds, and fishes, the isopods doubtless play some part, but most of them would appear to contain little nourishment and many of the terrestrial species are probably quite unpalatable. LITERATURE Though the literature concerning the isopods of South Africa, East Africa, and some of the extreme western parts of the continent is rather extensive, the published records and notices referring to these animals in the Congo region are comparatively few. The more important of them are, for the most part, contained in or cited in the general mono- graphs of Schicedte and Meinert (1879-1884) and Hansen (1890); in the works of Stebbing (1908, 1910) on South African Crustacea, as far as the marine forms are concerned; and, for the land isopods, especially in the monographs and reports of the late Prof. G. Budde-Lund (see the bibliography at the end of this article). According to his published statements, Budde-Lund had prepared descriptions and drawings of many other previously unknown African species of land isopods, but the publication of these was prevented by his untimely death. A number of land isopods have been described from Togo Land by Hilgendorf (1893),° from Assinie by Dollfus (1892), and from Liberia and Sierra Leone by Richardson (1908), but these have not, as far as I am aware, been found in the Congo region. The following are the species of isopods that I have found reported from this region, taking as limits the west coast of Africa from the latitude of Cape Verde to that of Cape Frio for the marine forms, and for the terrestrial forms the Congo basin and the colonies on the west coast from Cameroon to Portuguese West Africa inclusive. — we — se ee ee ln lis ih ie 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 43 Marine Isopoda Aiga deshayesiana (Milne-Edwards), 1840. Aiga deshayesiana Schicedte and Meinert, 1879, Naturhist. Tidsskr., “(3) XI, p. 360, Pl. vii, figs. 7-9. Rocinela deshayesiana Studer, 1884, Abh. k. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1883, phys.- chem. Abt., Suppl., p. 22. Azores and Cape Verde Islands; also Mediterranean. Aga webbii (Guérin), 1836. Aga webbii Schicedte and Meinert, 1879, Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XII, p. 347, Pl. x, figs. 1-4. Cape of Good Hope to Portugal. Cirolana cranchii Leach, 1818. Cirolana swainsonii Miers, 1881, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) VIII, p. 370. Cirolana cranchii Hansen, 1890, Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., (6) V, p. 343, Pl. 1m, figs. 3-31. Senegal (Gorée Island); a widely distributed species. Nerocila rhabdota Keelbel, 1879." Nerocila rhabdota Kcelbel, 1879, Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, (math.-nat. K1.), LXXVIII (Abt. 1), p. 409, Pl. 11, figs. 2a-2c. Nerocila rhabdota Schicedte and Meinert, 1881, Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XIII, p. 39, Pl. n, figs. 5, 6. Senegal. Nerocila cephalotes Schicedte and Meinert, 1881.! Nerocila cephalotes Schicedte and Meinert, 1881, Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XIII, pp. 8, 9, 60, Pl. rv, figs. 16-18. Senegal (Gorée Island); Gaboon; Cape of Good Hope. Anilocra capensis Milne-Edwards, 1840. Anilocra capensis Schicedte and Meinert, 1881, Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XIII, p. 146, Pl. x, figs. 4, 5. Teneriffe to Java. Glossobius linearis (Dana), 1853. Glossobius linearis Schicedte and Meinert, 1883, . Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XIII, p. 301, Pl. xu, figs. 1-9. Widely distributed parasite of flying fishes; Cape Verde. Glossobius laticauda (Milne-Edwards), 1840. Glossobius laticauda Schicedte and Meinert, 1883, Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XIII, p. 309, Pl. vir, figs. 10-16. Widely distributed parasite of flying fishes; Cape Frio. Cymothoa plebeia Schicedte and Meinert, 1884.' Cymothoa plebeia Schicedte and Meinert, 1884, Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XIV, p. 236, Pl. rx, figs. 1, 2. Cape Verde. Collected also by the American Museum Congo Expedition. 44 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Terrestrial Isopoda Ligyda gracilipes (Budde-Lund), 1885. Ligia gracilipes Budde-Lund, 1885, Crust. Isop. Terrestr., p. 270. Ligia gracilipes Dollfus, 1878, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, XXIII, p. 126. Portuguese Congo (Landana), Senegal. Eubelum stipulatum Budde-Lund, 1899.1 Eubelum stipulatum Budde-Lund, 1899, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terrestr., Part I, p. 71, Pl. 1, figs. 1-16. West Africa; Cameroon (Bonge). Eubelum lubricum Budde-Lund, 1885. Eubelum lubricum Budde-Lund, 1885, Crust. Isop. Terrestr., p. 392, Eubelum lubricum Budde-Lund, 1899, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terrestr., Part I, p. 72, Pl. 11, figs. 1-1. Portuguese Congo (Landana, Chinchoxo). Eubelum (Mesarmadillo) albicorne Budde-Lund, 1899. [E.] Mesarmadillo albicornis Budde-Lund, 1899, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terrestr., Part - I,p.79, Pl. m1, figs. 1-9. Cameroon (N’dian). Eubelum (Mesarmadillo) quadrimaculatum, Budde-LunP, 1899. [E.] Mesarmadillo quadrimaculatus Budde-Lund, 1899, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terrestr., Part I, p. 80, Pl. m1, figs. 13-17. Cameroon. Eubelum (Periscyphops) sileanum Budde-Lund, 1899. [E.] Periscyphops silvanus Budde-Lund, 1899, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terrestr., Part I, p. 82, Pl. m1, figs. 25-27. Cameroon (Kitta, N’dian, Bibundi, Bonge). Eubelum (Periscyphops) bizonatum Budde-Lund, 1899. [E.] Periscyphops bizonatus Budde-Lund, 1899, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terrestr., Part I, p. 84, Pl. 1, figs. 18-24. Cameroon (Kitta, Bibundi, Bonge). Eubelum (Periscyphops) gibbosum Budde-Lund, 1899. [E.] Periscyphops gibbosus Budde-Lund, 1899, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terrestr., Part I, p. 85, Pl. v, figs. 23-25. Cameroon (Bibundi). Eubelum (Periscyphops) squamatum Budde-Lund, 1899. [Z| Periscyphops squamatus Budde-Lund, 1899, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terrestr., Part I, p. 86, Pl. v, figs. 1-6. : Cameroon (Bibundi). Eubelum (Periscyphops) squamosum Budde-Lund, 1899. (E.) Periscyphops squamosus Budde-Lund, 1899, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terrestr., Part I, p. 87, Pl. v, figs. 7-10. Cameroon (Bibundi). Synarmadillo albinotatus Budde-Lund, 1908. Synarmadillo albinotatus, Budde-Lund, 1908, in Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika, II, p. 277, Pl. xim, fig. 47. a ‘Collected also by the American Museum Congo Expedition, —_— as oe a eee! 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 45 Synarmadillo cristifrons (Hilgendorf), 1893. Periscyphis cristifrons Hilgendorf, 1893, Sitzungsber. Gesell. nat. Freunde, Berlin, p. 152. Synarmadillo cristifrons Budde-Lund, 1908, in Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika, p. 277, Pl. xi, fig. 48. Cameroon (Kribi, Buea, Barombi Station). Synarmadillo globus Budde-Lund, 1908.' Synarmadillo globus Budde-Lund, 1908, in Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika, ITI, p. 276, Pl. xin, figs. 37-44. Cameroon (Bibundi, Bonge). Cubaris (Diploexochus) aculeata (Budde-Lund), 1885. Armadillo aculeatus Budde-Lund, 1885, Crust. Isop. Terrestr., p. 289. Diploexochus aculeatus Stebbing, 1910, Ann. South African Mus., VI, p. 446. Portuguese Congo (Landana, Chinchoxo). Niambia squamata (Budde-Lund), 1885.! . Porcellio (Leptotrichus) squamatus, Budde-Lund, 1885, Crust. Isop. Terrestr., p. 196. Niambia squamata Budde-Lund, 1909, in Schultze, Reise in Siidafrika, p. 60, Pl. vi, figs. 1-3. Portuguese Congo (Landana, Chinchoxo). Rhyscotus globiceps Budde-Lund, 1908. Rhyscotus globiceps, Budde-Lund, 1908, in Voelzkow, Reise in Ostafrika, IT, p. 301, Pl. xvn, figs. 41-45. French Congo (Loango). Philoscia (Anchiphiloscia) cunningtoni Stebbing, 1908. Anchiphiloscia cunningtoni Stebbing, 1908, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 557, Pl. xxvui, B. North East Rhodesia (Niamkolo Bay, southern shore of Lake Tanganyika). The following additional species are from localities but little beyond the above limits. Eubelum pila Budde-Lund, 1898. Eubelum pila Budde-Lund, 1898, Deutsch Ost-Afr., IV, Land-Isopoden, p. 4. Mt. Ruwenzori, on the western slope at 2600 m. Eubelum hilgendorfii Budde-Lund, 1898. Ewhelum hilgendorfii Budde-Lund, 1898, Deutsch Ost-Afr., 1V, Land-Isopoden, p. 4, figs. 1, 2. Mt. Ruwenzori, on the westérn slope at 200-3100 m. Periscyphis nanus Budde-Lund, 1898. Periscyphis nanus Budde-Lund, 1898, Deutsch Ost-Afr., IV, Land-Isopoden, p. 5, fig. 6. Mt. Ruwenzori, on the western slope at 3100 m. Periscyphis pygmeus Budde-Lund, 1898. ‘ Periscyphis pygmeus Budde-Lund, 1898, Deutsch Ost-Afr., IV, Land-Isopoden, p. 6, figs. 10, 11. Mt. Ruwenzori, on the western slope at 3100 m. 1Collected also by the American Museum Congo Expedition. 46 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII Synarmadilloides roccatii Nobili, 1906. Synarmadilloides roccatii Nobili, 1906, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Torino, XXI, No. 544, p. 2. Eastern slope of Mt. Ruwenzori at 3000 m., Toro. Porcellio (Porcellionides) pruinosus (Brandt), 1833. Metoponorthus pruinosus Budde-Lund, 1898, Deutsch Ost-Afr., IV, Land- Isopoden, p. 8. Region of Mt. Ruwenzori. (This species is of almost world-wide distribution.) Philoscia maculicornis Budde-Lund, 1898. Philoscia maculicornis Budde-Lund, 1898, Deutsch Ost-Afr., IV, Land-Isopoden, p. 9. On the shore of Lake Albert, November 26, 1891. According to Stuhlmann’s diary this locality is on the southwestern shore of the lake, in Belgian territory. Philoscia mendica Budde-Lund, 1898. Philoscia mendica Budde-Lund, 1898, Deutsch Ost-Afr., IV, Land-Isopoden, p. 9, figs. 14, 15. Region of Mt. Ruwenzori. oe lt a 1920} Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 47 Tue ConGco EXPEDITION COLLECTION The following are the species comprised in the collection and described and figured in the present article. ae Se Superfamily FLABELLOIDEA PAGE Pernt OOTIINONE, DOW GOOCIOE i oioas « viace eos oe akin lepers eee nape nsys 49 Nerocila cephalotes Schicedte and Meinert, 1881....................... 53 Nerocila rhabdota Koelbel, 1879.................000.45.. feahtetid wpe tcce, 57 Cymothoa plebeia Schicedte and Meinert, 1884. ............0.0.00.000055 59 Ichthyoxenos expansus, MEW SPECIES. ..... 266. c ene eee ene 60 Spheroma destructor Richardson, 1897...............0600 cece ee ee eens 63 Superfamily BopyrorpEa Piemrdorynte angi, NOW BPeCHEO oe i ES ee 67 Paedione Chapint, NOW Species ....5 oe ee ee ee Senden bes 69 Superfamily OniscorpEA UNE REIMAN SONU gl ge OE 5 yy gio owe gicle's woe Medea & KeaoeD 72 MMMM RIOT ANE CISERINOUS, LIBRE sie sik 5.6. scans eacy oo ow Ane ein dn ed hee ae wanes 77 Eubelum stanleyanum, new species... ...........0.. 0 cece cece eee 78 Eubelum stipulatum Budde-Lund, 1899... 2.20... 0. eee 81 Eubelum propinquum, new species.............6. 60. 84 Hubelign Geperive, NEw Species. 650)5 0. se ee be ee Recep sees 86 - TNL CUPID: OW BOGCIOM 63) ok ins han ok ce eR hae ne bbe es 89 Hubelum tenebrarwm, New Species... 6. 6 ee cane eee e ewes 91 Synarmadillo globus Budde-Lund, 1908... ..............0.0 20220 e eae 92 Synarmadillo lubilensis, new species.............0.00 00 cece eee eee aee 95 Cubaris (Diploexochus) banana, new species. ..............0 0000 cece eee 97 Cubaris (Diploexochus) regulus, new species... .... 2.06.06. 0 0 eee eee 100 Niambia squamata (Budde-Lund), 1885... .........0.00 00020 ees 102 48 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF PLACES WHERE SPECIMENS WERE COLLECTED Avakubi.—1° 20’ N., 27° 40’ E. Medje.—2° 25’ N., 27° 30’ E. Banana.—6° S., 12° 20’ E. Poko.—3° 10’ N., 26° 50’ E. Bengamisa.—1° N., 25° 10’ E. St. Antonio.—6° 10’ S., 12° 20’ E. Garamba.—4° 10’ N., 29° 40’ E. Stanleyville—0° 30’ N., 25° 15’ E. Lubila R.—1° N., 26° 30’ E. ~ Thysville.—5° 30’ S., 15° E. Malela.—6° S., 12° 40’ E. Uele River.—3° 30’ N., 30° to 30° E. Zambi.—6° S., 12° 50’ E. The preponderance of parasitic forms among the aquatic species, has been noted and an explanation offered. Naturally the majority of new species are among the terrestrial forms; no less than five of them, besides one previously described, belong to the typical subgenus of Eubelum, a large genus particularly characteristic of tropical Africa, its typical subgenus being confined to that region. An interesting and unexpected discovery is that of a species assignable to the genus Ich- thyoxenos, a group parasitic on fresh-water fishes, hitherto known only from East Indian and Asiatic fresh waters. The fact that there is considerable resemblance between the isopod faunas of Africa and the West Indies and South America has been noted by previous writers (see Budde-Lund, 1893, p. 3), though, considering the ease with which such small creatures may be accidentally transported, it does not seem that too much significance should be ascribed to the similarity. The present collection, however, bears out this relationship in the case of the marine and littoral forms, three of which appear to belong to species found also on the American side, while three others have allies there separable only on very slight characters. In concluding these preliminary remarks, I wish to express my thanks to the leader of the expedition, Mr. Herbert Lang, for his care in preserving and labeling the specimens and to him and Dr. J. Bequaert for information and corrections, particularly those relating to the geog- raphy of the region; also to Mr. Roy W. Miner of the American Mu- seum for his help and encouragement in the work of preparing this article, DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES When possible, and except when otherwise stated or clearly in- dicated from the nature of the characters under consideration, the descriptions and illustrations have been prepared from female speci- mens, even when the similarity of the two sexes made this apparently a matter of indifference. Any differences between the sexes that were eS a ee oe . . 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 49 observed have been noted or illustrated. The specimens of the new species chiefly used in preparing the descriptions and drawings have been designated and catalogued as types, although in many cases they have been badly damaged by the continued handling and the dissection necessary in making out their characters. To prevent misunderstanding it may be well to state that in the case of previously described species the following descriptions and figures are based on Congo Expedition specimens exclusively, and not partly on the descriptions of other authors. The small number of groups and species dealt with makes the classi- fication adopted here a matter of minor importance. That a very con- servative course in the recognition of families and genera has been fol- lowed is not due either to reactionary spirit or to any failure to recognize most of the divisions established by recent authors as natural groups, but to the belief that the splitting of genera and families has been carried to an extent that, by magnifying the importance of small differences, hinders the proper recognition of much more important points of re- semblance and relationship, and that it has become the chief source of the instability and inconvenience of our present system of nomenclature. It has also often resulted in the necessity of defining the genera by such minute characters or complex and arbitrary combinations of characters that new species, or even some of the old ones, do not fit into them, and the alternative is presented of indefinitely multiplying the genera or of admitting exceptions and qualifications which break down the distinct- ness of the groups. It seems as if such considerations should lead us to accept the breaking up of well-established and natural groups with much caution, and to keep in mind that the mere fact that distinct sections within a group can be recognized, or that the group is a large one, are in themselves no reasons for its complete disintegration, with the result of usually compelling changes in the names of nearly all its members. Superfamily CyMOTHOIDEA (= Flabellifera) Cymothoide Eurydicine (=Cirolanide auct. mult.; Eurydicide, Stebbing, 1905) Eurydice carangis, new species Text Figures 1 to 5 Body, as seen from above, of elongate-o-val outline, the widest part somewhat anterior to the middle. The abdomen is rather short and considerably narrower than the thorax, but the large epimera of the posterior thoracic segments fill in the general outline so that it is nearly continuous. Back strongly arched; its surface smooth. Length of largest specimens (to tip of abdomen) about 10 mm.; ratio of greatest width to length about 6 to 14.5. 50 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII Héad narrow, and as seen from above deeply set back into the first thoracic segment; its anterior border produced at the middle into a short and narrow rostrum, each side of which the outline of the head is deeply concave to receive the broad, flattened, basal segments of the first antenne that occupy nearly all the space between the rostrum and the fore part of the eyes. The latter are large and deeply pigmented, irregularly oblong, with about 50 ocelli. The rostrum joins, at its for- Figs. 1 to 3. Eurydice carangis, new species. 1 and 2. Female, x 10. 3. Second pleopod of male, X 14, ward extremity, the somewhat quadrate, enlarged end of the frontal lamina, that extends up from below and forms the most anterior part of the head, First antenne very long, exceeding the second pair and reaching, when well drawn back, beyond the middle of the fourth thoracic segment. The fist two segments of the peduncle are, as already stated, very wide and flattened; the first is so short that, as seen from above, it appears merely as a border to the second, The third segment is narrow, a fe ee ee 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 51 elongate, and cylindrical, and bears at its distal end what appears to be a small vestigial fourth segment, incompletely united with the third. The flagellum is long and slender, having twenty-five to twenty-eight articles, of which the proximal one is usually much longer than any of the others. Second antennze much stouter than the first, reaching, when well drawn back, to the posterior edge of the third thoracic segment; the peduncle has four segments, the first of which is composed of two short segments fused together; the flagellum is stout and tapering, with fifteen to eighteen articles. The clypeus ends in a free, triangular, downwardly and forwardly extend- ing apex. The extended lobe of the second segment of the maxilliped bears a single hook. Fig. 4. Eurydice carangis, new species. Mouth-parts of female, X 40. The first, fifth, and sixth thoracic segments are longer than the others; the epimera of all the thoracic segments are distinct and movably jointed to them except in the case of the first. Their external surface is smooth and without any furrow. The epimera end behind in an angle which is very slightly produced back- ward in the anterior segments but much more so in the posterior ones. The four last pairs of legs are provided with numerous spines and hairs. The abdomen has six distinct segments; the first more or less covered by the last segment of the thorax, and the others successively longer. Only the fourth and fifth have the lateral angles produced and bent backwards. The terminal segment is triangular, but rounded off at the extreme apex. A conspicuous depression on its dorsal surface each side of the median line marks off a raised anterior border from the comparatively flat posterior part. There is no distinct median carina. The foliaceous parts of the pleopoda are rather elongate; the uropoda are short, with the terminal branches somewhat triangular and obliquely truncated. Their inner branch is wide and has a conspicuous notch on its outer border a little way from the end; the outer branch is both shorter and narrower. There are moderately long hairs on the inner and posterior margins of both branches of the uropoda and on the rounded part of the tip of the abdomen, but none on the outer margins of the branches of the uropoda. 52 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Fig. 5. Eurydice carangis, new species. Legs of right side of female, external aspect, X 16. Color, in alcobol, yellowish with many small irregularly stellate or branching spots of black pigment on the upper parts. The above description is from female specimens, but the sexual differences are not conspicuous. The males have the peduncular segments of the second antennsw averaging a little stouter than in the females. The process of the second pleopod of the male is straight and shaped like a knife blade, tapering to a point from near the middle of its length; it is shorter than the foliaceous branches of the appendage. 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 53 A majority of the numerous examples collected were obtained on fishes, Caranx hippos (Linné), brought to market at Banana and St. Antonio. Many of them are young individuals. Males predominate among the adults. The young differ little in general appearance from older examples except in size. The specimens in the collection are as follows: Cat. No. 3250. St. Antonio, August 1915. 1 specimen. Type. Cat. No. 3253. St. Antonio, August 1915. About 50 specimens. Cotypes. Cat. No. 3255. Banana, July 1915. 4 specimens. Cat. No. 3252. Banana, August 1915. About 40 specimens. ‘‘Taken from dead sea stars,” This species, remarkable for the great length of the first antennz, is one of several that are intermediate in character between Hurydice Leach, 1815, and Cirolana Leach, 1818} the four-jointed peduncle of the second antennze would place it in the former genus (the course adopted here), while the absence of a right-angled bend in the basal portion of the second antennz and the presence of a hook on the ex- tended second lobe of the maxilliped would place it in Cirolana. If placed in Cirolana, it would be a member of the subgenus FEzcirolana Richardson (1913, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XLIII, p. 201). It is very closely related to E. natalensis (Vanhoeffen, 1914, p. 500, fig. 42) from Natal, but that form has shorter first antennez and lacks the notch on the inner division of the uropoda. Such species as this render the dis- tinction between the genera Cirolana and Eurydice difficult to maintain. Cymothoine (= Cymothoide auct. mult.) Nerocila cephalotes Schicedte and Meinert Text Figures 6 to 9 Nerocila cephalotes! ScuimpTe AND Mernert, 1881, Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XIII, pp. 8, 9, and 60, Pl. rv, figs. 16, 18. Srepsrne, 1910, Ann. South African Mus., VI, p. 423. Barnarp, 1914, Ann. South African Mus., X, p. 371. The largest and apparently the oldest specimen of this species has adult female characters, including a brood pouch; it measures 24.5 mm. long by about 11.4 mm. wide. Body somewhat asymmetrical, widest at the junction of the sixth and seventh thoracic segments; back moderately convex, the surface very hard and smooth. Seven thoracic and six abdominal segments distinct and separate. 1The original description (loc. cit., p. 60) is headed N. cepholotes, but this obvious misprint need be accorded no standing in nomenclature, as in the key and introductory remarks on preceding pages (pp. 8 and 9) where some of the characters of this species are also given, the name is correctly spelled cephalotes, as also in all other parts of the work except p. 60. (Vol. XLITI Museum of Natural History Bulletin American 54 ‘i ee ee ee ee 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 55 Head small, gently convex in front and three-lobed behind;. eyes rudimentary, being reduced to irregular pigmented areas with very imperfect lenses; first antennz with eight, the second with ten segments, inclusive of the peduncular ones (some other specimens have eleven segments). The first, fifth, sixth, and seventh thoracic segments are the longest; the second, third, and fourth are short. The posterior lateral angles of the first are very slightly produced backward and rounded off; those of the sixth and seventh are considerably produced and of angular form. The intermediate ones are not produced at all. The above refers to the main part of the segments, not to the epimera. The epimera of all but the first are distinctly separated from the segment; those of the second and third segments are rounded off behind; the following ones are successively more and more pointed. The legs have strong hooked claws; the last pair of legs, though long, are slenderer than the others and have weaker claws. The abdominal segments, except the last, are short; the first and second have their lateral ends extended backward into long sharply pointed processes. The terminal segment of the abdomen is very broad; it is shield-shaped, and ends in a small, median triangular projection. It is nearly flat with only a slightly thickened anterior margin and a slight suggestion of a median ridge. The outer ramus of the uropoda may be described as broadly saber-shaped; it is slightly curved and about equal to the last segment of the abdomen in actual length, but from its position it extends beyond the end of the abdomen for about half its own length. The inner ramus is less than two-thirds the length of the outer, but is broader. Neither the uropoda nor the last segment of the abdomen are fringed with hairs. Somewhat younger individuals may equal the specimen just described in length, but are proportionately narrower, usually exhibit little or no lateral asymmetry, and have the eyes less reduced and still provided with well-formed lenses. Very much younger specimens (Figs. 8 and9) are quite different and would not, at first sight, be regarded as of the same species. The smallest one in the collection measures about 9 mm. long. The body is symmetrical and much narrower than in the adult, but the head is proportionately larger and broader and provided with a pair of very large, evidently perfectly functional eyes; the angles of the posterior thoracic and anterior abdominal segments, as well as those of the epimera, are little produced; the abdomen is less abruptly narrower than the thorax and its last seg- ment is less broad, tapering more gradually to a sharp point at the end. All these characters give the body as seen from above a smoother outline. The branches of the uropoda are proportionately shorter and broader, and the inner pair (in very young individuals also the end of the last abdominal segment) are fringed with hairs. In some of these young and slender-bodied individuals male characters can be recognized. The older, wide-bodied individuals, such as the one first described above, are all females. All the specimens have the under parts and legs yellowish; the upper parts in the best preserved specimens are olive with two broad, yellowish, longitudinal stripes separated by a rather wide, median, olive stripe; but many of them, perhaps because of fading, are better described as mostly yellowish above with three olive stripes. Schicedte and Meinert (1881) give the following distributioa for this species: Gorée, Senegal; Gaboon; Cape of Good Hope; Cape Agulhas (Cape Colony). Stebbing (1910) also records it from Cape Colony. The [Vol. XLIII n of Natural History Bulletin American Museur 56 ng individuals, X 7.5. id Meinert, 019. Nerocila cephalotes Schimdte ar Figs, 8 ar a a. ee 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 57 reader is referred to Schicedte and Meinert’s work for a more particular description. They had the advantage of having both older (36.5 mm. long) and younger (4.7 mm. long) specimens for study than those ob- tained by the Congo Expedition, which are as follows: Cat. Nos. 3234 and 3239. St. Antonio, August 1915. About 50 specimens. Cat. No. 3248. Banana. July-August 1915. 5 specimens. _ All were found on marine fishes (chiefly Caranx) brought to market. They were adhering to various parts of the body or fins of the fish, some- times more than one of the isopods on one fish. Nerocila rhabdota Kcelbel Text Figures 10 and 11 Nerocila rhabdota Ka@tBex, 1879, Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, (math.-nat. K1.), LXXVIII, p. 409, Pl. 1, figs. 2a-2c. Scuiapte anp MEINERT, 1881, Naturh. Tidsskr., (3) XIII, p. 39, Pl. 11, figs. 5,6. Barnarp, 1914, Ann. South African © Mus., X, p. 371. ‘ This species is readily distinguished from N. cephalotes by the lateral angles of _ the main portion of the thoracic segments, which are produced backward (more conspicuously in old than in younger individuals). Those of the more anterior seg- ments are only slightly extended but the posterior ones are produced into conspicuous triangular processes. These processes, and also the more elongate and pointed form of the epimera, affect somewhat the general outline of the body when seen from above and are, of course, still more conspicuous when seen from the side. Among other less striking differences separating the two species are the more complete disappearance of the eyes in adults of the present species, the larger and less angular median pro- jection at the tip of the abdomen, the longer processes at the lateral ends of the first two abdominal segments and the narrower inner branch of the uropoda. The general resemblance between the two species, including size and color, is so close that it will be unnecessary to give a more detailed description here. This species also will be found carefully described and figured in Schicedte and Meinert’s work. It was described by Keelbel from a specimen taken from the pectoral fin of the fish Psettus sebe from the coast of Senegal. Schicedte and Meinert’s description and figure are based on a re-examination of Keelbel’s type, which measured 25 mm. long and appears to have been a somewhat older individual than any of those collected by the Congo Expedition. Schicedte and Meinert do not appear to have had any other specimen. The species has recently been reported from South Africa by Barnard (1914). Four individuals (Cat. No. 3237) of this species were picked out from among the numer- ous specimens of Nerocila cephalotes taken from market fishes (chiefly Caranx) at St. Antonio, August 1915: The largest of them (Figs. 10 58 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 59 and 11) measures 22 mm. long. It has no brood-pouch but numerous small, brown eggs are cemented to the posterior thoracic legs and some of the pleopods and adjacent parts of the ventral regions of the body. Another example, though not quite so large, has a well-developed brod- pouch. The other two are not fully adult. The smaller number of specimens obtained indicates that it is a much less common species than N. cephalotes. Nerocila acuminata Schicedte and Meinert, 1881, from the southern United States and West Indian region, is a closely allied species. Cymothoa plebeia Schicedte and Meinert Text Figures 12 and 13 Cymothoa plebeia Scutapre AND Metnert, 1884, Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XIV, p. 236, Pl. rx, figs. 1, 2. A single male, apparently fully fh. was collected by the Expedi- tion. ' The body as seen from above is oblong, widening somewhat toward the rear, though the last thoracic segment is a little narrower than the sixth. Abdomen deeply set into the thorax, narrow in front, widening very rapidly to the large terminal segment, which is but little narrower than the thorax. Seven thoracic and six ab- dominal segments distinct and separate. Head somewhat triangular, broader at the posterior end than it is long, with sides that converge toward the front, which is rounded and bent downward in the middle over the bases of the antenne. The latter are cylindrical; the first antennze are much stouter and a little longer than the second, and arise widely separated from each other; both pairs have eight segments. Rudimentary eyes are present in the form of rather large, irregularly quadrilateral spots containing some dark gray or blackish pigment. The first segment of the thorax is not emarginate in front; it has no raised or thickened lateral borders. The processes that extend forward each side of the head are rather short (scarcely a third the total length of the head) and somewhat trian- gular, with a rounded apex. No peculiarities were noted in the epimera or thoracic limbs; the posterior four pairs have the basis keeled. Last segment of abdomen large and broad; practically smooth above; its posterior border nearly transverse, with rounded corners and a slight median notch. The second pleopoda have a straight styliform process as long as, or slightly exceed- ing, the foliaceous part of the appendage. The branches of the uropoda are small and narrow and curved inward; they scarcely reach the end of the abdomen. Size: 19 mm. long; maximum width, 8.3 mm. Color, in alcohol, yellowish, not pigmented. The specimen (Cat. No. 3263) was collected at Malela and, accord- ing to the label, came from the inner side of the gills of a marine fish. 60. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Figs. 12 and 13. Cymothea plebeia Schicedte and Meinert, 1884. Male, X 5.6. Schicedte and Meinert describe this species from a single female from Cape Verde, the male being unknown. Making the necessary allowance for sexual difference, the agreement of the present specimen with their species seems satisfactory. Ichthyoxenos expansus, new species Text Figures 14 and 15 The only specimen is a female which is nearly if not quite adult, as the brood-pouch is large and well distended. The body is symmetrical and broadly elliptical in outline. Its width slightly exceeds two-thirds its total length, and the head and abdomen are deeply set into the thorax; the back is only very moderately arched with a somewhat flattened 1920] .' Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 61 Fig. 14. Ichthyoxenos expansus new species. Female, X 7.5. curvature; its surface is smooth and shining in spite of some minute irregular sculp- turing visible only on magnification, Seven thoracic and six abdominal segments are distinct and separate. Head small, so deeply set back in the thorax that it projects but little beyond the general outline of the body, its dorsal surface so inclined as to be directed forward rather than upward. Seen from above, it appears triangular with the front rounded off; from in front it is more nearly square. The eyes are fairly large, laterally placed elliptical areas of blackish pigment. Antenne cylindrical; the first pair arise well apart and have but seven segments, of which the basal one is somewhat swollen. The 62 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII Fig. 15. Ichthyoxenos expansus, new species. Female, X 7.5. second pair are slenderer and a little shorter, but likewise have seven segments. Mandibular palps long and tapering and composed of three segments. Maxillipeds without a foliaceous plate; they have palps of two flattened articles, The thorax comprises by far the greater part of the body; the first segment is very large, semicircular as seen from above, with its anterior margin hollowed {out in the median part to receive the head. The lateral ends (directed forward and slightly outward) are rounded off but not produced into projecting lobes. The re- maining segments decrease successively in length (when measured on the mediam line) except the fourth, which is shorter than would be expected from its place in the series, The seventh is very short on the median line on account of the very deep ae ee ee ee ee ee Ce ee i a Tey 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 63 excavation of its posterior border to receive the abdomen, but it is quite wide at the ends, which are directed almost backward and reach near to the anterior margin of the terminal abdominal segment. Epimera distinct on all the thoracic segments except the first; they are thick and crescent-shaped, but do not reach quite as far back as the posterior corners of their segments. The latter are rounded off and not produced. The legs are all much alike except for a gradual increase in length toward the posterior end of the body. They are of the usual prehensile type, ending in fairly large, curved claws. Their basal segments are not conspicuously keeled. Abdomen short and rather narrow, especially anteriorly, set into the thorax nearly to the base of its terminal segment, which is large and broad, rounded behind, and longer than the other five abdominal segments taken together. These latter increase in length from the first to the last; they are short longitudinally and ex- tended transversely, their lateral parts being closely crowded together and not pro- duced. The pleopoda are large and leaf-like, of ovate outline and smooth-edged. The uropods are small; their branches, which do not reach as far back as the end of the last segment, are rather narrow and of about equal length and rounded at the tip. The outer one is slightly curved inward; the inner one is straight. Total length of specimen, 16 mm.; width, 11 mm. Color, in alcohol, yellowish, with a few faint and very minute dark pigment-spots on the head and fore part of the first thoracic segment. The single specimen (Cat. No. 3261. Type) was taken from the gills of a characinid fish (Hugnathichthys eetveldii Boulenger, 1898) about one foot long, collected at Poko on one of the tributaries of the Uele River, July 1913. Herklots (1870) described the type species of this genus, a parasite on a river-fish of Java. Schicedte and Meinert (1884) added a second species from the Himalayas, and Richardson (1913, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XLV, pp. 559-562), a third from a Japanese fresh-water fish. Another Japanese species has been added by Ishii (1916, Annot. Zool. Japon., IX, pp. 125-131, 10 figs.). Except that the present form has the first antennz a little dilated at the base, it agrees well with the generic characters assigned by Schicedte and Meinert, though its widely separated habitat may arouse a suspicion that we have here not a natural genus but a case of convergence of species that have evolved separately from related marine forms, perhaps those of the genus Livoneca, from which Ichthyoxenos is distinguished by only very slight characters. Spheromidee Spheroma destructor Richardson Text Figures 16 and 19 Spheroma destructor RicHarDsoN, 1897, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XI, pp. 105- '. 107; 1900, Amer. Naturalist, XXXIV, p. 223; 1901, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 534; 1905, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, p. 282, figs. 294-298. 64 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT Figs. 16 and 17. Spharoma destructor Richardson, 1897. Female, X 11.5. (?) Spheroma terebrans Barn, 1866, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XVII, p. 28, Pl. 1, fig. 5. Spheroma terebrans StessinG, 1904, Spolia Zeylanica, I, part 5, p. 16 (in part). Hansen, 1905, Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci., XLIX, part 1, p. 116 (in part). SrepsinG, 1908, Ann. South African Mus., VI, pp. 48, 49, 427 (in part); 1911, Rec. Indian Mus, Calcutta, VI, pp. 181, 182 (in part). The body is stout, short, and highly arched; in its general outline and in its power of rolling into a ball superficially resembling some of the terrestrial isopods. The dorsal surface is granular, on the posterior half of the body the granules are coarse and the larger ones bear tufts of minute hairs to which mud adheres. The thoracic segments, especially the fourth and fifth, have on the dorsal part a well- roarked transverse ridge, and more or less well-developed paired tubercles are present on the last one or two of the thoracic and on the abdominal segments, of which there are but two in this genus. The posterior end of the abdomen is broad and obtuse; its posterior lateral margins are conspicuously bent upward, 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 65 The first and second antenne have flagella with 8 or 9 and 12 or 13 articles respectively. The first legs have a short spine on the inner distal end of the propodus. It is present in both sexes but is wanting on the other legs. All the legs, however, includ- ing the first, have a short rounded extension of the posterior aspect of the propodus, which overlaps the base of the dactylus:. The number of teeth on the outside edge of the external branch of the uropoda has been used as a distinguishing character in the species of this group. The Congo specimens indicate that it is not reliable for such a purpose. They have from three to five well-formed teeth in addition to the apical point. The proximal tooth is often so reduced as to make it doubtful whether it should be counted or not, or it may be poorly developed or wanting on one side only. 18 ~ Mm% 4 md MX, Fig. 18. Spheroma destructor Richardson, 1897. Mouth-parts of female, x 24. va The drawings here reproduced are from a female. The males are, however, closely similar in general form, size, and appearance, but, as a rule, have the tubercles of the dorsal surface a little more prominent. Often there are fairly well developed tubercles on the sixth as well as the seventh thoracic segment and one or two pairs of small tubercles posterior to the central pair on the last abdominal segment. The males also have the postero-lateral borders of that segment more broadly and con- spicuously turned up than the females. This gives the posterior end of the body a slightly narrower outline as seen from above. A more detailed description can be found in Richardson, 1905. The largest individuals measure 9.5 mm. to 10 mm. long to the tip of the ab- domen. Their color varies from yellowish to a fairly dark brown or greenish brown, the color being due to minute, irregularly branching pigment-spots. About two hundred specimens (Cat. Nos. 3236 and 3245) were col- lected in submerged mangrove roots in certain creeks near Banana, where the water is quite strongly saline. Mr. Lang states that, though 66 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History ]Vol. XLUI V VI IV VII Fig. 19. Sphwroma destructor Richardson, 1897, Legs of right side of female, external aspect, x Ws. 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 67 abundant, its distribution was very local and that it was wanting from many apparently favorable stations in the vicinity, also that their bur- rows in the roots extended to, if not actually into, the sound and living parts of the roots, appearing to cause their progressive death and decay. I have been unable to find any material differences separating the Congo Expedition specimens from Richardson’s S. destructor described from Palatka, Florida, as far as the careful descriptions and figures given by that authority enable me to judge, in spite of the fact that the Florida specimens must have been from completely fresh water while the Congo specimens, as is shown by their boring in mangrove roots, lived in quite strongly saline water. Stebbing (1904) has reduced S. destructor to a synonym of S. terebrans Bate, 1866, from Brazil. The explanation he gives of the peculiarity ia the mandibular palpus in S. erebransas shown by Bate’s figure is a very plausible one and, with this diffi- culty removed, the reasons against accepting Stebbing’s view do not seem at all conclusive. Nevertheless, as Miss Richardson’s species is based ona full description and a number of careful figures, it would be neither just nor safe to displace it until more is known about the Brazilian form. Stebbing in the same article also reduces S. vastator Bate, 1899, from India, Ceylon, and South Africa (see also Stebbing, 1908, p. 49) to a synonym of S. terebrans. There are a few South African specimens in the American Museum collection (Cat. No. 54) from the piling of a bridge over the Isipingo River, Natal, which probably represent S. vastator. A comparison of these with the Congo specimens shows the resemblance to be very close. The tubercles of the back are slightly more prominent, the last segment of the abdomen is a little narrower and more angular in outline, and the legs are possibly a little stouter in the Natal specimens, but the differences are of a very slight and relative character and, without additional material, I am unable to decide how much importance should be attributed to them. S. bigranulatum Budde- Lund (1908, p. 304, Pl. xvm, fig. 55) from Zarizibar can hardly be a synonym of S. vastator, unless considerable allowance is to be made for inaccuracy in the figure of it published in that work. Superfamily BOPYROIDEA (= Epicaridea) Bopyridee Pleurocrypta langi, new species Text Figures 20 to 22 But one specimen of this species was obtained, a female probably not fully adult, having a large but empty and not completely closed brood-pouch. 68 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIL Body as seen from above very widely oval, the widest part far forward; the anterior end very broadly rounded, the posterior end narrow. Outline conspicuously asymmetrical, the convexity of the axis being toward the left side. Seven thoracic and six abdominal segments are distinct and separate. Dorsal surface flat and smooth; the lateral bosses (present on the four anterior body segments) are rather small. Length of body to tip of abdomen, 4.8 mm.; width, 4 mm. Head narrow, but little wider than long, deeply set back into the thorax; the posterior border quite evenly curved, the anterior obtusely triangular with convex sides and a minute rounded median projection or rostrum at the apex. Its anterior border extends conspicuously out beyond the general outline of the front end of the body. Rudiments of eyes in the form of elongate spots of pigment are present. Antennz well developed, the first with three, the second with at least five distinguish- able segments. Figs. 20 to 22. Pleurocrypta langi, new species. 20 and 21. Dorsal and ventral aspects of female, X 12. 22. First opercular plate of left side, ventral aspect, X 9. First thoracic segment very short on the median line, longer at the ends; the third segment is the longest and from that point the thoracic and abdominal segments diminish fairly regularly in length to the posterior end of the body, The epimera of the first four body segments are narrow borders, only the fourth is of the full length of the end of the segment. The epimera of the fifth, sixth, and seventh are succes- sively wider and are as long as the segments; they end off squarely but have the anterior and posterior lateral angles projecting a little; the seventh has a small addi- tional tooth just anterior to the posterior lateral angle, (This description is of the left side, the epimera of the right side are not well developed.) Legs of the prehensile type, moderately long for an animal of this group; minute claws appear to be present, Pe a ee ae 1920 Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 69 at least on some of them. The basis of these limbs has a dentate crest, and this and other proximal segments of these limbs have a few irregular papilla-like projections on the external aspect. The first five abdominal segments have their lateral ends extended into tapering flexible processes whose borders are coarsely and simply toothed or deeply sinuate; these processes or extensions of the segments show evidence of incomplete segmenta- tion in some of the narrow constrictions caused by the indentations. The pleopoda of these segments consist of two branches each, their basal portion is a mere projec- tion on the surface of the abdomen of irregular, somewhat papillated outline; the branches are both similar in character and size to the above described lateral processes of the segments. The sixth abdominal segment is very small and its lateral ends bend directly backward. They are extended into processes similar to those of the other segments and to the branches of the pleopoda. Uropoda, if not wanting, must be represented by these extensions of the sixth segment, for all other appendages appear to belong to the other five segments, though their crowded condition makes this difficult to demonstrate. Brood-pouch large, composed of five pairs of plates. Except the specially modi- fied first pair (see Fig. 22), they end in tapering points which overlap but do not com- pletely close the pouch. The last two pairs bear short hairs along the edges. Many parts of the body are studded with small, irregular, rounded projections or papille. They are present, as already mentioned, on the proximal segments of the legs and occur also in abundance on the ridges marking the abdominal segments on the ventral side of the body between the pleopoda, on the bases of the latter, and a few even on the proximal parts of the exposed surfaces of some of the plates of the brood-pouch, especially on the fifth pair. Color, in alcohol, yellowish, without pigment-spots. The only specimen (Cat. No. 3246) was found in the branchial chamber of an Upogebia furcata (Aurivillius) collected at Banana, July 1915, one of the same lot in which Pseudione chapini, new species, was found. Only the female sex being represented, and that by a single in- dividual which is perhaps not fully adult, the generic position of this species is difficult to determine, though it seems to be an undescribed form. Of the genus Pleurocrypta Hesse, 1865, in which I have included it provisionally, Bonnier (1900, p. 310) says that the known species are parasites of Anomala of the genera Galathea and Porcellana, and that two undescribed species have been reported parasitic on Paguride. Several members of the family Bopyride have been recorded as branchial parasites of Upogebia. Three are enumerated by Nobili (1906) and another is added by Hay (1917). The present collection adds two. Pseudione chapini, new species Text Figures 23 to 26 There are two well-preserved females in the collection, both similar in size and characters. 70 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII Figs. 23 to 26. Pseudione chapini, new species. 23 and 24. Dorsal and ventral aspects of female, X 9, 25 and 26, Dorsal and ventral aspects, of male, X 18. Body as seen from above broadly oval in outline, narrowing rapidly but evenly toward the posterior end, which is rounded, Both specimens strongly asymmetrical, one with the axis convex toward the left, the other with it convex toward the right side. Dorsal surface flat and smooth; lateral bosses are developed on the first four body segments. Seven thoracic segments and six abdominal segments are distinct and separate. RT ee ee ee ee ee a a ee en a a Ne | 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 71 Head wider than long, deeply set back in the thorax; its anterior border is without a raised or thickened edge and is slightly convex in outline, conforming to the general oval curve of the body. No eyes; antennz very short, the first pair with three, the second with four segments distinguishable. First thoracic segment very short in the median part; the fourth is the longest; the succeeding thoracic and abdominal segments diminish quite regularly in length toward the posterior end. Lateral parts of the more posterior segments of the body bent backward, the last two or three very strongly so. Epimera of first four thoracic segments very distinct but narrow and shorter than the segment; those of the fifth, sixth, and seventh are wider and as long as the segment, but so fused with it that the line of union is more or less indistinct. The lateral ends of the thoracic and abdominal segments and their epimera conform to the general body outline, being slightly ~ rounded or nearly square without produced angles. Brood-pouch covering the entire lower part of the thorax but leaving the mouth- parts exposed. Legs small and weak, particularly those of the anterior part of the body. Basis of limbs not strongly keeled, but one or more of the proximal segments of each limb bear on the outer aspect a number of small, irregular, papilla-like or tooth-like projections quite conspicuous under moderate magnification. The pleopoda each consist of two broad leaf-like divisions; these have the base rounded, the edges smooth, and they end in an acuminate tip. Uropoda similar to the pleopoda but consisting of one division only. Length of largest female 7.1 mm.; width 5.2mm. Color in alcohol valichicialh without pigment-spots. A male individual was found clinging to the lateral ventral part of the abdomen of one of the females. It is only 2.3 mm. long, of elliptical outline when seen from the dorsal side, and little more than half as wide as it is long. It deviates very little in shape from the usual isopod type seen in many of the terrestrial Isopoda and, except that one side of the head is less developed than the other (the two antenne of that side being wanting), the body is very nearly symmetrical. This peculiarity of the head is doubtless merely an individual one, caused by some accidental injury. The head is wide, its posterior margin nearly transverse; it bears on the dorsal surface near the posterior margin a pair of minute, widely separated eye-spots. The first antennz are very short and small; three segments are distinguishable in them; the second antenne are considerably longer and have five segments, the last one end- ing in a pair of spines or short stiff hairs. All the seven thoracic segments are separate and do not vary very greatly in length; the first is, however, somewhat longer and the seventh somewhat shorter than the others. Five separate abdominal segments are readily distinguishable, becoming very small! toward the posterior end of the body; their lateral extremities are rounded and bent backward. This reduced number of abdominal segments would place the species in the genus Parione, Richardson (1910, p. 39). The tip of the abdomen is, however, in a more or less abortive condition in this family, and I cannot regard the exact extent to which this process has gone as affording any evi- dence of relationship or any secure basis for generic distinctions. Thoracic limbs all well developed; the anterior ones are short and stout, of the usual prehensile type and end in fairly long, slightly curved claws; the posterior ones are similar but less stout, and the claws are much smaller and shorter. The five pairs of abdominal limbs are reduced to fleshy lobes, which probably serve chiefly as respiratory organs. 72 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Color (in alcohol), yellowish. Two adult and well-preserved females, to one of which the male was clinging (Cat. No. of all the specimens 3247; the larger female is the type) were obtained from the branchial chambers of specimens of Upo- gebia furcata (Aurivillius), a thalassinid crustacean about one inch long which burrows among the reots of mangroves, in July 1915, near Banana. There was but one female in each host. Two more specimens of the host in the same lot had bopyrid parasites (in one case one on each side of the body) that were very likely of this same species but that were in too - advanced a state of disintegration to make out much of their structure. I have not been able to identify this with any previously described form. It is closely allied to both the American species P. furcata and P. curtata Richardson, 1904 (see Richardson, 1905), but is distinguishable from the former by the absence of a raised margin on the front of the head and by the wider pleopoda and from the latter by the form of the abdominal segments in both sexes, also apparently from both by the presence of papillze on the legs, which Richardson does not mention. But some of these differences appear to be of slight importance, and the validity of species so separated cannot be regarded as well established. P. upogebie, Hay, 1917, from South Carolina, which, as its name shows, is also parasitic on a Upogebia, differs in having the pleopoda provided with digitate processes, as well as in other characters. Two other species of this genus have been described as parasitic on European species of Callianassa, a genus of burrowing Macrura allied to Upogebia. These are Pseudione callianasse Kossmann, 1881, and P. dohrni Giard and Bonnier, 1890. The latter differs in having the pleopoda with thickened papillated margins; the former has been too incompletely described and figured to be taken into consideration here. Superfamily ONISCOIDEA Ligydidz Ligyda exotica (Roux) Text Figures 27 to 30 Ligyda exotica Ricuarpson, 1905, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Museum, No. 54, p. 676, figs. 716-718; 1910, Marine Isop. Philippines, p. 41; 1910, Proc, U. 8. Nat. Mus., XXXVI, p. 125. Ligia exotica Roux, 1828, Crust. Médit., p, 3, Pl. xi, fig. 9. Mitne-Epwarps, 1840, Hist. Nat. Crust., III, p. 157. Buppe-Lunp, 1879, Prospectus gen, spec. Crust. Isop., p.°8; 1885, Crust, Isop. Terrestr., pp. 266-268. Do.urus, 1890, Bull. Soc, Etud. Sci, Paris, XII, p. 7 (in part); 1898, Bull. Soc. Zool, France, ee 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 73 XVIII, p. 189; 1893, Feuill. d. jeun. natur., XXIV, p. 24 (in part); 1897, idem, XXVII, p. 211 (int part); 1898, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, XXIII, p. 126. BuppE- Lunp, 1898, Deutsch Ost-afrika, IV, part 8, p. 10. Ricnarpson, 1899, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X XI, p. 866. Doturus, 1899, Proc. 4th Int. Zool. Congress, Cambridge, pp. 255, 256, 260. Ricuarpson, 1899, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) IV, p. 335; 1900, Amer. Naturalist, XXXIV, p. 306. Sressina, 1900, in Willey, Zool. Results, part 5, p. 646. Ricuarpson, 1901, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 575; 1902, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., XI, pp. 306-308, Pl. XL, figs. 62a, 62b. Goto, 1906, Annot. Zool. Jap., V, pp. 267-281. Do.uirus, 1907, Ergeb. Reise Niederl. Ost-Indien, IV, p. 381. Buppr-Lunp, 1908, in Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika, p. 303; 1913, Trans. Linnean Soc. London, Zool., (2) XV, p. 391. CuriTon, 1916, Mem. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, V, p. 462, figs. 1-22; Terao, 1915, Dobuts. Zool. Tokyo, XXVII, p 47. ? Ligia grandis Perty, 1830-34, Delectus animalium articulatorum, p. 212, Pl. x1, fig. 113. Ligia gaudichaudii Mitne-Epwarps, 1840, Hist. Nat. Crust., III, p. 157. Nicouer, 1849, in Gay, Hist. Chile, III, p. 265. Dana, 1853, U.S. Exploring Exp., Crust., p. 741, xurx, figs. 6a—-6h. ? Ligia (italica) coriacea Kocu, 1835-44, Deutschlands Crust., p. 36; Berichtig., p. 211. ? Ligia baudiniana Mirrs, 1877, (not Milne-Edwards, 1840), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 670. Ligia malleata Prerrer, 1889, Jahrb. Hamburg. Wiss. Anst., VI, p. 36. This widely distributed form is too well known to require an extended descrip- tion here. Exclusive of the long slender uropoda, the body may reach a length of 30 mm. but none of the Congo Expedition specimens exceed 24 mm. in length in the case of male individuals, or 21 mm. in the case of females. In the alcoholic specimens the ground color is a light greenish yellow, which under moderate magnification is seen to be thickly dotted with minute, irregularly branched spots of dark pigment. These, becoming more thickly distributed on the dorsal parts of the body, give the animal a mottled greenish gray or slate color, which is, however, paler on the lateral parts of the epimera, so that the body has a lighter border along the sides. Among the principal specific characters are the form of the body, which widens rapidly in the anterior part of the thorax and then tapers gradually to the last seg- ment of the abdomen; the soft integument and the loose articulation and fragility of the segments of the body and their appendages (few specimens reach the museum with the uropoda and antennz attached and unbroken); the large epimera separated from the body of the segment by a distinct suture; the large bulging eyes; very long antennse and uropoda; and the distinct, though obtuse, angle at the tip of the ab- domen. The males have on the distal end of the first leg a small flattened lateral process which overlaps the base of the dactylus on the posterior aspect of the limb. The inner edges of the carpus and merus of this limb are devoid of spines and are, roughened with minute file-like oblique ridges. In the female the corresponding limb is more slender and lacks the lateral process and the ridges, but is provided with a number of spines in the position of the latter. The dorsal surface of the body is. more conspicuously granulated than in L. olfersii. ; 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 75 A large male specimen, 24 mm. long, has thirty-one articles in the flagellum of the second antenne. These reach a little way beyond the posterior end of the abdomen when well drawn back. In another male, 21 mm. long (36.3 mm. long inclusive of the uropoda), the flagellum of the second antennz has thirty-three articles. The terminal branches of the uropoda are 9.8 mm. long. In one of the larger females (length, 18 mm.; inclusive of uropoda, 29 mm.) the flagellum of the second antennz has thirty- three articles. The antennz reach a little beyond the end of the abdomen when well drawn back, and the terminal branches of the uropoda are 7.5 mm. long. In another female (length, 17.5 mm.; inclusive of the uropoda, 28 mm.) the terminal branches of the uropoda are only 6.3 mm. long. 28 29 30 Figs. 28 to 30. Ligyda exotica (Roux), 1828. 28. First leg of right side of female, internal aspect, « 15. 29. Tip of inner division of right maxilliped of male, 15. 30. First leg of right side of male, internal aspect, X 12. For a more detailed description of this species, with numerous figures and a discussion of its relationships, see Chilton, 1916. This isopod is found creeping or running on moist rocks, piles of wharves, bridges, etc., or hiding in their crevices just above the water on the coasts of most of the tropical and warmer regions of the world. Its wide distribution may be in part due to its accidental dispersal through commerce. It has already been reported from Senegal (Dollfus, 1897) and from the eastern coast of Africa. Over fifty specimens (Cat. Nos. 3235 and 3238) are contained in the Congo Expedition collection, all obtained along the shore at Banana from stones and rocks near brackish water in August 1915. Bulletin American Museum of N atural’ History im ey, ape Fig. 31. Ligyda olfersii (Brandt), 1833.9 Female , X 6,7. [Vol. XLITT 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 77 Ligyda olfersii (Brandt) Text Figures 31 to 34 . ; Ligia olfersii BRANDT, 1833, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, VI, p. 11. Buppg-Lunp, 1885, Crust. Isop. Terrestr., p. 268. Ricuarpson, 1901, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mu- seum, XXIII, p..575. Curiron, 1916, Mem. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, V, p. 466. Ligia exotica Dotirus, 1893, Feuill. d. jeunes natural., XXIV, p. 25 (in part); 1897, idem, XXVII, p. 212 (in part). Ligyda olfersti Ricnarvson, 1905, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, p. 674, figs. 714, 715. Resembles L. exotica in color and appearance but is somewhat smaller. The body is proportionately narrower, especially in its anterior portion, so that the outline seen from above is more nearly elliptical than oval. The surface is smoother, the 34 32 33 iS A D> Figs. 32 to 34. Ligyda olfersii (Brandt), 1833. 32. First lef of right side of female, internal aspect, X 12. 33. Inner division of right maxilliped of male, X 24. 34. First leg of right side of male, internal aspect, X 14. granulation being very faint and inconspicuous when the specimen is wet; the eyes are more elongated and less bulging, and the epimera much more completely fused with the main parts of the segments, while the body as a whole is firmer, less fragile and more compactly articulated than in L. exotica. The propodus of the first pair of legs of the male lacks the lateral process at the distal end that is present in L. exotica, but in the male the file-like ridges on the merus and carpus, and in the female the spines, are present as in the corresponding limbs of that species. Females 17 mm. to 17.5 mm. long when measured to the tip of the abdomen, have twenty-nine or thirty articles in the flagellum of the second antennx, which, when drawn well back, reach half-way along the last abdominal segment. A male 17 mm. long when measured to the tip of the abdomen (29 mm. long to the ends of the uropoda) has thirty-five articles in the flagellum of the second anten- nz, which reach, when well drawn back, half-way along the last abdominal segment. The terminal branches of the uropoda are about 7.5 mm. long. 78 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII This species is credited by Richardson (1905) with the following distribution: Key West and Puntarasa, Florida; St. Thomas, W. I.; and Brazil. There are specimens in the American Museum collections from Andros Id., Bahamas (Cat. No. 3122) and one from Guadeloupe, W. I. (Cat. No. 3123). With the material available I failed to discover reasons for considering the Congo Expedition specimens distinct from the American ones. The Congo specimens (Cat. Nos. 3240 and 3241), fourteen in number, were all obtained at Banana in August 1915, with L. exotica, and were picked out from among the lots of the latter species, from which the collectors evidently did not differentiate them. Budde-Lund, 1885, described a species L. gracilipes from Senegal, which, however, is smaller and has very long uropoda, the latter exceed- ing the body in length. Oniscide Eubeline (= Eubelidse auct. mult.) The next five species all belong to the typical subgenus of Hubelum. Eubelum stanleyanum, new species Text Figures 35 to 45 Body convex, contractile into a ball, oblong in outline when seen from above, with the sides nearly parallel except for a slight convergence toward the rear; it is of moderate width, broadly rounded in front, somewhat more narrowly so at the rear. Surface smooth, with thickly distributed minute pits, visible on magnification, but without granulation and without more than a slight trace of pubescence. Color of upper parts varying from gray to brownish with yellowish markings and margins on the segments. Some of the specimens have the epimeral parts of the segments, and most of them have the exposed parts of the uropoda, yellowish in more or less contrast to the adjacent darker parts. Under parts and legs yellowish. Size of large females about 11 mm. long; males about 9 mm. Head of moderate width, the epistome with a rather prominent, strongly up- turned superior margin; the anterior outline of the head seen from above is gently arched. Eyes rather large, with about seventeen ocelli, Antenne short and rather stout; their first segment small and very short, their fifth segment not greatly longer than the fourth; the flagellum is rather indistinctly three-segmented, having the first and third articles about equal and considerably shorter than the second. First maxilla with eight long sharp teeth (3-4-5), with an additional, very small, accessory tooth beside the second tooth on the outer division, and a row of about eleven plumose processes on the inner division, These processes are so closely crowded that an exact count is difficult. Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo Figs. 35. 35 to 44. Eubelum stanleyanum, new species. Female, X 8.4. Pleopoda of female, X 8.4. Pleopods of male, X 10. Antenna and outline of anterior segments, ventral view, X 9.6. . Outline of head, front view, X 9 Tip of inner division of first maxilla, x 100. . End of abdomen, posterior view, X 16. Inner division of maxilliped, 36. First maxilla, < 40. Second maxilla, X 36. 79 80 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII Posterior lateral angles of first thoracic segment little produced and rather broadly truncated in an oblique direction, with a very short cleft to receive the second segment when the body is rolled up. Lateral margin of first segment when seen from the side very gently curved; it has a wide thick projecting border extending back to the truncated part of the posterior angle. Along the whole length of this border there is a narrow sulcus on the external aspect, but so situated that it is visible in a ventral view also. The whole projecting border is sharply separated from the main part of the segment by a deep but rather widely open groove. The inner side of the cleft for receiving the second segment is more produced in an obliquely down- ward direction than the outer side (though hardly extending as far in a directly posterior direction), and is narrowly rounded off instead of truncated. The second and third thoracic segments have a thickening of the anterior border of the epimeral part, as though caused by an infolding of the edge, but they bear no process. The lateral ends of the second to fifth (inclusive) segments are somewhat rounded off; the sixth and seventh are more squarely cut off. Legs fairly long and moderately stout, with stout but not very numerous spines. The form of the pleopoda is shown in the accompanying illustrations. In the female the first two pairs are more conspicuously swollen and tracheate than the others. The terminal segment of the abdomen has the median portion very wide and slightly tapering; the end is broadly and almost squarely cut off. The exposed part of the uropoda is obliquely quadrangular and somewhat elongate, its external surface only moderately convex. A large, shallow, transversely oval depression occupies much of the distal half of this surface. In, but near the margin of, this depression (well removed from both the internal and terminal margin of the basal segment) the very minute, short, rounded rudiment of the external branch is placed. The internal branches are rather narrowly tapered and do not reach to the end of the last abdominal segment. This species would appear to be common near Stanleyville, as the following specimens were collected. Females predominate among them; some have brood-pouches containing, young. 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 81 Cat. No. 3267. Stanleyville, Aug. 29, 1909. 6 specimens. Cat. No. 3257. Stanleyville, March 1915. 2 specimens. Female is type and male used in drawing figure. Cat. No. 3244. Stanleyville, March 1915. 31 specimens. Cat. No. 3258. Stanleyville, Aug. 10, 1909. 7 specimens. Cat. No. 3300. Stanleyville, Aug. 4, 1909. 1 specimen from the stomach of a toad (Bufo regularis). Cat. No. 3265. Bengamisa. Sept. 1914. 1 specimen. Eubelum stipulatum Budde-Lund Text Figures 46 to 55 Eubelum stipulatum Buppn-Lunp, 1899, Revision of Crustacea Isop. Terrestr., (part 1), p. 71, Pl. 1, figs. 1-16. Body convex, contractile into a ball; in a dorsal view not greatly different from E, stanleyanum, though the epimera are rather more squarely and evenly cut off at ' the ends. The body surface is smooth, even, and shining, without granulation but with scattered extremely minute pits visible only on considerable magnification. Color grayish brown above with rather obscure yellowish markings and margins on the segments; basal segments of the uropoda and the under parts and legs yellowish. Length of specimens: female, about 11 mm.; two males, about 9.5 mm. and 10.6 mm., respectively. Head with its anterior outline evenly convex as seen from above; the superior margin of the epistome forms only a very narrow projecting border but this is con- tinuous across the front. Seen from in front, this border slopes up gradually from the sides to the middle, where it forms a very obtuse and gently rounded off angle. Eyes well developed, with 22 to 25 ocelli. Antennz of moderate length and stoutness; their fourth segment is less than three-fourths the length of the fifth and the flagellum is distinctly three-segmented, the first article being the shortest, the second slightly the longest. First maxilla with nine teeth (3+5 with a slender accessory tooth beside the second) on the outer division, and a row of about eleven closely crowded plumose processes on the inner division. Posterior lateral angles of first segment somewhat produced backward, slightly truncate in an oblique direction at the apex, which is cleft to receive the second segment when the body is rolled up. The lateral margin of the first segment when seen from one side is evenly curved, with a wide thick projecting border extending along its length as far as the truncated part of the posterior angle. This border has a moderately wide and deep sulcus along its whole length; the sulcus is situated on its external aspect but is narrowly visible in a ventral view also. The whole projecting border is separated from the main part of the segment by a very deeply impressed groove. The inner side of the cleft posterior lateral angle is a little more produced ventrally (though scarcely more posteriorly) than the outer and, instead of being truncated, is rather sharply rounded off. Processes wanting on the inner surface of the lateral ends of the second and following segments; there is scarcely any thicken- ing of their anterior margin. Legs of moderate length and stoutness, with rather few spines. 82 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History 49 (Vol. XLIII Figs, 46 to 54. Bubelum stipulatum Budde-Lund, 1899, 46, Pleopoda of female, X 10.5. 47. Antenna and outline of anterior segments, ventral view, X 10.5. 48. Pleopoda of male, X 13,2. 49, Outline of head, front view, X 9. 50. End of abdomen, posterior view, X 16, 51. Inner division of maxilliped, X 34. 52. Second maxilla, * 34, 53, Tip of inner division of first maxilla, & 85, 54. First maxilla, X 34, 4 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 83 The form of the pleopoda is shown in the accompanying figures; in the female the first two pairs are much more swollen and tracheate than the others. The terminal segment of the abdomen is broad and tapering, with concave sides; its end is broadly truncated, with a slightly convex outline and the corners a little rounded off. Uro- poda with the exposed external surface very conspicuously convex; their outline is somewhat oval. The small external branch is borne in a notch lying chiefly on the external surface close to the terminal margin, which is a little indented. There is a fairly well-marked, shallow depression on the external surface between this notch and the outer margin. The inner branches do not reach to the end of the terminal segment of the abdomen. Specimens collected: Cat. No. 3264. Stanleyville, February 1915, one female. Cat. No. 3262. Bengamisa, September 1914, one male. Cat. No. 3302. Stanleyville, one male, found in the stomach of a toad (Bufo regu- laris) taken Aug. 4, 1909. Fig. 55. Eubelum stipulatum Budde-Lund, 1899. Female, X 10.5. Budde-Lund described this species from Bonge in Cameroon. His specimens were somewhat larger, 13 mm. to 15 mm. long, and had, according to his description and figures, more numerous ocelli (twenty- eight to thirty) and more plumose processes (thirteen) on the inner division of the first maxilla than the present examples, but otherwise the correspondence is so close that, in spite of the difference of locality,.I am unwilling to describe the Congo Expedition specimens as new, especially as they may not have reached their full growth and size. Possibly they may eventually prove to be distinct, but the information and material now available do not appear sufficient to furnish satisfactory distinguish- ing characters. This form is closely allied to E. instrenuum Lénnberg and Budde- Lund, 1912, from British East Africa, but in that species the margin of the first thoracic segment is described as scarcely sulcated (“vix sulcato’’). 84 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLITI Another nearly allied form is E. lubricum Budde-Lund, 1885, from Land- ana and Chinchoxo (Portuguese Congo), but that species is described as having the superior outline of the epistome partly effaced in the middle part of the head. (See also the next species.) Eubelum propinquum, new species Text Figures 56 to 62 A rather large male specimen (Cat. No. 3271), 13 mm. long, of a slaty gray color above with rather conspicuous yellowish markings and margins on the segments, appears to differ specifically from the form just described under the name FE. stipulatum, though exceedingly closely allied to it. The body is perhaps a little more stout and convex; the surface is exceedingly smooth, considerable magnification disclosing neither granulation nor pubescence, but the surface is dotted with minute pits or punctures abundantly and quite evenly distributed. The epistome has its upper border complete across the front of the head; it is but little projecting and is rather gently arched; the forehead is rather low; the eyes are large and prominent, with about twenty-five ocelli. The antennz are missing in the specimen here described. (Inaspecimen from Medje, Cat. No. 3249, presumably of this same species, they are moderately long and rather slender, their fifth segment rather more than one and one-quarter times the length of the fourth; the flagellum nearly equal to the fourth segment and composed of three articles, the first the shortest of the three, the second not much longer than the terminal one.) The outer division of the first maxilla has nine teeth (3+-5 with an additional slender accessory tooth beside the second); the inner division rs eleven or more closely crowded plumose processes. The first segment of the thorax has its alshion outer angles a trifle more pro- duced backward than in the case of Z. stipulatum, the outer side of the cleft ends in sharper posterior angle and the inner side is a little more produced backward than in that species. In a lateral view the lateral inferior outline of the segment is straighter (less convex downward); the thickened border is marked off from the main part of the segment by a narrower groove and is itself more conspicuously narrowed toward the rear; but these differences are slight and only noticeable on careful comparison, The legs are also more spiny than in that species; on the inferior aspect of the anterior pairs of legs the spines are so thickly distributed as to suggest a brush with short thick bristles. The abdomen and its appendages are also very similar to those of 2. stipulatum, In the present form, however, the last segment of the abdomen is longer and narrower, with the sides of the central extension parallel instead of converging toward the end. The first pair of pleopoda are proportionately longer. The basal segments of the uropoda are more elongate and the rudimentary external branches also more elongate and proportionately longer and more conspicuous, and the oval depression on the external surface of the basal segment is larger and more elongate, 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 85 The above specimen is labeled ‘‘Thysville, June 2, 1915, from a mushroom-shaped termite structure.’ The hard integument and bright colors of this species show that it cannot be an inhabitant of the interior of termites’ nests and, if the label is correct, it was probably merely taking refuge in some external crevice of the nest. Figs. 56 to 62. Eubelum propinquum, new species. 56. 57. Pleopoda of male, X 9. End of abdomen, posterior view, X 13. First maxilla, x 26. Tip of inner division of same, X 65. Inner division of maxilliped, X 26. . Outline of head, front view, X 10. Side view of head and first segment of body, X 7.8. Another specimen, alluded to above, (Cat. No. 3249), also a male but slightly smaller than the one described, labeled Medje, July 1914, is probably of this same species, but is in a rather poor state of preserva- tion. 86 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Figs. 63 to 70. Eubelum asperius, new species. 63. Pleopoda of female, 12. 64. End of abdomen, posterior view, X 16. 65. First maxilla, < 46. ‘ 66. Tip of inner division of same, X 90. 67. Inner division of maxilliped, X 42. 68. Outline of head, front view, X 9.6. 69. Antenna, X 16. 70. Side view of head and first segment of body, X 8.5. Eubelum asperius, new species Text Figures 63 to 70 The only specimen obtained is a female, 8.5 mm. long, with an empty brood-pouch. This species also very closely resembles E. stipulatum, described above, and the description there givea will apply to this form also with the following modifications. Body surface rougher, with small irregularly distributed roughened pits, easily visible with low magnification, closely distributed over the surface; they are slightly setose, giving the body surface a somewhat pubescent character. Ground color of upper parts rather light brown, lower parts and legs pale yellowish brown. There are the usual light markings and borders on the segments; the markings on the lateral parte of the back form more regular rows of short bars than they do in Z. stipulatum. 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 87 Head narrower and a little more convex in front outline in a dorsal view. Seen from in front, the anterior or upper margin of the epistome is highest at a point a little each side of the median line, where it dips down a little and is less well marked. Eyes proportionately a little larger, with about twenty ocelli. Antenne apparently a little longer; their flagellum has but two articles,! the first being very short. First maxilla with nine teeth (3+5 besides a slender accessory tooth beside tooth 2 on the outer division) and about nine plumose processes on the inner division. The characters of the first segment of the thorax are closely similar to those of E. stipulatum, except that the posterior angle is scarcely truncated but merely a little blunted at the apex. The impressed groove marking off the projecting border from the body of the segment turns up sharply and conspicuously just behind its anterior end near the eye. The sulcus on the external-ventral aspect of the border is less sharply defined. The notch for receiving the second segment when the body is rolled up is small but with rather widely divergent sides; its inner side is produced considerably farther back then the outer and is sharply rounded off. The second and third thoracic segments have the inner side of the anterior margin of the lateral parts quite conspicuously thickened but they bear no processes. These two segments are a little more rounded at the ends than in LZ. stipulatum. The spines on the legs are much worn and broken in this specimen; they appear to have been only moderately numerous. Last segment of abdomen wide, its median extension short, with the sides curved and converging toward the wide, squarely truncated end. The exposed parts of the basal segments of the uropoda are somewhat triangular, with the external surface moderately convex without any large depression. The notch for the small short rudiment of the external branch is on tle posterior margin well removed from the inner angle, and lies chiefly on the external aspect; seen from the inner or anterior side the margin is only a little indented by this notch. The inner branches of the uropoda do not reach to the end of the abdomen. The only specimen (Cat. No. 3256) is from Zambi, June 1915. Of the species described by Budde-Lund (1899), it appears most closely related to E. ignavum from Abyssinia. One of the most conspicuous differences between the two forms is in the inner lamella of the cleft rear angle of the first body segment, which in the present species is considerably extended backward beyond the outer, but is described in the Abyssinian form as scarcely longer than the outer. The last segment of the abdomen and the uropoda are also longer and less wide in FE. ignavum. E. instrenuum Lénnberg and Budde-Lund, 1912, from British East Africa appears to resemble this species in many characters but has the flagellum of the antennz composed of three articles. 1Though in some groups the number of articles in the flagellum is a reliable character for generic or subgeneric distinction, in Eubelum and probably also in some other sections of the Oniscide the char- acter seems to be of less importance, a two-segmented flagellum having apparently developed independ- ently in species not closely related by a coalescence of the two terminal articles. 88 73 75 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History 72 74 77 Figs. 71to78. EKubelum garamba, new species. 71. Pleopoda of female, X 18. 72. Antenna and outline of anterior segments, ventral view, X 22. 73. End of abdomen, posterior view, X 25. 74. Outline of head, front view, X 10, 75. First maxilla, * 44, 76. Tip of inner division of same, * 130, 77. Terminal part of second maxilla, X 44. 78. Inner division of maxilliped, * 44. [Vol. XLIII 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 89 Eubelum garambe, new species Text Figures 71 to 79 This species is represented by but one specimen, a female only about 7 mm. long, with marsupial plates developed. It is closely related to E. stipulatum and even more closely to E. asperius, but the body, though very convex, is a little narrower than in either of those species. Surface even but with minute, not very closely distributed puncte and with considerable pubescence. The thoracic segments have a considerable degree of in- dividual convexity in an antero-posterior direction; the part overlapped by the preceding segment is marked off by a rather conspicuous depressed line or furrow. Color grayish brown above, with obscure yellowish markings and margins on the segments; under parts yellow. Fig. 79. Eubelum garambe, new species. Female, X 15. Head narrow, superior line of epistome considerably arched and only very slightly prominent, but continuous across the front of the head. Eyes rather large but with comparatively few ocelli (about fifteen well-formed ones). Antenne of moderate length and stoutness, very pubescent. No third article was demonstrated in the flagellum, which is, however, fairly long and slender. First maxilla with eight teeth (3+5), in addition to a very small accessory tooth beside tooth 2 on the outer divi- sion, and about ten plumose processes on the inner division. Posterior lateral corners of first thoracic segment produced into an angle, which is not truncated or rounded off and is provided with a small cleft for the reception of the second segment when the body is rolled up. Sides of this cleft only moderately divergent, the inner side is rounded off and a little more extended than the, outer. There is a prominent and thick, but not very wide, projecting lateral border on the first thoracic segment marked off from the body of the segment by a well-defined furrow. The border and furrow extend almost to the posterior angle of the segment but the border becomes narrow and inconspicuous before the angle is reached. There is a wide and fairly deep sulcus the whole length of the border on its external ventral aspect, the sulcus widens noticeably in the posterior third of its length. The lateral parts of the second and third thoracic segments have the anterior border 90 SREP LEE Bulletin American Museum of Natural History Figs, 80 to 89, Hubelum tenebrarum, new species. 80, Female, x Sl. Pleopoda of male, * 11, 82. Pleopoda of female, x 11. 84. Antenna and outline of anterior segments, ventral view, 11, 84. Tip of inner division of first maxilla, X 115, 85. Outline of head, front view, * 11, 86. Mandibles, anterior aspect, * 32, 87. First maxilla, X 32, 88. Inner division of maxilliped, * 34, 50. Antenna, X 24, [Vol. XLIS : 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 91 thickened on the inner surface but bear no processes. Their ends are rather narrowly and sharply rounded and the ends of the remaining thoracic segments are less abruptly truncated than in LZ. stipulatum. The legs are of moderate length and rather slender; their spines are not very numerous but fairly stout. The abdomen is rather narrowly rounded behind, the ends of the segments bend or flare outward a little. The last segment is as in EZ, asperius but narrower and longer, and less broadly truncate at the end. The basal segments of the uropoda have the exposed parts somewhat triangular; their terminal border is quite oblique, the inner angle being much more produced than the outer and exceeding a little the tip of the abdomen. The notch for the short rounded rudiment of the external branch lies in the posterior border but mostly on the external aspect. Seen from the anterior or inner side, the posterior border is scarcely indented. The external surface of the basal segment of the uropoda is only moderately convex and has no large depression. The inner branches of the uropoda are rather stout; they do not reach to the end of the abdomen. The only specimen (Cat. No. 3260) is from the extreme north- eastern part of the Congo region, Garamba, collected in March 1912. Fig. 90. Eubelum tenebrarum, new species. Female, X 11. Eubelum tenebrarum, new species Text Figures 80 to 90 _ Body moderately wide and of oblong outline when seen from above; rather soft and quite loosely articulated; the lateral ends of the segments slightly extended. The back is not very convex; its surface is smooth but not shiny; punctate under magni- fication, but not pubescent. Color in alcohol dull yellowish white (white in life according to notes taken by the collector). Size of a large female, 8.7 mm. long by 4.3 mm. wide; the males are smaller, a large one measuring 6.8 mm. long by 3.4 mm. wide. Head small; its anterior outline nearly straight in the middle, though receding toward the corners. The superior margin of the epistome forms a projecting border only near the sides; in the middle part the line of demarkation disappears. Mouth- parts forming a prominently projecting mass. First maxilla with eight teeth (8+4 with an additional accessory tooth beside the second) on the outer division; the inner division bears a row of about eight plumose processes. Antenne very long and slender; the flagellum long, of two distinct articles of which the last is about two and 92 . Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII one-half times the length of the first. In some individuals a very obscure segmen- tation of the second article into two was demonstrated; in others I could not detect it. Eyes very small and imperfect, with indistinct ocelli and very little pigment. First segment of thorax with a moderately thick, but rather narrow, projecting border separated from the main part of the segment by a narrow deeply impressed groove. The border, which extends about four-fifths of the length of the margin, has a fairly well-marked sulcus along its external aspect. This sulcus is slightly obliquely situated so that it is somewhat visible from a ventral direction also, especially toward the posterior end. The posterior lateral angle of the segment is rounded off in a small curve and has a small cleft to receive the second segment; the outer side of the cleft extends a little farther back but not so far ventrally as the inner. The front margin of the epimera of the second, third, and fourth segments is thickened on the inner side but none of them bear any process. The thoracic seg- ments are somewhat rounded at the ends, especially in the anterior part of the body. The legs are rather long, quite slender, and rather weak. The epimera of the third, fourth, and fifth abdominal segments end in rather sharp, backwardly directed angles. The last segment has a wide but very short base, the median extension has nearly parallel sides and a very rounded extremity. The basal segments of the uropoda are deeply notched on the posterior margin; these notches are occupied by the outer branches which, though small, are elongate and sharp pointed; they are visible both in a dorsal and ventral view of the body. The inner branches are long and tapering; they lie beneath the median part of the last segment, extending to its end. About sixty specimens (Cat. Nos. 3242 and 3266) of this species were collected at Thysville, June 2, 1915, “from the shelves of a cave’’ which is described in Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXXVII, p. 541. A few of the females have a brood-pouch developed, containing a few large eggs. The rather soft, loosely articulated body, the lack of pigmentation and the almost functionless eyes are modifications that would be expected in a form inhabiting such a cave as that in which this species lives. These modifications are, however, of a very superficial kind, and in the form and structure of its parts there seems to be no sufficient reason for placing it elsewhere than in the typical subgenus of Eubelum. ; Oniscing (= Oniscide auct. mult.) Synarmadillo globus Budde-Lund Text Figures 91 to 100 Synarmadillo globus Buove-Lunp, 1909, in Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika, LI, p. 276, Pl. x1u, figs. 37-44. Body broad in proportion to its length; back very convex; front outline of head strongly and evenly convex; rear end of body rather broadly rounded, Articulation very compact and smooth; body surface unusually smooth, showing under consider- able magnification only very minute and even granulation and numerous depressed 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 93 Figs. 91 to 99. Synarmadillo globus Budde-Lund, 1908. 91. Male, X 6. 92. Pleopoda of male, x 7.2. 93. Antenna and outline of anterior segments, ventral view, X 6. 94. Outline of head, front view, X 9. 95. First maxilla, x 20. 96. Tip of inner division of same, X 50. 97. Terminal part of second maxilla, x 20. 98. Inner division of maxilliped, < 20. 99. End of abdomen, posterior view, X 7.2. 94 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII dots or puncte. Color dark slaty gray above, the segments marked and bordered with pale yellow, the under parts and legs also pale yellow. This is the largest and most conspicuously marked terrestrial isopod collected by the Expedition; the single specimen obtained, though a male and hence doubtless considerably inferior to adult females in size, would measure nearly, if not quite, 15 mm. long if straightened cut, and its stoutness and highly convex back give it unusual bulk foritslength. Head rather small, the superior border of the epistome forming only a very narrow projecting border, but this extends completely across the front of the head. Eyes proportionately small, with about twenty-two ocelli; antenne rather short and small, the fourth and fifth segments nearly equal in length, the flagellum with only two articles, the basal about half as long as the terminal one. The mandibles are more elongate and less crooked than in the next species (Synarmadillo lubilensis). The first maxilla has nine teeth (4+-5, two of these representing enlarged accessory Fig. 100, Synarmadillo globus Budde-Lund, 1908, Male, X 7. teeth beside the main row) on the outer division, and two plumose processes and a very minute spine on the inner division. Seen from one side, the lateral margin of the first thoracic segment is curved, especially in the posterior part; its posterior angle is cleft to receive the second segment when the body rolls up. The outer side of this cleft is less produced downward and backward than the inner; the latter forms a rather sharp angle. The whole length of the margin, almost to the extreme rear angle, is turned outward to form a thick but narrow projecting border of even width. This border turns sharply out from the main part of the segment, thus forming a fairly distinct line of demarkation but there is no impressed groove along that line. The border has a sulcus along its whole length; the sulcus lies on the external inferior aspect and is rather narrow, widening, however, somewhat rapidly a little way before the cleft at the rear angle is reached. Second segment of thorax with a short process on the inside of the lateral part; third segment with a slight rudiment of a process, The second to fourth thoracic segments inclusive have the ends somewhat angular, though a little rounded off, and not produced beyond the general outline of the body; the fifth has the ends broadly rounded; the sixth and seventh are rather squarely cut off. Legs rather long; they have few but stout spines. ee 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 95 This species differs from all related forms collected by the Expedi- tion in having the last segment of the abdomen taper to a slightly rounded triangular point, which, however, is not quite long enough to equal the truncated ends of the basal segments of the uropoda that fill in the outline of the body on either side of it. The external branches of the uropoda are represented by an exceedingly minute rounded rudiment borne on the external aspect of the basal segment close to, but a little above, the terminal margin (which is not indented) and near the inner corner. Just external to the rudimentary external branch there is a minute pore or pit filled with a yellow substance. The internal branches are long and slender and reach a trifle beyond the triangular tip of the last abdominal segment. The only specimen (Cat. No. 3243) was collected at Zambi in June 1915. It corresponds well with Budde-Lund’s description and figures. His specimens were from Cameroon (Bibundi and Bonge), collected by Dr. Y. Sjéstedt in November 1891. ; Synarmadillo lubilensis, new species Text Figures 101 to 110 The single specimen collected is a female, 13 mm. long, apparently fully adult, but without a brood-pouch. Body oblong in a dorsal view, contractile into a ball; the head wide, with its front outline only slightly convex; the abdomen broadly rounded behind. Articula- tion not very compact; back moderately convex, its surface slightly and very finely granular under magnification. Color dark brown above with obscure yellowish mark- ings and margins on the segments; under parts yellowish. The anterior margin of the epistome forms a moderately prominent projecting border extending across the front of the head. Eyes rather small, with about twenty ocelli. Antennz of moderate length, the fifth segment considerably longer than the fourth, not very stout; the flagellum is rather long and slender with two well-defined articles; its basal article is over one-third the length of the entire flagellum; the second article is very obscurely segmented into two parts, the terminal part a little longer than the proximal. The first maxilla has six teeth (3+-3, with an additional small accessory tooth beside No. 2) on the outer division, and two plumose processes and a conspicuous spine on the inner division. The mandibles are short and crooked; they have (on the right mandible at least) but one small tuft (“penicillus” in the terminology of Budde-Lund, 1909, p. 54) distal to the large brush-like appendage. First segment of thorax with its posterior lateral angles slightly produced back- ward and rounded off; there is a very small cleft to receive the second thoracic seg- ment when the body is rolled up; the inner side of the eleft is considerably less pro- duced than the outer. Seen from one side, the lateral margin of the first thoracic segment is nearly straight: its border is thin, widely projecting and, especially in the anterior part, considerably turned or rolled upward; there is no groove separating the 96 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII Figs. 101 to 110, Synarmadillo lubilensis, new species, 101, Female, 72 102, Pleopoda of female, X 9.6, 103, End of abdomen, paral view, X 9.6, 104. First maxilla, < 27. 105. Tipofinner division of same, X 66, 106, Second maxilla, 27. 108. Antenna and outline of anterior segments, ventral view, X 7.8, 100, Outline of head, front view, 7.8, 110. Right mandible, anterior aspect, * 27, cal site at 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 97 border from the body of the segment. On the inferior aspect of the edge of the seg- ment (scarcely visible in a lateral view) there is a broad shallow sulcus (rather deeply and sharply impressed along its inner margin and poorly defined along its outer margin) that extends along the whole length of the border of the segment and is con- tinuous behind with the above-mentioned cleft for the reception of the second seg- ment. Lateral ends of the second to fourth thoracic segments somewhat rounded off at the corners; those of the succeeding segments are more squarely cut off. Second segment with a thickening or infolding of the anterior margin of the epimeral part of the segment. This thickened part is produced at the end into a very slightly pro- jecting rudiment of a process. The third segment has the margin a little thickened but not at all produced. The legs are moderately long and rather slender, their spines rather few and weak. Fig. 111. Synarmadiilo lubilensis, new species. Female, X 8. - Last segment of abdomen T-shaped; its median part is narrow and rather elon- gate, with straight sides which converge toward the narrow truncated end. The exposed parts of the basal segments of the uropoda are obliquely quadrangular and rather narrow and elongate, with straight sides which converge toward the truncated end. They have a minute notch directly on the posterior margin, close to its inner corner for the very small and short rudiment of the outer branch. The inner branches are long and narrow and slightly tapered, they reach almost to the end of the terminal segment of the abdomen. The only specimen (Cat. No. 3259) was found in a termite’s nest at the Lubila River, September 20, 1909. Cubaris' (Diploexochus) bananz, new species Text Figures 112 to 117 This and the following species belong, according to Budde-Lund’s (1909) classification, in the subgenus Diploexochus. While agreeing to this subdivision of Cubaris as a natural one, the question may be raised 1Armadillo Latreille, 1804, commonly used as the generic name of this group is, as pointed out by Stebbing (1902, p. 650), antedated by Armadillo Brisson, 1762, syn. of Dasypus, a genus of mammals, and is therefore absolutely excluded. Cubaris Brandt, 1833, seems to be the next available name and is here used in a comprehensive sense for the entire genus. If used as a subgeneric name, Cubaris must, therefore, be employed for the typical Old World section of the genus. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT 113 115 Figs, 112 to 117, Cubaria banana, new species, 2, Female, x 16, 3, Pleopoda of female, X 27. 4, Pleopoda of male, X 27, 5. End of abdomen, pomerior view, X 27. ne 6 Antenna and outline of anterior segments, ventral view, X 18.5. 7. Female, X 16. 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 99 as to whether Budde-Lund was correct in using the name Diploexochus for it, since that was originally applied by Brandt (1833, p. 192) to an American species (C. echinatus) which may prove to be subgenerically distinct from the African forms. Body rather compactly articulated, ovate oblong as seen from above, widest at the posterior end of the first segment of the thorax. The anterior end of the body is broadly rounded, the posterior end has the outline of a rather narrow ellipse. Back highly arched. Surface, when seen under considerable magnification, very slightly granular and with a trace of pubescence. In addition to this minute granulation the dorsal surface is raised into low elevations, though these are slight and poorly de- fined. Along the middle part of the back these are mostly of rounded form and are very low and inconspicuous; a group of three on the fore part of the first segment, single median ones on the fourth and fifth abdominal segments, and a pair on the last abdominal segment being the most prominent. Along the sides of the thorax they are of oblong form and are more prominent. There are about six of these on each side of each segment. The lateral ends of the posterior thoracic and of the abdominal segments turn or flare slightly outward at the extreme edge. Color in the best pre- served examples gray or grayish brown; the segments with a narrow yellowish or pale border and yellowish markings, which in many cases correspond more or less closely in situation and extent with the above described elevations of the surface. The specimens are all of small size; the largest, could it be straightened out, would hardly measure over 5.3 mm. long by 2.1 mm. wide. They may not have reached their full size but do not have the appearance of being young. Except the usual differences in the pleopoda (see Figs. 113, 114), no sexual differences were made out. Head proportionately large; its front outline gently arched with a well-developed projecting border. Antenne short but moderately stout. Their flagella consist of two quite closely joined articles of which the first is very short. . Eyes large, with about fifteen ocelli. Lateral margin of first thoracic segment turned outward to form a fairly wide projecting border, but this is not separated from the body of the segment by any distinctly defined groove. The lateral edge is not thickened; on its ventral aspect _there is a well-marked sulcus on the posterior half; this narrows gradually and closes completely just in front of the middle of the segment. There is a small cleft (to receive the anterior margin of the second segment when the body is rolled up) at the posterior lateral angle of the first thoracic segment, which is conspicuously prolonged backward and broadly truncated with the corners a little rounded off. The inner side of the cleft extends backward fully as far as the outer side. The second to fourth segments inclusive are rather short; their lateral ends are not much extended back- ward and are rather narrowly rounded off; only the second bears a process on the inner aspect of the lateral part. This process is, however, quite long, though narrow, and is directed obliquely posteriorly and ventrally. The last three thoracic segments are longer than the three preceding ones; the lateral ends of the last two are some- what squarely truncated. The legs are fairly large and stout and bear few spines. The first segment of the abdomen is nearly (in some positions of the body en- tirely) concealed. The last segment is about two-thirds as long as it is wide and is considerably contracted in the middle part; its truncated end is a little more than half the width of the upper part of the segment. The inner branches of the uropoda » 100 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History {[Vol. XLIII (visible only from below) are short and thick and extend but a little way down the inner aspect of the terminal abdominal segment; the outer branches are represented by very minute oval rudiments on the inner margin of the outer aspect of the broad basal segments of the uropoda, close to the constricted part of the last abdominal segment. Specimens collected: Cat. No. 3270. (Type) Banana, July-August 1915. Cat. No. 3268. (Paratypes) Banana, July-August 1916, 9 specimens. Cat. No. 3269. Zambi, June 1915. One male. From two small species of this group which would seem from the descriptions to be of somewhat similar appearance, C. bituberculatus and C. nanus, described by Budde-Lund (1910) from the region of Mt. Kili- manjaro, East Africa, this form is distinguished by many minor characters—from the former, among other differences, by not having the sulcus on the inferior margin of the first segment extending the whole length; from the latter by the outline of the rear margin of the first segment, which in that species is described as ‘‘subrectus, utrinque ad angulos laterales levissime incurvus.’”’ In the present species the rear margin makes a considerable angle above the conspicuously produced lateral corners. C. liliputanus (Dollfus), 1895, from Pretoria, Transvaal, is another allied form, but it has a longer sulcus on the first segment, the outer branches of the uropoda less rudimentary, and the terminal ab- dominal segment more constricted. Cubaris (Diploexochus) regulus, new species Text Figures 118 to 121 In spite of its very different appearance, due to the great development of the ornamentation of the dorsal surface, this species differs little from that last described in general form and in the details of its appendages. The largest specimen (both of the two good specimens available are females) slightly exceeds in size any of those of C. banana, although if it could be fully straightened out it would hardly measure over 6 mm. long. Such differences in the general form of the body as exist are due chiefly to the lateral ends of the segments being more squarely cut off and turning or flaring outward in a horizontal direction very much more than in C. bananw. Antenne short and small, their flagellum with two articles. Eyes with about fourteen ocelli. The outline of each side of the first thoracic segment is nearly straight when seen in a dorsal view. The sulcus on the ventral aspect of the lateral border of this segment is searcely at all developed. There is only a small cleft to receive the second segment when the body is rolled up; the outer side of this cleft is extended backward consider- ably more than the inner and it is rather widely truncated in an oblique direction. Second thoracic segment with a backwardly directed, tapering process on the inner side of the lateral part; the third segment has no process, The legs have some of their segments, especially the carpus, somewhat swollen or expanded dorsally. Color in alcohol grayish above, with the summits of the tubercles and borders of the segments, as well as the legs and under parts, light yellowish. ———— eee > NO0O0.0_0_000 (0 0.00 0M 00.0 0.0 102 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLITI Dorsal surface ornamented with large, highly elevated tubercles regularly arranged. They are mostly of more or less conical form with an oval base and rounded summit. In addition there is a transverse ridge at the posterior margin of the head, and near the lateral ends of the second to seventh thoracic segments there is on each side a large oblong ridge from which a curved elevation, less raised, extends down on the epimeron. The above tubercles are in addition to a conspicuous granulation of the surface; these minute granules are slightly setose. The tubercles are distributed on the head chiefly in two transverse rows; on the first thoracic segment in four rows; on the remaining thoracic segments in two rows, the posterior row having an odd number (seven or nine) and hence a median tubercle, the anterior row eight, none being median. The abdominal segments bear tubercles in one transverse row as follows: the first two, none; the second and third, six each; the fourth, four; the last segment, two. The pleopoda and uropoda differ scarcely at all from those of the last described species, though the rudiment of the external branch of the uropoda is larger. Two females, Cat. No. 3251 (the larger one the type) were collected at Stanleyville in March 1915, with specimens of Eubelum propinquum. Another specimen (Cat. No. 3301), in poor condition, was found in the stomach of a toad (Bufo regularis) collected at Avakubi, Oct. 2, 1909. This form is related to C. formicarum (Budde-Lund), 1909, p. 57, Pl. v, figs. 44-56, from South Africa, but the figures show, among other differences, that the terminal segment of the abdomen and the uropoda are much more elongated in Budde-Lund’s species than in the present one. Niambia squamata (Budde-Lund) Text Figures 122 to 126 Porcellio (Leptotrichus) sgquamatus Buppr-Lunp, 1885, Crust. Isop. Terrestr., p. 196. ? Leptotrichus squamatus Douurvus, 1898, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, XXIII, p. 125. Niambia squamata Buppve-Lunp, 1904, Revision Crust. Isop. Terrestr., p. 37; 1908, in Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika, II, p. 280, 295; 1909, in Schultze, Ergebn. Forschungsr. Siidafrika, Il, p. 60, Pl. vi, figs. 1-3. Srepsina, 1910, Ann. South African Mus., VI, p. 441. Body as seen from above very wide; the general outline broadly rounded in front and behind; it is fairly compactly articulated; both the head and abdomen are short and moderately set into the thorax. The back is quite convex; the surface smooth and even, but thickly covered with small evenly distributed setose granules. Color slaty gray above, with inconspicuous yellowish markings on the lateral areas of the thorax; legs and lower parts yellowish. The animal does not appear to be able to roll up into a ball, In the single female specimen the body broadens posterior to the middle, reaching its greatest width about the end of the fifth segment; in the two male specimens the outline seen from above is more oblong, with sides more nearly parallel, The female also has the back more strongly convex, Size of female (not fully adult), 5.6 mm. long by 3 mm, wide; largest male, 7.2 mm. long by 4.1 mm, wide. 1920] _ Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 103 Head small; as seen from above its posterior border is sinuous, while its anterior outline appears simply convex; two small but very prominent lobes are, however, present at the anterior lateral corners but extend so directly downward (ventrally) that they are barely if at all visible in a dorsal view. The superior border of the epi- stome is marked by an impressed line. The eyes are small, with few ocelli, and are situated just above the small lateral lobes; they are likewise but slightly visible in a dorsal view. Antenne short but fairly stout; their flagella have two articles, of which the last is about twice as long as the first. Figs. 122 and 123. - Niambia squamata (Budde-Lund), 1885. Female, x 15. The first thoracic segment is considerably the longest; the fourth and seventh are noticeably shorter than the others. Their lateral ends are cut off almost squarely, but the corners of the first two are rounded off and the posterior corners of the last four or five are produced a little backward, the posterior ones to the greatest extent. Legs moderately long and stout (the anterior ones shorter), with sharp, moderately long claws and numerous rather short, stout spines at the joints and on the ventral side, especially on the merus and carpus of each limb. 104 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLITI Figs. 124 to 126. Niambia squamata (Budde-Lund), 1885. 129. Male, X 12. 125. Pleopoda of male, X 12. 126. Pleopoda of female, x 14. Abdomen with all six segments separate and exposed, The lateral parts of the first and second are covered by the thorax; the following three have the ends extended and tapering to a point, and bent almost directly backward. The terminal segment has the median part of its dorsal surface depressed or concave; the outline of the segment is triangular, with concave sides tapering behind to a rather sharp triangular point. The basal joints of the uropoda are slightly tapering; they do not reach as far as the tip of the last segment. The external branches are large, rather wide at the base, and tapering gradually to a point. The inner branches are elongate and tapering and lie along the ventral aspect of the last segment of the abdomen but do not quite reach its tip. Three specimens(Cat. No. 3254) were obtained at Zambi, June 1915. The species has previously been recorded from the Portuguese Congo (Landana, Chinchoxo) and doubtfully (Dollfus, 1898) from Senegal. 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 105 BIBLIOGRAPHY Barnarp, K. H. 1911-1914. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa, Part 3, (1914), Additions to the Marine Isopoda with notes on some previously incompletely known species. Ann. South African Museum, X, pp. 325a-358a, 359-442, Pls. xxvlI—xxXvIII. Bate, C. 8. 1866. Carcinological Gleanings, No. 2. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3) XVII, pp. 24-31, Pl. mu. Bonnier, J. 1900. Contributions 41’ étude des fee Bopyridz. Trav. Lab. Zool. Wimereux, VIII, pp. 1-396, Pls. 1-xu1, text figs. 1-62. (See also Giard and Bonnier.) Boyatutus, C. 1885. New or imperfectly known Isopoda. Part I, Bihang till k. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handlingar, X, No. 11, pp. 1-32, Pls. 1-v. Branpt, J. F. 1833. Conspectus Monographie Crustaceorum Oniscodorum~Lat- reillii. Bull. Soc. Impér. Nat. Moscou, VI, pp. 171-193. Buppe-Lunp, G. 1879, Prospectus generum specierumque Crustaceorum Isopodum terrestrum. Copenhagen. 1885. Crustacea Isopoda Terrestria per familias et genera et species descripta, pp. 1-319. Hauniz. 1898. Die Land-Isopoden Ost-Afrikas, Deutsch Ost-Afrika, IV, 10 pp., 1-F, 1899. A revision of Crustacea Isopoda Terrestria with additions and illus- trations. Part I. Eubelum. Ent. Meddel., (2) I, pp. 69-97, Pls. I-v. 1904. Same, Part II, Spherillonine, Part III, Armadillo. Copenhagen. pp. 33-144, Pls. vi—x. 1908. Isopoda von Madagaskar u. Ostafrika, in Voeltzkow, Reise in Ost- afrika in d. Jahren 1903-1905, II, p. 265-308, Pls. xm—xvim1. 1908. Terrestrial Isopoda from Egypt. Res. Swed. Zool. Exped. Egypt, (part 3, No. 5) 12 pp., 1 pl. 1909. Isopoda (1. Land-Isopoden), in Schultze, Zool. u. Anthrop. Ergebn. einer Forschungsreise in west. u. zent. Siidafrika, II, pp. 53-70, Pls. v-vil, Jena. 1910. Crustacea. 2, Isopoda, Sjéstedt., Wiss. Ergebn. schwed. zool. Exped. nach d. Kilimandjaro, III, part 21, pp. 3-20, Pls. 1, 1. 1912. Terrestrial Isopoda. The Percy Sladen Trust Exp. to the Indian Ocean, IV, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., (2) XV, pp. 367-394, Pls. Xx—xXxl. (See also Lénnberg and Budde-Lund.) Cuaitton, C. 1916. Fauna of the Chilka Lake, Mem. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, V, pp. 461-482, figs. 1-22. Dana, J. D. 1853. Crustacea. U.S. Exploring Exped., XIV, Isopoda,pp. 696-805; Atlas, Pls. xLvi—.iit. Doutrus, A. 1892. Voyage de M. Ch. Alluaud dans le territoire d’ Assinie (Afrique occidentale) en juillet et aoit 1886. Crustacés Isopodes terrestres. Ann. Soc. Entomol. France, LXI, pp. 385-390, Pl. vii. 1893. Notes de géographie zoologique sur la distribution du genre Ligia Fabr. Feuille d. jeunes naturalistes, XXIV, pp. 23-26, 4 figs. 106 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLITI 1895. Voyage de M. E. Simon dans I’Afrique australe (janvier-avril 1893). Crustacés Isopodes terrestres. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, VIII, pp. 345-352, 9 figs. 1896. Les Isopodes terrestres du nord de |’ Afrique du Cap Blane a Tripoli (Maroc, Algérie, Tunisie, Tripolitaine). Mém. Soc. Zool. France, IX, pp. 523-553, 5 figs. 1897. Les crustacés Isopodes terrestres A grande Gispersion, Feuille d. jeunes naturalistes, XX VII, pp. 205-212, 1 map. 1898. Note sur les Isopodes terrestres du Sénégal. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, XXIII, pp. 122-126, 2 figs. 1907. Isopodes terrestres des Indes néerlandaises, in Weber, Zool. Ergeb. Reise Niederland. Ost-Indien, IV, pp. 357-381, Pls. xxv, 29 figs. Grarp, A. AND Bonnier, J. 1887. Contributions A ]’étude des Bopyriens: Trav. Inst. zool. de Lille et Lab. zool. marit. de Wimereux, V, pp. 1-252, Pl. 1-x, text-figs. 1-30. 1890. Prodrome d’une monographie des Epicaridés du Golfe de Naples. Bull. Scient. France et Belgique XXII, pp. 367-891, Paris. Hansen, H. J. 1890. Cirolanide et familie nonnulle propinque Musei Hauniensis. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., (6) V, pp. 239-426, Pls. 1-x. 1905. Revision of the Waropeit marine forms of the Cirolanine, a sub- family of Crustacea Isopoda. Journ. Linnean Soc. London, Zool., XXIX, pp. 337-373, Pls. xxxmI-xxxv. Hay, W.P. 1917. A new genus and three new species of parasitic isopod crustaceans. Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., LI, pp. 569-574, Pls. xcvim—c. Herxvorts, J. A. 1870. Deux nouveaux genres de Crustacés vivant en parasites sur des poissons, Epichthys et Ichthyoxenos. Arch. Néerland. Sci. exact. et nat., V, p. 120-137, Pl. v. Hitcenvorr, F. 1893. Die von Herrn Dr. Biittner im Togolande gesammelten Onisciden’ und zwei neue Macruren. Sitzungsber. Gesell. naturf. Freunde, Berlin, 1893, pp. 152-157. Keiser, C. 1879. Ueber einige neue Cymothoiden, Sitzungsber. k. Akad. Wiss., * Wien, (math.-nat. Klasse), LX XVIII (Abt. 1), pp. 401-416, 2 Pls. KossMAnn, R. 1881. Studien tiber Bopyriden. Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., XX XV, pp. 652-680, Pls. 32-35. Leacn, W. E. 1815. A tabular view of the external Characters of Four Classes of Animals which Linné arranged under Insecta. Trans. Linnean Soc. London, (series 1), XI, pp. 306-400. 1818. Cymothoadées, in Dictionnaire des Sciences naturelles, XII, pp. 338- 354, Lénwnpera, E. anp Buppe-Lunp, G. 1912. Crustacea collected by the Swedish Zoological Expedition to British Hast Africa, 1911, Ark, Zool. k. Svensk. Vetenskpsakad., VII, (No. 26), pp. 1-9, 5 figs. Mrers, E.J, 1881, Ona Collection of Crustacea made by Baron Hermann Maltzam on Gorée Island, Senegambia. Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist., (5) VIII, pp. 204— 220, 259-281, 364-377, Pls. xur—xvi, (Isopoda, pp, 369-371 and 376.) Mitne-Epwarps, M, 1834-40, Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés, I-III, Pls. 1-xiu. Isopoda in III (1840), pp, 115-283, Pls. xxx1-xxx111. 1920] | Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 107 Nicotet, H. 1849. In Gay, C., Historia de Chile, Zool., III, pp. 256-284, Paris. Nosiu1, G. 1906. Nuovi Bopiridi, Atti R. Acad. Sci. Torino, XLI, pp. 1098-1113, 1 Pl.- 1906. Spedizione al Ruwenzori di S$. A. R. Luigi Amedeo di Savoia Duca degli Abruzzi, IX. Crostacei. Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Torino, XXI, No. 544, pp. 1-2. 1909. Crostacei. Il Ruwenzori, Parte Scientif., I, pp. 357-358. Perty, M. 1830-1834. Delectus animalium articulatorum que in itinere per Braziliam annis 1817-1820 collegerunt J. B. de Spix et C. V. Ph. de Martius. Monachii. Ricuwarpson, H. 1897. Description of a new species of Spheroma. Proce. Biol. Soc. Washington, XI, pp. 105-107. 1900. Synopses of North American Invertebrates. VIII. The Isopoda. Amer. Naturalist, XXXIV, pp. 207-230, 295-309, figs. 1-16. 1901. Key to the Isopods of the Atlantic Coast of North America, with descriptions of new and little known species. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. XXIII, pp. 493-579, figs. 1-34. 1905. A monograph of the Isopods of North America. Bull. No. 54, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp. i-liii, 1-727; text figs. 1-740. 1902. The marine and terrestrial Isopods of the Bermudas with descrip- tions of new genera and species. Trans..Connecticut Acad. Sci., XI, pp. 277-310, Pls. xxxvi-x.. 1905. Contributions to the Natural History of the Isopoda. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XXVII, pp. 1-89, 657-681; 131 figs. | 1908. Terrestrial Isopods of the family Eubelide collected in Liberia by Dr. O. F. Cook. Smithsonian Miscell. Coll., L, pp. 219-247, figs. 50-116. 1910. Marine Isopods collected in the Philippines by the U. 8S. Fisheries ' steamer Albatross in 1907-8, Bureau of Fisheries Document No. 736, pp. 1-44, figs. 1-39. Roux, J. L. F. 1828. Crustacés de la Mediterranée et de son littoral. Paris et Marseille. Scnia@prTe, J.C. anp MeINERT, F. 1879. De Cirolanis ®gas simulantibus. Com- mentatio brevis, Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XII, pp. 279-302, Pls. mv. 1879-84. Symbole ad Monographiam Cymothoarum, Crustaceorum Iso- podum Familiz. Naturhist. Tidsskr. (3) XII, (1879-80), pp. 321-414, Pls. vu—xiu1; XIII, (1881-83), pp. 1-166, 281-378, Pls. 1-—xv1; XIV, (1884), pp. 221-454, Pls. vi—-xvum. Sreppine, T. R. R. 1900. On Crustacea brought by Dr. Willey from the South Seas, in Willey, Zoological Results based on material collected in New Britain, New Guinea, Loyalty Islands and elsewhere, Part V, pp. 603-690, Pls. LxIv-LxxIv. 1904. Gregarious Crustacea from Ceylon. Spolia Zeylanica, II, pp. 1-29, 6 Pls. 1908. South African Crustacea, (Part 4), Ann. South African Mus., VI, pp. 1-96, Pls. 1—x1v. 1908. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition. Report on the Isopoda Terrestria. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 554-560, Pl. XXVII. 108 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT 1910. Isopoda from the Indian Ocean and British East Africa. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., XIV, p. 83-122, Pls. v—xr. 1910. General Catalogue of South African Crustacea. (Part 5 of South African Crustacea for the Marine Investigations in South Africa.) Ann. South African Mus., VI, pp. 281-593, Pls. xv-xxm. 1911. Indian Isopods. Records Indian Museum, Calcutta, VI, pp. 179- 191, Pls. x—xm. Sruper, T. 1884. Isopoden, gesammelt wiihrend der Reise 8. M.S. Gazelle um die Erde 1874-1876. Abh. k. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1883, phys.-chem. Abt., pp. 1-28, Pls. 1, 1. VANHOEFFEN, E. 1914. Die Isopoden der deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition, 1901- 1903. Deutsche Siidpolar-Exp., XV, pp. 449-598, figs 1-132. Wepentssow, T. 1894. Di alcuni crostacei raccolti nel paese dei Somali dall’ Ing. L. Brichetti-Robecchi. Bull. Soc. Entomol. Italiana, X XVI, pp. 408- 424. 59.57,8 (67.5) Article VI— LEPIDOPTERA OF THE CONGO, BEING A SYSTE- MATIC LIST OF THE BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS COL- LECTED BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY CONGO EXPEDITION, TOGETHER WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME HITHER- TO UNDESCRIBED SPECIES! By W. J. HoLuanp Piates VI tro XIV anv 9 Text FiGuRES About twenty-five years ago I published a number of papers upon the Lepidoptera of tropical Africa, in which I described numerous forms, which appeared to me to be new to science. These papers appeared in various journals.? I am pleased to observe that in most cases the correctness of my judgment with the lapse of time has been con- firmed, and but few of the species named in these publications have been relegated to the synonymy. In the case of the moths my industri- ous and learned friend, Sir George F. Hampson, in his monumental work upon the moths of the world, has in some instances changed the generic references, but has accepted most of the new genera of Hetero- cera which I proposed, and has allowed my specific names tostand. At the time to which I refer I had in contemplation the preparation of a comprehensive work upon the butterflies of Africa. As a preliminary to this large undertaking I published in the Proceedings of the Zoo- logical Society of London, 1896, pp. 1-104, a ‘Synonymic Catalogue of the Hesperiide of Africa and the Adjacent Islands.’ Shortly after this had appeared I became aware through correspondence that my friend, Dr. Christopher Aurivillius, the Secretary of the Royal Academy of Science in Stockholm, was about to publish a work upon the same subject. It presently appeared under the title ‘Rhopalocera Aithiopica.’ To my astonishment I discovered that the author had paid me the compliment of omitting from his treatise the great family of the Hes- periide, for the reason, as he states in his introduction, that this family had been so thoroughly covered in my recently published paper, that he did not deem it necessary to retraverse the ground. With the appear- ance of the great work of Dr. Aurivillius the motive to further prosecute my self-imposed labors vanished to a great degree, but my interest in 1Scientific Results of the American Museum Congo Expedition. Entomology, No. 6. 2Entomological News, Psyche, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Canadian Entomolo- gist, Proceedings of the U. 8. National Museum, and Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. 109 110 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol.. XLIIIL the subject did not altogether cease. Though busy with many other things, and becoming more and more absorbed in paleontological re- searches, I still cherished a fondness for that particular faunal nook in which I had passed so much time with pleasure, and kept on from time to time adding to my collection, and latterly to that of the Carnegie Museum, as opportunities presented themselves. The result has been the gradual accumulation of a collection of the insects of Africa, and particularly of the Lepidoptera, which is one of the largest in the world. It is indeed far from complete, but, nevertheless, contains many thou- sands of species and a vast assemblage of specimens. At this point I am tempted to narrate a little incident, which I have never recorded, but which is recalled to me as I am writing these pre- liminary notes. In the summer of 1903 it became my duty to repair to Brussels in order to supervise the removal from that city to Pittsburgh of the great paleontological collection which had been brought together by Baron Ernst Bayet, and which Mr. Andrew Carnegie had instructed me to secure for the museum of which I have the honor to be the Director. His Majesty, King Leopold, onthe day set apart to celebrate Belgian Independence, sent me an invitation to lunch with him at the Royal Palace. The Court was in attendance, because at half-past two o’clock in the afternoon the king, attended by his ministers, was to re- pair in state to the church of St. Gudule to join in the Te Deum. After having been presented to the ladies and gentlemen of the Court who were in waiting, I was introduced to Sir Ernst Cassel, the only other guest, and then the king was announced. He entered the room with the Princess Clementine upon his arm, came forward and greeted Sir Ernst and me, turned the Princess Clementine over to me to escort to table, and then with Cassel at his side bade the assembled company follow on into the apartment where refreshments were provided. I found myself seated between the King and the Princess. Conversation went on merrily, and finally a mischievous notion occurred to me, and, turning to the king, I said ‘“‘ Your Majesty, I have a favor to ask of you, which I am sure you will be willing to grant, and the propriety of asking for which I am sure you will recognize.’’ He looked me in the face and answered, ‘“‘My dear Doctor, I shall be happy to serve you, if I can, but what is the favor you wish?” I replied, ‘Your Majesty, I wish a concession in the Congo Free State.”’ ‘A concession in the Congo Free State!’ he exclaimed, and I saw a look of astonishment pass over the faces of a number of those at the table. “Yes, your Majesty. But I must explain myself fully. For many years I have been interested in 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 111 African entomology, and have named and described many species of butterflies and moths from the region over which you in part bear rule. I wish to go on with my work, and I therefore wish you to issue a decree that the insect tribes of the Congo shall at a given date depute two of each species, a male and a female, to surrender themselves as hostages of science to whomsoever you may appoint to receive them, they then _ to be turned over to me that I may go on with the good work of finish- ing the task, which Adam left incomplete, of naming the living things on the globe.’”’ The king laughed, and answered, “‘ Doctor, you are as great a flatterer as the man who told King Canute to order the waves of the sea to retire before him.”’ “What?” I replied, ‘‘is it pos- sible that the royal prerogative does not extend so far?”’ “T am afraid it does not,” he answered, ‘‘but I will tell you what to do. Go to the Congo Museum and tell the Director that it is my wish that he shall turn over to you all the butterflies which he has not yet named, so that your wish may be gratified.” ‘“‘ Your Majesty,” I answered, “I know the Director of the Congo Museum, and unless you give me a note to the effect just stated, I am sure I shall not get a single butterfly into my hands.” The king laughed and retorted, ‘‘ Aha! I discover that he is a faithful servant of mine.”” We both laughed, and os was the end of this particular bit of our conversation. About two years ago I happened to visit The American Museum of Natural History and, among other things, was shown the large col- lection of Lepidoptera which had been brought back from the interior of the Congo State by Messrs. Lang and Chapin. The gentlemen in charge requested me to undertake the task of arranging and classifying the Lepidoptera. In amoment of weakness I acceded to the request, but with the proviso that they must not expect from me an immediate report, in view of the fact that my duties were already very numerous and that the work would have to be done at odd moments of time. The collections were sent to me, the butterflies being, I think, more in number than were in the Congo Museum in 1903. The result is the list herewith presented, which represents work done in the midst of incessant interruptions, or at times given to me for rest and vacation, or when others have been in bed and asleep. It has been a labor of love. I hope that to some extent it may help students of the future. It is hardly necessary for me to enter into a lengthy and detailed discussion of the relationship of the Ethiopian faunal region with those of other parts of the globe. It suffices tosay that, while the lepidopterous fauna of those parts of Africa which border immediately upon the 112 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Mediterranean is distinctly palearctic, the fauna of the lands lying south of the Sahara and traversed by the great river systems of the con- tinent is more nearly related to the Indo-Malaysian fauna, but pos- sesses a number of genera and species which occur nowhere else upon the globe. Beginning in the southern part of Senegal, in latitude 12 ° N., and extending eastward and southward to the headwaters of the various affluents of the Congo and the Coanza, there is a more or less densely forested region, thoughout which the flora and fauna with slight modi- fications are practically the same. Southern and eastern Africa are char- acterized by the presence of great expanses of grass-land, save along the watercourses. This territory, in which there is more or less aridity, extends northwest from the region of Uganda and thence west about the headwaters of the various rivers flowing into the Atlantic south of the Sahara, forming a selvage between the hot densely forested jungle- lands to the south and the dry desert-lands to the north. Here and there the forested country is interrupted, asin Angola and various points along the western coast, by smaller tracts where the forests are less luxuriant and open grass-lands occur. The lepidopterous fauna of the grass-lands, which until the end of the last century have been the home of vast herds of ruminant animals, reveals the predominance of certain genera, such as Teracolus, which are characteristic also of Abyssinia, Arabia, and southern India. The humid jungles along the Coanza, the Congo and its tributaries, the Ogové, the lower Niger, and the various rivers emptying into the Atlantic from Lagos to Dakar are the home of a fauna which by common consent is known as West African. Here is the metropolis of the African Nymphalide, of various mimetic forms of Lycenide belonging to the genera of the subfamily Liptenine and of various genera of the Hesperiide, which are found nowhere else upon the globe. Here and there this great forest region is invaded on its eastern and northern borders by inwardly projecting stretches of the surrounding grass-lands, and there is thus noted a transition on its periphery from the West African fauna to the South African or East African fauna. In fact, the East African fauna and South African fauna reappear on the north and northwest of the irregular territory in which the West African fauna occurs. At the very mouth of the Congo there occurs in the region of Matadi an intrusion into the West African region of some forms which may properly be considered as characteristic of the South and East African fauna. The largest portion of the collection returned by the American Museum Congo Expedition was obtained at Medje, a point near the Oe ee See? Sa 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 113 Nepoko River in the very heart of the forest. The collections at Medje were principally made from April until September, 1910. A number of specimens are recorded as taken at points not far distant from Medje, such as Gamangui, Bafwabaka, and Avakubi. In the fall of the year 1910 and thereafter during the year 1912 considerable collecting was done at Niangara and Faradje, the former on the Uelle River, the latter upon the Dungu, an eastern affluent of the Uelle. The collections from Niangara and Faradje reveal the fact that thosé localities, while still within the limits of the West African subregion, are nevertheless not far from the line of contact with the East African, or Abyssinian, region which sends a long, narrow, westward projection south of the Sahara toward the mouth of the Senegal. Specimens were occasionally taken in the course of the journeyings of the members of the expedition at various points throughout the region from Angola eastward, and the labels attached to the insects reveal captures made at such points as Matadi, Basoko, Stanleyville, and Bafwaboli. Regular and systematic collecting, however, seems to have been confined largely to the three points already indicated, Medje, Niangara, and Faradje, and more than nine-tenths of the specimens brought back bear these locality labels. The collection as a whole has a distinctly West African facies. The collection is one of the largest which has been made in recent years in that region. I am given to understand by the gentlemen who made it that to a considerable extent they employed the assistance of natives. It is particularly rich in the larger and showier species, es- pecially of the Nymphalide, which are characteristic of the territory visited. But little attention was paid to the moths, which is much to be regretted, as it is among these that the greatest number of novelties might have been expected to occur. Mr. Lang tells me that little col- ecting was done at night. The smaller diurnal lepidoptera are also but scantily represented. This is particularly true of the Lycznide and the Hesperiide. Of course I understand the principal aim of the expedition was to collect vertebrates. The making of entomological collections was more or less a subsidiary purpose. Nevertheless, it is upon the whole an extensive collection, containing not far from nine thousand specimens, representing more than seven hundred and twenty-five species and varieties. Most of the specimens are in good condition, and, while not yielding as many species new to science as I had hoped might be the case, it gives the American Museum a fine nucleus upon which to build in coming years. 114 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII In preparing the following list I have acted upon the suggestion of Mr. Lang to give a reference to the most easily accessible illustration of each species. In a few cases no illustration has as yet been published, in other cases the only illustration is in a recondite corner of the litera- ture, and I have not in some such instances taken the pains to cite the figure, as the specialist interested in the subject will know as well as I how to find such illustrations. I have constantly referred, in the case of the butterflies, to the illustrations given by Aurivillius in Vol. XIII of Seitz’s ‘Die- Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde.’ This volume gives, for the most part, very good figures of the Rhopalocera of the Ethiopian region. The copy in my possession unfortunately is incomplete, its publication apparently having been interrupted at the outbreak of the war. At all events, since the fall of 1914 no parts of the book which was being issued at Leipzig have come to hand.! In no instance have I endeavored to give a complete synonymy where a species has been frequently mentioned in the literature of the subject. I have, however, endeavored in all cases to cite the original description or figure of the species and havé followed this by citation of one of the latest references to that species, or of the subspecies, in ease a subspecifie reference is called for. The student who desires to explore the synonymy may consult among other works the ‘Rhopalo- cera Aithiopica’ of Dr. Aurivillius and the revisions published by Roth- schild and Jordan in the ‘Novitates Zoologice’ of the genera Charazes, Papilio, and the family Sphingide. The synonymy of the Hesperiide published up to the year 1895 is given quite completely in my ‘Synony- mic Catalogue of the Hesperiide of Africa,’ and so forth (ef. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1896). In studying the moths, reference should be made to Sir George F. Hampson’s ‘Catalogue of the Phalsenz’ so far as published. Assistance may be derived from Kirby’s ‘Catalogue of the Lepidoptera-Heterocera,’ but this work must be used with caution for, although references to the literature are correct, many species have in recent years been assigned to other genera than those under which Kirby listed them. In studying the Pyraustids and allied groups the writings of Sir George F. Hampson must be consulted, and in studying the Geometridae it is necessary to consult various papers published in recent years by Warren, a number of which appeared in the ‘Novitates Zoologi- Ce, 4 'The edition I have is that published in the German lang e between which and that published in the English language there may be a few slight discrepancies in the pagination, 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 115 I have not attempted to give in connection with this paper a com- plete bibliography of the subject, as such an undertaking seems un- necessary in the case of any student who has access to the works men- tioned above and to the ‘Zoological Record.’ A complete bibliography would constitute a considerable volume in itself. Before closing these brief introductory notes I desire to express my sincere gratitude to Dr. F. E. Lutz and his amiable associates in the Department of Invertebrate Zoology in The American Museum of Natural History, and to the Director of the Museum, Dr. F. A. Lucas, who kindly granted me the privilege of reserving for our collections in Pittsburgh a small series of duplicates of each species in cases where there were duplicate specimens in sufficient number to permit the writer to retain a few. For this generous permission, as well as for the uni- formly kind indulgence shown me by the officials of The American Mu- seum of Natural History, I desire to express my thanks. To Mr. Herbert Lang, the leader of the expedition, I am indebted for a number of kind letters written to me in answer to inquiries made during the progress of my work. APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF PLACES MENTIONED IN THIS PAPER Avakubi.—1° 20’ N., 27° 40’ E. Isiro.—2° 50’ N., 27° 50’ E. Bafwabaka.—2° 10’ N., 27° 50’ E. Ja R.—2° to 3° 30’ N., 12° 25’ to 15° E. Bafwaboli.—0° 40’ N., 26° 10’ E. Kangvé.—0° 45’ S., 9° E. Bafwasende.—1° 10’ N., 27° 15’ E. Kwamouth.—3° 20’ 8., 16° 10’ E. Banalia.—1° 30’ N., 25° 40’ E. Leopoldville—4° 25’ S., 15° 20’ E. Banana.—6° §., 12° 20’ E. Lolodorf.—3° 15’ N., 10° 40’ E. Banza Manteka.—5° 30’ S., 13° 50’ E. Lubila R.—1° N., 26° 30’ E. Barumbu.—1° 10’ N., 23° 20’ E. Lukolela.—1° 10’ 8., 17° 10’ E. Basoko.—1° 20’ N., 23° 35’ E.’ Malela.—6° S., 12° 40’ E. Batama.—1° N., 26° 40’ E. ; Matadi.—5° 50’ 8., 13° 35’ E. Benito.—1° 35’ N., 9° 35’ E. Medje.—2° 25’ N., 27° 30’ E. Bolengi.—0° 5’ S., 18° 10’ E. Munie Katoto.— 0° 35’ N., 26° 5’ E. Boma.—5° 50’S., 13° 10’ E. . Ngayu.—1° 40’ N., 27° 40’ E. Boyulu.—1° N., 27° E. Niangara.—3° 40’ N., 27° 50’ E. Bumba.—2° 10’ N., 22° 30’ E. Noki.—5° 50’ S., 13° 30’ E. Duala.—4° N., 9° 40’ E. Nouvelle Anvers.—1° 40’ N., 19° 10’ E. Efulen.—2° 40’ N., 10° 45’ E. Ogové R.—1° S., 10° E. Faradje.—3° 40’ N., 29° 40’ E. Panga.—1° 45’ N., 26° 15’ E. Fernando Po.—3° 30’ N., 8° 30’ E. Pawa.—2° 25’ N., 27° 50’ E. Freetown.—8° 30’ N., 13° 15’ W. Poko.—3° 10’ N., 26° 50’ E. Gamangui.—2° 10’ N., 27° 20’ E. Risimu.—1° N., 26° 45’ E. Isangi.—0° 50’ N., 24° 15’ E. Stanleyville—0° 30’ N., 25° 15’ E. Ukaturaka.—2° N., 20° 30’ E. 116 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII New GENERA, WITH THEIR TYPE SPECIES PAGE Kallimula; type, K. osborni, new species. .... 2... 0... cece ee teens 149 Neptidomima; type, Neptis exaleuca Karsch................0 00 eee eens 164 New SPECIES AND VARIETIES, WITH THEIR TYPE LOCALITIES PAGE Bicyclus medontias var. obsoletus. Medije............... 00. cece cee cence 132 Mycalesis langi.. .MOd3e 5 0:05.5 10:5 Urs om. ead bis Me ate oa eee ee De 139 st Chapin. | Niangerae * so. cao Se ah reas Gs tees pF Neneh 140 Precis stygia ‘ver: fusctta: Mae os eS ahi oe be eke Se teat 148 Kallinwula osborné...” Mele 00565 SCRE eT Oe ea 150 Hypolimnas bartteloti var. obliterata. Medje................. 00.00 e eee ee 156 Buphadro ct var. noteta.: Medios ces" eta elas. I ee ae 173 6 ubotmidte.\ MOU uid ps cn ewinn Re ae 174 op om 06" fuloojasciata, Media. io. es os eke nee 174 iy " latajascinka. = Medeor er sy Oe as 175 " se! a epaiablier:: "RAGS, 6 60 5 Sethe ols cute oe eee 175 13 inandides. -Medje 3). 5) OSE RS BRS a ee ee ee 175 - VOMOMCR WARE i sis ease eis 5s bi EOS le a eee 177 . sypete var; miima. °° Media. o3 3 oo 36s ya os <0 deine 178 * Cpeemee. DENG 5.0 oo oe soo Sg ea cette ack einai ae 178 ad meodon ‘var. innotata; . Miedie» 60526 eR es 179 Buryphone lucast.: : Madios: ..5\55 6650S a DE Ce ls a ee 183 | Dieslogyna kahli. : Medi... 5 6. T es ea Rage eee OE ES eA 191 . ohndale: THOU ie 55 is she bce a EER A EON a ees 191 Cymnethor herminia var. poénsis. Fernando Po...............0.e eee e eens 196 amngt. ** DEOGRE . 6 os wn ic Re a re b Ca 6 ceo 197 rf éapellides, MOAI). EOL NE Tne ey cs Ch ae 198 * - ‘@nte fone Fubida,”: Media oS. F5 a hot hae ce Cas eae omen 199 n Reginw-Biisabetha:: Meage.. |. aciaci tes tek Cas sac acci he ramen 201 " Og0da War. TURORCENG. TAOBVE oo Oiien wi ca css 0 os ss cuaemoeane 203 Charazes protoclea var. marginepunctata, Gaboon............ 6660 c eee eens 206 Totigna rothtoides. ~ MOG. 035 6 PSF ae epee is sae oS UE 214 S) pgdpetials, DACRE S i PEED HERR he He vey se aN TRAE ees 214 Bolioia tanigh.- Methes.5. oR ERROR. ee ee 217 Deudorta batthélides,: ‘Niaheara. os 2075s eae vas 6 oe 00k ae eee 221 Spindaste Ghiiptnd:, Niangaen. oc. i ccc cae sin's.+ s+ o's 00.0 oh acpi ane 225 Tridkema Wutel.:° MaGie io. Se EF ae ee es nk cov ee OS Vv sckt Pe 229 Oboronla ornate Var. flava, BOG Ere ee ia ks bc a a's ER Ps 235 Mylothris spica form donovani, Niangara,.........6. 0. 0cc ee eee vere eeenns 236 Papilio ridleyanus var. fumosus. Bafwasende.... 0.0.0.0... 000000 e eee eee 247 Abantls rubrac “Medias 5 iis RPP CE as CSc 0 se a RE CED es 253 : Leplalina niangarensts. Niangara... ice eesec sec esavevdcceevesbovers 256 Myopoychs langl. “Me O56 55 CDEC SEE bs Cv in BV eee Te 262 Metarclla chaptnk.* Mayes: i558 hE cer ee tees ves os se eg ees 264 Nola bananés.. Banage: . o5 hice oa ae OL ROOT Sa ie nr Ae 266 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 117 Seer GNOMOLE, > Benito... 6255 Gis wihsda ts cael eal anemaeee es | 268 maunonmuomerys medjensis. Medje... .... 0... ....5000nscevevawtovewees 271 NINE SOCSBOTAGD 256s SD Pe cha hc eek oe ee 274 pease wariqoiuis. ~ Lolodorf . : «)(5,5 2idee8kh. Oe A eee eee 275 er eemnenes..) Dkattiraka...:. 5 .2'.5 .taucacss wes ot clit ee eens 277 Pere aeeemen. -AVAKUD o.oo)... bec civinde tip kaa ae aa eee 278 IEE EMO oP ee ee 280 Sphingomorpha aliena.. Banza Manteka................. 0.00. c eee e ee cees 285 ENE. AVORUD I i es LS cin puke eR oe aa ee le Rae 287 * eS OMIOMPOOR fF. 5 5.5. 50d ok ois Salk we ele eee 287 Ampnigonia hyalinata. Stanleyville....... os ccs’ topo cece ane eew end 288 srmermemmtt rwmeas, < MGIC... .. ... 6. oes cn chaeeeet ne se nah awe hee 289 DONT. GCC... chin eC kvnvcwsont undoes ek eemeael 291 mt ae Wat, polidior. Ukaturaka.. 000 Oe See 292 at NH MAOCIO 225.65 5h AE 6 dae VS SEA See ah a ee Re 292 - NNR. DAO 4 6 sis oa keinale cosas Chaban ool oe eae 292 af A OCT SE NORM RE Cg eer e28 293 ve CE REG 9, ahis c 0d oes hale c Ah MiSw eee Shae ee 294 ONTO Dik bs cla a's c's wlawo es ba ane sae bares 295 I BRBEE OMI OTOOD 55. 2) 68, d's ols ae SAE a Solis oe 296 a Scline «ope dle Ug ci Oe Sep a ae ae 298 a esa oh u's 0, ca: die, suse be # poate woh peasant lar dae ee 299 EE SS EEDSER CT RE ME He et es a een OP. 304 Cnr TL mmmsemete. MGGIC, . os sv ois cancun vos caccas ou bus im eee 305 meusere (1) weertanria... Medje..i.......5 6 0 og ee oe ee 307 eee edb. yaa, cae, Se a 310 Gomeememeariseneeria. Medje....... 22.6 .600. 00s as a ee 311 I UIIIEE DAOUIG oo. oii ons 8 sow eda e eo wdeb mete ee 312 Seen tT) MRMMEOOPOEG, DOI... ws. 2... +. oa ieie «ose stake akg bee Mien Ouie 313 Pseudoterpna (?) chapinaria. Belgian Congo..................0.-02000005 314 Eudemonia brachyura var. minor. Sierra Leone................6.00.00 00 316 I ES PORTE oe. oe backs Oda s oy # UR. Gaels bE Re Oe 318 Meee NERE, -MULUMIORT i. 5 gk Wales CRN Obs pnb wb elena oT 320 Rpmmemenenee: WOME, NIGTIGATA. (68. 6.5 is. cate as Ss » igi od > oe aid vk oe OE 322 Saliunca rubriventris. Stanleyville...................0-0000 eee Pewee nies 324 Proterozeuxis (?) medjensis. Medje......... Bo ae a oe eae aera a aa 325 er nnASnCES.- SOUGINES 2 3c. oa oa Bo a a Sia Ns oe eka pa ate ati eles 328 The following new names are proposed in this paper: Mylothris spica form donovani Holland, p. 236, 9 of M. spica (Meeschler) = 9 Papilio rhodope Donovan, not 2 of P. rhodope Fabricius. Anua hampsoni Holland, p. 280, for Anua producta Hampson, 1913, not A. producta Holland, 1894. 118 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT I. RHOPALOCERA Danaide Danais! Latreille (1) |. Danais chrysippus (Linnzeus) Papilio chrysippus LiInn2&vs, 1758, Syst. Nat., L0th Ed., p. 471. Danaida chrysippus Avurtviutvs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 71. In the entire collection, consisting of one hundred and ninety-seven specimens of this species, there are only thirteen individuals which can be referred to the typical form, D. chrystppus, and even these show traces on the hind wings of the white squamation, which is characteristic of the varietal form D. alcippus. As in the ease of the latter form, they fall into two categories, those in which the upper side of the wings is bright rufous and those in which it is dark chestnut or maroon. Noki, Kwa- mouth, Medje, Niangara, and Faradje. (2) la. Danais chrysippus alcippus (Cramer) Papilio alcippus Cramer, 1777, Pap. Exot., II, p. 45, Pl. cxxvn, figs. Z, F. Danaida alcippus AurRtviLui0s, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 72. One hundred and eighty-four specimens are referable to this varietal form. There is great variation in the shading of the wings. Some have the color of the fore wings bright rufous, others dark chestnut, while one aberrant male has both the fore and the hind wings prevalently pale argillaceous. The majority of the specimens have the hind wings broadly white, which is the typical form, but there are many specimens in which the white is reduced in extent until in some they nearly approach the condition which prevails in typical D. chrysippus, in which the white color is totally lacking. I find it utterly impossible by associating the specimens under the dates of capture, or according to the localities given upon the labels, to divide them into seasonal or local races. According to the labels, captures took place in January and February, then again in June, July, and August, and still later in November. From this it appears probable that there are at least two annual broods, and the insect may be on the wing throughout the year. Isangi, Avakubi, Gamangui, Risimu, Niangara, Medje, Bafwabaka, and Faradje. | ‘As every student knows, the word Danaus, first introduced by Linnwus into entomological nomenclature, was not by him and cannot be by us employed in a strictly generic sense, : Aurivilliue has resuscitated the name Danaida originally employed by Latreille, but for which he latter substituted Danaus and finally Danais. An author surely has a right to correct himself and amend his nomenclature. Latreille did this and, as Danais has been universally employed for a cen- tury, it seeme to the writer an excess of obedience to ‘the law of priority’’ to fish up Latreille’s lon g abandoned and forgotten name and apply it again, 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 119 (3) 2. Danais petiverana Doubleday and Hewitson Danais petiverana DouBLEDAY AND Hewitson, 1857, Gen. Diurn. Lep., I, p. 93, PI. xu, fig. 1. Danaida petiverana, AuriVituivs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 72, Pl. xxima. This is the African form of D. limniace (Cramer). The collection contains thirty-four males, taken mostly at Medje in June, July, and August, though there are a number captured at Niangara in November, and several from other localities: Bafwasende, Bafwaboli, Risimu, Faradje. Amauvris Hiibner (4) 1. . Amauris niavius (Linnzus) Papilio niavius Linnzvs, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 470. Amauris niavius AuRIVILLIUsS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 74, Pl. xxmid. There are twenty-five specimens, of which three (two of them not expanded) are females. The most of them were taken at Medje from July to September, though a few are labelled as taken at Niangara in November. (5) 2. Amauris damocles (Palisot de Beauvois) Papilio damocles Pauisor pr Bravvois, 1805-1821, Ins. Rec. en Afrique et Amérique, Lép., p. 239, Pl. VI, figs. 3a, 3b. Amauris damocles AurtviLutus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 74. This common species is represented in the collection by twenty- eight males and two females. A few are labelled as having been cap- tured at Gamangui in February, most of them were taken at Medje about the middle of the year, and a few were captured at Niangara in November. (6) 3. Amauris psyttalea Ploctz Amauris psyttalea Puarz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 189. Aurtvitirus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 74, Pl. xxva. This species is discriminated from the preceding by the fact that the white basal area of the hind wing reaches the tip or goes a little beyond the tip of the cell, while in A. damocles it does not, and by the further fact that the outer angle of the hind wing is adorned on the upper side by a continuous band of marginal spots. There are twenty-four males in the collection. They were taken at various localities and at different dates from July to December. 120 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII (7) 4. Amauris damoclides Staudinger Amauris damoclides STAUDINGER, 1896, Iris, VIII, p. 367, Pl. vu, fig. 3. AuRIVIL- Lius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 74, Pl. xxvb. There are two specimens of this species, one taken at Medje in July, the other at Avakubi in November. (8) 5. Amauris tartarea Mabille Amauris tartarea MABILLE, 1876, Bull. Soe. Zool. France, I, p. 199. AuRIvILLIUs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 74, Pl. xxva. Six males, five taken at Medje in June, July, and August, and one at Niangara in November. (9) 6. Amauris hecate Butler Amauris hecate BUTLER, 1866, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 44. Aurrvitirus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 75, Pl. xx1vb. Fifteen males, one taken at Stanleyville in August 1909, one at Gamangui in February, two at Medje in September, six at Avakubi in November, and five at Niangara in the same month. (10) 7. Amauris hyalites Butler Amauris hyalites Burumr, 1874, Cist. Ent., I, p. 209. AurtviLuirus, 1911, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIII, p. 76, Pl. xxrva. Of this species the collection contains forty-six males and five females. Most of the specimens were taken at Niangara in November, but quite a number are labelled as from Medje and other localities and were taken in the midsummer months. Acreidee ’ PitanemA Doubleday and Hewitson (11) 1. Planema epea (Cramer) Papilio epwa Cramer, 1779, Pap. Exot., III, p. 64, Pl. ccxxx, figs. B, C. Planema epwa Avrivitrus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 245, Pl. viria. The collection contains five males and seventeen females, all of which were taken at Medje from July to September, except one female which was collected at Faradje, “1911-1912.” (12) 2. Planema tellus Aurivillius Planema tellus Avnivitit0s, 1893, Ent. Tidskr., XIV, p. 280, fig. 7; 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 245, Pl. pvuta, Two males taken at Medje, one on June 6, the other on July 30, 1910. a ae i ee Le 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 121 (13) 3. Planema epiprotea Butler Planema epiprotea Butier, 1874, Cist. Ent., I, p. 210. Aurtviniius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 245, Pl. uvimb. Twelve females taken at Medje from May to September. (14) 4. Planema consanguinea Aurivillius Planema consanguinea AvRIVILLIUS, 1893, Ent. Tidskr., XIV, p. 282, fig. 8; 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 244, Pl. rvmb. Two males caught at Medje, one in July, the other in September. (15) 5. Planema elongata Butler Planema elongata ButiER, 1874, Cist. Ent., I, p. 212. Aurtvinxius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 244, Pl. rv1ub, c. A single female taken at Medje, August 1, 1910. (16) 6. Planema pseudeuryta Godman and Salvin Planema pseudeuryta GODMAN AND SALvIn, 1890, Story of the Rear Column, p. 429. Planema dewitzi SrauDINGER, 1896, Iris, [X, p. 209, Pl. 11, fig. 5. Planema pseudeuryta AuRIvILLIvS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 243, Pl. rvmte. I refer to this species a single male taken at Medje, May 6, 1910. (17) 7. Planema nelsoni (Smith and Kirby) . Plate VI: Figure 1, #; Figure 2, ? Acrea nelsoni Smith AND KirsBy, 1892, Rhop. Exot., I, Acrea, Pl. 11, figs. 9, 10. I refer to this species a male captured at Niangara, November 26, and a female taken at Medje, August 24, 1910. As the female of P. nelsoni has never been described or figured, I give on Plate VI arepresen- tation of this female, and also of the male, for purposes of comparison. The insect has been erroneously identified with P. poggei Dewitz. (18) 8. Planema alcinoe (Felder) Acrea alcinoé FEtpER, 1865-1867, Reise Novara, Lep., III, p. 368, Pl. xuvu, figs. 12, 13. Planema alcinoé Aurtviuuius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 241, Pl. vu. I assign to this species seven females, six taken at Medje at dates ranging from May 6 to September 1, and another female taken at Niangara, November 26, 1910. They agree very closely with specimens in my collection determined as P. alcinoé by the late Dr. Otto Staudinger, except that the discal area of the hind wings is pure white and not creamy white, as is the case in the specimens sent me from Dresden. It is possible that they may belong to a closely allied species, but there is 122 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII no way of certainly determining this. The association of the sexes in some species of this genus without the help of correct data obtained in the field is a matter of conjecture, as the females of related species are very much alike. (19) 9. Planema macaria (Fabricius) Papilio macaria Fasrictus, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 174. Planema macaria AuRIvILuivs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 240, Pl. tvuf. One male caught at Medje, August 1, 1910. Acrz#a Fabricius (20) l. Acrea alciope Hewitson Acrea alciope Hewitson, 1852, Exot. Butt., I, Acr@a, Pl. 1, figs. 4, 5. Acrea fumida ELTRINGHAM, 1912, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 325, @. Acrea bakossua StranpD, 1912, Archiv f. Naturg., LX XVII, part 1, Suppl. 4, . 114, 9. Pk macarina BuTuER, 1868, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 221, Pl. xvu, fig. 6, 2. Acrea aurivillii StraAuDINGER, 1896, Iris, [X, p. 209, Pl. m1, fig. 2, 9. Acrea alciope AuRIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 248, Pl. pve, o. The collection contains sixty-five males and forty-one females of this species and its varieties. The males are all quite alike, except seven which do not have the ground-color of the wings a bright’ pale orange- yellow, which is the normal color, but are dull brownish, and the darker markings are not deep black but grayish black. There is also a single female which, in these respects, is like the males I am describing and agrees perfectly with the description of a female to which Eltringham applied the subspecific name of fumida (cf. Eltringham, loc. cit.). The name used by Eltringham is,in my judgment, also to be applied to these males, and the aberration is evidently not in this case confined merely to the female sex. Most of the aberrant female forms described by authors are represented in the batch of specimens before me. There are several specimens referable to the form dubbed macarina by Dr. Butler, in which the margin of the hind wings is not marked with a dark band; of the form named aurivillii by Dr. Staudinger, in which the hind wings are crossed on the middle by a band of white of varying degrees of in- tensity; and of the variety named bakossua by Strand, in which the costal third of the transverse median band of the fore wings is whitish. . And there are some intergrading forms which the writer, if he were a professed ‘‘species-maker”’ and not engaged in other and more important matters, might be tempted to describe and tag with so-called subspecific names. These forms are mimetic, and some interesting observations concerning them are contained in Eltringham’s work which is cited above. 1920] . Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 123 The vast majority of the specimens were taken at Medje, and mainly in the months of June and July. There are about half a score of speci- mens which bear other locality labels, but they give no hint whatever of the existence of “local races.’ All of the varietal forms mentioned above occurred at Medje and were taken at the same dates. Speci- mens labelled as from Bafwaboli (Munie Katoto), Bafwasende, Batama, Lubila, and Risimu are dated as captured in September; one from Avakubi is dated October, another from Niangara bears the date of November, and one from Gamangui was taken in February. The writer has specimens in his collection taken in Cameroon and the French Congo in March, April, and May, and it is probable that the insect may be found upon the wing more or less commonly all the year round in the regions which it frequents. (21) 2. Acrea jodutta (Fabricius) Papilio jodutta Fasricius, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 175. Acrea jodutta AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 249, Pl. xvite. There are fifteen males and four females, most of them taken at Medje from June to September. Of the females, two are of the typical white form and two of the form named dorothee by Miss Emile Sharpe (figured as A. metaprotea Butler, in Seitz, XIII, Pl. tvmd) taken at Medje, June 20, 1910. (22) 3. Acrea lycoa Godart Acrea lycoa Gopart, 1819, Enc. Méth., IX, p. 239. Aurtvititus, 1913, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIIT, p. 250. There are five males and thirty.seven females in the collection. The specimens were mostly taken at Medje from June to September, but there are two females from Batama, two others from Risimu, and a fifth from Bafwaboli(Munie Katoto), which are all dated as captured in | September. (23) 4. Acrea semivitrea Aurivillius Acrea semivitrea Aurivituius, 1895, Ent. Tidskr., XVI, p. 111; 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 253, Pl. rviib. Three males taken at Medje, one in June, the other two in August. (24) 5. Acrea servona Godart Acrea servona Gopart, 1819, Enc. Méth., IX, p. 239. Aurivitirus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 253, Pl. uvib. Twenty-six males and one female, all taken at Medje (June-August), except one male captured at Lubila, September 20, 1909, and the single female caught at Gamangui, June 7, 1910. ; 124 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII (25) 6. Acrea penelope Staudinger Acrea penelope StauDINGER, 1896, Iris, IX, p. 195. AuRIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIII, p. 254, Pl. rvmb. Fifteen males: three from Gamangui, two taken in February and one in June; seven from Medje caught June to August; two from Risi- mu and three from Munie Katoto taken in September. (26) 7. Acrea peneleos Ward Acrea peneleos Warp, 1871, Ent. Mo. Mag., VIII, p. 60. seine Mee i 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 255, Pl. vib (first figure). Twenty-nine males mostly taken at Medje, alehodeh there are others taken at the same localities and in the same months as those recorded for the preceding species. Lubila, Munie Katoto, Gamangui, Ngayu, Risimu, and Boyulu. (27) 7a. Acrea peneleos pelasgius (Grose-Smith) Acrea pelasgius Grose-Smitu, 1900, Nov. Zool., VII, p. 545. Smiva anp Kirsy, 1901, Rhop. Exot., III, Acrea, Pl. vu, figs. 9, 10. Eighteen specimens, all from Medje (April to August), except one caught at Niangara in November. (28) 8. Acrea parrhasia (Fabricius) Papilio parrhasia Fasricius, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 175. - Acrea parrhasia AurIvLuius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 255, Pls. uvria, LIXe. One male, Munie Katoto, September 10, 1909. (29) 9. Acrea orina Hewitson Acrea orina Hewirson, 1874, Ent. Mo. Mag., XI, p. 180; 1875, Exot. Butt., V, Acrea, P|. vu, figs. 43, 48. There are thirty-one specimens, the majority of which were taken at Medje at dates ranging from May to September. Two are from Gamangui, one caught in February, the other in June; one from Stan- leyville, August 1, 1909; one from Isangi, August 11, 1909; one from each of the localities known as Pawa, Munie Katoto, and Avakubi, captured in the month of October. (30) 10. Acrwa orestia Hewitson Acraa orestia Hewrrson, 1874, Ent. Mo, Mag., XI, p, 131; 1875, Exot. Butt., V, Acraa, P|, vi, fig. 47. One male caught at Medje in September 1910, ye ee ee 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo — 125 (31) 11. Acrza quirinalis Grose-Smith Acrea quirinalis Grosr-Smiru, 1900, Nov. Zool., VII, p. 544. Smrra anp Kirey, 1901, Rhop. Exot., III, Acrea, Pl. vn, figs. 5, 6. Two males and three females captured at Medje (June to August). (32) 12. Acrea vesperalis Grose-Smith Acrea vesperalis GrosE-Smrru, 1890, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 466. Smrru AND Kirpy, 1892, Rhop. Exot., I, Acrea, Pl. 11, figs. 1, 2. _ One female taken in the first week of August 1910, at Medje. (33) 13. Acrea pentapolis Ward Acrea pentapolis Warp, 1871, Ent. Mo. Mag., VIII, p. 60; 1872, Afr. Lep., p. 7, Pl. vi, fig. 2. Aurtvitiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 257, Pl. ivte. Two captured at Medje in June. This species is ordinarily not common in collections, but we have recently received a very large series, which Mr. A. I. Good informs me were part of a huge swarm which passed a couple of years ago over Efulen in Cameroon, flying from the north toward the south, in such numbers as to call for comment even on the part of the natives. (34) 13a. Acrea pentapolis thelestis (Oberthiir) Acrea thelestis OperTHiR, 1893, Etudes d’Entomologie, XVII, p. 17, Pl. m, fig. 33.’ AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 257, Pl. uvif. ’ This is a form of the preceding species in which the white patch on the hind wing of A. pentapolis is replaced by red. Breeding experi- ments made at Lagos by Lamborn have shown that the two forms emerge in about equal numbers from the chrysalids reared from the same batch of eggs. The collection contains one specimen taken at Medje, Sep- tember 1, 1910. (35) 14. Acrea encedon (Linnzus) Papilio encedon Linnxus, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 488. Acrea encedon AvuRIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 258, Pl. tvte. One male labelled ‘‘ Pawa, Oct. 20’; two females taken at Niangara, one labelled “Noy. 20, 1910,” the other 1911-1912”; and a third female taken at Faradje “1911-1912.” (36) 14a. Acrea encedon lycia (Fabricius) Papilio lycia Fasricius, 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 464. Acrea encedon form lycia AurtviLuius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 258, Pl. tvte. One female labelled “‘ Niangara, Nov. 14-16, 1910.” 126 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (37) 14b. Acrea encedon fumosa Aurivillius — Acrea encedon aberration fumosa AuRIvILLIus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 258. One male, Avakubi, November 20, 1909. (38) 14c. Acrea encedon infuscata (Staudinger) Acrea infuscata STAUDINGER, 1885, Exot. Schmett., p. 83. A male and a female taken at Gamangui in February, and a male taken at Medje in March. (39) 14d. Acrea encedon alcippina Aurivillius Acrea encedon var. alcippina AuRIvILLIvs, 1898, Rhop. Athiop., p. 111. Three females, one caught at Niangara in November, and two at Faradje, “1911-1912.” (40) 15. Acrea pharsalus Ward Acrea pharsalus Warp, 1871, Ent. Mo. Mag., VIII, p. 81. Aurivitiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 258, Pl. tvid. Eighteen males and four females, mostly taken at Medje in the middle months of the year, but a couple were caught at Gamangui in February and several at Niangara in November. (41) 16. Acrea salambo Grose-Smith Acrea salambo Grosre-Smitu, 1887, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) XIX, p. 62. Smrrx AND Krrpy, 1889, Rhop. Exot., I, Acrea, Pl. 11, figs. 3, 4. Thirty-two males, mostly taken at Medje in the middle months of the year, although a few were caught at Gamangui in February and some at Avakubi in October. (42) 17. Acrewa rogersi Hewitson Acrea rogersi HewitTson, 1873, Ent. Mo. Mag., X, p. 57. Acrea ehmckei Dewrrz, 1889, Ent. Nachr., XV, PI. 1, figs. 6-8. There are eleven males, the localities and dates of capture being as follows: two, Kwamouth, July 1909; one, Stanleyville, August 1909; one, Lubila, September 1909; one, Gamangui, February 1910; three, Medje, August 1910; three, Niangara, November 1910. The test of breeding alone can decide whether salambo is a mere race or form of this species. In the shape and location of the dark spots they agree very closely. In the coloration of the upper side of the wings A. rogersi very nearly resembles A. egina, with which, however, it has nothing to do. The resemblance to the latter is purely superficial. wee 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 127 (43) 18. Acrea althoffi rubrofasciata Aurivillius Acrea althoffi Dewrrz, 1889, Ent. Nachr., XV, p. 102, Pl. 1, fig. 5. Acrea althoffi var. rubrofasciata Aurtvituius, 1895, Ent. Tidskr., XVI, p. 111. Eight males and one female taken at Medje from July to September, and a male caught at Niangara in November. (44) 19. Acrea oberthiiri Butler Acrea oberthiiri Butter, 1895, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) XVI, p. 271. AurRivILiius: 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 262, Pl. tvie, d. Seven specimens taken at Medje from May to September. (45) 19a. Acrea oberthiiri confluens Suffert Acrea oberthiiri confluens Surrert, 1904, Iris, XVII, p. 33. Aurivititius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 262. Three males, one taken in each of the months of May, August, and September at Medje. (46) | 20. Acrea viviana Staudinger Acrea viviana STaupINGER, 1896, Iris, LX, p. 204. Aurrvitiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross- , Schmett., XIII, p. 262, Pl. tvie. Ten males and seven females, mostly from Medje, taken in the middle of the year, but one is recorded as captured at Gamangui in February, and several were caught at Niangara in November. (47) 21. Acrza bonasia (Fabricius) Papilio bonasia Fasricius, 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 464. Acrea bonasia AuRIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 263, Pl. uv1b. Seventy-three specimens taken mostly at Medje and Niangara at the times when collections were made at those places, but there are also others from various scattered localities: Faradje, Lubila, Risimu. This species is one of the most widely diffused and commonest in the forest-lands of central tropical Africa. (48) 2la. Acrea bonasia supponina (Staudinger) Acrea supponina StaupincER, 1896, Iris, IX, p. 204. Aurtvinirus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 264, Pl. uv1b. Of this trifling variety, which has been dignified by a name, there are ten specimens from various scattered localities: Niangara, Faradje, Gamangui, Medje, and Pawa. 128 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII (49) 22. Acrea vinidia Hewitson Acrea vinidia Hewitson, 1874, Ent. Mo. Mag., XI, p. 130. Aurrvituirus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 264, Pl. tvia. Eighty specimens, representing almost all the localities at which collections were made. Forty-seven were taken at Gamangui in Febru- ary ; thirteen at Medje (June—September) ; five at Bafwabaka in January; four at Niangara in November; others at Bafwaboli, Batama, Stanley- ville, Faradje, Pawa, Kwamouth, and Isangi. Some of the specimens have dots in the discal area of the fore wings, others do not. Here is an opportunity for a “species-maker’’to signalize his acumen by separating the forms and counting the spots, which are variable in number and size. The case might be referred to certain of my friends in Berlin who used, before being otherwise employed, to occupy themselves in making ‘‘new species” and advertising them for sale to ardent collectors. When I was younger I often “took the hook,” but now, as I look back, I can fancy Dame Nature smiling at the per- formance. (50) 23. Acrea terpsichore (Linneus) _ Papilio terpsichore Linnxvus, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 466. Acrea terpsichore AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 264. There are forty-three males and eleven females in the collection. Of this number twenty-three were taken at Medje or at localities in the forested lands of the western and central parts of the country, Stanley- ville, Avakubi, Munie Katoto, Bafwabaka, Kwamouth, Batama, Gamangui. They all conform more or less exactly to the typical form of the western coast in which the subapical black bar is complete, fully enclosing the light subapical spot. Thirty-one were taken at Niangara and Faradje to the northeast in more open country, and show a tendency toward the obliteration of this band, and two specimens from Faradje, a male and a female, are without it, the subapical spot being confluent with the lighter area of the disk, they being therefore referable to the subspecies buxtoni, which is the prevalent form on the eastern coast and the grass-lands of the southeastern parts of the continent. (51) 24. Acrwa pseudegina abadima (Ribbe) Acraa abadima Rise, 1889, Iris, II, p. 182, Pl. rv, fig. 2. This insect is represented in the collection by sixteen males and two females. One was taken at Avakubi, three males and a female at Kwa- mouth, seven males at Medje, five males and a female at Niangara. It was originally described from the Niam-Niam country, but evidently 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 129 ranges far to the westward. The specimens from Kwamouth tend in the darker coloration of the fore wings in the direction of typical A. pseude- gina. (52) 25. Acrea atergatis Westwood Acrea atergatis Westwoop, 1881, Oates’ Matabeleland, p. 342, Pl. r, figs. 1, 2. AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 268, Pl. ivf. A single male caught at Risimu, September 6, 1909. (53) 26. Acrea cecilia (Fabricius) Papilio cecilia Fasricius, 1781, Spec. Ins., II, p. 34. Acrea cecilia AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 268. Four males and three females. Three males and two females were caught at Niangara in November; a male and a female at Faradje 1911-1912.” (54) 27. Acre#a acontias Westwood Acrea acontias Wrestwoop, 1881, Oates’ Matabeleland, p. 343, Pl. Fr, figs. 7, 8. AvRIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 274, Pl. ive (as atolmis). Two males, taken at Kwamouth, July, 1909. (55) 28. Acrea cepheus (Linnzeus) Papilio cepheus Linnus, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 487. Acrea cepheus AuURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 278, PL. tivf. Twenty-six males and eleven females, taken principally at Medje, but other localities, as Kwamouth, Bafwaboli, Avakubi, Niangara, and Gamangui are represented. Captures are recorded in February and - from June to November. (56) 29. Acrea abdera Hewitson Acrea abdera Hewitson, 1852, Exot. Butt., I, Acraa, Pl. 1, figs. 1,2. AuRIvILLIUs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 278, Pl. ivf. Six males and one female, all taken at Niangara in November, except one male, which was caught at Bafwaboli in September. (57) 30. Acrwa perenna Doubleday and Hewitson Acrea perenna DouBLEDAY AND Hewitson, 1848, Gen. Diurn. Lep.., I, Pl. xrx, fig. 4. AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 279, Pl. tive. Seventy-five males and four females, principally from Medje, but most of the other localities mentioned in this paper are also represented; Niangara, Bafwaboli, Gamangui, Boyulu, Lubila, and Avakubi. The sexes are very much alike, the females being a little duller in color than the males, and the fore wings not quite as arcuate. 130 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History {Vol. XLII (58) 31. Acrea egina (Cramer) Papilio egina CRAMER, 1775, Pap. Exot., I, p. 64, Pl. xxx1u, figs. F, G. Acrea egina AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 279, Pl. trvd. Eight males and one female. The female was captured at Gamangui in February. The males were taken at Kwamouth, Avakubi, Munie Katoto, Medje, and Niangara. The dates of capture run from July to November. (59) 32. Acrea zetes (Linnzeus) Papilio zetes LINN=vS, 1750, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 487. Acrea zetes AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 280. . There are six males and two females from various localities. One female was taken at Gamangui in February; three specimens were caught at Medje from July to November; and three at Niangara in November. Typical A. zetes (Linnseus) with the fore wings almost solidly black is represented by a male taken at Risimu, September 8, 1909. Such specimens are most often found in material from South Africa. All the other specimens in the present collection belong to the varietal forms A. menippe (Drury) and A. jalema Godart, which are connected by intergrading forms. I have in my possession a long series of specimens bred at Kangvé on the Ogové River by the late Dr. A. C. Good. -He found the larvee feeding gregariously, and, as specimens sent me reveal, these insects in no respect differed from each other either in the larval or pupal stages. The brood consisting of males and females, represented every varietal form running from typical Acrea zetes (Linnzeus) through Acrwa menippe (Drury) to Acrea jalema Godart. The latter, as has been pointed out . by Professor Aurivillius, seems to constitute a connecting link between the West African races and the East African form named Acrea acara Hewitson. Some of the specimens of A. jalema Godart contained in this brood very closely approximate males of Acrea acara, of which I have many from Mombasa, with the difference that no specimens from the French Congo show the white squamation in the middle of the hind wing, which is characteristic of all the males of A. acara, and the sub- apical band of the fore wing is invariably narrower than in the Kast. African form. There is, however, a decided difference between the females from the west coast and the east coast. The females of A. acara, of which I possess a considerable number, are smaller in size and not as brilliantly colored as the West African females, and the subapical white band of the fore wings is much broader and more diffuse than in the West African form. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 131 (60) 33. Acrea insignis siginna Suffert Acrea insignis siginna Surrert, 1904, Iris, XVII, p. 19. Aurrvitxrus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 284, Pl. trva. One female, Niangara, November. (61) 34. Acrea neobule Doubleday and Hewitson Acrea neobule DouBLEDAY AND Hewirson, 1848, Gen. Diurn. Lep., I, Pl. xrx, fig. 3. AvRIvILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 285, Pl. uurf. Two males, Niangara, November. (62) 35. Acrea leucographa Ribbe Acrea leucographa Risse, 1889, Iris, II, p. 181, Pl. rv, fig. 1. Aurrviirius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 285, Pl. ite. A solitary male, taken at Niangara in November. Satyride Elymniinze Etymniopsis Fruhstorfer (63) 1. Elymniopsis phegea (Fabricius) Papilio phegea Fasricivus, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 132. Elymniopsis phegea Aurivitiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 82, Pl. XXVIa. One male taken at Medje, August 4, and another at Niangara about the beginning of November 1910. (64) 2. ivmantodats bammakoo (Westwood) Melanitis bammakoo Wes1woop, 1851, Gen. Diurn. Lep., IT, p. 405, Pl. uxvimi, fig. 3. Elymniopsis bammakoo Avurivituius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 82, Pl. xxvia, Seven specimens, six males and one female, taken at Medje from August 5 to November 1910. Satyrinz Metanitis Fabricius (65) 1. Melanitis leda africana (Fruhstorfer) Melanitis africana FruustTorFer, 1908, Ent. Zeitschr., XXII, p. 84. AURIVILLIUS 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 82. One female taken at Faradje. The only information given by the © label is that it was captured in “‘1911-1912.”” It belongs to the rainy season form. The separation of this race from typical M. leda of India is a rather meticulous refinement. 132 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (66) 2. Melanitis ansorgei Rothschild Melanitis ansorgei Roruscuitp, 1904, Nov. Zool., XI, p. 451. Aurtvinuius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett, XIII, p. 83. Two males taken at Medje in the first week of September 1910. GnopHopes Westwood (67) «1. +~Gmnophodes parmeno Doubleday and Hewitson Gnophodes parmeno DouBLEDAY AND Hewitson, 1851, Gen. Diurn. Lep., IT, p. 363, Pl. uxt, fig. 2, 7. AurRrtvi~irus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 83, Pl. xxvib. One damaged male taken at Stanleyville on September 16 and a better preserved female (lacking antennz) taken at Medje in the early part of September 1910. (68) 2. Gmnophodes chelys (Fabricius) Papilio chelys Fasrictus, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 80. Gnophodes chelys AurtviLutus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 83, Pl. xxvie. Two males and five females all captured at Medje, the dates ran- ging from July 19 to the first week of September 1910. Bicyctus Kirby (69) 1. Bicyclus hewitsoni nanodes (Grose-Smith) Idiomorphus nanodes Grose-Smitu, 1890, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 472. Mycalesis hewitsoni var. nanodes AurtviLLIus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 84, Pl. xxvid. Structurally not capable of being separated from B. hewitsoni. (Doumet) (cf. Rev. Zool., 1861, (2) XIII, p.175) but on the upper side the submarginal ocelli are more or less obsolete, and the outer pale area of the wings is laved with violaceous. The latter also holds true of many specimens of typical B. hewitsoni, which are not all pale brown on this part of the wings. The line of demarcation between the dark basal area of the hind wing and the light outer area is not quite straight as in the typical form but is bent slightly inwardly basad at a point just beyond the end of the cell. Ten males, all taken at Medje, except one which is recorded as from Faradje, but without any indication of the day or month. The specimens from Medje, with the exception of one taken on April 4, were captured at dates ranging from July 7 to September 24, 1910. (70) 2. Bicyclus medontias obgoletus, new variety Plate VII, Figure 1 ,o@* On the upper side hardly to be distinguished from typical B. medontias (Hewitson) (ef. Exot, Butt., 1874, Mycalesis, Pl. rx, figs. 56, 57), except that the ground-color 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 133 in both sexes is a little paler. On the under side the median line of both wings is perfectly straight, and not at all curved, as it is in most specimens of B. medontias and only half, or even less than half, as wide as it is in the typical form, being reduced to a very narrow, sharp, creamy white line, contrasting strongly against the darker ground-color. All the ocelli are greatly reduced in size, some of them being occasion- ally obsolete. This may be a wet seasonal form of B. medontias. Types, o' and 9, in The American Museum of Natural History; paratypes in the Holland Collection, Carnegie Muesum. The collection contains twenty-five males and eight females, all taken at Medje, the dates of capture ranging from July 17 to the middle of September 1910. (71) 3. Bicyclus iccius (Hewitson) Idiomorphus iccius Hewrrson, 1865, Exot. Butt., III, [diomorphus, Pl. 1, figs. 4% 5. Mycalesis iccius AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 85, Pl. xxvid. Seven males and one female, the latter taken at Medje, July 21, 1910. Of the males three were taken in April, three in August, and one in September. (72) , 4. Bicyclus sebetus (Hewitson) Idiomorphus sebetus Hewirson, 1877, Exot. Butt., V, Pl. Mycalesis and Idiomorphus, figs. 6, 7. Mycalesis sebetus AuRIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 85. Four males and three females taken at Medje, the dates of capture ranging from June 6 to August 6, 1910. Mycatesis Hiibner (73) 1. Mycalesis xeneas Hewitson Mycalesis xeneas Hewitson, 1865, Exot. Butt., III, Mycalesis, Pl. vu, fig. 48. Avrivituivs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 86, Pl. xxvira. The figure given by Hewitson is very poor; that given in Seitz is much better. The collection contains five males and six females taken at Medje from July 9 to the first week in September and one female taken at Gamangui, June 17, 1910. (74) 2. Mycalesis analis Aurivillius Mycalesis analis Aurtvituius, 1895, Ent. Aiea, XVI, p. 113, fig. 1; 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 87. There are fourteen males and three females, all taken at Medje from July 7 to August 24, 1910. 134 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (75) 3. Mycalesis tenias Hewitson Mycalesis tenias Hewitson, 1877, Exot. Butt., V, Pl. Mycalesis and Idiomorphus, fig. 66. AurriviLiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p.87, Pl. xxvub. Represented by a single male specimen taken at Niangara and belonging to the lot of insects collected at that place between November 26 and December 2, 1910. (76) 4. Mycalesis ignobilis Butler Mycalesis ignobilis Butter, 1870, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 124; 1871, Lep. Exot., p. 55, Pl. xxi, fig. 4. Aurtvitiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 87, Pl. xxvub. ; This species, which is quite common in the Ogové valley, is re- presented in the present collection by five males and a female which were taken at Medje in September 1910. (77) 5. Mycalesis asochis Hewitson Mycalesis asochis Hewitson, 1865, Exot. Butt., III, Mycalesis, Pl. vu, figs. 46, 47. AuRIVILLIvs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 88, Pl. xxvuic. Of this not uncommon species there are four males and one female. One male was captured at Gamangui, June 19, two were taken at Medje in July and August, the female was taken at the same place on August 6, and one male is ticketted as from ‘“Niangara, November to December 4, 1910.” From this record it appears that the insect must have at least two broods annually. (78) 6. Mycalesis sambulos Hewitson Mycalesis sambulos Hewrtson, 1877, Exot. Butt., V, Pl. Mycalesis and Idiomorphus, figs. 63, 64. Avurivitiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 89, Pl. xxvue. There are two males in the collection, both taken at Medje, one on July 12, the other on August 24, 1910. (79) 7. Mycalesis mandanes Hewitson Mycalesis mandanes Hewrrson, 1873, Exot. Butt., V, Mycalesis, Pl. rx, figs. 61, 62. Avurivit.ies, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 89, Pl. xxvite. Professor Aurivillius in his ‘Rhopalocera A®thiopica,’ p. 53, sank this species as a synonym of M. auricruda Butler, but in Seitz, ‘Die Gross-Schmetterlinge des Afrikanischen Faunengebietes,’ p. 89, he restores it to its rightful place as a distinct species. The outline of the hind wings, which are much more elongate than in M. auricruda, is enough, without the many differences in the markings of the under side of the wings, to reveal its distinctness. Two males taken at Medje in July 1910. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 135 (80) 8. Mycalesis auricruda Butler - Mycalesis auricruda Butimr, 1868, Cat. Satyr., p. 131, Pl. m, fig. 6. AuRIvILLIUs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XTIT, p. 89, Pl. xxviie. Six males and four females taken at Medje at dates ranging from July 8 to September 6, 1910. (81) 9. Mycalesis uniformis Bethune-Baker (?) Mycalesis uniformis BeTHUNE-BAkER, 1908, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) II, p. 470. AvrRrivituivs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XTII., p. 90. I refer to this species two males and three females before me, which agree better with the description of this species given by Bethune- Baker than with any other known to me. I was at first tempted to describe them as new to science but, after considerable study, have finally decided that they belong here, but cannot be quite positive, as I have not had the opportunity to examine the type of the species, which isamale. The females in the collection agree absolutely with the males in the markings of both the upper and under sides and are only differen- tiated from them, aside from their sexual characters, by having a greater expanse of wing. The specimens were taken at Medje, four in August, and one female in September. (82) 10. Mycalesis sandace Hewitson Mycalesis sandace Hewitson, 1877, Exot. Butt., V, Pl. Mycalesis and Idiomorphus, ‘fig. 65. Aurrtvitiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 89, Pl. xxvud. There is a series of ten males, nine taken at Medje from June 6 to September 20, and one at Gamangui, February 5; and three females, one caught on April 6, the others about the middle of August 1910. None of the specimens are in good condition, all being more or less rubbed and defective. (83) : 11. Mycalesis miriam (Fabricius) Papilio miriam Fasrictivus, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 242. Mycalesis miriam AurRtviLuius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 90, Pl. xxviid. One female caught at Medje, September 1910, and nine males and another female taken at Faradje, five labelled as taken in December, the | rest ticketted 1911-1912.” (84) 12. Mycalesis melusina (Fabricius) Papilio melusina Fasrictus, 1787, Mantissa Ins., II, p. 43. Mycalesis melusina AuRIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 90, Pl. xxviid. Eleven males and one female caught at Medje, two in April, the rest from July to September 1910. 136 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (85) 13. Mycalesis sophrosyne Plotz Mycalesis sophrosyne Pucerz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 196. AuRtviuuivs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XITI, p. 90. Three males taken at Medje, one in June, the others in July. (86) 14. Mycalesis mollitia Karsch Mycalesis mollitia Karscu, 1895, Ent. Nachr., XXI, p. 281. Aurtviturus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 90, Pl. xxvure. ; Karsch described the male; the female was described by Wichgraf in the Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift, 1914, p. 345. It is some- what larger than the male, paler in color throughout, with the sub- apical light area of the primaries enlarged and extending along the costa as a light line to a point about opposite the end of the cell. On the under side it does not differ materially in its color and markings from the male. The collection contains a set of seven males and five females, taken at Medje, one male and three females in April, the rest in July and August. (87) 15. Mycalesis obscura Aurivillius Mycalesis obscura AuRIvILLIUvs, 1901, Ent. Tidskr., XXII, p. 114; 1911, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIII, p. 91, Pl. xxvina. I refer to this species a long series of males and several females the general resemblance of which on the under side of the wings to M. martius and M. golo recalls the remarks of the author of the species, who says that M. obscura is very like the two which have been mentioned. There are, however, structural differences which clearly separate this species from M. martius. One of these is the absence in M. obscura of the tuft of androconia, which is always found in M. martius between veins 2 and 3 near the point of their origin on the fore wing, and another is the fact that the hind wing is not produced or angulated at the extremity of vein 4 as is the case in M. martius. From M. golo they may at once be discriminated by their more uniformly dark color on the under side of the secondaries. The females which I associate with the males have broader wings and are paler in color than the males, but, like the males, strongly recall in the pattern of the markings the corresponding sex of M. martius. Of M. martius I have before me, as I write, an enormous series of males and females taken at various localities, ranging from the valley of the Ogové River to Lolodorf in Cameroon and, while superficially the two species are very much alike, so that an untrained investigator 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 137 might at first glance easily confound the two, the structural differences which I have pointed out enable them to be easily separated. M. martius is not represented by a single specimen in the collection upon which I am reporting. The seventeen males and six females in the collection were all taken at Medje, a couple in April, the rest from July to September. (88) 16. Mycalesis dubia Aurivillius Mycalesis dubia Aurivittrus, 1893, Ent. Tidskr., XIV, p. 270, fig. 4; 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 92, Pl. xxvub. There are two males of this species, one taken at Medje in April and another at the same place in September. (89) 17. Mycalesis golo Aurivillius Mycalesis golo AuRIvVILLIUS, 1893, Ent. Tidskr., XIV, p. 267, fig. 2. Mycalesis golo var violascens AURIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. A®thiop., p. 55; 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XXIII, p. 91, Pl. xxvite. Mycalesis golo was originally described by Professor Aurivillius from Cameroon. I have in my possession a large series of specimens from that region, which agree exactly with his description and figure. The series taken by the American Museum Congo Expedition are not typical, but may in part be referred to the varietal form violascens, in which the limbal area of the wings is more or less suffused with violet and the transverse line of the hind wing is obscured by the outward ex- tension of the dark color of the basal and discal area of the wing. Some of the specimens taken at Medje approach more nearly to the typical form but these differ, nevertheless, by having the upper surface of the wings distinctly brown and not dark blackish brown like the insect from Cameroon. This difference, while it holds good of all the specimens not referable to the variety violascens, hardly seems to me to be of sufficient importance to justify the erection of a subspecies. Of M. golo violascens there are in the collection seventeen males, one taken at Niangara in November, the rest caught at Medje from July to September. Of the reddish form there are eight males taken at Medje in August and September. (90) 18. Mycalesis baumanni Karsch (?) Mycalesis baumanni Karscu, 1894, Ent. Nachr., XX, p. 230. Aurtvitiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., p. 91, Pl. xxvue. With a good deal of hesitation I refer to this species five males which are before me. They belong to the Fourth Subgroup of the classifica- tion proposed by Professor Aurivillius (cf. Seitz, ‘Die Gross-Schmetter- 138 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII linge des Afrikanischen Faunengebietes,’ p. 91), but they differ from M. baumannii in not having the transverse bands on the under side of the fore and hind wings strongly produced on vein 4. This band has its outer margin more or less irregular, and its course recalls that of the band on the under side of M. sandace Hewitson, with which: the speci- mens otherwise have nothing to do, as is shown by the sexual brands and the entire absence of ocelli on the upper side of the primaries. The specimens are not, for the most part, very well preserved, some of them being rather badly rubbed, making the determination of the exact pattern of the markings a little difficult to determine, but I do not feel like hazarding their description as a new species, though eventu- ally they may turn out to be undescribed. The specimens were taken at Medje, one in April, the others ~ dates ranging from July to September. (91) 19. Mycalesis milyas Hewitson (?) Mycalesis milyas Hewitson, 1864, Exot. Butt., III, Mycalesis, Pl. v1, fig. 34. AuvRIvILuivs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 92, Pl. xxvug. I refer with great doubt a rubbed male and a rather poorly preserved female to this species. The male was taken at Medje in September 1910, the female in July. The description and figure of M. milyas given by Hewitson (loc. cit.) leave much to be desired. The figure given by Aurivillius on Plate xxvir of “Die Gross-Schmetterlinge des Afrikanischen Faunen- gebietes’ more nearly represents the under side of the specimens under consideration, but his description does not agree either with the figure he gives or the specimens before me. I have in my possession a male taken at Efulen by A. C. Good, and there are in the Carnegie Museum some specimens taken by A. C. Good at Lolodorf, which are identical with the insect taken at Medje. I have assigned all of them to M, milyas with a double interrogation mark, as they do not perfectly agree either with the descriptions or figures hitherto given by authors, al- though they come nearer to that species than to any other. (92) 20. Mycalesis pavonis Butler Mycalesia pavonis Butter, 1876, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) XVIII, p. 481. Avmiviniies, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 92. There are seven males and three females of this well-marked species; all taken at Faradje in November and December. 1920[ Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 139 (93) 21. Mycalesis desolata Butler Mycalesis desolata Butter, 1876, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) XVIII, p. 480. Mycalesis leptoglena Karscu, 1893, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XX XVIII, p. 208, PI. v, fig. 7. Mycalesis desolata AuRiviL.LIus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 93. Of this species there are five males, four of which agree absolutely with the published descriptions and figure, but the fifth has the sub- marginal ocelli much larger, with round black centers pupilled with white, contrasting with the dull ground-color of the wings in a very striking manner. In the typical form the ocelli are more or less obsolete. The specimens were all taken at Niangara in November. (94) 22. Mycalesis safitza ethiops Rothschild and Jordan ie Mycalesis safitza ethiops RotHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1905, Nov. Zool.,XII, p. 175. M. safitza was described and figured by Hewitson (cf. Gen. Diurn. Lep., 1851, II, p. 394, note, Pl. uxv1, fig. 3). Of the form ethiops there are fifteen males and two females, all of which were taken at Faradje and Niangara in November and December. There are also two males and seven females taken at Medje in the months of July and August, which are so much like the others in their markings that it is impossible to separate them, though they are somewhat larger in size. (95) 22a. Mycalesis safitza evenus Scary 9 Mycalesis evenus Hoprrer, 1855, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 641; 1862, Peters, Reise n. Mossambique, Ins. ,p 394, Pl. xxv, figs. 5,6. AuRIvILiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., p. 93, Pl. xxvmie. Of this, the dry-season form of M. safitza, there are two males and two females. One of the males was taken at Medje in August, the other at Faradje in November. Both of the females were captured at Niangara in November. (96) 23. Mycalesis langi, new species Plate X, Figure 10, @ 3&. The fore wing with a small, but distinct, sexual brand at the middle of vein 1, which at this point is slightly bent costad. The hind wing with a pale yelfowish brown pencil of hairs on the upper margin of the cell about the middle and beyond it with a black tuft of hairs on the sixth interspace. The upper side of both wings is totally devoid of all ocelli. The prevalent color is mouse-gray, the discal area of the fore wings being black and velvety, this black area covering the end of the cell and the origin of the submedian nervules, extending to the inner margin from near the outer angle to within one-third of the distance from the base. The hind wings also are black, or very dark brown, except on the outer and inner margins. Both wings have a very fine black marginal line, paralleled inwardly by a similar fine submarginal line, separated from the outer line by a space less than half a millimeter in diameter. 140 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII The fringes are obscurely checkered at the ends of the nervules by darker scales, contrasting with the pale mouse-gray color of the rest of the fringes. On the under side the markings recall those of M. safitza, but the ground-color is darker. Expanse, 37mm. (The expanse of the smallest specimen of M. safitza before the writer—there are many scores of them—is 45 mm.) Type from Medje; paratypes, from Faradje. Type and two paratypes in The American Museum of Natural History, New York; two paratypes in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. This may prove to be a local or seasonal form of M. safitza, but it differs so markedly from all the varieties of that species known to the writer that he does not hesitate to describe it as new. The entire absence of any trace of ocelli on the upper side of the wings, the black velvety color of the central area of the fore wings, the checkered fringes, and the uniformly small size of the specimens, all indicate that we are dealing with what is at all events a marked variety, separable at a glance from M. safitza and all the varieties of that species hitherto described. I have the honor of naming the species after Mr. Herbert Lang, the capable head of the Expedition, to whose enthusiasm we are indebted for the large entomological collections which were returned. (97) 24. Mycalesis chapini, new species Plate VII, Figure 9, @ o. On the upper side having a general resemblance to the male of M. langi Holland, but considerably larger in size, and having the fringes of the wings more decidedly checkered with dark at the ends of the nervules. On the under side wholly different from M. langi and in the disposition of the markings, but not their color, recalling the under side of M. bawmanni Karsch. The ground-color of the under side is pale sienna sprinkled with minute dark transverse lines and dots, the basal half of both wings and the limbal area of the primaries near the outer angle broadly clouded with purplish brown. A sub-basal and median transverse line, curving outwardly from the costa of the fore wing to the inner margin of the hind wing about its middle, run approximately parallel to each other. The median line is produced somewhat sharply at the origin of vein 4 on each wing, and is more or less waved on the interspaces, the curves bending outwardly. The space between the sub-basal and median lines is a trifle darker than the rest of the wings, partly due to the increase in this field of the minute strigule with which the wings are strewn. The ocelli are, for tht most part, entirely obsolete, at most being represented by minute white dots, except the two nearest the anal angle of the secondaries, which in the type are exceed- ingly minute black circles, under the glass seen to be pupilled with white and ringed about with pale ochreous, Expanse, 42 mm. Niangara. Type unique, in The American Museum of Natural History. This insect is so totally unlike any other in the group to which it belongs that I do not hesitate to describe it as new. I take pleasure in naming it in honor of Mr. J. P. Chapin, one of the leaders of the Expe- dition. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 141 (98) 25. Mycalesis vulgaris Butler Mycalesis vulgaris Butuer, 1868, Cat. Satyr., p. 130, Pl. m, fig. 8. AuRIVILLIUs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 95, Pl. xxviig. A single male taken at Niangara, November 26, 1910. (99) 25a. Mycalesis vulgaris tolosa (Platz) Mycalesis tolosa Puarz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 197. This is the dry-season form of this species, and is characterized by having the ocelli well developed and not reduced to mere points, as is the case in typical M. vulgaris. It is the prevailing form in the region of the Ogové River, in Cameroon, and in the Belgian Congo. In spite of its name, typical M. vulgaris is not very common in collections, so far as my observations show. ye Of the variety tolosa (Ploetz) the collection upon which I am report- ing contains three males and eight females. One female was taken at Medje in July, one at Lubila in September, three at Niangara in Nov- ember, and.three at Faradje in December. One of the males was caught at Niangara in November, and the other two at Faradje in December. (100) 26. Mycalesis nebulosa Felder Mycalesis nebulosa FuupEerR, 1867, Reise Novara, Lep., III, p. 502. Aurivriiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 95, Pl. xxvuf. There are two poorly preserved males and one female of this species, which were taken at Niangara in November. (101) 27. Mycalesis agraphis Karsch Mycalesis agraphis Karscu, 1893, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XX XVIII, p. 207. Aurrviturus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 96, Pl. xxvurf. A single male of this common West African species caught at Avakubi in November. Henoresia Butler (102) 1. Henotesia perspicua (Trimen) Mycalesis perspicua TRIMEN, 1873, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 104, PI. 1, fig. 3. Henotesia perspicua AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 97, Pl. xxvimia, Five males: one was taken at Risimu in September; two at Niangara in November; and two at Faradje, one in December, the other without date. (103) 2. Henotesia phea (Karsch) Mycalesis phea Karscu, 1894, Ent. Nachr., XX, p. 232. Henotesia phea Aurtvi1Luivs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., p. 98, Pl. xxvimb. Four males taken at Faradje, one on December 12, 1912, the other three ticketted 1911-1912.” 142 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII (104) 3. Henotesia eliasis (Hewitson) Mycalesis eliasis HEwitson, 1866, Exot. Butt., III, Mycalesis, Pl. vu, figs. 44, 45. Henotesia eliasis AuRtv1Lutvs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 99, Pl. xxvinid. A single damaged male labelled ‘“ Kwamouth, July 14, 1909.” (105) 4. Henotesia peitho (Pletz) Mycalesis peitho Pucerz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 197. Henotesia peitho AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 99, Pl. xxvima. Four males taken at Medje, one in April, two in August, and one in September. Yrruma Hiibner (106) 1. Ypthima asterope (Klug) Hipparchia asterope Kiva, 1832, Symb. Phys., Pl. xxrx, figs. 11-14. Y pthima asterope AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 115, Pl. xxrxc. One male taken at Niangara, November 25, 1910. (107) 2. Ypthima simplicia Butler Ypthima simplicia BuTuER, 1876, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) XVIII, p. 481. AuRIvILuivs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 115. A poorly preserved male caught at Faradje and labelled “1911-1912.” (108) 3. Ypthima doleta Kirby Ypthima doleta Kirpy, 1880, Proc. Roy. Dublin Soe., (2) II, p. 336. AurtviLiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 115, Pl. xxrxe. Of the fourteen males one is labelled as from Bafwasende, September 23, 1910; all the rest were taken at Medje, two in April, the rest from July to September. Of the two females one was caught at Medje in August, the other at Niangara in November. (109) 4. Ypthima itonia Hewitson Y pthima itonia Hewrrson, 1864, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 287, Pl. xvi, fig. 138. AuRIVILLIvs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 116. Six males taken at Faradje in November. Nymphalidez Argynnidinsz LacunoprTera Doubleday (110) 1. Lachnoptera iole (Iabricius) Papilio iole Fannicivs, 1781, Spec. Ins., II, p. 78. Lachnoptera iole Auniviti108, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 280, Pl. xan. This species is represented in the collection by twelve males and one female of the dimorphic form named L. hecatwa by Hewitson. All of the _ specimens are from Medje (June-September) except one male specimen captured at Gamangui in June. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 143 Atretta Doubleday (111) 1. Atella columbina (Cramer) Papilio columbina Cramer, 1779, Pap. Exot., III, p. 76, Pl. ccxxxvmt, figs. A, B. Atella columbina AuriviLuivs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 230, Pl. ua. Twenty-six specimens; six taken at Gamangui in February; one at Lubila in September 1909; eight at Niangara in November; and the rest at Medje, one in April, the others from July to September 1910. (112) 2. Atella phalantha xthiopica Rothschild and Jordan Atella phalantha form ethiopica RotuscuiLp AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., X, p. 505. Twenty-eight specimens, two of which were taken at Medje in July, the rest at Niangara in November. The species was originally described from the East Indies, and is figured by Drury (1773, Ill. Exot. Ent., I, p. 41, Pl. xx1, figs. 1, 2). Its range covers the tropical regions of the Eastern Hemisphere and it is one of the most widely distributed insects of the Old World. The separation of the race found in Africa from the oriental varieties is a recent refinement in classifica- tion which is justifiable, although founded on differences which are recognizable, but very slight. Vanessine AnTanarRTi1A Rothschild and Jordan (113) 1. Antanartia delius (Drury) Papilio delius Drury, 1782, Ill. Exot. Ent., ITI, p. 18, Pl. xrv, figs. 5, 6. Hypanartia delius AuRIvILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 130. Antanartia delius Roruscuizp AnD JorDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., X, p. 508. AuRIVILLIus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII,p. 229, Pl. x1c. Fifty-three specimens, mostly males, principally taken at Medje from June to September, but there are a couple caught at Niangara in November and one captured at Munie Katoto in September. Pyrametis Hiibner (114) 1. Pyrameis cardui (Linnzus) Papilio cardui Linnxus, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 475. Pyrameis cardui AuRIVILLIUs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 227. This cosmopolitan species is represented in the collection by three examples, two taken at Niangara, and one at Faradje, 1911-1912.” It is worthy of note that no specimens were taken at Medje or other localities in the hot, humid tropical forest-lands. The insect does not 144 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLITI appear to turn up in the dense jungle of the hottest parts of Africa, but seems to be confined to the more open lands, where thistles grow. In the more than forty years in which I have been receiving collections from tropical Africa I never have obtained specimens of ‘‘The Painted Lady” from such places as the Ogové Valley, or the swampy palm-clad savannas along the big rivers; but, on the other hand, it has often been received from the sandy coastal ridges, and the higher grass-lands of both the western, the eastern, and the southern parts of the continent. VANEssULA Dewitz (115) 1. Vanessula milca (Hewitson) Liptena milca Hewitson, 1873, Exot. Butt., V, Pentila and Liptena, Pl. 1, fig. 17. Vanessula milca AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett.,/XIII, p. 227, Pl. Lie. Nine specimens captured at Medje from ‘July to September. This pretty little insect is very common in the ‘valley of the Ogové, and apparently swarms in southern Cameroon. Junonia Hiibner I deem it more natural to associate under the term Junonia a number of species which for many years past have been placed in this genus, but which Dr. Aurivillius in his recent writings has incorporated into the genus Precis. (116) 1. Junonia orithya madagascariensis Guenée Junonia orithya \ar. madagascariensis GuentE, 1865, Vinson’s Voy. Madgr., Lep., . a7. Beds orithya AuRIvILLIvs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 226. This is the African form of the insect originally named from the East Indies by Linnzus (cf. Mus. Ulr., 1764, p. 278). The collection contains thirteen males and one female, all taken at Faradje and Niangara in November 1910, or else labelled “1911-1912.” (117) 2. Junonia clelia (Cramer) Papilio clelia Cramer, 1775, Pap. Exot., I, p. 23, Pl. xx1, figs. 2, F. Precis clelia AuRiViLLi108, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 226, Pl. 1a. Twenty-three males and fifteen females were taken. Two males and one female were caught at Kwamouth in July 1909. Two males and one female were captured at Pawa, October 1910. Eight males and four females are labelled as taken at Medje from April to August 1910. Eleven males and nine females were caught at Niangara in November of the latter year. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 145 (118) 3. Junonia cebrene Trimen Junonia cebrene TRIMEN, 1870, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 353. Precis cebrene AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 226, Pl. xia. This is the African race of J. enone (Linnzeus) originally described from Asiatic specimens, which do not materially differ from the African form, except that in the latter the large yellow area of the primaries is somewhat more restricted, and the blue spot on the hind wing is rounder, and not oval as in the Asiatic specimens, a long suite of which is before me as I write. Eighteen males, six females, all captured at Niangara and Faradje in November 1910. (119) 4. Junonia westermanni Westwood Junonia westermanni Westwoop, 1870, Ent. Mo. Mag., VI, p. 278; 1874, Thes. Ent. Oxon., p. 182, Pl. xxxrv, fig. 7, o’, fig. 8, @. Precis westermanni AuRIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 225, Pl. xia. Of this lovely insect fifty-three males and one female are contained in the collection. Most of them were caught at Medje, the dates of cap- ture ranging from April to August. There are two males taken at Gamangui in February and two others taken at the same place in June. There is one male captured at Ngayu in April. The extreme rarity of the female in collections is illustrated in the present case. (120) 5. Junonia sophia (Fabricius) Papilio sophia Fasricrus, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 248. Precis sophia Auriviuutus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 225, Pl. i1b. Though very dissimilar in its style of markings from most species of the genus, sophia is a true Junonia, as is shown by the neuration, the outline of the wings, and the structure of the antenne and palpi. Of this insect, the smallest of the genus, which superficially on the upper side bears a likeness to the female of the preceding species, there are nine males and five females. One male and the five females were taken at Medje, from June to August 1910. Seven males are ticketted as taken at Niangara and Faradje in November 1910, or else ‘‘1911— 1912.” Precis Hiibner Dr. Aurivillius in his latest account of the butterflies belonging to this group (ef. Seitz, ‘Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde,’ XIII, pp. 218- 227), has placed in the genus Precis a number of forms which for many years past have been by most writers classified in the genus Junonia Hiibner. The type of the genus Precis is P. octavia (Cramer). The type 146 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII of the genus Junonia is J. lavinia (Cramer). It requires no effort to detect the fact that the species included by Aurivillius in his “Fifth Group” of the genus Precis, except P. octavia and allies, viz., clelia (Cramer), orithya (Linneeus), westermanni Westwood, and their allies are in structure, form, and markings more nearly related to J. lavinia than to P. octavia, the type of the genus, and that they are widely different from the Kallima-like insects which, especially in their wet-season forms, show on the under side of their wings close resemblance to dried leaves. In the present paper I have restored the species of the clelia-awnone Group to the genus Junonia. I also separate from the genus Precis the long-tailed Kallima-like insects, which on the under side of the wings’ show mimetic resemblance to dried leaves, and in which the outer border of the hind wing is evenly curved opposite the end of the cell, not angulated or toothed, and greatly elongated, or tailed at the anal angle. For this group of insects I propose the generic name Kallimula. As restricted in the present paper, the genus Precis may be divided into groups as follows. A. Hind wings greatly expanded opposite end of cell, not greatly produced at anal angle. 1. Outer margin of hind wing crenulated: P. octavia (type of genus) and allies; P. archesia and allies. 2. Outer margin of hind wings entire, evenly rounded, not crenulated: P. artaxia and allies. B. Hind wings angulated and toothed opposite the end of the cell. 1. Anal angle not greatly produced: P. chorimene and allies; P. terea and allies; P. ceryne and allies; P. rhadama and varieties. 2. Anal angle greatly produced: P. andremiaja and allies. (121) : 1. Precis octavia (Cramer) Papilio octavia Cramer, 1777, Pap. Exot., I, p. 60, Pl. cxxxv, figs. B, C. Precis octavia Aurivit.ivs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 224, Pl. rib. Thirty-six males and thirty-five females. One male was caught at Kwamouth, July 14, 1909; three females were taken at Medje in August; and all the rest were obtained at Niangara in November 1910, except a solitary individual, which is labelled as caught at Faradje in the same month and year. This is the rainy-season form of the species in the northwestern part of the range, and the capture of these specimens shows that the region about the headwaters of the Uelle River in the Niam-niam country is faunistically allied to the country of the upper waters of the Niger. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 147 (122) la. Precis octavia amestris (Drury)! Papilio amestris Drury, 1782, Ill. Exot. Ent., III, p. 26, Pl. xx, figs. 3, 4. Precis amestris AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 224. There are twenty males and eleven females of this, the dry-season form of P. octavia. They were all taken at Niangara in November 1910, except two of the males, which were caught at Medje in August. In the southern and eastern parts of the range of this insect amestris is replaced by the form sesamus Trimen, the upper side of the wings of which are much bluer than in this form, and do not have the red spots in the cell of the fore wings, which are always found in the form under con- sideration. We have specimens of P. octavia sesamus from Natal and Mozambique. (123) 2. Precis chorimene (Guérin) Vanessa chorimene Guirin, 1844, Icon. Régne Anim., Ins., p. 476. Salamis ethyra Fris. HAMEL, 1850, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (2) VIII, p. 250. Precis chorimene AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 220, Pl. xub. Four males and two females. One male was taken at Faradje, “1911-1912”; three at Niangara in November 1910; one female was caught at Pawa, October 19, the other at Niangara on November 25, 1910. Ena (124) 3. Precis stygia Aurivillius Precis ethyra StauDINGER, 1883, Exot. Schmett., I, p. 102, Pl. xxxvim (non ethyra Feisthamel = chorimene Guérin), Precis stygia Aurtvitiius, 1894, Ent. Tidskr., XV, p. 275; 1898, Rhop. Atihiop., p. 142; 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 220, Pl. ub. This species is represented in the collection by eighty-seven speci- mens. We have several hundreds of other specimens in the Carnegie Museum. It evidently is common where it occurs. The female differs from the male in being lighter in color and broader of wing. The females vary in their markings like the males, of which there are three varieties: _ P. stygia stygia Aurivillius, the typical form; P. stygia gregorii Butler; and a third, which I believe has not hitherto been described or figured, and to which I apply the name of P. stygia fuscata, new variety. 1P. simia Wallengren and P. trimeni are near allies of P. octavia (Cram.) and differ from P. antilope pe igoel The latter species appears to me to be represented by Aurivillius reese Gross-Schmett., III, Pl. tic) by a female of P. trimeni, to which there is a ny ape ye resemblance upon the H spe side, but which differs greatly from P. antilope on the lower side of the wings. I am strongly inclined to think that an unintentional error was committed by the author of the plate to which I make reference. P. antilope (Feisthamel) falls into the group which I designate as Kallimula. 148 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (125) 3a. Precis stygia stygia Aurivillius (typical) Plate VII, Figure 3, 2 Accepting the figure given by Aurivillius in Seitz, XIII, Pl. vib, as adequately representing the species, and comparing it wit his diaccte tion of the same, it is plain that this form is characterized by the pre- sence of light areas on the under side of the wing, particularly at the apex and outer margin of the primaries and around the outer border of the secondaries. It is also larger in size than the other two forms, though this difference is not so marked in some specimens of P. stygia gregorii, . many of which approximate P. stygia stygia in size. This is no doubt a dry-season form. Niangara, Medje, ae Munie Katoto. (126) 3b. Precis stygia gregorii (Butler) Plate VII, Figure 4, 7 Precis gregorii BUTLER, 1895, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 726, Pl. x11, figs. 7, 8. This form may or may not be marked at the apex of the fore wing and on the outer margin of both wings with the light maculation which | characterizes typical P. stygia, but it is invariably discriminated from the former and from the third form by the presence in the male of at least one brilliantly white or very light yellow spot on the costa of the secondaries on the lower side, which spot is exactly at the termination of the dark band which in all the three forms runs from the anal angle to about the outer fourth of the upper margin of the wing. In the females this same spot also occurs, but it is frequently accompanied by one or more similar spots on the interspaces lower down on the wing, which spots usually are situated either in the middle of the dark medial band, or slightly beyond it toward the outer border. This is probably, like the preceding, a dry-season form. Niangara and Medje. (127) 3c. Precis stygia fuscata, new variety Plate VII, Figure 5, @ This form, which is by far the commonest of the three, is, on the average, appreci- ably smaller in expanse of wing than the two preceding, lacks almost altogether any light cloudings or spots or marks on the under side of the wings, the only traces of such being the almost microscopic dots which indicate the location of the vanished ocelli, which are more or less visible on the outer third of the wings of P. stygia stygia and P. stygia gregorti. The prevalent color of the lower side of the wings is brown marked with darker brown or black spots, the most prominent of all these being the transverse band on the secondaries. This is the wet-season form and is the commonest one on the western coast. The type locality is Medje; also at Munie Katoto. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 149 That the distinction between these forms may be clear I have given figures of them on Plate VII. The females, so far as I can ascertain, have never before been depicted. Of P. stygia stygia, the collection contains six males taken at Niangara in November; two males and one female caught at Medje in July and August; and one female captured at Bafwaboli, September 10, 1909. Of P. stygia gregorti, there are eight males caught at Medje, one in April, the rest in July and August; and two males taken at Niangara in November 1910. Of P. stygia fuscata, there are sixty-one males and six females, all taken at Medje, except one male captured at Bafwaboli, September 10, 1909; those taken at Medje were caught in July and August, except a few taken in April. (128) 4. Precis terea (Drury) Papilio terea Drury, 1773, Ill. Exot. Ent., I, p. 32, Pl. xvmz, figs. 3, 4. Precis terea AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 220, Pl. x1. The collection contains seventy-two males and twenty females of this species. Two of the females were taken at Leopoldville, two at Medje, and sixteen at Niangara. One male was taken at Bafwaboli, September 1909, and eleven at Medje, June to August 1910. The remaining sixty males were taken mostly at Niangara, in November 1910, though a few specimens are labelled as taken at Faradje, in the same month and year, and one or two at Medje. The females are somewhat greater in expanse of wing and lighter in color than the males, but there is no great variation between the sexes. (129) 5. Precis ceryne (Boisduval) Salamis ceryne Boispuvau, 1847, Delegorgue, Voy. Afr. Australe, II, p. 592. Junonia ceryne TRIMEN, 1862, Rhop. Afr. Austr., I, p. 131; 1866, II, Pl. 11, fig. 4. Precis ceryne AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 223, Pl. urd. Four males taken at Faradje and labelled “1911-1912.” They are all of the wet-season form of the species. KALLIMULA, hew genus Allied to Precis Hiibner and Junonia Hiibner, but differing in having the fore wings strongly falcate at the apex and deeply excavated on the outer margin below vein 6; the hind wings either strongly produced or evenly rounded opposite the end of the cell, the margins more or less entire and strongly produced, or tailed, at the anal angle; both wings crossed near the middle by light bands, generally some shade of red, pink, or ochreous, though in one form (K. harpyia) these bands are shot with blue over the red. Type, Kallimula osborni, new species. 150 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII _In separating from the genus Precis, as constituted by Aurivillius, the Kallima-like forms which he has brought together in part in his fourth group, I think I am not doing violence, in spite of the fact that in my arrangement I am compelled to introduce as one of the members of this group the species named pelarga, which in its dry-season form shows a resemblance to the species which I have included under Precis. However, K. pelarga, in its dry-season form, always has the hind wings more or less elongated at the anal angle and thus may be discriminated from Precis octavia and its allies, which do not have the anal angle greatly produced. K. pelarga marks the transition between the genus Precis and the genus Kallimula. The species which I refer to the new genus are the following: K. osborni, new species; eurodoce (Westwood); milonia (Felder); sinuata (Ploetz); celestina (Dewitz); actia (Distant); antilope (Feisthamel); antilope, var. cuama (Hewitson); pelarga (Fabricius); pelarga, var. leodice (Cramer); pelarga, var. harpyia (Fabricius). (130) 1. Kallimula osborni, new species Plate VII: Figure 7, o; Figure 8, 9 @. Palpi black above, brilliantly white below. Upper side of head, thorax, and abdomen black. Pectus white, like the lower side of the palpi. Legs pale yellowish, dorsally shaded with fuscous. Lower side of abdomen pale fulvous. Fore wings with costa strongly arcuate; outer margin at apex very falcate, strongly produced at the end of vain 6; deeply excised below this and then gently rounded to the lower angle. The hind margin of the fore wing is nearly straight. Hind wings with the costal margin gently (flatly) curved from the base to the upper angle; the outer margin regularly curved outwardly to a point opposite the lower angle of the cell and then inwardly toward the anal angle, the curve running to the tip of the long tail-like pro- jection of the anal angle. On the inner margin the hind wings are strongly curved inwardly from the abdomen until a little after the middle, and then the curve is reversed to the tip of the anal projection. The wings are very dark brown on the upper side interrupted on the discal area with a bright rufous mesial band. This band on the primaries is widest at the inner margin, and sweeps upward toward the costa termina- ting near the origin of vein 6, being externally delimited by an almost regular curve, running from the inner margin from a point about three millimeters behind the outer angle to the origin of vein 6; internally the band is more irregular, being deeply invaded by an outward projection of the dark basal tract on interspace 4. The band has the outline of an inverted cornucopia. There isa sharply defined, small, white spot not far from the apex between veins 5 and 6; and three black spots in the transverse rufous band, one on each of the interspaces 2, 3, and 4, nearer the outer than the inner margin of the band. The transverse band of the hind wing is continuous with the band on the fore wing, narrower at the costa than on the inner margin. It is evenly curved externally, except on interspaces 6 and 7, where the dark outer border invades it by step-like inner projections. The outer band is wider on the secondaries than on the primaries. The inner margin of the light band is somewhat irregular, 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 151 where it crosses the middle of the cell, being invaded by a sharp tooth-like projection of the dark basal area of the wing.. There is a regular curved series of black circular spots beginning between veins 2 and 3 and running upward to the costa, the spots gradually increasing in size toward the costa, and being located nearer the outer margin of the band than its inner margin. On the lower side of the wings there is a dark narrow line of deep brown or black which runs from the tip of the tail-like pro- jection of the anal angle of the hind wing to about the middle of the costa of the fore wing, simulating the appearance of the mid-rib of a leaf. On either side of this central transverse line the wings are more or less rufous, irregularly mottled with darker brown, and being heavily clouded with dark brown at the apex of the primaries and the anal angle of the secondaries. The fore wings near’ the apex and the hind wings near the anal angle are marked with lighter marginal and submarginal narrow lines and more or less frosted with light-colored scales. The series of spots which are conspicuous on the upper side reappear on the lower side in the interspaces, but on the lower side are pupilled with white, in most, but not in all cases. Q. The female is not unlike the male, but the wings are broader, and at the apex of the primaries not so strongly falcate, and the transverse band of the second- aries is more or less creamy white, especially toward the anal angle. Expanse, <, 45-50 mm.; 9, 50-55 mm. The male type (Medje) is in The American Museum of Natural History, the female allotype (Cameroon) is in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. Four males were taken by the Lang-Chapin Expedition at Medje, the dates of capture ranging from July to September. I have long had this species in my collection, where it is represented by specimens collected for me many years ago in southern Cameroon by the late Dr. A. C. Good. I take pleasure in naming it in honor of my friend, Prof. Henry Fairfield Osborn of The American Museum of Natural History, with whom I have spent many pleasant hours both at home and abroad in the pursuit of pleasure and knowledge. (131): 2. Kallimula milonia (Felder) Precis milonia Fe.pEer, 1867, Reise Novara, Lep., III p. 403. Avurrivitiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 223. Precis kowara Warp, 1871, Ent. Mo. Mag., VIII, p. 22; 1873, Afr. Lep., p. 6, Pl. v, figs. 5, 6. The collection upon which I am reporting contains six males and one female. Four of the males were taken at Medje in June and July, the other two at Niangara in November. The female was captured at Medje in September. The transverse band in the female is much lighter than in the males, inclining to yellowish. (132) 3. Kallimula sinuata (Platz) Precis sinuata Piarz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 477. Aurtvitiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 222, Pl. tie. Two males, one caught at Medje in August, the other at Niangara in November. ; 152 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII (133) 4. Kallimula pelarga (Fabricius) Papilio pelarga Fasrictus, 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 513. Precis pelarga AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 223. Of this well-known species there are twenty-three specimens in the collection. One male was caught at Gamangui in February; two males were taken at Medje in August and a female at the same place in July; eight males and eight females were captured at Niangara in November; and there are two males and one female labelled as taken at Faradje 1911-1912.” (134) 5. Kallimula leodice (Cramer) Papilio leodice Cramer, 1777, Pap. Exot., I, p. 64, Pl. cxxxviut, figs. G, H. Precis leodice AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 223. There are eighty-eight specimens of this species or form, nine females and seventy-nine males; all were caught at Niangara in November, except one female, which was taken at Medje in August. Aurivillius regards it as being the dry-season form of pelarga (Fabricius). (135) 6. Kallimula harpyia (Fabricius) Papilio harpyia Fasrictus, 1781, Spec. Ins., II, p. 104. Precis harpyia AuRIvItuivs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 223, Pl. 1d. The collection contains sixty specimens, forty-four males and six- teen females, all of which were captured at Niangara in November, except two males which were caught at Medje in August. According to Aurivillius this is an aberrant dry-season form of pelarga. CATACROPTERA Karsch (136) 1. Catacroptera cloanthe (Cramer) Papilio cloanthe Cramer, 1781, Pap. Exot., IV, p. 93, Pl. cccxxxvim, figs. A, B. Catacroptera cloanthe AurtviLuivs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 218, Pl.uue. This insect, formerly included in the genus Precis, is indeed very closely related to the latter, but may easily be distinguished by its larger size, its robust form, and somewhat hirsute appearance, not to mention certain other minute anatomical differences which exist in both the imago and the larva. There is but one species, C. cloanthe (Cramer), of which two local races have been recognized by authors, one which is spread over the eastern and southern portions of the continent, to which the name given by Cramer strictly applies, the other C. cloanthe ligata Rothschild and Jordan, which according to these authorities is the north- western race and extends from Senegal to Togo. The American Mu- seum Congo Expedition brought back a small series of specimens which * 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo : 153 show that the two races commingle about the headwaters of the Uelle River and indicate a great eastward extension of the race originally de- scribed by Rothschild and Jordan from the northwestern areas of the Ethiopian subregion. This is, however, what might have been expected. C.cloanthe (typical) has no dark marginal line on the primaries; C. cloanthe ligata has such a line. Both forms have “wet-season”’ and “dry-season”’ subvarieties. The ‘dry seasonal’’ form in each. case is light under the wings, and the “‘ wet seasonal”’ form is dark. The specimens, with the solitary exception of the female captured at Medje on August 1, 1910, were taken at Faradje and Niangara in November of that year. Three males and seven females, including the female taken at Medje in August, belong to the form C. cloanthe ligata Rothschild and Jordan; five males and six females belong to the “wet- season’’ form to which Staudinger applied the varietal name C. ob- scurior, in which the under side of both wings is quite dark brown. SaLamis Boisduval (137) 1. Salamis parhassus ethiops (Palisot de Beauvois) Papilio ethiops Patisor de Brauvois, 1805, Ins. Ree. en’ Afrique et Amérique, Lép., p. 22, Pl. m1. Salamis parhassus AuRIvILLIvs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 217. Sixteen specimens. One was taken at Gamangui in February and another at the same place in June. Four were caught at Niangara in November and all the rest were captured at Medje from June to September. (138) 2. Salamis cacta (Fabricius) Papilio cacta Fasricrus, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 116. Salamis cacta AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 218, Pl. te. On the under side of the wings there is displayed a remarkable dis- similarity in color and maculation. No two specimens are exactly alike. This is true also of the very large series which we have from the French Congo and southern Cameroon. It is singular that some “species- maker”’ has not found pleasant recreation in naming and describing the different individuals which exist in various collections, each of which might give opportunity for the exercise of descriptive powers, especially if use were made of a binocular microscope, which has become such a fashionable adjunct in entomological and ichthyological research in recent years. Twenty-five specimens, mostly males. One was taken at Baf- wabaka in January, several at Niangara in November, but by far the largest number at Medje from May to September. 154 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT Katuima (Westwood) (139) 1. Kallima rattrayi Em. Sharpe Kallima rattrayi Em. SHarpe, 1904, Entomologist, p. 182. AurrIvILiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 211. The male is very much like that sex in Kallima rumia, of which this is probably a local race, but considerably smaller in size. The female is different in that the hind wings are concolorous and entirely without the broad whitish band which is always found in K. rumia; and in addition has a conspicuous white mark near the apex of the fore wing on the costal margin. The subapical transverse band is narrower than in K. rumia, and is not white, as in the female of that species, but bright straw-yellow. Three males and a female caught at Medje (July-August), and a male captured at Niangara in November. (140) 2. Kallima ansorgei Rothschild Kallima ansorgei Rotuscuitp, 1899, in Ansorge, ‘Under the African Sun,’ p. 319, Pl., fig. 1. AvrtviLiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 211. This seems to be quite distinct from K. cymodoce (Cramer), al- though it has the same form of the wings. It occurs in the eastern parts of Cameroon also, where K. cymodoce is likewise found, and there have been no intergrading varieties discovered thus far, to the best of my knowledge and belief. The species is represented in the collection by seven males taken at Medje. Hypotimmnas Hiibner (141) ' 1. Hypolimnas misippus (Linneus) Papilio misippus Linnavs, 1764, Mus. Lud. Ulr., p. 264. Hypolimnas misippus Aurivitutus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 213. There are eleven males and seven females of this common and widely distributed species. Three of the females belong to the varietal form H. inaria (Cramer). The specimens were all taken at Niangara in November 1910, except one female captured at Medje, August 11, and one male, which was taken at Faradje, without any indication on the label of the day and month. (142) 2. Hypolimnas salmacis (Drury) Papilio salmacis Drnvuny, 1773, Il, Exot, Ent., I, p. 14, Pl. vin, figs. 1-2, Hypolimnas salmacis Avnivitii0s, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., p, 214, Pl. xiviub. The collection contains one hundred and sixty-two males and two females of this species, all taken at Medje. Of this number a few = 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 155 are labelled as having been captured in April, the rest were taken at dates ranging from July 8 to September 24, 1910. If collecting went on continuously at Medje this fact would indicate that there may be two broods annually. There is some variation in the coloring of the upper side of the wings, a few specimens having a purplish tint contrasting with the purer blue of the markings of most of the specimens, and the white spots beyond the end of the cell of the fore wing in an occasional specimen are suffused with blue almost throughout their extent. The two females in the collection belong to the form to which Suffert has applied the name H. cissalma, characterized by having the white of the paler spots replaced by yellow. The collection contains no males corresponding to the form cissalma in that sex, which Suffert describes as having all the lighter markings on the upper side, except the subapical spots, blue throughout. (143) 3. Hypolimnas monteironis (Druce) Diadema monteironis Druce, 1874, Cist. Ent., I, p. 286. Hypolimnas monteironis Auriviuuius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 214, Pl. xivub. This species, which has been by some authors regarded as a varietal form of the preceding but which is quite distinct, is represented in the collection by twenty-one males and one female. They all were taken at Medyje, except one male which is ticketted ‘‘Niangara, November 14— 16, 1910.” Three of the males taken at Medje were captured in April, all of the other specimens bear dates ranging from July 8 to September 27, 1910. Like the preceding species, this probably has at least two annual broods. (144) 4. Hypolimnas mechowi (Dewitz) Diadema mechowi Dewirz, 1884, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XXVIII, p. 187, Pl. 1, fig. 2. Hypolimnas mechowi Aurivituius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 214, Pl. xivud. This species is represented in the collection by a single male, which does not differ at all from specimens in the collection of the writer from the southern parts of Cameroon. It was taken at Bafwaboli, Nov- ember 11, 1909. (145) 5. Hypolimnas bartteloti Grose-Smith Hypolimnas bartteloti GRose-Smr14, 1890, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 468; 1891, Rhop. Exot., I, Hypolimnas, Pl.1, figs. 1-2. AvuriviLuius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 214. 156 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Of this species and its varieties there are twenty-two examples, all of which are males. One specimen was taken at Avakubi, October 1, 1909; one at Lubila, September 20, 1909; all the rest at Medje, one on April 6, the remainder at dates ranging from July 8 to September 27, 1910. There is considerable variability in the specimens due to the ob- solescence of the subapical and submarginal spots. In four of the speci- mens belonging to this collection, as well as in numerous other speci- mens taken in Cameroon and which are before me as I write, these spots are wholly obliterated and I propose for this extreme fore the varietal name obliterata. (146) 5a. Hypolimnas bartteloti obliterata, new variety Plate VI, Figure 5, #7 Distinguished from the typical form by the complete obliteration of the sub- apical and submarginal spots on the upper side of both the fore and hind wings. Traces of the uppermost subapical and the lowermost submarginal spot are to be found on the lower side of the fore wing in some specimens, but not in all. In typical H. bartteloti the submarginal white spots form a continuous series, one in each inter- space, though they may vary in size, in some specimens being quite large, in others being reduced to mere points. The type of H. bartteloti obliterata is in The American Aronson of Natural History; paratypes are in the same collection and in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. Medje and Cameroon. (147) - 6. Hypolimnas dubia (Palisot de Beauvois) Papilio dubius Patisor pg Bravvois, 1805, Ins. Rec. en Afrique et Amérique, p. 238, Lep., Pl. v1, figs. 2a, 2b. Hypolimnas dubia Aurtvituivs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 215, Pl. xivirta. There are ten males and two females of this species. One male was taken at Bafwabaka, December 9, 1909; two males were captured at Niangara in November 1910; the remaining nine specimens were taken at Medje, the dates of capture ranging from June 8 to September 27, 1910. The two females were taken in the first week in August. There is some variation in the maculation of the specimens, particularly in the extent of the large white discal area of the hind wings, which in one specimen is rather broadly suffused with pale ochreous. This variability is characteristic of the species, as shown by numerous specimens coming from various parts of the continent in the collection of the writer. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 157 (148) 7. Hypolimnas anthedon (Doubleday) Diadema anthedon Dovsiepay, 1845, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (1) XVI, p. 181; 1850, Gen. Diurn. Lep., II, p. 281, Pl. xxxvu, fig. 2. Hypolimnas anthedon Avurivituius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 215, Pl. XLVIIC. There are twenty-two males and one female in the collection. The latter was taken at Medje in September 1910. One male is ticketted as from Bafwaboli, September 11, 1909; another as from Bafwasende, September 25, 1909; a third from Ngayu, December 11, 1909; a fourth from Niangara, November 9-10, 1910. The remaining specimens were taken at Medje, one on April 6, 1910, the rest at dates ranging from June 6 to October 4, 1910. There is great uniformity in the specimens, and they differ in no respect from hundreds of others which have passed under the eye of the writer and which have come from all parts of tropical western Africa. Euryteline EuryYTELA Boisduval (149) 1. Eurytela hiarbas (Drury) Papilio hiarbas Drury, 1782, Ill. Exot. Ent., III, p. 17, Pl. x1v, figs. 1, 2. Eurytela hiarbas Aurivituivs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 209, Pl. xurxe. Four males and two females, Medje (July-August). (150) 2. Eurytela dryope (Cramer) Papilio dryope Cramer, 1775, Pap. Exot., I, p. 125, Pl. uxxvim, figs. Z, F. Eurytela dryope AurtviL.Ius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 210. One male taken at Niangara, November 14, 1910. (151) 3. Eurytela alinda Mabille Eurytela alinda Masi.ue, 1893, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, XX XVII, p. 50. Aurt- VILLIuS, 1913; Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 210, Pl. xirxe. Six males caught at Medje (July-August). Neptipopsis Aurivillius (152) 1. Neptidopsis ophione (Cramer) Papilio ophione CraMER, 1777, Pap. Exot., II, p. 27, Pl. extv, figs. Z, F. Neptidopsis ophione AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 209, Pl. xurxd. Eleven specimens (two not expanded) taken at Medje, the dates of capture running from early in July to early in September. 158 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Ercotis Westwood (153) 1. Ergolis enotrea (Cramer) Papilio enotrea CRAMER, 1779, Pap. Exot., III, p. 73, Pl. ccxxxv1, figs. A, B. Ergolis enotrea AURIVILLIUsS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 208, Pl. xirxe. Twenty-five specimens, nineteen males and six females, are included in the collection. They were all taken at Medje about the middle of the year, except two specimens which were captured at Niangara in Noy- ember. (154) 2. Ergolis pagenstecheri Suffert Ergolis pagenstecheri Surrert, 1904, Iris, XVII, p. 125. AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 208, Pl. xurxe. Ergolis murina BARTEL, 1905, Nov. Zool., XII, p. 135. Three male specimens taken at Medje in July. (155) 3. Ergolis actisanes Hewitson Ergolis actisanes Hewitson, 1875, Ent. Mo. Mag., XI, p. 183. Aurtvituivus, 1913; Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 208, Pl. xurxe. This species is represented by five male specimens, four from Medje, two taken in July, and one in each of the months, August and September, the fifth being labelled as captured at Niangara in November. Mesoxantua Aurivillius (156) 1. Mesoxantha ethosea (Drury) Papilio ethosea Drury, 1782, Ill. Exot. Ent., IIT, p. 51, Pl. xxxvn, figs. 3, 4. Mesoxantha ethosea Aurtvitiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 208, Pl. XLrxb, A single male captured at Medje, August, 1910. This is a quite common insect on the Ogové River, and the writer has a long series taken by the late Dr. A. C. Good at Kangvé. Bysuia Hiibner (157) 1. Byblia crameri Aurivillius Byblia crameri Aunivititius, 1894, Ent. Tidskr., XV, p. 279; 1918, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIII, p. 208, Pl. xirxe, figured as “ B. vulgaris U.” This species or local race of B. ilithya is the one which prevails on the western coast from Sierra Leone to northern Angola, penetrating eastward as far as Uganda. It is remarkably constant throughout its range, as extensive series of specimens from many places show. | Eleven males and three females. One female was caught at Kwa- mouth, July 14, 1909, the other two at Niangara in November, 1910, Three males were taken at Medje in August, all the rest at Faradje and Niangara in November. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 159 Eunicine AsTEeropeE Hiibner Asterope Hispner 1816, type amulia Cramer, 1779, Pap. Exot., II, Pl. cuxxx, figs. C7 .D. ‘ _Crenis BotspuvAL 1833, type madagascariensis. Cf. Rothschild and Jordan, 1903, Nov. Zool., X, p. 528. (158) 1. Asterope occidentalium (Mabille) Crenis occidentalium MaBI.uE, 1876, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, I, p. 275. AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 205, Pl. xuviuig. Asterope occidentalium ROTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., X, p. 529. Fourteen specimens: one male taken at Gamangui in February; the rest captured at Medje (July-September). (159) 2. Asterope boisduvali (Wallengren) Crenis boisduvali WALLENGREN, 1857, Rhop. Caffr., p. 30. AuRtviLuius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 205, Pl. xivinig. Asterope boisduval: ROTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., X, p. 530. Nineteen specimens, of which one was taken at Gamangui in June, two at Niangara in November, and the rest at Medje (May—September). (160) 3. Asterope natalensis (Boisduval) Crenis natalensis BoispuvaL, 1847, Delegorgue, Voy. Afr. Australe, IT, p. 592. Aurt- vituius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 206. Asterope natalensis ROTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zooi., X, p. 531. One male captured at Niangara in November. Marpesiinze Cyrrestis Westwood (161) 1. Cyrestis camillus (Fabricius) Papilio camillus Fasricrus, 1781, Spec. Ins., IT, p. 11. Cyrestis camillus AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 203, Pl. xurxb. Twenty-two specimens, mostly taken at Medje from May to September, though there are a couple captured at Niangara in November and one from Bafwabaka caught in January. Neptidinz Neptis Fabricius The genus Neptis is well represented in the woodlands of Africa. The collection upon which I am reporting contains a number of species which are already more or.less well known and some rarities. 160 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (162) 1. Neptis metella Doubleday and Hewitson Neptis metella DoUBLEDAY AND HEewitTson, 1850, Gen. Diurn. Lep., I, p. 272, Pl. xxxv, fig. 2. HoLuanp, 1892, Ent. News, ITI, PI. rx, fig. 3. Nine specimens, all taken at Medje in July and August, ‘except one caught at Gamangui in June. (163) 2. Neptis marpessa Hopffer Neptis marpessa Hoprrer, 1855, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 640; 1862, Peters, Reise n. Mossambique, Ins., p. 383, Pl. xxrv, figs. 9, 10. Neptis pasteuri SNELLEN, 1882, Tijd. v. Ent., XXV, p. 221. Neptis marpessa AuURIVILLIUvs, 1912, Seitz, Grow-eluslits XII, p. 199. One specimen was captured at Niangara, November 20, 1910. This is the continental form of the insect which isfoundin Madagascar and was named JN. saclava by Boisduval. It is very abundant on the east- ern coast and I have long series from Natal and Mombasa. (164) 3. Neptis nemetes Hewitson Neptis nemetes Hewirson, 1868, Exot. Butt., IV, Neptis, Pl. 1, figs. 1,2. Ho.uanp, | 1892, Ent. News, III, Pl. rx, fig. 4. Seven specimens, one taken at Kwamouth, July 15, one from Risimu, taken September 8, 1909, the rest from Medje, June to August. (165) 4. Neptis agatha (Stoll) Plate VI: Figure 8, Forest Form, o; Figure 7, Open Country Form, Papilio agatha Srou1, 1780, in Cramer’s Pap. Exot., IV, p. 76, Pl. cccxxvn, figs. A, B. Neptis agatha AuriviLx10s, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 200, Pl. xuviiid. Of this species the collection contains eighty-seven specimens, in- cluding some of the varieties to which discriminating students have given names founded in some cases upon the measurement of the size of the spots and bands. The form lativittata Strand, the author of which informs us that the mesial band of the secondaries is eight millimeters wide, is represented. I discover that all of the specimens falling into this category are large and well-developed females, as is also the case with a lot of specimens I have from other parts of Africa. I call into question the specific validity of this so-called “species,’’ which is not even a variety. I note, however, that there is a distinction, which I do not believe has been previously pointed out, between the specimens which come from the hot woodlands and those from the more open country of the eastern and southern grass-lands. As it happens, most of the speci- mens representing this species were taken at Niangara and Faradje. s = &- = j ‘ 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 161 They agree perfectly with spoeliaionias taken on the hills back of Mombasa, of which I have a long suite, and with series of specimens coming from Natal and other more southern localities. By selecting from the mass all those which were caught at Medje about the middle of the year, I discover that the latter as a group are not only generally larger but have the transverse mesial band of the primaries a little straighter and narrower than the other lot of specimens. Comparing them with long suites of specimens coming from Cameroon, Sierra Leone, and the valley of the Ogové, I discover that the specimens from Medje are iden- tical in appearance with these, and that there is a slight but constant difference between the whole assemblage of specimens from the wooded . tropics and those which come from the steppes of the east and the south. By pinning out fifty of each of the forms selected according to locality, as I have done, the different facies of the two lots becomes very apparent and striking to the eye, even more so than when only two individuals are compared with each other. (166). 5. Neptis seeldrayersi Aurivillius Neptis seeldrayersi AuRivILLIus, 1895, Ent. Nachr., p. 379; 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 167, Pl. 1, fig. 7; 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 200, Pl. xnvimid. Eight specimens, all taken at Medje in July and August. There is some individual variability. In one specimen the fourth white spot reckoning from the costa is obsolete in the mesial band and gives the wing a different facies. The species is not uncommon farther west and we have it in some numbers from the region of the Ogové River. (167) 6. Neptis nysiades Hewitson Neptis nysiades Hew1tson, 1868, Exot. Butt., IV, Neptis, Pl. 1, figs.’3, 4. Six males and four females, all caught at Medje, the dates of cap- ture including April, July, August, and September. (168) 7. Neptis metanira Holland Neptis metanira HOLLAND, 1892, Ent. News, III, Pl. rx, fig. 6. Aurivillius, in the ‘Rhopalocera Acthiopica,’ expresses the opinion that this form is simply an aberration of the preceding species. He may be right but, as the insect has a very different facies from N. nysiades on the upper side, though I agree that it closely resembles nysiades on the under side, and, as it is constantly turning up and we have quite a good series from Cameroon and other parts, I am inclined to let the matter stand as I originally put it until the test of breeding shall show that Dr. Aurivillius is correct in his surmise. One male, taken at Medje, August 13, 1910. 162 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (169) 8. Neptis continuata Holland Neptis biafra var. continuata HoLuanp, 1892, Ent. News, III, Pl. rx, fig. 9. Aurivillius in the ‘Rhopalocera Aithiopica’ says that this is, like the preceding, an aberration of N. nysiades Hewitson. I admit that I was in error in making it a varietal form of N. biafra Ward, which is a different insect, though there are resemblances on the under side of the wings which led me to take the step. I have a good series of this thing from various localities, many more than I had when I first named the insect. As it is every now and then being received from different parts of the hot lands of Africa and is quite constant and recognizable, I am inclined to apply the remarks which I made under the preceding species and let the matter stand until we shall receive more light. It is not conspecific with NV. bafra Ward, as I have already said. The figure of the latter insect, which I gave on the same plate in the Entomological News, is that of a typical N. biafra, o, and it does not take much effort to see the great difference between the two insects. Twenty-six years of study since I wrote that article on the genus Neptis has broadened my knowledge of the subject. There are four examples of this form, three of which were taken at Medje in July and August, the fourth at Munie Katoto, September 1909. (170) 9. Neptis nicomedes Hewitson Neptis nicomedes Hewrrson, 1874, Ent. Mo. Mag., X, p. 205. Kirsy, 1894, Handbook Lep., I, p. 147, Pl. xx, fig. 3. I refer to this species four specimens which agree both with the description and the figure cited above, except that all of them have the mesial band of the primaries slightly inangulated on its inner margin at vein 4, thus resembling the variety quintilla Mabille!| The only difference which I am able to affirm definitely between typical nicomedes and quintilla is the fact that in the latter the longitudinal streak in the cell of the fore wing is reduced and obsolete basad and persists merely as a short bar or curved line near the end of the cell. I have good speci- mens of N. quintilla which were collected in Cameroon, before me as I write, and quite agree with Dr. Aurivillius in regarding the two forms as merely varietal. The specimens upon which I am reporting were taken at Medje, one in June, one in July, and two in August. There are two males and two females. a ~~ -~—- ‘Kirby’ A Seiten’ in mr ‘ieiubal and may not be true to type. See aS i ee es ee ee 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 163 (171) 10. Neptis strigata Aurivillius Neptis strigata AURIVILLIUS, 1894, Ent. Tidskr., XV, p. 284, fig. 10; 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 201, Pl. xivute. There are five specimens of this species, three males and two females, all taken at Medje, except one of the females which was caught at Pawa in October. The dates of capture at Medje cover the months of April, July, August, and September. One of the specimens agrees so closely with the figure given by Aurivillius in the ‘Gross-Schmetterlinge’ (loc. cit.) that it might have served the artist as his model. The rest do not have the longitudinal streak in the cell of the fore wings divided into two parts, but at the point where this division is shown in the figure given by’ Aurivillius there is a small black spot which, by becoming only a little larger, would cause the band to be interrupted as shown by the author of the species. We have this insect also from Cameroon and the Ogové Valley. (172) 11. Neptis biafra Ward Plate VIII, Figure 3, 2 Neptis biafra Warp, 1871, Ent. Mo. Mag., VIII, p. 121; 1874, Afr. Lep., p. 12, Pl Ix, figs. 1,2. Ho Luann, 1892, Ent. News, III, Pl. rx, fig. 10, #. The collection contains one female caught at Medje, June 30, 1910. In this specimen the two small spots at the basal end of the cell of the fore wing coalesce, while the larger spot at the end of the cell re- mains free. We have some fine specimens of the male in our collections gathered for us in Cameroon and on the Ogové River. It is one of the most beautiful of the species in the genus and is related to N. strigata but is larger and more strikingly marked. I strongly suspect that my valued friend, Dr. Aurivillius, was in some doubt as to the identification of N. biafra, both when he queried the identity of my figure of the male with his N. strigata, as he does in the ‘Rhopalocera A®ithiopica,’ and when in the ‘Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde’ he places N. biafra in another group, separate from strigata, to which it is allied, and gives a description, which is not at all conformed to the description given by the author of the species. I wish to say that the figure of N. biafra given by me in the Entomological News is that of a specimen which con- forms absolutely to the description of Ward, and that the insect, while not far removed from N. strigata, is totally distinct. With a good series of both species before me for comparison, I am able to affirm this positively. (173) 12. Neptis nicoteles Hewitson Neptis nicoteles Hewitson, 1874, Ent. Mo. Mag., X, p. 206. Hotianp, 1892, Ent. News, ITI, Pl. rx, fig. 8. One male, lacking head and antenne, taken at Medje, July 13, 1910. 164 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (174) 13. Neptis nicobule Holland Neptis nicobule HoLuanD, 1892, Ent. News, III, p. 249, Pl. rx, fig. 7. AurtviLirus, 1898, Rhop. thiop., p. 168; 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 202. One male, taken at Gamangui, June 17,1910. It agrees perfectly with the type with which it has been compared. (175) 14. Neptis lermanni Aurivillius Nept,s lermanni AuRIVILLIUS, 1896, Ofvers. Sv. Vet. Akad. Férh., LIII, p. 431; 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 202, Pl. xivui/. Seven males and three females: two males caught at Gamangui in June; all the rest at Medje, from June to August. (176) 15. Neptis melicerta (Drury) Papilio melicerta Drury, 1773, Ill. Exot. Ent., II, p. 34, Pl. xxx, figs. 3, 4. Neptis melicerta Hotuanp, 1892, Ent. News, III, Pl. rx, fig. 5. Aurtviiiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 202, Pl. xtvute. Of this common insect there are thirty-five examples, all taken at Medje from July to September, except two which were captured at Niangara in November. NEPTIDOMIMA, new genus (177) 1. Neptidomima exaleuca (Karsch) Neptis exaleuca Karscu, 1894, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XX XTX, p. 9, fig. 5. AuRrvrirus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 202. There is a single specimen of this rare and curious insect, taken at Medje in July. Although it agrees in the neuration of the wings with the genus Neptis, I nevertheless think that it should be separated generically from that genus because of the structure of the palpi, which are more robust, porrect, and hirsute thanin any species of Neptis known to me. Furthermore, the insect is throughout more robust in its structure than is the case in the genus Neptis. I propose the generic name Nep- tidomima for the creature, of which genus it is the type. Nymphalinez Pseupacraa Westwood (178) 1. Pseudacrwa hostilia warburgi Aurivillius Pseudacraa hostilia var. warburgi Aurivitii0s, 1892, Ent. Tidskr., XII, p. 200; 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 194, Pl. xivie. One male, captured at Medje, August 1910. aa a Pe oe 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 165 (179) 2. Pseudacrea semire (Cramer) Papilio semire Cramer, 1779, Pap. Exot., III, p. 3, Pl. oxcry, figs. B, C. Pseudacrea semire AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 194, Pl. xurva. Four males: one taken at Gamangui in June, and re caught at Medje in July and August. (180) 3. Pseudacrea lucretia (Cramer) Papilio lucretia CraMER, 1775, Pap. Exot., I, p. 71, Pl. xtv, figs. C, D. Pseudacrea lucretia AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 197, Pl. xivia. Represented by fifty-four specimens, nineteen of which are not expanded. The specimens were mainly taken at Medje, though about half a dozen bear other scattering locality labels. The dates of capture range from May into September. The typical form is well represented, but the majority of the speci- mens belong to the slight variety named Pseudacrea protracta by Butler in which the light discal area of the hind wing is yellowish instead of pure white as in the typical form. But there are intergrades and it is hard to say in the series where one form begins and the other ends. (181) 4. Pseudacrma clarki Butler Pseudacrea clarki BuTLER, 1892, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 201, Pl. x, figs. 1, la. AURIVILLIvS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 197, Pl. xiv1b. This lovely butterfly is represented by six males taken at Medje (July to September). (182) 4a. Pseudacrea clarki egina Aurivillius Pseudacrea clarki var. egina AuRIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 197.” Four males taken at Medje (May to June) and one at Niangara in November. (183) 5. Pseudacrea gottbergi Dewitz Pseudacrea gottbergi Dewit1z, 1884, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XXVIII, p. 187, Pl. 1, fig. 1. AvRIVILLIvs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 197, Pl. xiv1b. Five males: four taken at Medje (June to September) and one at Munie Katoto, September 10, 1909. (184) 6. Pseudacrea hobleyi Neave Pseudacrea hobleyi Neave, 1904, Nov. Zool., XI, p. 331. Aurtvitii1us, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 196. One female taken at Medje, June 28, 1910. The subapical band of the fore wing is a trifle wider than usual. 166 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII PsEUDONEPTIS Snellen (185) 1. Pseudoneptis conobita (Fabricius) Papilio cenobita Fasrictus, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 247. Pseudoneptis cenobita AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 193, Pl. xivib. Thirty specimens, mostly males, a few of which were taken at Gamangui in June, the rest at Medje in the middle months of the year. Catuna Kirby (186) 1. Catuna crithea (Drury) Papilio crithea Drury, 1773, Ill. Exot. Ent., II, p. 29, Pl. xvt, figs. 5, 6. Catuna crithea AuRIviLuivs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 192. Thirty-one specimens, mostly males, taken at Medje from June to September. (187) 2. Catuna angustata (Felder) Euomma angustatum Fever, 1867, Reise Novara, Lep., III, p. 425. Catuna angustata AuRIvILLIvs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 192. Fifty-seven specimens taken at the same place and times as the foregoing species. (188) 3. Catuna oberthiiri Karsch Catuna oberthiiri Karscu, 1894, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XX XIX, p.4. Aurrvitiius, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 192, Pl. xvid, e. Twenty-two examples to which the remarks made under the two preceding species apply. In addition to the specimens enumerated above there are in the collection thirty-nine unexpanded specimens representing all of the three species, but which cannot be separated easily without being spread so that the upper side of the wings can be examined. CyNANDRA Schatz (189) 1. Cynandra opis (Drury) Papilio opis Drury, 1773, Ill. Exot. Ent., I, p. 33, Pl. xvii, figs. 5, 6. Cynandra opis Auntvitiius, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 191, Pl. xuvie, 9. Of this insect there are five males and eight females, all of which were taken at Medje, except one badly damaged male and one female which were taken at Niangara, in November 1910. The dates of capture at Medje include the months of April, June, July, August, and September. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 167 Aterica Boisduval (190) 1. Aterica galene (Brown) Papilio galene Brown, 1776, New Ills. of Zool., p. 94, Pl. xxxvut. Aterica theophane Horrrer, 1855, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 641. Aterica galene AuRIvILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 191, Pl. xivia, b. There are thirty males and twenty-three females of this species and its varieties. The form theophane is an extreme in which the light area of the hind wing is broadly suffused with red, but there are inter- grading specimens connecting up these with such specimens as have the light area quite white. One male is labelled as having been captured at Noki in Angola, a few came from Gamangui and were taken in June, but the great majority were captured at Medje in the middle months of the year. Hamanvumipa Hiibner (191) 1. Hamanumida dedalus (Fabricius) Papilio dedalus Fasricivs, 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 482. Hamanumida dedalus Aurtvituius, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett,. XIII, p. 191, Pl. xivif. Of this form, which differs from the following by the duller coloring of the lower side of the wings and the partial suppression of the white spots on that side, there are sixteen males and five females taken at Niangara in November. - (192) la. Hamanumida dedalus meleagris (Cramer) Papilio meleagris CraMER, 1775, Pap. Exot., I, p. 102, Pl. xuv1, figs. A, B. Hamanumida meleagris Aurtviturus, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 191, Pl. xuivif. This variety is represented by a long series of males and females, all of which were taken at Niangara and Faradje in November, except one taken at Noki in Angola, June 24, 1909, and another caught at Avakubi in November 1909. The two forms, H. dedalus and H. meleagris, intergrade and, as both were taken at Niangara in large numbers at the same time of the year, the opinion of Dr. Aurivillius that they represent seasonal forms is open to question. They are mere color varieties, H. dedalus having the under surface dull and the white spots for the most part suppressed, and H. meleagris having the under surface of the wings brighter and the white spots present. C The writer has a large series of both forms collected for him on the Ogové River and at Gaboon by the late Dr. A. C. Good and these, too, 168 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII by the dates of capture seem to confirm the opinion that the two forms are probably the issue of one and the same brood and that they are not “‘seasonal varieties’? in the sense in which that term must be ac- cepted. EvupHzpra Hiibner The genus Eupheedra is one of the most puzzling genera among the diurnal Lepidoptera of Africa. A vast number of so-called species, or forms, have been distinguished by writers, in many instances based apparently upon solitary individuals coming into their’ possession without sufficient material at hand to institute broad comparisons. Until in coming years some careful student on the ground shall succeed in breeding these insects from ova laid by individual females there necessarily will remain more or less confusion in certain groups. This is especially true of the forms allied to EH. preussi Staudinger, EH. ceres (Fabricius), and E. xypete (Hewitson). Of these I have before me as I write a vast assemblage of specimens, many of which were brought home by the American Museum Congo Expedition. For example, there were collected by this expedition one hundred and eight specimens representing EH. preusst and varieties, males and females. We have in the collections contained in the Carnegie Museum as many more from various localities. In all this assemblage of specimens it is almost impossible to find two individuals in either sex which are absolutely alike. There are slight differences in the shade of color on both the upper and under sides, in the number of spots in the cells on both sides of the wings, and in the discal and submarginal markings, which may be strongly, feebly, or not at all indicated. In ‘addition to this, a close and accurate study of the literature shows that the descriptions and the figures which have been given by authors represent individuals rather than species; so that it is exceedingly difficult to state in exact terms where one so-called species begins and another ends in this group. The same remarks apply to other so-called “snecies,”’ in other groups in which almost infinite variety is plainly visible, but appearing to me to have as little real significance as the shape and location of the spots on common cattle. On the other hand, there are certain forms recognized by authors which appear to be quite constant over the entire range in which they occur and which are not difficult to discriminate. In some cases, however, it may well be, as has been suggested, that some of these which are not distantly related to each other may, when the test of breeding is applied, turn out to be 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 169 mere color varieties or seasonal forms which have not as yet been recog- nized as such. The genus as a whole presents as much difficulty to the systematist as the genus Argynnis and, in fact, I am disposed to regard it as more difficult than the latter genus. The arrangement and classi- fication of the specimens contained in the collection upon which I am now reporting must, therefore, in certain of the groups be regarded as . in a measure provisional. I. Prrseis Group (193) l. Euphedra imitans Holland Plate VII, Figure 2, type, 2 Euphedra imitans Houianp, 1893, Canad. Ent., XXV, p. 3. AurrviLirus, 1898, Rhop. Athiop., p. 185; 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 190. Of this well-marked species, which has never before been figured, there are in the collection one male and three females, all taken at Medje, the male on September 27, one of the females in July, and two of the females in August 1910. II. Rusprna Group I may say in passing that I assign EF. crowleyi Kirby to this group. It is a small species, which Aurivillius in error classifies under Euptera, but I have both males and females which show that the insect is a true Euphedra. (194) 2. Euphedra ruspina (Hewitson) Romaleosoma ruspina Hewitson, 1865, Exot. Butt., III, Romaleosoma, Pl. u, figs. 6, 7. Buphedra Piette AURIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 185; 1912, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIII, p. 190, Pl. xumb. (In error designated on the plate as E. eleus.) Of this well-known species there are eleven males and three females. All of the males and two of the females are labelled as captured at Medje; one female is marked as taken at Gamangui in July. III. Exuevs Group (195) 3. Euphedra eleus (Drury) Papilio eleus Drury, 1782, Ill. Exot. Ent., III, p. 14, Pl. x, figs. 1, 2. Euphedra eleus AURIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 185; 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 190, Pl. xumb. (Middle figure, 2, erroneously labelled ruspina on plate.) The figure of E. eleus given by Drury does not appear to be for- tunate. The insect on his plate (loc. cit.) is represented as having the hind wing strongly produced at the anal angle. Such a specimen, so 170 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII far as my knowledge goes, does not exist, and I think the outline of the wing in his drawing is due to the fancy of the draftsman, who has ex- aggerated in this respect. The color and markings of the upper side of the wings in all other respects agree with the multitude of specimens before me, which may be accepted as typical E. eleus. The color and markings. of the lower side of the wings in Drury’s figure represent an extreme variety. Of what I long have determined to be H. eleus (Drury) there are in the collection nine males and four females, all taken at Medje at dates ranging from June to September, except one female which was taken at Niangara in November 1910. These specimens all have the trans- verse subapical band white, relatively narrow, consisting of four spots of which the third, reckoning from the costa, is the largest, and the ground- color of both wings is dark brownish red as shown in Drury’s figure. (196) 3a. Eupheedra eleus hybrida Aurivillius Euphedra eleus ab. hybridus (Staudinger, in litt.), AURtVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 186; ab. hybrida Aurtvitiivs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 190. This varietal form, or subspecies, is represented in the collection by twenty-five males and thirteen females. The dark apical area and, to some extent, the dark marginal band of the secondaries in these speci- mens, shows in certain lights a greenish luster. In the males the sub- apical transverse band is, in almost all cases, composed of only three spots, yellowish white in color, the lowermost of. which is the largest. In ten of the specimens in the collection there is, however, a fourth spot indicated as a mere pointlet in the interspace between the second and third submedian nervules. The red ground-color of the wings is much paler than in typical eleus, being orange-red and not dark brown. The specimens were almost all taken at Medje, at dates ranging from June to September, though there are several specimens, both male and female, recorded as captured at Gamangui in June, a male taken at Niangara in November, and a female at Avakubi in October. This varietal form with the paler ground-color of the wings, the greenish luster of the dark margins, and the yellow subapical bands, when pinned out in a series, contrasts rather strikingly with the darker clored specimens which I refer to EZ. eleus Drury, but when it comes to a comparison of the under side of the wings the difference is so trifling as to make it appear certain that the two forms are merely varietal. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 171 (197) 3b. Euphedra eleus coprates (Druce) Romaleosoma coprates Druce, 1875, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 411. Euphedra eleus var. coprates AuRIvILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Athiop., p. 186; 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 190, Pl. xia, o (in error hybridus), Pl. xumb, 2. Of this varietal form, distinguished by the presence of spots in the cell of the fore wings, both on the upper and under side, there are three males taken at Medje, one in June and the other two in August. (198) 4. Euphedra edwardsi (Hoeven) Aterica edwardsi Horven, 1845, Tijd. Nat. Gesch., XII, p. 251, Pl. rv, figs. la, 1b. Romaleosoma pratinas DouBLEDAY AND Hewitson, 1850, Gen. Diurn. Lep., II, p. 284, Pl. xxxvin, fig. 3, o. Euphedra edwardsi Aurivituius, 1898, Rhop. Athiop., p. 186; 1912, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIII, p. 189, Pl. xu11c ( 9, non o, as figured on plate). The collection contains one female taken at Medje on July 29, 1910. IV. Crres Group As already indicated, the collection contains a great many speci- mens referable to this group showing innumerable slight variations in color and markings, so that it becomes very difficult to determine by fixed lines specific and varietal distinctions. (199) 5. Euphedra preussi Staudinger (?) Euphedra preussi StauvinGER, 1891, Iris, IV, p. 119, Pl. 1, fig. 1. To this species I refer, with some doubt, eighteen males and four females, all taken at Medje, at dates ranging from July to September, except one male captured at Niangara in November and one female taken at Bafwasende on January 7, 1910. Not one of these specimens agrees absolutely on the lower side with the figure given by Staudinger, though the males agree almost per- fectly with the figure which he gives of the upper side of the wings. In this connection it is to be observed that the insect figured as H. preussi by Aurivillius in Seitz, ‘Gross-Schmetterlinge,’ XIII, Plate xurid, is not the insect figured by Staudinger in Iris (loc. cit.) but represents the variety named njamnjami by Staudinger. Staudinger’s figure represents an insect which is bright ochraceous on the under side. The insects upon which I am reporting are prevalently greenish on the under side, though some of them are brownish, but almost all are inclined to be more or less ochraceous on the inner margin of the lower side. The number of the spots in the cells of both the fore and hind wings on the lower side is somewhat variable. All-have a pale discal spot beyond the 172 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT cell, while in some specimens this discal spot forms the lower end of a pale band extending costad to the pale costal marginal border. No two specimens are absolutely alike. The submarginal spots on the upper and under side are also variable, though generally indicated on the upper side, and sometimes quite strongly; in other specimens, particu- larly on the lower side, these submarginal spots are more or less obsolete. The transverse apical band in the males is, as in Staudinger’s figure, narrow and greenish, and the apical region on the upper side in the males is more or less suffused with green. In the females the transverse sub- apical band is white, showing strongly against the black apical area of the fore wings on the upper side, and is composed of four spots. None of the specimens are absolutely typical #. preussi Staudinger, but knowing, as I do, how greatly these insects tend to vary, I am not inclined to set up a new species merely basing it upon the slightly different shade of the lower side of the wings. (200) 5a. Euphedra preussi njami Staudinger Euphedra preussi var. njami Staudinger, 1891, Iris, IV, p. 125. I refer to this varietal form erected by Staudinger twenty-one males and six females, all taken at Medje at dates ranging from April to September, except two males taken at Niangara in November and one female captured at Gamangui in June. Staudinger differentiates this form from his #. preussi by stating in his description that the fore wings of the male on the upper side are darker, not laved with green, and that on the under side they are ferru- ginous and, further, that the submarginal spots on the lower side are distinctly visible. The long series of specimens before me which I refer to this form correspond closely with Staudinger’s description, but there is considerable variability in the shading of the upper and under sides of the wings. On the upper side, some are distinctly greenish; in others the ground-color passes into bluish green. On the. under side, some are indeed ferruginous, as he states; others, however, are somewhat greenish, and no two are absolutely alike in every minute particular. Almost all have a small light spot on the under side of the secondaries beyond the end of the cell, and in some specimens this light spot is extended costad, forming a light bar which loses itself in the pale costal border. There is extreme variability in this respect. The females are like the females of typical preussi, but almost all of them have the pale diseal transverse band on the secondaries running from the end of the cell upward toward the costa more distinctly marked than in the males. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 173 (201) 5b. Euphedra preussi njamnjami Staudinger Euphedra preussi var. njamnjami StaupINGER, 1891, Iris, IV, p. 125. Euphedra preussi AuriviLii0s, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 189, Pl. xumd. To this varietal form, characterized by Staudinger as having the upper side of the wings black and not laved with green at the apex as in typical preussz, the under side ferruginous, without submarginal mark- ings, I refer twelve males and twenty-one females from Medje and Gamangui. The males and females are all distinctly somewhat larger in size than either of the two foregoing forms. The outer two-thirds of the wings of the males are black, the subapical transverse band narrow, composed of four spots separated by the nervules, and the lower side without submarginal markings save as these may be indicated by small white dots in a few of the specimens. The prevalent color of the under side of the wings is brownish ochraceous, or ferruginous more or less laved with green in the case of the males, but not in the case of the females. As in the two preceding forms, the hind wings beyond the end of the cell may have a discal light spot, or this light spot may be ex- tended eostad in the form of a pale transverse discal band, losing itself in the light costal margin. While I am averse to adding to the apparent interminable confu- sion which already exists in this species, I am, nevertheless, constrained by facts which are too apparent to be overlooked to set off from among the specimens before me several varietal forms which are quite as worthy of being discriminated as those which have already been men- tioned. (202) 5c. Euphedra preussi notata, new variety Plate XI, Figure 1, #7 I apply this name to two males and three females before me. The males and females are relatively smaller than any specimens of the varieties njami Staudinger and njamnjami Staudinger, which they resemble on the upper side of the wings, save that at the end of the cell on the upper side of the secondaries they all have a distinct black spot. On the under side the ground-color of the wings is chocolate- brown, with a more or less bluish suffusion, and the spots in the cell of both the fore and hind wings are large and distinct, and the submarginal spots are also well indi- cated, having an inner dark nucleus accentuated externally by light spots. The transverse subapical band in the males is pale whitish green; in the females pure white. Expanse, o’, 65-67 mm.; 9, 70-80 mm. The type @ and allotype 2 are in the The American Museum of Natural History; two paratypes in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. All are from Medje. 174 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLII (203) 5d. Euphedra preussi subviridis, new variety Plate XI, Figure 4, 7 Closely resembling E. preussi, but with the upper outer two-thirds of the fore wings in the case of the male velvety black, the postapical transverse band diffuse, greenish, and toward the apex fading into a lustrous green subapical area which, in certain lights, shows as a brilliant green tract covering the apical area from near the apex to the outer end of the cell; the hind wings and the posterior margin of the fore wing for some distance iridescent greenish blue, this area on the fore wings reaching the lower margin of the cell near the base, but not reaching the outer angle. The posterior wings broadly bordered with dark green, accentuated with a submarginal series of black velvety spots. On the under side in the male the wings are more or less grass-green, tinged with chocolate-brown, the transverse subapical band of the primaries being whitish. The spots in the cells of the primaries.and the secondaries are variable in number and size, as is true of all the varieties, and this is also true of the submarginal series of dark spots. The female is marked on the upper side like the male except that the transverse subapical band is pure snow-white. The outer margins, as in all the forms of E. preussi, have the fringes dark, interrupted on the interspaces with white, and the fore wings are at the apex tipped with white. There are two males and one female from Medje which I refer to this form. The male and female types are in The American Museum of. Natural History; the second male, a paratype, is in the Holland Collec- tion in the Carnegie Museum. This form, which is near typical preuss?, may be at once distin- guished from it by the velvety black band which crosses the fore wings from the base to the outer margin, leaving the diffuse paler subapical transverse band and the elongated brilliantly green apical area in strik- ing contrast with the rest of the wing, and by the brilliantly deep green color of the under side of the wing. (204) 5e. Euphedra preussi fulvofasciata, new variety Plate XI, Figure 6, @ This variety differs from the preceding in having the transverse subapical band on the upper sides of the primaries bright orange in both sexes; the band on the under side is paler, inclining to white, though in a few specimens in the series before me the orange color of the upper side reappears. There is a considerable variety in. the shape of this band, especially in the female sex. There are seven females before me, and in none of them is the band absolutely the same in outline, and in some of them it is much broader than in others. The markings on the under side are more or less variable, as in 2. njamnjami and the other varietal forms which have been men- tioned. I assign to this varietal form three males taken at Medje, one in April, one in July, and one in August, and seven females, all taken at the same place, two in April and the others from July to September. In size and in all other respects, except the color and shape of the sub- 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 175 apical band, the form agrees rather closely with E. njamnjami Staud- inger, from which, however, it may easily be discriminated. (205) 5f. Euphedra preussi latefasciata, new variety Plate XI, Figure 8, @ This form is very much like the preceding but differs in having the transverse subapical band of the fore wing broader, and by the great reduction, amounting to almost a complete suppression on the under side of the black markings in the cells, especially in the case of the female. The submarginal markings on the under side of the secondaries on the other hand are very distinct, inwardly black, margined ex- ternally by light blue. This variety is represented by a male captured at Medje in April and a female taken at the same place in July. (206) 5g. Euphedra preussi angustior, new variety Plate XI, Figure 7, @ I apply this name to four males and two females which are characterized by having the transverse postapical band orange on the upper side of the fore wings and greatly reduced in width, being much narrower than in any of the other forms in this group. On the under side the spots in the cell of the fore wing are much enlarged and very conspicuous, much more so than in any other of the varieties hereinbefore mentioned. The transverse postapical band in what I take to be the female is not yellow in this form, as it is in the case of the male, but white. There are four males, one taken at Medje in April and three captured at the same place in August. The two females which I associate with the males because of the markings on the under side of the wings were also captured at Medje, one in July and the other in August. Whether the forms which I have mentioned in the foregoing para- graphs are all really referable to Huphedra preussi and are to be regarded as mere varieties of that insect can only be decided by the test of breed- ing. They all agree in having on the anterior margin of the hind wing a broad white band extending from the base in cell 7 almost to its outer extremity. This pale band is generally tinged with bluish, but sometimes inclines to greenish or greenish yellow. There is a general resemblance among these insects and, if not varietal forms of the same insect, they represent species which are wonderfully closely related to each other. (207) 6. Euphedra inanoides, new species Plate XI: Figure 2, <7, type; Figure 3, 9, allotype (under side) On the under side of the wings like Huphedra inanum Butler, but with the white transverse bands not neariy as distinctly defined, especially in the male, and differing on the upper side from EZ. inanum by having the postapical transverse band of the fore wings blue, as in E. cwrulescens Grose-Smith, and not pale yellowish white as in 176 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII E. inanum, specimens of which I have from Sierra Leone, the type locality. In the female sex the postapical band inclines to whitish or paler blue than in the male sex. On the upper surface this form so closely resembles EZ. cerulescens Sharpe that at first glance it might be mistaken for it, but the bluish median band of the fore wing does not extend as far costad as in E. cerulescens, being restricted to a narrow longi- tudinal stripe bordering the hind margin of this wing, and of course the markings of the lower side of the wings are totally different. There are eight males, which were taken at Medje (type locality) from June to September, and two females, one captured at Medje in September and another at Bafwabolion September 10, 1909. The types co and 2 are in the American Museum of Natural] History; paratypes in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. (208) 7. Eupheedra afzelii (Felder) Romaleosoma afzelii FELDER, 1867, Reise Novara, Lep., p. 430. Euphedra afzelii AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 187, Pl. xb, 9 . I refer to this species a single male captured at Medje, April 6, 1910. The specimen agrees most nearly with Felder’s species, but the reference is doubtful. In view of the great variability of the forms under discussion, I do not care to erect a new species upon a single individual, but it differs almost enough from what I have determined to be typical EZ. afzelit to justify its separation as a valid variety or subspecies. (209) 8. Euphedra phaéthusa (Butler) Romaleosoma phaéthusa ButTuER, 1865, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 670, fig. 4. Euphedra phaéthusa Aurtvi.urus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 188. There are two specimens of this form, both taken at Medje, one in April, the other in August. It is characterized by the obliteration of the dark markings on the under side of the wings. (210) 9. Euphedra ravola (Hewitson) Romaleosoma ravola Hewrrson, 1864, Exot. Butt., II1, Romaleosoma, Pl. trv, figs. 19-20. Euphedra ravola Aurtvitiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 188, Pl. xi, There are two males and two females which I refer with some uncertainty to this species. They do not agree perfectly with speci- mens from the western coastal regions of which I have a long suite. They are much brighter green upon the lower side of the wings, and the dark spots and markings are greatly reduced in size imparting to the under side of the wings a different facies from that of typical 7. ravola. However, I do not think it expedient to bestow a new varietal name upon them. They are from Medje. Otte WY 1920] ° Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 177 (211) 10. Euphedra rezioides, new species Plate XI, Figure 5, @ I am constrained to describe as new two females, which it is impossible to refer to any of the hitherto described forms belonging to this group. On the upper side they resemble Z. rezia, 9, and have the postapical band narrow and straight as in that species. This band is pale orange in the specimens before me, as is also the case in about half of the females of typical EZ. rezia, the other half, however, in E. rezia having this band white. On the under side there is a marked difference. The sub- marginal spots of the fore wing, which are invariably present in E. rezia, are obsolete, except the one near the inner angle. The cell of the hind wing has one or two black spots in it and is closed at its extremity by a black bar, which is not found in £Z. rezia, and beyond the cell in interspaces 3, 4, 5, and 6 there are inwardly pointing sagittate dark spots arranged in a straight series, after which is a transverse series of pale markings; of these the one in space 7 is the longest and immediately follows the longi- tudinal black streak which partly fills the interspace basad, but does not reach the basal end of this interspace. The other pale spots of the series, which I am describing, diminish rapidly in size in the direction of the lower margin of the wing. The species at first glance recalls the pale spots on the under side of EZ. eberti (cf. Aurivillius, Seitz, XIII, Pl. xurvd), but differs by the existence of the strongly defined dark spots .in the cell of the fore wing and the dark markings of the hind wings which have been described. Expanse, 80-85 mm. The two specimens were both taken at Medje in August. The type is in The American Museum of Natural History. The paratype is in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. THEMIS GROUP ' (212) . 11. Euphedra adonina (Hewitson) Romaleosoma adonina Hewirson, 1865, Exot. Butt., III, Romaleosoma, Pl. m, figs. 11, 12. Euphedra adonina AurivILuivs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 187, Pl. xu1vb. Six males and three females, one male caught at Gamangui in J une, the rest at Medje from July to September. (213) 12. Euphedra vetusta (Butler) Romaleosoma vetusta BuTLER, 1871, Lep. Exot., p. 82, Pl. xxx, fig. 5, 9. Euphedra vetusta AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Grossflehimett. III, p. 187, Pl. xxiva, re With a measure of hesitation I refer to this species three males taken at Medje in July and August. Butler’s figure is that of a female, and so also is that given by Aurivillius. The specimens correspond more nearly with what is known of Butler’s species than with any other, and I leave them here subject to query. (214) 13. Euphedra gausape (Butler) Romaleosoma gausape BUTLER, 1865, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 671, fig. 5. Euphedra gausape AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 186. 178 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII There are five males and eleven females before me, not any two of which exactly agree with each other in all respects, but they are so closely related to each other that it seems impossible to separate them. They come nearer to the insect named E. (Romalaosoma) gausape by Butler than to any other form known to me, and I place them here provi- sionally. The males and females have the postapical band of the fore wing orange in color; in the case of the females it is wider than in the case of the males, and varies somewhat in form and breadth. One female has this band pure white, but otherwise. I am enable, to distin- guish it by its markings from the other females. The specimens were all taken at Medje, a male and a female in April, the rest in July and August. XYPETE GROUP (215) | 14. Euphedra xypete maxima, new variety There are three males and three females, which are referable to Romaleosoma xypele Hewitson (cf. Exot. Butt., 1865, III, Romaleosoma, Pl. u, figs. 8-10), but which differ from specimens in my collection received from Sierra Leone, Cameroon, and Gaboon, in being much larger in size, by the prevalently bluish (not greenish) cast of the lighter portions of their wings on the upper side, and by having the spots which define the inner margin of the postapical band on the under side of the primaries much narrower and less strongly developed than is the case in specimens from the localities named. The form may be designated as var. maxima, the specimens aver- aging fully fifteen per cent more in expanse of wing than specimens taken on the west coast, of which I have many scores before me as I write. Male type, Medje; female allotype, Ngayu; paratypes, o’ 2 , Ngayu. (216) 15. Euphedra cyanea, new species Plate IX: Figure 1, o; Figure 2, 9 Related to E. cerulescens Grose-Smith, but differing markedly on both the under and the upper side of both wings. In Z. cerulescens the basal portion of the fore wing on the upper side is black throughout, except for a few greenish blue scales — along the edge of the inner margin. In Z. cyanea the basal area is bright blue from the base to the middle of the cell and thence outwardly to nearly the inner angle of the wing. Beyond this bright blue area, the outer line of which is quite straight, the remainder of the wing is rich velvety black, interrupted, however, by a sharply defined postapical band of bright blue, which is much more sharply defined than is the case in FE. cwrulescens, and does not extent as far downward toward the inner margin as is the case in the latter species. In 2. cwrulescens this band, which is green- ish blue, passing into yellowish toward the costa, reaches vein 2 near the outer border, but in 2. cyanea the band never extends beyond vein 3, The white spots of the cilia, which are present in both species, differ, being wider in 2. carulescens, forming little lunules at the end of the interspaces, but in 2. cyanea they are mere pointlets, or dots at the middle of the interspaces on the outer margin. The middle of the ES as Peery 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 179 upper side of the hind wings in E. cyanea is bright blue, while in Z. cerulescens this area is dull greenish blue. On the under side in EZ. cerulescens the cell of the fore wing is solidly blue at the base, in H. cyanea this region is green or greenish ochraceous. The dark spots in EZ. cyanea which appear in the cell of the fore wing are much smaller than the corresponding spots in the wing of EZ. cerulescens, and this holds good also of the spots of the hind wings on the under side. Below the red costal band of E. cerulescens (Vide Aurivillius, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, Pl. xutva, where the under side of FL. cwrulescens is shown, in error named EF. gausape) large dark spots intervene between the red costal band and the rest of the wing. This is not the case in EZ. cyanea. There are no such spots, or they are at most feebly indicated by a faint dark shade near the basal end of interspace 7. The spots in the cell of the secondaries are also very greatly reduced or disappear and the discal spots beyond the cell in HZ. cyanea are smaller and the red of the costal border in some speci- mens spreads downward into the discal area of the wing, as a faint reddish shade. The females in E. cyanea are marked exactly as are the males, but have much greater expanse of wing, and the postapical band of the primaries on the upper side is paler blue. The postapical band of the primaries is less prominent on the under side in both sexes of #. cyanea than it is ia E. cerulescens, and in some specimens scarcely appears. Expanse, o’, 60-65 mm.; 9, 70-85 mm. Types in The American Museum of Natural History; paratypes in Holland Col- lection in the Carnegie Museum. The Expedition brought back fourteen males and five females of this species, which I have carefully compared with a series of male specimens of E. cerulescens which I have in my collection from the lower banks of the Ogové River. The specimens were all captured at Medje, two males in April, the rest from July to September. Two of the males are aberrant in that they show a tendency in the postapical band of the primaries on the upper side to become whitish towards the costa. (217) 16. Euphedra karschi Bartel Euphedra karschi Barter, 1905, Nov. Zool., XII, p. 141. Aurrvruxrus, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 186. The collection contains four males of this well-defined species which were taken at Medje, two in June, one in July, andone in August. The specimens agree perfectly with a series in the possession of the writer, which were collected for him many years ago by Mrs. Reutlinger at Benito, Spanish Guinea. Mepon Group (218) 17. Euphedra medon innotata, new variety Plate IX, Figure 6, type, @ Papilio medon Linn=vs, 1763, Cent. Ins., p. 19; 1767, Syst. Nat., 12th Ed., p., 753. Euphedra medon Avrivituius, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 184, Pl. xiva. 180 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII Euphedra medon is represented in the collection by a series of seven males. All belong to a varietal form, long known to me but not hitherto described, to which I venture to apply the varietal or subspecific name 7znnotata. The form is characterized by being paler on the upper side than typical EL. medon, the coloration being glaucous and less inclined to greenish than in the typical form, and the dark markings less pronounced, harmonizing more thoroughly with the ground-color of the wings. The differences on the under side are pronounced and may be summed up in the statement that the submarginal spots on both the fore and hind wings are either entirely obliterated or so greatly reduced as to be almost invisible, and the transverse median light band of the hind wing, which is characteristic of the typical form, is either wanting entirely or survives merely as a small light-colored quadrate spot on the costal border. I have a small series of this form collected upon the Ogové River by the late Dr. A. C. Good, and they have long been standing in my collection awaiting a name. On the under side, because of the suppres- sion of the markings noted above, they are strikingly different from the typical form. The specimens returned by the American Museum Congo Expedition were all taken at Medje in June, July, and August. No other representatives of EZ. medon are in the collection. The type. a male, and several paratypes are in The American Museum of Natural History, paratypes are also in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. é (219) 18. Euphedra spatiosa (Mabille) Romalaosoma spatiosa MasruE, 1877, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, I, p. 278. Euphedra spatiosa Aurtvitutius, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 183, Pl. xive. There are thirty-six males and thirteen females of this species, all taken at Medje, except one male captured at Niangara in November. A few were taken in April, but the majority were caught in June, July, and August, several bearing the later date of September. (220) 19. Euphedra losinga (Hewitson) Romaleosoma losinga Hewr1son, 1864, Exot. Butt., III, Romaleosoma, PI. 1, fig. 5. Euphedra losinga Aurtvitui0s, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 183, Pl. xuvb, ec. There are two males and two females taken at Medje, one male in April, the rest in July and August 1910. EuryPHEeNne Westwood This is a large genus. There is great dissimilarity between the sexes in many of the species. A clue to the relationship between the males and females is, however, generally found by a close examination 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 181 of the markings on the under side of the wings. The females in many of the groups are wonderfully alike on the upper surface, and it is only by a careful study of the bandings and markings on the under side of the wings that it is possible to make a correct reference of the females to the corresponding males. Many of the females have not yet been figured in any work, although verbal descriptions of a number of them have been recently given by Dr. Aurivillius in the latest revision of the genus, which is contained in Seitz’s ‘Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde,’ Vol. XIII. (221) 1. Euryphene carshena Hewitson Euryphene carshena Hewrtson, 1871, Exot. Butt., IV, Euryphene, Pl. vu, figs. 31, 32, %. AuRIVILLIUs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 171, Pl. xuid, f. This species is characterized in both sexes by the presence on the under side of the wings, above the outer upper angle of the cell of the hind wing, of a broad, very conspicuous brown spot, which shows itself even more conspicuously in the case of the females than in the case of the males. The collection contains four males; two taken in April and two in September, and four females taken in July and August. All! the speci- mens were captured at Medje. (222) 2. Euryphene subtentyris Strand Euryphene subtentyris StRAND, 1911, Fauna Exot., I, p.37; 1912, Archiv f. Naturg., LXXVII, Suppl., 4, p. 118. Avrivitirus, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 172. This insect, which may be only a seasonal variety of EH. tentyris Hewitson, differs from the latter in the entire absence of the brilliant blue-green coloration of the costal area of the fore wing in the male sex. In indirect light there is a faint violet sheen discernible upon the disc of the fore and the hind wings. On the under side of the wings this form is absolutely like typical tentyris. We have large numbers of this form collected for us in southern Cameroon. The species is represented in the Congo Collection by a single male ‘specimen captured at Niangara, November 26, 1910. (223) 3. Euryphene abesa Hewitson Euryphene abesa Hewritson, 1869, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 84; 1871, Exot. Butt., IV, Zuryphene, Pl. vu, figs. 29, 30, o. Auriviuuius, 1912, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIII, p. 172, Pl. xd, e. . This species is represented by a pair caught at Medje on April 6, 1910. 182 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (224) 4. Euryphene absolon (Fabricius) Papilio absolon Fasrictvs, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 56. Euryphene absolon AURIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. 4thiop., p. 201, Pl. m1, fig. 5, #7. There are six males and one female of this species in the collection. - The female was taken at Medje about the middle of August 1910, and two males were likewise captured at the same place, one in May, the other in July. One male was taken at Avakubi, on October 20, 1909, and two males were caught at Niangara in November 1910. (225) 5. Euryphene entebize Lathy Euryphene entebie Latuy, 1906, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 5, Pl. m1, fig. 1, o. AURIVILLIvs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 172. Dr. Aurivillius regards this as a varietal form of E. absolon. I differ from him, however, for the reason that the female which I associate with the form (the male of which has been very accurately depicted by Lathy) is more like the female of zonara than the female of absolon; in fact, in my preliminary arrangement of the species I had referred the specimens of the suite before me to zonara, marking them as “dark var.” Typical zonara from the west coast of Africa is a somewhat smaller insect, the prevalent color of the upper side of the wings being bright reddish fulvous. The specimens of E. entebie before me are most of them larger than typical zonara, much darker in color, warm brown, banded with very dark brown, almost black, and they are all abso- lutely alike on the under side in having on the hind wings on either side of vein 6, just beyond the upper outer angle of the cell, a dark shade, accentuated, as is well shown in Lathy’s excellent figure, by two small light points, arranged vertically, one on either side of vein 6. The soli- tary female before me has a dark shade located at exactly the same spot, with indications of the lighter points. If designated as a variety of any of the well-known species already described, it seems to me it should be of zonara rather than of absolon. For the present I recognize it as a distinct species. The specimens vary a little in size.. Held in a very oblique position, they reveal a very slightly purplish blue iridescence, in this respect being somewhat like E. absolon var. micans Aurivillius, though in the latter the blue iridescence is much more evident. The collection contains twelve males and one female, which were all taken at Medije, the dates of capture including the months of April, July, August, and September. EE ES Se 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 183 (226) 6. Euryphene zonara (Butler) Aterica zonara BUTLER, 1871, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 81; 1871, Lep. Exot., p. 72, Pl. xxviu, figs. 1, 2. There are three males, all taken at Medje, one in April, the other two in September, and one female caught in the month of July. The figure of the under side of the wings of a male given by Aurivillius in his ‘Rhopalocera A&thiopica,’ Pl. m1, is that of a specimen in which the characteristic markings are not as strongly accentuated as in the speci- mens upon which I am reporting. (227) 7. Euryphene lucasi, new species Plate IX: Figure 4, @, type; Figure 5, 9, allotype o&. Upper side of both wings reddish fulvous marked with bands and spots of dark brown. Fore Wina: a dark spot filling the base of the cell, succeeded by a narrow angulated line, which in turn is followed by a large spot having the outline of the figure 8, succeeded by a second narrow angulated line, and this in turn followed - at the end of the cell by a large spot, which has its inner margin straight, but is sinuate on its outer margin; below the cell the basal area as far as the first mesial outer band of light spots is dark brown; the dark spot at the end of the cell and the dark area below the cell are succeeded by a mesial band of light spots, which, beginning on the costa beyond the end of the cell, runs first transversely toward the outer margin as far as vein 6, then turns abruptly and sweeps backward and downward to the inner margin of the wing which it reaches less than half its distance from the base. Beyond this series of light spots is a series of dark subquad- rate spots gradually increasing in width from the costa as far as the first submedian nervule, and then rapidly diminishing toward the inner margin. This band is suc- ceeded by a series of light lunate spots convex basad as far as vein two, and continued to the inner margin in a narrow curved line parallel to the line of the lower part of the first median series of light spots. This last line of light spots is followed by a series of subcircular dark spots on the interspaces extending from vein 6 to vein 1, below which the last spot of the series is quadrate. Beyond these spots there is another series of light sublunate spots convex marginad. The effect of the arrangement of the last-mentioned two series of light lines with their reversed curvatures is to produce the appearance of eyelike markings, with a dark pupil partly surrounded by red. The marginal border of the wing is dark, but not as dark as the inner series of dark bands and spots. At the apical extremity of the wing there is a general dark suffu- sion in which the spots and bands lose themselves. The cilia are dark brown, check- ered at the middle of each interspace with white. Hinp Wtna: fuscous on the inner margin, with the area below the cell for a short distance, and the base of the gell dark brown; the middle of the cell isreddish, marked with a figure 8 and a thin dark line at its end, both darker; beyond the cell is a dark shade or band, interrupted by a mesial band of bright reddish brown, which, beginning as a point in interspace 7, rapidly widens to vein1, where it ends abruptly. The two bands of light lines en- closing cireular dark spots, found on the primaries, are continued upon the secondaries and the marginal borders and cilia of the latter are much as on the former. The head, thorax, and abdomen are blackish above, as are the palpi; on the lower 184 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History {Vol. XLIII side they are grayish. The under side of both wings is pale gray, and all the mark- ings of the upper side are reproduced with modifications, most of them being greatly reduced in size, and those of the cells and the discal areas being pale but sharply de- fined externally by fine dark lines. Q. The female is larger than the male, as is always the case in this genus, and has greater expanse of wing. The arrangement of the spots and lines is substantially the same as in the male sex, with this difference that the light red spots of the upper side are prevalently light gray, except the inner mesial and the two succeeding series of light spots, which in this sex are light lemon-yellow, and the former of which on the secondaries is greatly expanded, forming a large diffuse yellow band occupying the middle of the wing. On the under side the markings near the end of the cell are compacted to form a very irregular dark band sharply defined externally, and having as one of its characteristic marks a narrow projection at the origin of the second and third submedian nervules. This is also to be detected in the male sex, and is a clue to the relationship of the two sexes. Expanse: o’, 50-55mm.; 9, 60-65 mm. Types in The American Museum of Natural History; paratypes in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. The species may easily be distinguished from all hitherto described by the narrow band of light yellow spots which crosses the primaries oi the female, as stated in the description, and which corresponds in its location to the inner band of fulvous spots in the male. I take pleasure in naming this species in honor of my friend of many years, Dr. F. A. Lucas, the Director of The American Museum of Natural History. The collection before me contains three males and three females, all captured at Medje, one female in April, the rest from June to Sep- tember. (228) 8. Euryphene mandinga Felder Euryphene mandinga Fevver, 1860, Wien. Ent. Monatschr., [V, p. 108. AuRIVILLIUs, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 201, Pl. m1, fig. 7, o. Of this-well known species there are four males and three females, all taken at Medje in August, except one female taken on September 1, 1910. (229) 9. Euryphene oxione Hewitson Euryphene orione Hewrrson, 1866, Exot. Butt., III, Zuryphene, Pl. v, text; 1871, loc, cit., 1V, Euryphene, P|, vint, figs. 36, 37, o. Dewrrz, 1866, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XXX, Pl. vu, figs. 1,2, 9. Avrivittrus, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 172, Pl. xute. The collection contains two males and five females of this well- marked species, all taken at Medje, the dates of capture including the months of April, June, August, and September. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 185 (230) 10. Euryphene partita Aurivillius Euryphene partita Aurivituivs, 1895, Ent. Nachr., X XI, p. 380. Euryphene aurivillii SraupinGeEr, 1896, Iris, VIII, p. 371, Pl. vit, fig. 3, &. Euryphene partita AuRIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 172, Pl. xuic, @. Of this easily recognized species the collection contains four males and eleven females, all taken at Medje, a couple of females captured in April, and all the remainder taken in the months of July and August. It may be worthy of note that the two females captured in April differ from the females taken later in the year in that they are without the bluish iridescence which is found upon the fore wings of the latter, indi- cating a seasonal variation in this respect. (231) 11. Euryphene iturina Karsch Euryphene iturina Karscu, 1894, Ent. Nachr., XX, p. 215. Aurtvi.urus, 1898, Rhop. AXthiop., p. 200, Pl. m1, fig. 1, 9; 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 173, Pl..xuib, co’, 9. The collection contains twenty-two males and seventeen females. The specimens were all taken at Medje, except two males which are ticketted as captured at Gamangui in June. The labels attached to the specimens taken at Medje show that a few were captured in April, but by far the greater number were taken in August and September. (232) 12. Euryphene fulgurata Aurivillius ‘ Plate X, Figure 11, 9 Euryphene fulgurata Aurtivituus, 1904, Ent. Tidskr., XXV, p. 95, fig. 35; 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 173. Two females taken at Medje, one in July, the other in August. (233) 13. Euryphene congolensis Capronnier Euryphene congolensis CAPRONNIER, 1889, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, XX XIII, Bull., p. CXxii. AuRIVILLIUs, 1898, Rhop. ASthiop., p. 200, Pl. m1, figs. 8,9, 7, @. This species is represented in the collection by thirty-five males and thirty-three females, all of which appear to have been taken at Medje, except one female caught at Stanleyville on August 18, 1909, and two females taken at Gamangui on June 17, 1910. The dates attached to the specimens captured at Medje show that a few were caught in April, but the great majority were taken in the months of July, August, and September. (234) 14. Euryphene phranza Hewitson Euryphene phranza Hewitson, 1865, Exot. Butt., III, Euryphene, Pl. u, figs. 7, 8. AURIVILLIUs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 173, Pl. xb. 186 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII This species is represented by a male and female, the former cap- tured at Medje on May 25, the latter taken at the same place on June 21. (235) _ 15. Euryphene severini Aurivillius Euryphene severini Aurtvitiius, 1897, Ofvers. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Férh., LIV, part 1,: p. 280, fig. 2, 2; 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 200, Pl. m1, fig. 10, 7. Of this species there are thirteen males, all labelled as captured at Medje in June, July, and August. With these males I associate five females, taken at Medje in the same months, which agree almost absolutely with the figure of this sex given by Aurivillius (loc. cit.), save that in the specimens before me the apex of the fore wing is some- what more pointed and not of precisely the shape given in the wood cut supplied by Aurivillius. I can see no difference in other respects; the markings are identical and, in spite of the fact that the fore wing of these females is somewhat more like the female of EL. sophus in showing a tendency to become falcate at the tip, I am reasonably certain that my reference is correct. It is to be observed that, while the fore wings are, as I have said, faleate, they are rounded at the extreme apex and not sharply acuminate as in sophus. (236) 16. Euryphene letitia Ploetz Euryphene letitia Putz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 192. Aurtviturus, 1898, Rhop. A&thiop., p. 200, Pl. 1, fig. 2; 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 174, Pl. x1Ic, o, 9. I refer to this species two males taken at Medje on May 6, 1910. While agreeing pretty thoroughly on the upper side with the figure of the male given by Aurivillius, there are some minor discrepancies on the under side of the wing but, without more material before me, I do not feel justified in differentiating the insect from £. letitia, with which it agrees more closely than with any other species hitherto described. In passing, I must call attention to the fact that Dr. Aurivillius is quite in error in sinking my £. castanea (cf. Canadian Entomologist, 1893, XXV, p. 1) as asynonym of EZ. letitia. It is totally distinct and, had Dr. Aurivillius known it other than by the verbal description I published, he would not have included it under £, letitia. (237) 17. Euryphene sophus (Fabricius) Papilio sophus Fasnicivus, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 46. Euryphene sophus Avnivit.ii0s, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 174, Pl. xure. Two males and two females captured at Medje are referable to this species. One of the males was caught on August 1, the other on Sep- 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 187 tember 27. One of the females was taken on August 13, the other on July 29. The latter female, which has the pre-apical band white, is referable to the varietal form named phreone Feisthamel. Except for the difference in the color of the transverse postapical band there is no » difference whatever between this form and true E. sophus (Fabricius). (238) 18. Euryphene phantasia Hewitson Euryphene phantasia Hewirson, 1865, Exot. Butt., III, Zuryphene, Pl. u, figs. 9-11. AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 176, Pl. xu1a. Three males and three females. One female which has the post- apical band of the primaries yellowish instead of white, as is the case with the other two, was taken at Ngayu in December, 1909. All the other specimens were captured at Medje, one male in April, the rest in July and August. (239) 19. Euryphene flaminia Staudinger Euryphene flaminia Svaupincer, 1891, Iris, IV, p. 110, Pl. 1, fig. 4. AURIvILLIUs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 176, Pl. xte. I refer to this species two males and a female taken at Medje, the female in April, the males in July and August. (240) 20. Euryphene maximiniana Staudinger Plate VII, Figure 10, 9 Euryphene maximiniana SiauvinGER, 1891, Iris, IV, p. 112. Avurtviturus, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 176. Four males and three females are referable to this species, which hitherto has only been reported from Cameroon. Six specimens were taken at Medje in June, July, and August, and one at Gamangui. (241) 21. Euryphene mardania (Fabricius) Papilio mardania Fasricivs, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 249. Euryphene mardania Aurtvituius, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. -177, Pl. XLe, d. Of this common species there are six males and four females. Two of the males and one of the females were taken at Medje in July and August, the rest were captured at Niangara in November 1910. (242) 22. Euryphene plistonax Hewitson Euryphene plistionax Hewson, 1874, Exot. Butt., V, Zuryphene, Pl. 1x, figs. 38, 39. AURIVILLIUs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 177, Pl. xe. Of this large and striking species there are two males and five fe- males taken at Medije, the dates of capture ranging from June to August. 188 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (243) 23. Euryphene barce (Doubleday) Aterica barce DouBLEDAY, 1847, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 59. Euryphene lesbonax Hewrison, 1864, Exot. Butt., IIl, Huryphene, Pl. 1, figs. &, 6, #7. Euryphene barce var. achillena Bartel, AurtviLuius, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 179, Pl. xub, 9. This species is represented in the collection by a single female, be- longing to the varietal form named achillena by Bartel. It was caught at Medje, May 6, 1910. (244) 24. Euryphene chloéropis Bethune-Baker Euryphene chloéropis BerHUNE-BAKER, 1908, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) II, p. 474. AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 178. I refer a single male captured at Medje in the early part of April to this species, with the description of which it appears to agree very closely, except in the expanse of wing. Baker records 72 mm. for the spread of the specimen he described, while the individual before me has a spread of only 58 mm. (245) 25. Euryphene luteola Bethune-Baker Euryphene luteola BetHunE-BakeEr, 1908, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) II, p. 474. AURIVILLIvs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 179. There are two males which agree very closely with the description given by Bethune-Baker and which I accordingly refer to this species. There are also two females which appear to me to be undoubtedly that sex of this species. As the female of Z. luteola awaits description, I may briefly point out that, as is always the case in this genus, they exceed the males in expanse of wing. The prevalent colors of the wings are paler on the upper side, the light areas inclining to blue and not to green as in the male. On the under side both wings are pale reddish brown, the base of the costal margin blue as in the male, and the other spots and markings as in the male but more diffuse and expanded. As in the species listed just before this, there is a discrepancy in the matter of the expanse of wing between the individuals before me and the male described by the author of the species. Bethune-Baker gives 77 mm. as the expanse, but the two males before me measure not more than 57 mm., while the females have a spread of from 68 to 70 mm. The specimens are from Medje. (246) 26. Euryphene rubrocostata Aurivillius Euryphene rubrocostata Auntvit.ivs, 1897, Ofvers. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Férh., LIV, 5, p. 279, fig. 1, 9; 1898, Rhop. Acthiop., p. 197, Pl. 1, fig. 5, o. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 189 The collection contains fifty males and four females, all taken at Medje, a couple in April, and all the rest including all the females, from July to September. Diestoeyna Karsch (247) 1. Diestogyna camarensis (Ward) Euryphene camarensis Warp, 1871, Ent. Mo. Mag., VIII, p. 35. Diestogyna camarensis AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 159, PI. xxxixd. A single male taken at Medje, in September 1910, (248) 2. Diestogyna goniogramma Karsch Diestogyna goniogramma Karscu, 1894, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XXXIX, p. 5, fig. 1. AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 160, Pl. xxxrxd. Of this species there are thirteen males and four females, all taken at Medje, a pair in April, all the rest from July to September. (249) 3. Diestogyna mawamba Bethune-Baker Diestogyna mawamba BeTHUNE-BakER, 1908, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) II, p. 476. AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 163, Pl. xxxvime. To this comparatively recently described species I refer a male taken at Medje on August 11, 1910 and a female taken at the same place on July 17, 1910. While the specimens slightly differ from the description given by Bethune-Baker, they nevertheless agree so thor- oughly with the figures given by Aurivillius that I think I am right in my determination. (250) 4. Diestogyna tadema (Hewitson) Aterica tadema Hewitson, 1866, Exot. Butt., III, Pl. Aterica and Harma, figs. 10- 12, o, 2. I refer to this species a male taken at Medje, on August 1, anda female taken on July 21, 1910. (251) 5. Diestogyna saphirina Karsch Diestogyna saphirina Karscu, 1894, Ent. Nachr., XX, p. 220. Aurrviiirus, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 166, Pl. xxxvuf. I refer to this species a series of eighteen males and fourteen females, taken at Medje, a few in April, the rest from July to September. (252) 6. Diestogyna melanops Aurivillius Diestogyna melanops Avrivituius, 1897, Ofvers. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Forh., LIV, 5, p. 282; 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 168, Pl. xxxvue. 190 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII This species is represented in the collection by three males, all taken at Medje, one in April, one in August, and one in September. (253) 7. Diestogyna doriclea infusca (Capronnier) Euriphene (sic) infusca CaPRONNIER, 1889, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, XXXII, Bull., p. exlv. Diestogyna doriclea infusca AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 168. This variety of D. doriclea (Drury) (ef. Ill. Exot. Ent., 1782, III, p. 50, Pl. xxxv1, figs. 5, 6), which occurs sporadically in collections which we have received from the tropical western coast, appears to be, as Aurivillius has already pointed out, the dominant form in the interior of the Congo Basin. It is represented in the collection by eight males and two females, all taken at Medje, a isdn in April, the rest in August and September 1910. (254) 8. Diestogyna amaranta Karsch Diestogyna amaranta Karscu, 1894, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XTX, p. 6, fig. 2. AURIVILLIUs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 169, Pl. xxxvutrf. There are two males of this species which agree perfectly with the figure and description given by Karsch. They were both captured at Medje in September 1910. (255) 9. Diestogyna gambie (Feisthamel) Euryphene gambie FristHamMe., 1850, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (2) VIII, p. 251, Pl. Ix, fig. 2. Diestogyna gambiae AuRIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 169, Pl. xxxviia. Of this well-known and widely distributed species there are eight males and nine females, all taken at Medje, a pair in April, the rest in August 1910. (256) 10. Diestogyna atossa (Hewitson) Euryphene atossa Hewrtson, 1865, Exot. Butt., III, Zuryphene, Pl. 11, figs. 1, 2, 2. Aterica amaxia Hewi1rson, 1865, Exot. Butt., III, Aterica and Euryphene, Pl. v1, figs. 8, 9,9. Diestogyna atossa AuRIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 169, PI. xxxvuila, b, Of this familiar species there are five males and three females, all taken at Medje in August and September. In addition to the ten foregoing species which are referable to forms already known and described, I find in the collection two specimens which have given me a good deal of trouble and which I can not refer to any species the descriptions and figures of which are known to me, 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 191 They belong apparently to what Dr. Aurivillius designates as his “Second Group” in this great genus. While I dislike very much to found a specific description upon single individuals, I nevertheless am constrained to do so in this case, as the insects are so evidently distinct from all other forms which have been described. (257) 11. Diestogyna kahli, new species Plate XII, Figure 13, 7 &. Closely allied to D. amaranta Karsch, but having the hind wing somewhat narrower than in the species described by Karsch, and differing totally in the distribu- tion and shade of the blue color on the upper side of the wings. In D. amaranta the blue color is evenly distributed over the entire surface of the fore wing and shows in certain lights a tendency to play into green. In D. kahli the blue of the wings on the upper side is deep pavonine blue, or intense cobalt, confined on the anterior -wing to a broad patch above the lower margin near the lower angle, and not invading the cell; the cell and the remainder of the wing being dark velvety brown. There is also in the type no indication of the presence of the small subapical pale dots which are shown in the figure given by Karsch as characterizing his species. On the under side of the wings there is a resemblance in the markings to those of amaranta Karsch, and mawamba Bethune-Baker, but in D. kahli the outer area of the fore wing is much lighter and is sharply contrasted with the darker basal area which sends forth tooth-like projections in a regular series on each nervule from the costa to vein 2. The hind wing is marked very much as in amaranta, but is richer and redder in tone, the basal and inner areas being laved with dark maroon. The fringes of both the fore and the hind wings are narrowly pure white on the upper sides, not so conspicuous on the lower side. In D. amaranta Karsch the white border of the hind wing . seems to be restricted to small white dots at the middle of each interspace. Expanse, 45 mm. The type, which is unique, was taken at Medje and is in The American Museum of Natural History. I take pleasure in naming this beautiful species after my friend and associate, Mr. Hugo Kahl, who has assisted me in arranging the collec- tion upon which I am reporting. (258) 12. Diestogyna rotundata, new species Plate XII, Figure 14, #7 &. This species in the matter of form is distinguished by the relatively great expanse of the hind wings, which, in their rounded outline and breadth, suggest the outlines of the females of this genus, rather than the males. The species in the outline of the wings comes nearer D. tadema in this respect, but the wings are relatively much broader and more fully rounded in outline than is the case even in that species. The wings on the upper side are brown, shot with pale lilacine blue over most of the surface of the primaries and upon the inner half of the secondaries, which have the costal area very broadly pale brown, shading on the costal margin into pale fuscous. The inner margin, as far as vein 1, is also fuscous. In the fore wings there are the usual 192 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII dark transverse markings in the cell. An obscure dark band runs from the costa to the end of the cell outwardly and downwardly to near the lower angle of the cell, and then passes perpendicularly downward toward the inner margin, which it does not reach, being lost in the general ground-color of the wing. This dark band is followed out- wardly by a paler bluish band succeeded by a dark shade extending from the costa toward the inner margin. Beyond this there are five or six light points, one on each interspace, these points are succeeded externally by a series of dark quadrate spots on the interspaces. There is a deep, dark brown submarginal band running evenly from just before the apex to the lower angle of the wing. The fringes are concolorous. The hind wing on the upper side is traversed by three bands of darker color, which are most strongly accentuated on the inner half of the wing and which fade out toward the costal area. The dark submarginal band which is found on the primaries reappears upon the secondaries, being most intense opposite the end of the cell. The wings on the lower side are pale reddish brown, variegated with darker brown spots and bands. The fore wings are paler in color than the hind wings; the basal area is pale chestnut- brown with an oval brown spot near the base of the cell and two transverse, quite broad, dark spots, one near the middle of the cell and the other at its end. ° All of these spots in the cell are defined outwardly by very narrow pale lines. A very pale light transverse band marks the division between the darker basal area and the lighter outer area of the wing. The series of small light-colored points near the apex of the wing on the upper side reappear on the lower side, where they are much more distinct than on the upper side, and are accentuated externally by deep brown shades. The submarginal band of the upper side appears quite faintly on the lower side, and the outer margin from vein 2 to vein 7 is laved with dark chestnut-brown. The hind wings on the lower side have the basal area darker than is the case in the fore wing, and are distinctly defined externally by a band of pale lilac. There is a minute dark spot in the middle of the cell, pupiled with lighter color and surrounded by yellowish scales. The outer half of the hind wing is more or less deep chestnut- brown, with a regular evenly curved row of six sharply defined white spots located, at the middle of the interspaces from just behind the costa, terminating before vein 2. The submarginal dark band of the secondaries reappears on the lower side in a series of dark lunulate markings parallel to the outer border but not quite reaching the inner border. The palpi on the upper side are dark, on the lower side pale brown. The thorax and the abdomen on the lower side are pale brownish white; on the upper side they are dark brown. The lower side of the wings recalls in some respects the markings of the under side of the species named wmbrina by Aurivillius, but in the outline of the wings, the color and shape of the markings, it is very different, and assuming that the figure of the species given by Aurivillius in Seitz’s work is adequate, I cannot reconcile myself at all to refer the insect before me to that species. Expanse, 53 mm. The type, which is unique, was taken at Medje. It is deposited in The Amer- ican Museum of Natural History. EuryPHuRA Staudinger This genus is but poorly represented in the collection, as is usually the case, for the insects do not appear to be common. It is a difficult genus, both because of the dissimilarity of the sexes and the variabilitv of the females, which are polymorphic in some species. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 193 (259) 1. Euryphura achlys (Hopffer) Harma achlys Horrrer, 1862, Peters, Reise n. Mossambique, Ins., p. 390, Pl. xxu, figs. 5, 6. There is one female, taken at Niangara in November, which agrees well with the figure given by Hopffer, and with specimens in my collec- tion from Zanzibar. (260) 2. Euryphura chalcis (Felder) Harma chalcis Feivrr, 1860, Wien. Ent. Monatschr., IV, p. 234. Euryphura chalcis AuRivILui0s, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 157, Pl. xxxvid. To this species I refer four males and an aberrant female. One male and the female were taken at Medje in August, the other three males were captured at Niangara in November. (261) 3. Euryphura plautilla albofasciata Staudinger Euryphura albofasciata StaupiINGER, 1896, Iris, LX, p. 213. I refer to this form a single female taken at Bafwabaka, January 7, 1910. It agrees quite thoroughly with the description given by Staud- inger. CymorHoE Hiibner The genus Cymothoé is characteristic of the hot, wooded lands of the Ethiopian subregion, to which it is confined. It offers a number of difti- culties to the student because of the great dissimilarity of the sexes in most of the species and the further fact that many species in the female sex are known to be polymorphic. Until the test of breeding the various species shall have been made, there will necessarily remain a measure of uncertainty as to the true relationship of various forms, some of which have been already named and described in one or the other sex and some of which prudent students have been holding in the hope of obtaining more light. ' The genus is rich in species, some of which are among the most beautiful insects found in the region they inhabit. The American Museum Congo Expedition returned good series of a number of the com- moner forms and, in addition, three species which I believe hitherto undescribed, the males of C. angulifascia Aurivillius and of C. aramis (Hewitson), of which hitherto only the females have been known, and other material which helps to confirm conclusions, already reached by the writer with the help of collections made for him in other parts of _ the general region, which in some respects are at variance with the pub- 194 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII lished opinions of some of his friends, among them Dr. Aurivillius, who has given us in Seitz, ‘Gross-Schmetterlinge’, Vol. XIII, the latest revi- sion of the genus. These things will be touched upon in what I shall have to say in regard to the several species in the following pages. (262) 1. Cymothoé theobene (Doubleday and Hewitson) Harma theobene DouBLEDAY AND HEwitson, 1850, Gen. Diurn. Lep., II, Pl. xt, fig. 3. Cymothoé theobene AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 144, Pl. xxxrvd. There are one hundred males and twenty-four females of this species in the collection. Most of them were taken at Medje, a few in April, the rest from June to October. A number are from Niangara, captured in November, and there are other individuals labelled as coming from Ngayu, Gamangui, and Munie Katoto. This is one of the commonest species of the genus, and almost every collection from tropical Africa contains at least a few examples. There is considerable variation in the size and marking of individuals, especially in the case of the females. I find, however, no female as large and as darkly colored as some I have from the Ogové River, the outer third of the wings in these specimens from the Congo being paler and the dark spots smaller in size than is the case with the material from nearer the western coast. There are several male specimens from Niangara and one from Medje which come near to the form named C. blassi by Weymer in which the transverse Ifght band on the primaries of the males is not sharply defined outwardly near the costa but fades insensibly into the general ground-color. The form is scarcely worthy of a varietal name, though it can easily be discriminated and, in fact, is the prevalent form on the eastern coast, whence I received a series some years ago, which were collected for me by the late William Doherty on the hills back of Mombasa. (263) 2. Cymothoé reinholdi (Ploetz) Harma reinholdi Putz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 194 (7). Cymothoé reinholdit Aurivitiius, 1894, Ent. Tidskr., XV, p. 305 ( 9); 1898, Rhop. AXthiop., p. 211, Pl. rv, figs. 6, 7 (cand 9). There are three males and one female, all taken at Medje, a pair in July and two males in August. (264) 3. Cymothoé theodosia Staudinger Cymothoé theodosia Siacvinorer, 1889, Stett. Ent. Zeit., L, p, 416. AuRtvi.itvs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 146, Pl. xxxvia, 9. Of this beautiful insect, stated by Staudinger to be a local race of C. beckeri Herrich-Scheffer, there are thirty-two males and eleven fe- OE a eS le 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 195 males. They were all taken at Medje, except a pair caught at Munie Katoto and a male taken at Risimu in September 1909. One rather dwarfed specimen is recorded as taken in April, the rest from July to September, but by far the larger number in the month of August. The insect is not a race of C. beckeri Herrich-Scheffer, but undoubtedly a valid species. (265) 4. Cymothoé confusa Aurivillius Cymothoé confusa Auriviiivs, 1887, Ofvers. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Férh., XLIV, p. 310; 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., p. 146, Pls. xxx1va, b, and xxxvia, One male taken at Niangara, November 20, 1910. (266) 5. Cymothoé colmanti Aurivillius Cymothoé colmanti Avurivitiius, 1898, Ent. Tidskr., XIX, p. 180, fig. 6; 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 147. A single male captured at Gamangui, February 4, 1910, is referred to this species. It corresponds very closely to the description and figure given by Aurivillius, and the very slight differences may be due to the fact that the specimen is a trifle worn and the marginal borders of the wings are not quite as distinctly marked as in the published figure. (267) 6. Cymothoé cyclades (Ward) Plate VII, Figure 6, 7 Harma cyclades Warp, 1871, Ent. Mo. Mag., VIII, p. 119; 1874, Afr. Lep., p. 14, Pl. x1, figs. 4, 5. Cymothoé cyclades AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 147, Pl. xxxrvb, o. One male taken at Medje, July 8, 1910. I refer this specimen to Ward’s species in spite of some minor, apparently individual, differences. It agrees very closely with specimens which I have from the tropical western coast and which I do not hesitate to identify with C. cyclades. (268) 7. Cymothoé diphyia Karsch Plate VI, Figure 6, 9 Cymothoé diphyia Karscu, 1894, Ent. Nachr., XX, p. 211. Avrrvinurus, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 149, Pl. xxxva, . Ten males caught at Medje, one in April, the rest in July and August, and one female, which I believe I am right in associating with the males, though it does not quite agree with the brief characteriza- tion of the female given by Aurivillius (loc. cit.). As no figure of the female of C. diphyia has thus far been published and all we know about 196 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII that sex is contained in the couple of lines printed by Aurivillius, it seems to me fitting that I should give a figure of the insect which I have determined to be the female of this species. The female assigned to C. diphyia by Karsch is unmistakably the female of C. theodosia, as has already been pointed out by Aurivillius. The species is closely related to C. fumana (Westwood). It differs in the male sex in having the outer third of the fore wing on the upper side tinged with ochreous (in C. fumana the apical third is creamy white) and in having the outline of the dark inner basal area of the fore wing straight or concave costad, while in C. fumana this area is strongly convex on the margin toward the costa. (269) 8. Cymothoé herminia Grose-Smith Plate VIII: Figure 1, &%; Figure 4, 9 Cymothoé herminia Grose-Smitu, 1887, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) XIX, p. 63. AvRIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 149, Pl. xxxva, o. There are eighteen males of this species, all taken at Medje in July and August. With these I associate a female, which I believe to be that sex of the species, and which I cause to be figured, as no description or figure of the female has heretofore been published. (270) 8a. Cymothoé herminia poénsis, new variety Plate VIII, Figure 2, 7 All the specimens of C. herminia taken by the American Museum Congo Expedition conform to the figures and descriptions of this species, which have been published by Grose-Smith and by Aurivillius, and are typical, having the dark band which outwardly defines the pale middle band of the primaries incomplete at its upper extremity, thus leaving the costal margin broadly of the same color as the middle of the wing, except at the tip, on which the outer marginal border is continued. There is, however, in my possession a male specimen of this species which was taken on Fernando Po for me by the late Dr. A. C. Good, in which the black band above mentioned extends all the way to the costa, and in which the dark submarginal markings are heavier than in the specimens from the Congo upon which I am reporting. To this varietal (insular) form I propose to give the name poénsis, and take the opportunity to figure it. Type in Holland Collection, Carnegie Museum. EE —————— eS 1920]. Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 197 (271) 9. Cymothoé langi, new species Plate VIII: Figure 7, &%; Figure 8, 9 ¢@. This species, which is closely allied to C. weymeri, C. staudingeri, and C. johnstoni, is easily distinguished from all of them by the fact that the light sagittate markings which cap internally the black dart-shaped submarginal spots on the inter- spaces are entirely suppressed on the hind wings, and also on the fore wings except in space 2, where the lower limb of one of these markings survives as a narrow line point- ing downwardly and outwardly, and on space 5, where there is an oblong light spot, slightly bifid at its outer extremity, and on space 6, where there is a faint linear streak of lighter scales on the dark ground of the broad outer margin. On the under side the mesial white band, which is much whiter than on the upper side, is narrower. and tapers from the costa of the fore wing to nearly the anal angle of the hind wing, being sharply defined outwardly by a thin almost straight dark line. Expanse, 60-63 mm. Q. With the males I associate, I believe correctly, a female, which rather closely resembles that sex of C. hewitsoni Staudinger. It differs from C. hewitsoni 9 in not having the white bar at the outer end of the cell of the fore wing and in not having the small black bar which occurs in C. hewitsoni at the end of the.cell of the hind wing. On the under side a difference presents itself in the fact that the inner dark area is defined outwardly by a straight line in C. langi, while in C. hewitsoni it is inwardly curved or concave on the secondaries, and at the point where this dark area terminates abruptly on the lighter ground of the fore wings in C. hewitsoni there is in-C. langi a thin dark line, which extends forward until it reaches the costal margin, about one-third of the distance from the apex of the fore wing. Expanse: <7, 60 mm.; ?, 70 mm. The type o’, and allotype 2, are in The American Museum of Natural History, together with a number of male paratypes. There are also several male paratypes in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. Type locality, Medje. The American Museum Congo Expedition took eleven males and the single female above described, one male having been captured at Gamangui in June, the female, which is the allotype, at Medje in June, and all the other specimens at the latter place in July and August. We also have two males taken by Mr. A. I. Good at Lolodorf, Cameroon, in November 1914, (272) 10. Cymothoé staudingeri Aurivillius Cymothoé staudingerit AURIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. A2thiop., p. 212, Pl. rv, fig. 5, o. Two somewhat defective males which I refer without doubt to this species, in spite of the fact that the light mesial band tends to coalesce with the light sagittate submarginal markings about the middle of the fore wing, the dark lunate lines which define these inwardly in the present specimens being fainter than in the figure given by the author of the species. In all other respects the specimens agree perfectly, both on the upper and lower sides, with the descriptions and figures of Auri- villius. The specimens were taken at Medje, one in July, and the other in September. 198 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIIT (273) 11. Cymothoé jodutta (Westwood) Harma jodutta Westwoop, 1850, Gen. Diurn. Lep., p. 289. Harma cyriades Warp, 1871, Ent. Mo. Mag., VIII, p. 120. Cymothoé aralus MaBrL_F, 1890, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) X, p. 22, Pl. 1, fig. 8. Cymothoé jodutta AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 152, Pl. xxxve, 7, Four males and one female taken at Medje in August and Sep- tember, and one female caught at Niangara in November. (274) 12. Cymothoé ehmckei Dewitz Cymothoé ehmckei DewitTz, 1886, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XXX, p. 302, Pl. vu, figs. 3, 4. AvRIVILLIs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 152, Pl. xxxvd, 0’, 9. Of this form, which is no doubt merely a local race of C. jodutta, there are twenty-two males and six females. All were captured at Medje from May to September, except one male which was taken at Niangara in November. (275) 13.. Cymothoé capellides, new species Plate VIII: Figure 6, C. capella Ward, &; Figure 5, C. capellides Holland, #7 Allied to C. capella Ward, but smaller in size, and easily discriminated from the latter species by the paler gray of the basal areas of both wings on the upper side and the outward extension of this darker area on both wings as well as by the presence of the characteristic dark markings of the gerius in the cell and beyond it on the upper side of the fore wings, these dark markings being suppressed in C. capella, the end of the cell and the apical third of the fore wing in Ward’s species being im- maculate, except for the marginal series of spots. Expanse, o", 50-55 mm. There are four males in the collection, all taken at Medje, one in May, the others in August. They show no variation among themselves. The type is in The American Museum of Natural History. Paratypes are in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. To make the distinction between the two species plain to the student I give a figure of a typical male specimen of C. capella Ward and of the type of the new species. (276) 14, Cymothoé cenis (Drury) Plate IX: Figure 3, C. conformis Aurivillius, 9; Figure 7, C. rubida Holland, 9 Papilio cenis Drury, 1773, Ill. Exot. Ent., I, p. 33, Pl. xrx, figs. 1, 2. Cymothoé canis Aurivitiius, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 151, Pl. xxxve, re There are fifty-six males and three females in the collection. Two of the females belong to the form named conformis by Aurivillius and one to the reddish form which I described many years ago in Psyche, VI, p. 215, without giving it a name. C. canis was bred for me in large numbers at Kangvé in the valley of the Ogové River and later at 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 199 Efulen in Cameroon by Dr. A. C. Good. The female is polymorphic, and at least four well-defined varieties in this sex are known. The commonest is that named althea by Cramer. The prevalent color of this variety is black, with the wings crossed by a white mesial band. Closely allied to it is the form called euthalioides by Kirby, in which the white mesial band is broader and more irregular than in althea. Our plate gives accurate representations of the other two varieties to which reference has been made and a verbal description is not called for. I take pleasure in designating the single specimen obtained by the American Museum Congo Expedition at Medje as the type of C. cenis form rubida, new form, 2, but have selected a more perfect specimen from my own col- lection taken at Kangvé for representation on the plate. I have many ex larva. The specimens of C. cenis brought back by the Expedition were almost all taken at Medje from June to September 1910, but there are a couple ticketted as taken at Gamangui in June, one is labelled as from Munie Katoto, September 1909, a few from Avakubi caught in October of that same year, and several from Niangara captured in November 1910. (277) 15. Cymothoé adelina (Hewitson) Plate VIII: Figure 9, o; Figure 10, ? Harma adelina Hewitson, 1869, Exot. Butt., IV, Harma, Pl. 1m, figs. 9, 11, 9. (Non Cymothoé adelina, #) AuRIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIIT, p. 152, Pl. xxxvd. ; Aurivillius in his ‘Lepidoptera Asthiopica,’ p. 215, makes C’. (Harma) altisidora (Hewitson) a synonym of C. adelina, regarding the former as being the male of the latter, which has priority. In Seitz, Gross-Schmet- terlinge, XIII, Pl. xxxvd, he depicts a male of the following species as that sex of adelina, and also gives a figure of a female which certainly does not conform to Hewitson’s type of C. adelina. However, this species is wonderfully variable in the female sex, as I have pointed out. I am convinced that Dr. Aurivillius isin error. I give on Plate VIII, fig. 9, a representation of the true male of C. adelina (Hewitson). Itisan insect closely allied to C. cenis, from which it consistently differs in always having the ground-color of the wings on the upper side deep Naples yellow and not white or creamy white, as is the case with C. cenis. With some hundreds of C. ceenis before me as I write, and a good series of C. adelina both males and females, the difference is plainly visible and strikingly constant. The females of C. adelina are exceedingly variable in the ground-color or tint of the wings, although the black spots ° 200 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII and bands are quite uniform in all specimens I have seen; and I have examined many scores of this sex. I do not possess a female as light in color as the one figured by Aurivillius, but some which come very near to it. Most specimens are some shade of orange-red, from that passing into dark sienna and even deep umber. Two bred specimens received some years ago from Dr. A. C. Good are almost black, the maculation being almost lost on the darkly colored ground of the wings. With these dark female specimens there emerged some females which are much lighter. The specimens belonging to the collection upon which I am report- ing were taken at Medje from June to September, except one pair, which was taken at Niangara in November. (278) 16. Cymothoé angulifascia Aurivillius : Plate X, Figure 9, @# Cymothoé angulifascia Aurtviiiies, 1897, Ofvers. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Forh., LIV, 5, p. 285, fig. 3, 2; 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 153, P]. xxxvib, Q. This species, of which hitherto only the female has been recognized, is represented in the collection before me by eight males and twofemales. I also have a fine pair collected for me more than twenty years ago by Dr. A. C. Good at Kangvé on the Ogové River. The females agree per- fectly with the description and figures given by Dr. Aurivillius. The males, by the markings on the under side of the wings, disclose their specific identity with the females. Aurivillius has provisionally placed C. angulifascia in the same group with C. sangaris (Godart) and itsallies. Now that we know the male sex of the species, it seems to me better to put it into what Aurivillius terms the ‘Canis Group.”’ I do not think it necessary to give a detailed verbal description of the male, as the excellent figure on the plate will enable any one to recognize the insect. It is, in fact, so far as the wings show, almost exactly like the male C. adelina in Seitz, XIII, Pl. xxxvd, but the markings on the under side agree with those of C. angultfascia Aurivillius and are reddish throughout. The specimens were all captured at Medje, three of the males in April, the rest from July to September. One of the females was caught in August, the other in September. (279) 17. Cymothoé sangaris (Godart) Nymphalis sangaris Govar', 1823, Enc. Méth., LX, p. 384, co”. Harma uselda Hewrrson, 1869, Exot. Butt., [1V, Harma, Pl. mm, figs. 18, 14, 9. Two male specimens, one taken at Munie Katoto, September 10, 1909, the other at Medje, June 10, 1910. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 201 - (280) 18. Cymothoé aramis (Hewitson) Plate X: Figure 1, #; Figure 2, 9 Euryphene aramis Hewrtson, 1865, Exot. Butt., III, Zuryphene, Pl. 1, figs. 16,17, 2. Adolias fuluomacula CapronniER, 1889, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, XX XIII, Bull., p. exliv, 9. Cymothoé aramis AuRIVILLIUs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 153, Pl. xxxvie, ie This species has hitherto only been known by the female sex, except by myself. For many years a series of males has been standing in my cabinets awaiting the coming of a favorable opportunity to describe them, which now fortunately arrives. Instead, however, of giving a long verbal description, I shall rely more upon the figure on the plate to aid the student in the identification of the species. The male is in outline and in the shape and location of the markings very much like C. anatorgis (Hewitson) (see Plate X, fig. 7, @; fig. 8, 2; specimens in Holland Coll.) but may be discriminated from that species at a glance by the quite different color of the upper side of the wings. In C. anatorgis the ground-color of the wings is deep blood-red, as in C. sangaris; in aramis the ground-color is dark ochraceous, the tint being very much the same as the ground-color of the wings in C. lurida or C. cyclades. The American Museum Congo Expedition brought back two males, which were taken at Medje, September 27, 1910. I havea series of males and females taken at Kangvé on the Ogové River more than twenty years ago. (281) 19. Cymothoé coccinata (Hewitson) Harma coccinata Hewitson, 1874, Exot. Butt., V, Harma, Pl. v1, figs. 24-26, #. Cymothoé coccinata AuRIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, Pl. xxxvic, 3; xxxvid, 9. Of this species the Expedition returned seventy-four males, all captured at Medje, except two which are labelled as taken at Gamangui in June. A few were taken in April, the remainder were caught from June to September. (282) 20. Cymothoé Regine-Elizabethe, new species Plate X: Figure 5, o, type; Figure 6, 9, ailotype o. The males are without the light spot about the middle of the costa of the secondaries on the upper side, which is a marked feature in C. aramis, anatorgis, and coccinata. The edge of the costa towards the base is simply narrowly laved with pale yellowish, which cannot be seen except by parting the fore and hind wings. The prevalent color of the upper side of the wings is warm vermilion, somewhat paler than in the case of C. coccinata, and much lighter in tone than in C. sangaris and C. ogova. 202 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII The wings are crenulate, slightly concave about the middle of the margin of the primaries and truncated at their lower angle thus resembling in outline the wings of C. sangaris, which is a much larger species. The hind wings are somewhat produced at the anal angle, but not more so than is the case in C. aramis and C. anatorgis. Both wings are defined outwardly by very fine black lines, except on their inner margins; both have a submarginal series of quite small black dots on the inter- spaces, those of the foie wing tending in a number of specimens before me to become obsolete, those on the hind wings, which are larger and more conspicuous than those of the fore wings, in some specimens tending to become arcuate or sagittate toward the anal angle. Q. The female in general appearance is not unlike the female of C. ogova (Ploetz), but the white transverse band on the upper side of the secondaries lies much nearer the base than in that species, and the dark basal area, which succeeds it in- wardly is correspondingly reduced in extent. The differences between the two sexes as shown by the upper side of the wings is clearly revealed in the figures given upon Plate X. Expanse, o°,52mm.; 9,65 mm. There are thirteen males and two females of this beautiful species in the collection. They were all taken at Medje (type locality) in July and August, except one male which is labelled as caught at Niangara in November. ; On the occasion of the visit to the Carnegie Institute by their Majesties, the King and the Queen of the Belgians, and of His Royal Highness, the Crown Prince Leopold, Duke of Brabant, on October 23, 1919, I had the honor of showing to Her Majesty, the Queen, a proof of Plate X of this paper, which was lying upon my desk. I requested Her Majesty to accord to me the privilege of naming this lovely butterfly in her honor, and she most graciously acceded to my request, expressing pleasure at the thought. It therefore bears the name of the Queen of the Belgians. The types are in The American Museum of Natural History; paratypes in the Holland Collection. (283) 21. Cymothoé ogova (Plcetz) Plate X: Figure 3, o"; Figure 4, 9 Harma ogova Pi@1z, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 1938, 9. Cymothoé ogova Aurtvi.i10s, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 154, Pl. xxxvib, 9. The male of this species has never hitherto been described or figured. I possess a series of eighteen males and twenty-two females bred for me more than twenty years ago by Dr. A. C. Good at Kangvé on the Ogové River. On Plate X, Fig. 3, I give a figure of the upper side of the wings of the male and in Fig. 4 a representation of the wings of the female. The male has a small shining white spot, girdled with black, at the very base 1920] - Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 203 of the hind wing, where it joins the body. In the general color of the wings it closely approaches C. sangaris, from which, however, it may at once be discriminated by the different form of the outline of the primaries, which are not as much excavated on the margin and truncated at the lower angle as is the case in C. sangaris. In the fine suite of females in my possession I detect some variation, and one female has the apical third of the wing not white, but reddish. For this slight variety the name rubescens may be proposed, if such things deserve to be discrimi- nated nomenclatorially. Expanse, 3; 52-60 mm.; @2, 60-75 mm. Messrs. Lang and Chapin did not take any specimens of this species, but I atone for the lack by donating to The American Museum of Natural History a pair taken from my cabinet. I have no doubt that it occurs on the Upper Congo, as well as in the valley of the Ogové. EvuPTEeRA Staudinger (284) 1. Euptera pluto (Ward) Euryphene pluto Warp, 1873, Ent. Mo. Mag., X, p. 59. One male taken at Medje the first week in August. PsEUDATHYMA Staudinger * (285) 1. Pseudathyma sibyllina (Staudinger) Pseudacrea sibyllina StaupINGER, 1890, Iris, III, p. 338, Pl. 1m, fig. 8. Pseudathyma sibyllina StaupinGER, 1891, Iris, IV, p. 90. Aurivillius,, 1912, Seitz, Grosz:-Schmett., XIII, p. 156, Pl. xirxe. One male taken at Medje the first week in August 1910. The specimen differs slightly from the descriptions and figures of this species which have been given by both Staudinger and Aurivillius. It would, however, be a mistake to attempt to describe it as a different species without more material at hand. There is before me a good speci- men of Pseudathyma neptidina from the Ogové Valley, which the speci- men somewhat closely resembles on the under side, but the absence on both sides of the long white bar in the cell of the fore wing, which is one of the diacritical marks of P. neptidina, forces me to assign it to P. sibyllina, with which it agrees better than with any other species which has been described. The specimens representing this genus in the col- lections of the world are thus far very few, and, beside the individual I am reporting upon and a few in my own collection, there are no others in America, and only half a dozen in the museums of Europe. No doubt the insect is common enough, but its mimetic resemblance to other forms which are so common as to make them almost unworthy of notice by collectors, has led to its having been overlooked. 204 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII EvuxanTHE Hiibner (286) 1. Euxanthe trajanus (Ward) Godartia trajanus Warp, 1871, Ent. Mo. Mag., VIII, p. 36. Euzxanthe trajanus AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 123, Pl. xxrxf. One male, Medje, September 1910. (287) 2. Euxanthe ansellica (Butler) Godartia ansellica ButiEerR, 1870, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 525. Euxanthe ansellica AuRIVILLUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 124, Pl. xxrxf, by error on plate there given as eurinome. Four males, one taken at Bafwabaka, December 3: the others captured at Medje, one in each of the months, May, peer: and Sep- tember. (288) 3. Euxanthe crossleyi (Ward) Godartia crossleyi Warp, 1871, Ent. Mo. Mag., VIII, p. 36. Euzxanthe crossleyi Aurtvitutus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 124. Three males caught at Medje, July 1910. CuHaraxes Ochsenheimer (289) 1. Charaxes epijasius Reiche Charazes epijasius Reicun, 1849, in Ferret and Galinier, Voyage en Abyssinie, Entomologie, p. 469, Pl. xxxn, figs. 1, 2. Aurivintirus, 1911, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIII, p. 126, Pl. xxxa. The species is represented by two males, one taken at Faradje, and simply ticketted ‘‘1911-1912,”’ the other labelled ‘‘Niangara, Nov- ember 20-25, 1910.” The latter is the more perfect specimen. This is the first record of this species from the Belgian Congo and extends the known range. It has been recorded from Senegal, Nigeria, and the Togo country and eastward to Abyssinia and Unyoro. (290) 2. Charaxes brutus angustus Rothschild and Jordan Papilio brutus Cramer, 1779, Pap. Exot., III, p. 82, Pl. coxut, figs. £, F. Charazxes brutus angustus ROTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1900, Nov. Zool., VII, p. 432. Charaxes angustus AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 126, Pl. xxxa. Without exception the specimens before me belong to the form to which Rothschild and Jordan have given the above name. This is also true of all the specimens which I have received from Cameroon and the valley of the Ogové River. It is the prevailing form in the hot, wooded lands of the central Ethiopian region, and is easily distinguished from typical C. brutus from Sierra Leone and adjacent parts. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 205 The collection contains ninety-six males, of which twenty-one are not as yet expanded. With the exception of one example taken at Baf- waboli, September 11, and another taken at Bafwasende, September 27, 1909, all of the specimens were captured at Medje, a few in the first week in April, the rest from early in July to about the middle of Sep- tember. (291) 3. Charaxes castor (Cramer) Papilio castor CraMER, 1775, Pap. Exot., I, p. 61, Pl. xxxvu, figs. C, D. Charaxes castor AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 127, Pl. xxxa. There are ten males of this well-known insect belonging to the characteristic West African form, which has the basal spots of the under side black instead of chestnut. Professor Aurivillius has proposed the subspecific name C. godarti for this form. One specimen was captured at Niangara on November 8, 1910. |The other examples were all taken at Medje, two in the month of May, the rest in July and August. (292) 4. Charaxes pollux (Cramer) Papilio pollux Cramer, 1775, Pap. Exot., I, p. 61, Pl. xxxvm, figs. Z, F. Charazxes pollux AuRIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 127, Pl. xxxb. One male taken at Bafwasende, October 23, 1909. (293) 5. Charaxes eudoxus (Drury) Papilio eudoxus Drury, 1782, Il. Exot. Ent., III, p. 44, Pl. xxx, figs. 1, 4. Charazes eudoxus AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 128. There are three males which I refer to this species. They were taken at Medje, one in May, one in July, and another in August. They are absolutely alike and may be distinguished at once from the following species by the great reduction in width of the silvery bands on the lower side of the hind wings, as well as by the prolongation costad of the median fulvous band of the fore wings on the upper side. The species is rare in collections. (294) S “Charaxes sischow! Rothaehild gad Joian Charaxes eudoxus mechowi ROTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1900, Nov. Zool., VII, p. 419; 1899, loc. cit., VI, Pl. vim, fig. 3. Charaxes mechowi AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 128, Pl. xxxe, name eudorus on plate an error. There are seven males of this species, agreeing throughout with others which we have from Cameroon. The figure given by Aurivillius (ef. Seitz, ‘Die Gross-Schmetterlinge des Afrikanischen Faunengebietes,’ Pl. xxx) does not agree with the specimens before me in not having the 206 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII dark markings of the outer angle of the fore wings accentuated, as they are in these specimens, by a short dark submarginal bar extending from vein 1 and vein 3, and defining the median band outwardly. Like the preceding form this is a rare species, the female of which has never, I believe, been found or described. (295) 7. Charaxes etesipe (Godart) Nymphalis etesipe Gopart, 1823,"Enc. Méth., LX, p. 355. Charazes etesipe AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 128, Pl. xxxe. This seems to be a very common species, judging from the number of specimens taken. Curiously, all of them are males. There are one hundred and thirty-three examples, all taken at Medje, a.number in the early part of April, the rest from the beginning of July to the early part of September. (296) 8. Charaxes protoclea Feisthamel Charazes protoclea Fe1sTHAMEL, 1850, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (2) VIII, p. 260. Charazes eson HerricH-ScuFFeErR, 1850, Aussereur. Schmett., figs. 9,10, 9. Charazes protoclea Aurtvitulus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 129, Pl. XXXIlIla. The collection includes one hundred and twelve males and four females. One male is labelled “‘Niangara, November 8-9, 1910,” another is from Faradje, captured in 1911. All the rest were taken at Medje, a number early in April, the remainder from the beginning of July to the middle of September. (297) 8a. Charaxes protoclea marginepunctata, new variety A number of specimens of this species have a well-developed series of submarginal black spots located on the cadmium-orange border of the hind wings. The vast majority of specimens of C. protoclea have only one such spot on the interspace between veins 7 and8. For this form with the submarginal spots I propose the above varietal name. The type is in the Holland Collection from Gaboon, paratypes are in the present collection, belonging to The American Museum of Natural History, and in the Holland Collection from various localities in tropical Africa. (298) 9, Charaxes cynthia Butler Charaxes cynthia Burier, 1865, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 626, Pl. xxxvu, fig. 3. Aunivitirivs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 130, Pl. xxxt1a, Of this species there are in the collection seven unexpanded and thirty-four expanded males. They were collected at Medje, a few in April, the rest from the end of June to the beginning of September. ee ae i... 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 207 (299) 10. Charaxes lucretius (Cramer) Papilio lucretius CRAMER, 1777, Pap. Exot., I, p. 129, Pl. txxxu, figs. EZ, F. Charaxes lucretius AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 130, Pl. xxxd. Of this well-known and common species there are before me in the collection forty-two males. One is labelled ‘‘Ngayu, December 14, 1909,” another “ Niangara, November 20-25, 1910,” and a third “ Baf- wasende, September 23, 1909.”’ All the others were taken at Medje, a couple in April, the rest from early in June to the middle of September. (300) 11. Charaxes smaragdalis Butler Charaxes smaragdalis ButTLeR, 1865, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 630, Pl. xxxv1, fig. 5. AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 131. There are twenty-two males in the collection, one labelled “‘Munie Katoto, September 10, 1909,” another “ Niangara, November 20-25, 1910.” The rest were taken at Medje, two in April, the remainder from July to the middle of September, most of them, however, in August. (301) 12. Charaxes numenes (Hewitson) Nymphalis numenes Hewirson, 1859, Exot. Butt., Il, Nymphalis, Pl. 11, figs. 9, 10, 11. Charaxes numenes AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 132, Pl. xxx1c. The collection includes ninety-eight males and one female, all of which were taken at Medje, a few in April, the rest from July to Sep- tember 1910. (302) 13. Charaxes tiridates (Cramer) Papilio tiridates CRAMER, 1777, Pap. Exot., I, p. 100, Pl. cux1, figs. A, B. Charazes tiridates AuRIviILLIvs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 132, Pl. xxx1b. There are one hundred and seventy-six males and one female of this species in the collection. They were all taken at Medje, quite a large number in April, the rest in July and August, except a few captured in the early part of September. (303) _ 14. Charaxes bipunctatus Rothschild Charaxes bipunctatus RoruscuiLp, 1894, Nov. Zool., I, p. 536. Auriviuxtus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmeit., XIII, p. 132. Seven males, one not expanded. All were taken at Medje, six in August, and one in September. (304) 15. Charaxes imperialis Butler Charaxes imperialis Butter, 1874, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 531, Pl. x1, fig. 3. AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 132. Ten males, all taken at Medie, one in April, one in July, and four in each of the months of August and September. 208 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII (305) 16. Charaxes amelie Doumet Charaxes amelie DouMET, 1861, Rev. Zool., (2) XIII, p. 171, Pl. v, fig. 1. Aurtvriuivs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 133, Pl. xxx1b. There are one hundred and ninety-two specimens of this species in the collection, forty-one of which have not been expanded. They are all males. They were taken at Medje, a number early in April, the rest from July to the middle of September. (306) 17. Charaxes hadrianus Ward Charaxes hadrianus Warp, 1870, Ent. Mo.Mag., VIII, p. 120. AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 133, P]. xxxtd. Represented by twenty-seven males, six not expanded, all taken at Medje. One was caught in April, the rest from July to September, but the greater number were taken in August. (307) 18. Charaxes nobilis Druce Charazes nobilis Druce, 1873, Ent. Mo. Mag., X, p. 13. Aurtviniius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 133, Pl. xxxutc. A single male specimen of this rare species was taken at Medje on May 29, 1910. It lacks one antenna and is slightly rubbed. (308) 19. Charaxes anticlea (Drury) Papilio anticlea Drury, 1782, Ill. Exot. Ent., II, p. 36, Pl. xxvu, figs. 5, 6. Charazes anticlea AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 134, Pl. xxxmid. _ Six males captured at Medje, the dates varying from July to Sep- tember. (309) 20. Charaxes hildebrandti (Dewitz) Nymphalis hildebrandtii Dewrrz, 1879, Nov. Act. Acad. Nat Cur., XLI, p. 28, Pl. 0, fig. 16. Charaxes hildebrandti Auriviturus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett.., XIII p. 134, Pl. XXXIIICc, Nine males taken at Medje from July to September. (310) 21. Charaxes etheocles (Cramer) Papilio etheocles Cramer, 1777, Pap. Exot., II, p. 34, Pl. exrx, figs. D, 2. Charazes etheocles AvniviLiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 135, Pl. xxxmb, Of this polymorphic and decidedly puzzling species there is a large series of males and a solitary female. The female, which was taken at Medje, June 28, 1910, does not agree absolutely with any form of the female figured by authors, but comes nearest to that given by Staud- as 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 209 inger. (Iris, 1896, TX, Pl. 11, fig. 4), which Rothschild and Jordan in their revision of the genus accept as the typical female of C. etheocles (cf. Nov. Zool., 1900, VII, p. 486). The males, of which there are one hundred and twenty-one speci- mens, belong principally to the form described by Butler as Charazxes holland: (ef. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1893, (6) XII, p. 266), and the form described by Staudinger under the name Charazes catochrous (cf. Iris, IX, 1896, p. 216), in which the basal two-thirds of the wings are whitish on the under side. There is one male taken at Niangara in September which fits the description given by Rothschild and Jordan of the form to which they have applied the name picta. There are some intergrading forms which are not exactly referable to any of those just mentioned. As is well known to students, the species with which we are dealing is excessively variable and it is not wise to attempt without the test of breeding to decide what are the exact relationships of the variant forms which every new collection from Africa reveals. The specimens, with the exception of the example of C. etheocles picta taken at Niangara, as mentioned above, and a male of C. etheocles hollandi taken at Faradje, were all collected at Medje or near by. The dates of capture are early in April in the case of a few specimens, but the majority are labelled as having been taken from July to September, but principally in August. (311) 22. Charaxes candiope (Godart) Nymphalis candiope Gopart, 1813, Enc. Méth., UX, p. 353. Charazes candiope AurRIvILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 138, Pl XXxIla, Of this species there are in the collection ninety-two males. With the exception of two taken at Niangara in November and one captured at Gamangui in June, they were all collected at Medje, a few early in April, the rest from July to September, principally from the middle of July to the end of August. (312) 23. Charaxes kahldeni Homeyer and Dewitz Charaxes kahldeni HomEYER AND Dewr1z, 1882, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XX VI, p. 381, Pl. vu, figs. 1, 2. Aurtvitirus, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 139. Of this pretty little species there are thirty-eight males, all taken at Medje from June to early September 1910. (3138) 24. Charaxes eupale (Drury) Papilio eupale Drury, 1782, Ill. Exot. Ent., III, p. 7, Pl. v1, fig. 3. Charazes eupale AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 140, Pl. xxxtte 210 Bulletin American Museum of Natural Hictory (Vol. XLII One hundred and sixteen males, two taken at Niangara in November, one at Gamangui in June, and the rest at Medje, a few early in April, the rest from June to September, but principally in July and August. Of the “washed out”’ form named C. dilutus by Rothschild and Jordan there are several examples. It is hardly worthy of a subspecific name, being connected with the more strongly marked form by intergrades. (314) 25. Charaxes nichetes Grose-Smith Charazes nichetes GRosr-Smitu, 1883, Ent. Mo. Mag., XX, p. 58. Charazes ogovensis HoLLAND, 1886, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XIII, p. 330, Pl. vm, fig. 2. Sr: Charaxes nichetes AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 140, Pl. xxxi1b. One male taken at Medje in September 1910. (315) 26. Charaxes porthos Grose-Smith Charazes porthos GrosE-SmiT#, 1883, Ent. Mo. Mag., XX, p. 57. Smr1n anp Kirsy, 1887, Rhop. Exot., I, Charazes, p. 2, Pl. 1, figs. 4, 5. One male taken at Medje in the beginning of August. (316) 27. Charaxes zelica Butler Charazes zelica BUTLER, 1869, Ent. Mo. Mag., VI, p. 28. Aurivituius, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 141, P!. xxx1b. One male captured at Medje early in August. (317) 28. Charaxes laodice (Drury) Papilio laodice Drury, 1782, Ill. Exot. Ent., III, p. 34, Pl. xxvu, figs. 1, 2. Charazes laodice AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 141, Pl. xxxtic. An expanded male taken at Medje, April 6, 1910, and another not expanded. (318) 29. Charaxes doubledayi Aurivillius Charazes doubledayi Aurivitutus, 1899, Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl., XX XI, p. 244; Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 141, Pl. xxx11e. A series of twenty-one males taken at Medje, a few in April, the rest from July to September. (319) 30. Charaxes mycerina (Godart) Nymphalis mycerina Govart, 1835, Ene, Méth., TX, p. 369. Charaxes mycerina AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett,, XIII, p. 141, One male taken at Medje in the first week of September 1910. The separation of the form C. doubledayi Aurivillius from C, mycerina (Godart) made by Prof. Aurivillius on the basis of the absence of the marginal blue spots on the fore wing of the latter form appears VO ee a 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 211 to the writer justifiable, but with long series of specimens before him from all pafts of tropical west and central Africa, he finds that a regular intergradation in this character occurs, and a regular series running from spotless C’. mycerina to much-spotted C. doubledayi can be arranged. Patta Hiibner (320) 1. Palla vologeses Mabille Palla vologeses MABILLE, 1876, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, I, p. 280. Charazes vologeses AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 139, PI. xxxuid, A solitary male specimen taken at Niangara about the middle of November. (321) 2. Palla fulvescens Aurivillius Palla fulvescens Auriviuuivs, 1891, Ent. Tidskr., XII, p. 216. Charazes fulvescens AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 139, Pl. xxxud. There are seventy-four specimens of this species before me, all of them being males. With the exception of one specimen which is ticketed “Niangara, XI, 20-23, 1910,” all were taken at Medje. A few were captured in the month of April, and bear no later date than the 6th of that month. One is stated to have been taken on June 11. All the rest were taken at dates ranging from July 3 to September 6, 1910. From the evidence of the labels it would appear that the species is at least double-brooded, and there may be three broods during the year. (322) 3. Palla decius (Cramer) Papilio decius CRAMER, 1777, Pap. Exot., II, p. 26, Pl. cxrv, figs. A, B. Palla decius Auriviiiius, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 141, Pl. xxxuid. There are three males before me, two of which were taken at Medje about the middle of July, and one at the same place near the end of August. | (323) 4. Palla ussheri Butler Palla ussheri Butier, 1870, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 124; 1871, Lep. Exot., p. 52, Pl. xx1, fig. 3. AuRivrLiius, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 141, Pl. xxxiid. This species seems to be vastly more common at the places where collections were made than the preceding. There are fifty-seven males. With the exception of one specimen, labelled ‘Risimu, September 8, 1909,”’ all were taken at Medje, a few early in April, the rest from the first week of July to the middle of September. | 212 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII PuHitocnoma Westwood (324) 1. Philognoma lichas bebra (Rothschild) Charazes lichas bebra Rotuscuixp, 1900, Nov. Zool., VII, p. 507. Charazes bebra AuRIviLLIvs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 139. The collection contains thirty-four males and one female referable to this form. The males differ markedly from the typical form which occurs on the Gold Coast, the dark area of the apical portion of the wing being invaded internally by the lighter color of the body of the wing, as pointed out by Rothschild. The female, however, does not differ at all from females of the typical form in the collection of the writer from Sierra Leone and Cameroon. They were all collected at Medje, except one labelled as taken at Gamangui on February 6, 1910. The dates of capture run through the months of July and August, with the foregoing exception. (325) 2. Pbilognoma paphianus (Ward) Charazes paphianus Warp, 1871, Ent. Mo. Mag., VIII, p. 120. Philognoma falcata Butter, 1872, Lep. Exot., p. 101, Pl. xxxvum1, fig. 1. Charazes paphianus AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 139, Pl. xxxua. There are in the collection sixty-five males, of which nine are not expanded. With the exception of a single specimen labelled as taken at Gamangui, June 6, 1907, all were captured at Medje, the dates ranging from early in June to about the middle of September. The specimens show very little variation. Monvra Mabille (326) 1. Monura zingha (Cramer) Papilio zingha Cramer, 1780, Pap. Exot., IV, p. 53, Pl. ccexv, figs. B, C. Charazes zingha Aurtvitutus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 128, Pl. xxxnd. This species is represented by one hundred and thirty-one males and three females. With the exception of one male which is labelled as having been taken at Niangara on September 26, all of the specimens were captured at Medje. A few were taken in the first week of April. The greater number were captured in July and August, the earliest date being June 30, and.the latest September 9, 1910. Libytheide LisytH#ea Fabricius (327) 1. Libythea labdaca Westwood Libythea labdaca Westwoon, 1851, Gen. Diurn. Lep., I, p. 413, note, Pl. yxvin, fig. 6. Dichora labdaca Scuvpen, ef, infra. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 213 Libythea labdaca Avriviuutus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, Pl. xia. Of this interesting insect, for which the late Dr. 8S. H. Scudder proposed the generic name Dichora (cf. Report U.S. Geol. Survey, VIII, part 1, p. 470) there are nineteen specimens: six taken at Medje, four in June, one in August, and one in September 1910; three collected at Basoko in July, 1909; three taken at Isangi and one at Stanleyville in August 1909; four collected at Avakubi in September 1909; and two badly worn examples taken at Lubila in the same month and year. This butterfly in some years is quite scarce and only occasional examples are taken; and again it appears in enormous numbers, fairly swarming, as I have been informed by collectors resident in Cameroon and on the Gold Coast. Lemoniidez Azpisara Felder (328) 1. Abisara rogersi Druce Abisara rogersi Druce, 1878, Ent. Mo. Mag., XV, p. 101. Abisara geryon Dewrrz, 1889, Ent. Nachr., XV, p. 105, Pl. 1, figs. 3, 4. A solitary male, captured at Niangara in November 1910. (329) 2. Abisara intermedia Aurivillius Abisara intermedia Aurtvitutus, 1895, Ent. Nachr., X XT, p. 381. There are two males of this form, both taken at Medje, one in April, the other in September. With these I associate three females, one taken in each of the months April, July, and September at the same place. They agree with the males on the under side of the wings. (330) 3. Abisara rutherfordi Hewitson Abisara rutherfordii Hnwrrson, 1874, Ent. Mo. Mag., XI, p. 56. Abisara rutherfordi AuRIvILLIus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, Pl. ux1b. There are three males and two females of this species captured at Medje, one female in June, all the others in August. Lycenide The genera and species of this family known to occur in the region of the Congo are not only very numerous, but of the highest interest. The Ethiopian Subregion is the metropolis of some of the most aber- rant forms of this great family, which display to a wonderful degree the phenomena of “‘mimicry.’”’ Many species are gorgeously beautiful and bizarre in their coloring, and in their habits are no less wonderful, quite a large number of them being in their larval state carnivorous, or ento- mophagous, and many being myrmecophilous. 214 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIIT The collection assembled by the American Museum Congo Expe- dition is very limited both in the number of specimens and species, and is by no means representative of this portion of the fauna. Nevertheless, it possesses the highest interest, and it is to be regretted that the gentle- men in charge had not the opportunity to devote more time to careful collecting in the parts which they visited. Small as is the collection, it contains a number of novelties, thus showing how much might have been ascertained had the native collectors been induced to turn their attention to this particular group. In proportion to the number of specimens brought back, the number of species new to science is considerable. ‘There are also some species which, until the present time, have been very inade- quately represented in the collections of the world and which it has been a pleasure to the writer to study and examine. Lipteninse Teurpna Aurivillius (331) 1. Telipna rothioides, new species Plate XII, Figure 7, @ 9. Near 7. rothi Grose-Smith, but may be distinguished from that species by the facts that on the upper side of the primaries the transverse reddish yellow band does not reach the costa, as it does in 7’. rothi, that the black marginal border on the upper side of the secondaries is broader than in 7’. rothi, and by the further fact that on the under side of the secondaries the marginal row of white spots surrounded by black terminates abruptly at vein 5, and does not completely encircle the wing as is the case in 7. rothi. There are other minor differences, but those stated will enable the student to discriminate this form from 7. rothi, to which, until I had made a critical examination, I was inclined to refer it, and which it otherwise superficially resembles. The collection contains two females, both captured at Medie, one in April, the other in July, The latter is designated as the type and is in The American Museum of Natural History in New York; the former, which is the paratype, isin the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum in Pittsburgh. (332) 2. Telipna medjensis, new species Plate XII, Figure 8, 9? 9. Near 7. nyanza Neave (cf. Novitates Zoologice, 1904, XI, p. 335, Pl. 1, fig. 19). It differs, however, from the species described and figured by Neave in im- portant particulars. The subapical white spot of the primaries is much larger than in 7. nyanza, extending from vein 4 to vein 8, and reappears conspicuously on the under side of the wing, which is not the case in Neave’s species. On the under side this spot is bordered inwardly by a heavy black bar, running from the costa to vein 4, and on the under side this spot is not defined outwardly by dark markings, and the entire apical region beyond it, save immediately on the costa, is immaculate yellowish ‘ 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 215 red, like the ground-color of the rest of the wing. The under side of the secondaries also differs from 7. nyanza in that there are five, instead of three black bars on the costa, as in the latter species, the third from the base running downward across the end of the cell. There are also two minute black dots, one above the other, in the cell beyond its middle, and in interval 5 there is a conspicuous squarish black spot. Furthermore the black outer border of the secondaries on the lower side terminates abruptly at the extremity of vein 5, as in the preceding species, the pale yellowish red ground-color between veins 5 and 7 extending outwardly quite to the border of the wing, separated from the cilia only by a very narrow black marginal line. The cilia are broadly checkered with white between the extremities of the nervules where they are black. Succeeding the fine black marginal line there is a row of sublunate white spots sharply defined upon the deep black border, extending from the anal angle as far as the interval between veins 3 and 4. At a remove of about two millimeters from this row of spots basad there is another row of similar larger white spots, each spot totally surrounded by the deep black of the border, which terminates in- wardly just above them. Expanse, 50 mm. The type, which is from Medje and is unique, is in the American Museum of Natural History. (333) 3. Telipna bimacula (Ploetz) Pentila bimacula Pia@rz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 199. The species is represented by but one female specimen, which is in The American Museum of Natural History. It was taken at Niangara about the middle of November 1910, and does not differ in the least from long suites of the species which we possess from the valley of the Ogové and from Cameroon. PENTILA Westwood (334) 1. Pentila clarensis Neave Plate XII, Figure 11 upper side”, from Faradje; Figure 12 upper side , from Basoko — Pentila clarensis NEAveE, 1903, Ent. Mo. Mag., XX XIX, pp. 136-137. There are two specimens taken at Faradje, “1911-1912,” which agree so closely with the description of this species that I have no doubt that they represent it. There are four other specimens, one taken at Basoko in July 1909, two captured at Gamangui in June, and one taken at, Medje in July 1910, which in the main agree with those taken at Faradje and which cannot be separated from them specifically. These four appear to me to be at most representatives of a seasonal or local variety, the only difference being the increased size and therefore more prominent appearance of the spots on the upper and lower sides of the wings. In the specimens from Faradje the discal spots are much re- duced in size, and some are almost obsolete, as Neave points out to have been the case with some of the specimens before him when he wrote his 216 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT description. The specimens from Gamangui, Basoko, and Medje agree very closely with each other in every particular and have a facies which is somewhat different from the specimens taken at Faradje. When an analysis of the facts is made, however, it clearly appears that the only real difference is due to the uniform enlargement of the various spots upon the wings. As Neave points out, this insect is a close mimic of Pardopsis punctatissima. This is particularly true of the specimens with the enlarged spots. From P. pauli Staudinger the insect may be discriminated by the fact that the elongated marginal spots, one in each interval of the upper and lower wings, do not entirely reach to the margin, as they do in P. pauli (ef. Rhop. Athiopica, p. 261. where Aurivillius has given us a figure of that species), but constitute a distinct and regular submarginal series, separated from the thin marginal line by an appreci- able interval. Many of the spots are, as Neave points out, ‘‘monili- form,’’—I should say having the shape of a dumb-bell, especially in the apical region of the fore wing. The species is in.my judgment valid and not to be confounded with P. pauli, which in size and general appearance it somewhat resembles. I discover that we have a series of finely preserved specimens of the species from the interior of Cameroon, collect- ed some years ago by Mr. A. I. Good and awaiting a convenient season for its study, which the arrival of the Lang-Chapin material has created. (335) 2. Pentila cletensi Aurivillius (?) Plate XII, Figure 9, @ Pentila cletensi AuRtvILLIvs, 1897, Ent. Tidskr., X VIII, p. 214, fig. In the markings of the fore wing agreeing entirely with the descrip- tion and figure of P. gletensi given by Aurivillius, but quite different in the form and arrangement of the spots on the outer border of the hind wing. In the specimens before me the marginal row of spots on the secondaries are located at the tips of the veins and are quite large, sagittate, pointing inwardly and running for some distance along the nervules basad, much as in P. auga Karsch, or in some heavily marked specimens of P. abraxas Doubleday and Hewitson. I refer the specimens provisionally to P. cletensi Aurivillius, with which they agree more closely than with any other species, realizing that there is in this genus more or less variability in the number and size of some of the markings, as is shown by long suites of many of the species in my possession. Itisa doubtful procedure to erect species in the genus Pentila, basing them upon the presence or absence of some of the spots, or their size. The collection contains two males taken at Medje, one in August, the other in September. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 217 PsEUDERESIA Butler (336) 1. Pseuderesia libentina (Hewitson) Liptena libentina Hewirson, 1866, Exot. Butt., III, Pl. Liptena and Pentila, figs. 8, 9. Pseuderesia libentina Aurivi.utus, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 267. A somewhat poorly preserved female taken at Medje about the middle of August is referable to this species. The type of P. (Liptena) libentina (Hewitson) is lost, and some years ago, when I consulted the collection of Hewitson in the British Museum, it had been replaced by two specimens of other species. The specimen from Medje, however, agrees so well with Hewitson’s figure and other specimens referred to this species in the collections at Pittsburgh that there seems to be no doubt of the correctness of the determination. Epitoline Epr1irota Westwood ’ (337) 1. Epitcla langi, new species Plate XII, Figure 10, @# &. The fore wing acuminate at apex, slightly concave below the apex and a little rounded at the lower angle. Hing wing rounded externally, a trifle elongated. Thorax and abdomen black above, pale brown below. On the upper side both wings are dark brown, almost black, feebly revealing in certain lights a deep violet-blue sheen, especially on the disk of the primaries and the inner half of the secondaries. This color only reveals itself in a strong lateral light; in direct vision the wings appear to be almost uniformly dark brown or black. The cilia are concolorous. On the under side both wings are pale smoky brown, except on the inner margin of the primaries near the angle, where they are pale bluish gray, a shade or two lighter than the ground-color of the wings. About the end of the cell of the fore wing there is a vertical row of four small pale spots extending from the costa to the lower angle of the cell, and in the apical area of this wing there is a row of four or five similar spots just before the outer margin extending from the apex to the interval between veins 3 and 4, at the furthest. The hind wings on the lower side have a row of pale basal spots, three in number, quite small and faint. These are followed by a series of similar subbasal spots, which are also not conspicuous, but clearly defined. In the middle of the cell is a quadrate darker spot defined before and behind by thin pale lines, which I reckon as belonging to the subbasal series. Crossing the wing from the costa to the inner margin is a curved and twice dislocated line of small pale spots, two of which just at the end of the cell are the most conspicuous. This median row of small light spots is succeeded by a postmedian row, quite regularly curved and extending from the costa to the inner margin, a spot in each intraneural space. This row is in turn succeeded just before the margin by a regular row of submarginal spots somewhat crescentic in form. The cilia on the underside are dark as on the upper side. Expanse, 29 mm. The type, which lacks antenne and is in this respect defective, is unique. It was taken at Medje, August 19, 1910 and belongs to The American Museum of Natural History. 218 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. X LIII I dislike to found a new species upon a solitary defective specimen, but, after examining every picture of an Epitola which has been published and reading carefully every description which has been printed, I am convinced that the little butterfly before me has never been described or figured, at least not in such manner as to make either figure or de- scription recognizable. The insect most nearly approaches EL. mangoénsis Bethune-Baker (cf. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1908, Pl. vu, fig. 6). The outline of the wings is the same, but the markings below differ. It is odd that the only specimen of the genus Epitola brought back from the Congo by the expedition should turn out to be hitherto nondescript. There are now nearly fifty species of the genus known from the region of which the Belgian-Congo forms a part. Lycenine MEGALOPALPUS Rober The separation of the African species under the generic name Megalo- palpus Rober from the Asiatic forms, which have been described under the generic names Gerydus Boisduval and Paragerydus Distant is in the opinion of the writer a rather unnecessary refinement, based upon struc- tural differences which are so microscopic as hardly to be worthy of regard. We are reaching a time when the discriminating instincts of authors, who carry on their labors with the help of compound micro- scopes, will demand the erection of a genus for every species, not only in entomology, but all the other zoological sciences. The so-called ‘species’ of Megalopalpus found in tropical Africa seem to the writer to be in a state of confusion at the present time. Aurivillius in his ‘Rhopalocera Awthiopica,’ p. 300, recognizes three species. The first is M. zymna (Westwood), originally figured in Doubleday and Hewitson’s ‘Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera,’ who in their plate represent a rather small insect, apparently belonging to the female sex, in which the posterior border of the secondaries is broadly margined with black. The second species recognized by Aurivillius is M. simplex Réber, in which the hind wings are more narrowly bordered with black and in which the markings of the under side of the wings are as described by Aurivillius in his analytical key. This species Aurivillius regards as having been redescribed by Capronnier under the name bicoloraria, and also re- described by Kirby and refigured by Smith and Kirby under the specific name similis. The third species admitted by Aurivillius is 7. metaleucus Karsch, which, according to Professor Aurivillius, is the insect figured as M. zymna by Smith and Kirby. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 219 It happens that the present writer has before him a very large series of specimens of the genus from various parts of Africa where it is found. Over this mass of specimens he has long pored in the attempt to bring order out of what seems chaos. Every one of the forms admitted by Aurivillius to have specific rank is to be found in this series, but there are so many intergrading forms that it is impossible to decide where one species begins and the other ends. Of course, by selecting those which tally with the forms already named and described and de- stroying the rest, a semblance of specific security for these forms might apparently be produced. But such a procedure would not be scientifi- cally honest. In the first place, there is great variability in size among specimens marked alike. Some are only 22 mm. in expanse, and they range through various measurements up to 45 mm. in expanse. Some have the outer margins of the secondaries heavily bordered with black; in other specimens the hind margins are altogether free from black on the margins; and there are intergrades between the two extremes. Some are absolutely free from markings of any kind whatever on the lower side of both primaries and secondaries; others are heavily marked, as described and figured by authors; and there is every grade of difference from those which are plain white on the under side to those which are figured as is the insect named M. zymna by Smith and Kirby and figured by them as such. Those with the light hind margins have the same maculation on the under side as those which have the heavy hind margins. Nothing is absolutely fixed, and there is no key to the puzzle, if regard be had to the maculation and markings of the wings. The fact is, I am convinced, that we are dealing here with a species characterized by great variability, both in size and markings. We have over one hundred specimens collected at one locality in the Cameroons during one summer. All of the so-called species are represented in the bunch, and the writer, if he were disposed to do so, might describe several others from the same catch, if he were willing to select some of the inter- grading forms and dwell upon the presence or absence of this or that spot, or the slight variations in shade which occur. Differences are plainly and clearly distinguishable, but to the mind of the writer they do not show specific diversity. They represent merely individual variation, and he is inclined to the belief that the whole congeries of variant specimens are after all only referable to M. zymna (Westwood), a protean species. There are vastly more females than males in the collec- tion and, strangely enough, a multitude of the females are greatly dwarfed, most of the specimens only measuring 22 mm. in expanse of 220 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII wings, though some females, identically marked, are greatly hypertro- phied. The insects are myrmecophilous, and perhaps some peculiarity in their mode of nutrition in the larval state, the relative ease or diffi- culty with which they secure their sustenance in this stage of their existence, may account for the very abnormal difference in the size of individuals. Until some observer carefully works out their life-history by breeding we shall not have a solution of the problem with which the present writer feels himself confronted. (338) * 1. Megalopalpus zymna (Westwood) Miletus zymna WeEstwoop, 1852, in Doubleday and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep., II, p. 503, Pl. uxxv1, fig. 7. (? M. simplex RéseEr, M. bicoloraria CAPRONNIER, M. similis Kirpy, M. metaleucus Karscu, M. zymna Smita and Krrsy.) The collection contains three specimens, all females, taken at Medje, no two of which are exactly alike, though each of which can be matched in any large collection such as that in the possession of the writer. They are as follows. a. Q. Dwarfed, expanse 24 mm., markings of the under side as in M. simplex, but almost obsolete and so pale as only to be detected by close scrutiny. Like a score of specimens before the writer from Lolo- dorf, Cameroon. Taken at Medje, June 27, 1910. b. Q. Expanse 43 mm. Combining on under side characteristics of M. simplex, as defined by Aurivillius and shown in Rdéber’s photo- graph, and characteristics of M. zymna, as depicted by Smith and Kirby =M. metaleucus Karsch, fide Aurivillius. On the upper side of the secondaries dark border reduced to a mere trace. Taken at Medje, September 27, 1910. Can be matched by numerous specimens in collec- tion of writer, some with black hind borders on upper side of hind wings, some without such borders, some light on the under side, some dark, some fulvous, some slaty gray, as in Smith and Kirby’s figure (‘Afr. Lycenide,’ Plate x11, figs. 1, 2). c. 9. Smaller than the preceding specimen. Expanse, 33 mm., with the hind margins of the secondaries much broader and darker than in that specimen, but the markings of the under side much paler, though closely resembling those of specimen 6. Taken at Medje, August 1910, Lacunocnema Trimen This is another myrmecophilous genus which stands in much need of intelligent revision. The writer has a mass of material at his com- mand, collected in tropical East Africa and in tropical West Africa, as 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 221 well as material received in the past from the late Dr. Roland Trimen, collected in the Transvaal. The study of this shows that there are either a number of closely related forms which have not been hitherto discriminated or that the species are remarkably variable. This is not, however, the place to take up the discussion of this subject. (339) 1. Lachnocnema reutlingeri Holland Lachnocnema reutlingeri Houuanp, 1893, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) X, p. 286. AURIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Athiop., p. 302, °. Arrugia umbra SmiTrH AND Kirpy, 1901, Rhop. Exot., III, Afr. Lycenide, p. 128, Pl. xxvu, figs. 5, 6, @. _ The American Museum Congo Expedition brought back two males, neither very well preserved, which represent this species. We have in the Carnegie Museum fifty-five males and ten females, including the type - of the species. The two specimens taken at Medje in July and August have been compared with these and they agree absolutely. The writer has a suspicion that L. luna H. H. Druce (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1910, p. 368, Pl. xxxrv, fig. 5) is only a slight varietal form of this species, and that L. magna Aurivillius may only be an albinic female of the same insect. In fact, he has a specimen of a female in which the yellow color of the upper side is so pale that it might almost be termed white and which seems rather closely to agree with the descrip- ion given by Dr. Aurivillius. Devporix Hewitson (340) 1. Deudorix elealodes Bethune-Baker Deudorix elealodes BETHUNE-BAKER, 1908, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 112, Pl. rx, fig. 6. : There are two somewhat imperfect male specimens of this pretty species taken at Medje, one in June, the other in August. As the author points out, the species is near to D. eleala Hewitson, from which, how- ever, upon comparison it may be distinguished at a glance by the heavenly ultramarine blue of the upper surface, which strongly contrasts with the greenish blue ground-color of its ally, by the almost complete obsolescence of the lobe-spot on the under side of the hind wing, and by the much reduced width of the transverse lines on the under side of both wings. (341) 2. Deudorix batikelides, new species &. Closely resembling D. batikeli Boisduval on the upper side, but with dark markings near the anal angle of the secondaries less prominent. On the under side lacking altogether the three basal spots which are conspicuous upon the secondaries 222 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII of Boisduval’s species, and with the wings throughout evenly pale warm gray, with the tranverse lines and markings only a little lighter than the ground-color. These markings recall in their disposition those of certain oriental Lycenide belonging to the genus Lampides. Q. Like the male, but with the blue of the discal areas of both wings reduced in extent, due to the widening of the dark costal and outer marginal areas of black on both wings. : Type @ taken at Niangara, November 1910; allotype Q taken at Mombasa, E. Africa by William Doherty, and in Holland Collection, Carnegie Museum. I am under the impression that this is the form which has in the past been referred by some authors to the species D. batzkeli, and re- ported as such from various points on the East African mainland. D. batikeli is found on the island of Madagascar. I have for a number of years had a small but very fine series of this insect collected for me on the hills about twelve miles up from the coast back of Mombasa by the late William Doherty. They have puzzled me, because, while resembling D. batikeli, they could not be found to agree with either figures or descriptions or actual specimens from Madagascar and were labelled “‘? batikeli Bsd.” The occurrence in the collection upon which I am reporting of a good male specimen, picked up at Niangara in November 1910, brings matters to a focus, and I venture to’ Fig. 1. Deudorix batikelides : ee : Holland. 9 (Nat. size). Drawn give a name to this insect, which I am sure 4,01, specimen takenat Mombasa. is not the same as the insect named by Bois- duval and which apparently has been overlooked by other students. (342) 3. Deudorix antalus (Hopffer) Dipsas antalus Horrrer, 1855, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 641. Sithon antalus Horrrer, 1862, Peters, Reise n. Mossambique, Ins., p. 400, Pl. xxxv, figs. 7-9. Deudorix antalus Aurivitiivs, 1898, Rhop, Athiop., p., 309. One female of this widely distributed species taken at Faradje, January 11, 1912. Oxyuipes Hiibner (343) 1. Oxylides homeyeri (Dewitz) Plate XII, Figure 5, 9° Hypolycana homeyeri Dwwrrz, 1879, Nov, Act, Acad, Nat. Cur., XLI, part 2, p. 206, Pl. xxvi, fig. 13. Oxrylides homeyeri Aunivitiius, 1898, Rhop, Athiop., p, 313. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 223 There is one female specimen in moderately good condition, taken at Medje, July 20, 1910. As this sex of the insect has never heretofore been described, unless, as Aurivillius suggests, O. melanomitra Karsch be it, I venture to briefly gives its characteristics. Q. On the under side apparently agreeing completely with the description and figure given by Dewitz (loc. cit.). On the upper side the ground-color is gray laved with lilac, especially on the cells and discal areas of both wings. The costa and outer margin of the front wings are darker, and on the ‘hind wings there is just below the upper angle a dark spot or band of limited size, which is darker than the rest of the wing. The lower end of the hind wing is broadly white on this side, with the three marginal spots standing out conspicuously upon the light ground. On the under side the anal angle and the adjacent parts of the wing are somewhat broadly laved with yellow, which is also the case in the male. Hypotyc#na Felder (344) 1. Hypolycena hatita Hewitson Hypolycena hatita Hewrrson, 1865, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lyczenide, p. 51, Pl. xxx, figs. 21-24. Aurivituius, 1898, Rhop. Athiop., p. 315. There are eighteen males and one female of this insect, all in more or less damaged condition, as is usually the case with them when received from collectors. It appears to be almost impossible to preserve the long narrow tails with which the hind wings of the species of this genus are adorned. I have hundreds of them, and none seem to be absolutely perfect. All of the specimens returned by the expedition were taken at. Medje on dates ranging from March to September, except two, one of which was caught at Risimu in September 1909. and the other at Gamangui on June 14, 1910. (345) 2. Hypolycena antifaunus (Doubleday and Hewitson) Tolus antifaunus DouBLEDAY AND Hewitson, 1852, Gen. Diurn. Lep., II, p. 481, Pl. txxv, fig. 1. Hypolycena antifaunus AURIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 315. There are four damaged specimens of this species all captured at Medje, one in April, the other three in July. (346) 3. Hypolycena dubia Aurivillius Hypolycena dubia AuRIviLuivs, 1895, Ent. Tidskr., XIV, p. 211. This is indeed a very dubious species, as its name implies. It is probably only a seasonal variety, or local race of H. lebona Hewitson, characterized by being a somewhat brighter blue on the upper side of the fore wings, and having a wider inward extension toward the cell of the light color of the inner margin. It is a very common insect in Cameroon and on the Ogové River, and I have hundreds of specimens, both males 224 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII and females, of H. lebona and H. dubia, and while the diacritical points emphasized by Aurivillius hold well enough in many cases, so that it is possible to make up a good series of both forms, there are many inter- grading forms which suggest that we may well be in doubt as to the validity of the species as such. The collection contains a-male and female in fairly good preserva- tion taken at Medje.. (347) 4. Hypolycena liara H. H. Druce Hypolycena liara H. H. Druce, 1890, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) V, p.27. AuriviL- Lius, 1898, Rhop. A®thiop., p. 316. A male and a female were captured, the former at Niangara in November, the latter at Medje in June. Apanzus Hiibner (348) 1. Aphnezus orcas (Drury) Thecla orcas Drury, 1782, Ill. Exot. Ent., ITI, p. 46, Pl. xxxrv, figs. 2, 3. Aphneus orcas HOLLAND, 1893, Ent. News, IV, Pl. 1, fig. 13. Aurtvitiius, 1898, Rhop. 2thiop., p. 327. Six males, one taken at Lubila, September 1909, four at Medje from April to September, and one at Niangara in November 1910. Spinpasis Wallengren (349) 1. Spindasis natalensis (Hewitson) Aphneus natalensis Hewrtson, 1865, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lycenide, p. 62, Pl. xxv, figs. 1, 2. Aphneus caffer Trimen, 1868, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 88. The specimens have been compared with others named Aphneus caffer and obtained from Mr. Trimen himself in exchange. They agree perfectly with these. Aurivillius sinks the name caffer as a synonym of mozambica Bertolini, but I am unable to identify the reference given by Aurivillius in the ‘Rhopalocera A®thiopica,’ though I have made diligent search. The expedition brought back five specimens, a male caught at Medje in August, a pair taken at Niangara in November, and two males captured at Faradje, one in December 1910, the other in “1911-1912.” (350) 2. Spindasis crustaria (Holland) Aphnaus crustaria HOLLAND, 1890, Psyche, V, p. 420; 1893, Ent. News, IV, p. 28, Pl. 1, fig. 10. Spindasis crustaria Avnivitiius, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p, 332. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 225 There is one somewhat damaged female taken at Medje about the middle of July. (351) 3. Spindasis aderna (Ploetz) Plate XII, Figure 4, ¢7 Zeritis aderna Piarz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 203, 7 and @. Zeritis latifimbriata KE. SuHarpn, 1890, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) VI, p. 105; 1890, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, Pl. xvu, fig. 5, 2. Spindasis aderna AuRIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 332, One male in not very good condition taken at Niangara about the middle of November 1910. It agrees on the under side with a female long in my possession, which was captured by the late Dr. A. C. Good on the Ogové River thirty years ago. I once took this specimen with me to London and it was examined by Miss Sharpe, who agreed with me in my identification of it as her species latifimbriata. Aurivillius sinks S. (Zeritis) fallax, 3, (Sharpe), as synonym of aderna Ploetz. I am quite sure he is in error. Z. fallax Sharpe is bright blue on the upper side of the wings, while S. aderna in the male sex resembles A-xiocerses perion (harpax), as Ploetz, the author of the species, points out in his description. The specimen before me accords with what Ploetz says and might easily be mistaken by a novice for a specimen of A. harpax upon casual inspection. Ploetz states in his paper that he had male and female before him. The male of S. aderna on the upper side is dark red and not blue, and Miss Sharpe’s blue species is distinct, in spite of the superficial resemblance of the insect on the under side to that named by Pleetz. (352) 4. Spindasis chapini, new species Plate XII, Figure 6, @ &. Frons reddish; a tuft of white hairs at the base of each antenna; antennze black, short, with a moderately long spindle-shaped club, as in other species of the genus; eyes dark brown, completely encircled with a ring of white scales; terminal joint of palpi black, second and third joints heavily clothed with long vermilion colored scales. Thorax and abdomen black above, deep orange-red inclining to vermilion below. Legs with the femora and tibize dark brown dorsally, pale red below, at their point of union with the thorax surrounded by a ring of tuft-like white hairs, which is again encircled outwardly by a ring of long jet-black hairs. The fore wing on the upper side is uniformly dark brown or sepia, except for a few dark orange-red scales just before the hind angle, arranged to form a subtriangular spot, more or less ill-defined. The hind wings above are of the same ground-color as the fore wings, but about the middle of the discal area they are darker, being clothed with black velvety scales. The entire inner margin is laved with deep orange-red, and this color is extended over the whole posterior extremity of the wing, and along the outer margin upward as a narrowing line to the extremity of vein 3. The dark brown cilia 226 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII define this pale area as a fine marginal band. The anal lobe is black at the end; the two tails, one at the end of vein 1, which is twice as long as the one at the end of vein 2, are very slender, and appear under the microscope to be dark red, heavily dusted with black scales. On the under side the ground-color of both wings is very deep orange-red or vermilion. The fore wings on their posterior margin are pale fuscous from the base, as far upward as the first submedian nervule and as far outward as a point about two millimeters from the lower angle, where this dark shade vanishes and is replaced by pale yellow. There is a small sharply defined black spot in the cell of the fore wing at its base, followed about the middle by two similar spots, one above the other, and succeeded immediately at the end of the cell by three such spots fused together to form a moniliform dark bar closing the cell. The hind wings on this side are devoid of dark markings, except on the inner margin a little above the anal lobe, where there is an elongated subtriangular spot of small size, which is deep black, ornamented in the middle by a narrow streak of silvery white scales. The anal lobe is black ornamented with a few metallic scales. On this, as on the upper side of the wings, the cilia are dark brown and define the wings outwardly as a narrow marginal line. Expanse, 28 mm. There are two males, both captured at Niangara in November 1910. One, the type, is in The American Museum of Natural History; the other, the paratype, is in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. I take pleasure in naming the pp in honor of one of the leaders of the expedition. Axiocerses Hiibner (353) 1. Axiocerses harpax (Fabricius) Papilio harpax Fasricius, 1775, Syst. Ent., App., p. 829, ?. Chrysophanus perion Horrrer, 1862, Peters, Reise n. Mossambique, Ins., p. 4038, Pl. XXVI, figs. 1-3. Acxiocerses harpax AURIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. ASthiop., p. 335. There are three males taken at Medje which are clearly referable to this species. One was captured in June, the other two in July. I confess with Dr. Aurivillius my inability to distinguish clearly specimens of so-called A. perion (Cramer) which we now and then re- ceive from correspondents in South and Eastern Africa from A. harpax (Fabricius). Except that they are darker on the under side, so far as my specimens show, there is no difference which should cause them to be regarded as a distinct species. They seem to me at best to be a mere local race. However, the whole genus is in need of revision, as a number of species have recently been described. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 227 CupipestHEs Aurivillius (354) 1. Cupidesthes thyrsis (Hewitson) Lycenesthes thyrsis Hewrrson, 1878, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lycenide, p. 224, Pl. xcrt, figs. 42-44. AurRIvILiius, 1898, Rhop. A2thiop., p. 349. Cupidesthes thyrsis BetTHuNE-BaAkER, 1910, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 10, Pl. rv, fig. 3, genitalia. - One male of this species, which is very common in Cameroon and the valley of the Ogové, was captured at Niangara toward the end of November 1910. LYCZNESTHES Moore (355) 1. Lycwnesthes musagetes Holland Lycenesthes musagetes HOLLAND, 1893, Ent. News, IV, p. 25. AuRIvILLIUs, 1898, Rhop. Athiop., p. 349. Beraunre-Baxer, 1910, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 21. Seven males, one taken at Avakubi, October 3, 1909, the rest at Medje, the dates of capture ranging from April to August. (356) 2. Lycenesthes ituria Bethune-Baker Lycenesthes ituria BeTHUNE-BakeErR, 1910, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 22, Pl. 1, fig. 4; Pl. v, fig. 6. I refer one badly damaged male taken at Medje, June 26, to this species, with the figure and description of which it agrees closely, though somewhat under the size of the specimen figured by the author of the species. (357) 3. Lycenesthes lunulata Trimen Lycenesthes lunulata Trimen, 1894, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 51, Pl. v1, fig. 12. _ (For synonymy consult Bethune-Baker, 1910, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 40.) One male captured at Faradje in December 1912. (358) 4. lLycenesthes silvanus (Drury) Papilio siluanus Drury, 1773, Ill. Exot. Ent., I, p. 5, Pl. m, figs. 2, 3. (For synonymy consult Bethune-Baker, 1910, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 43.) The collection contains eight males, one taken at Lubila in Sep- tember 1909, one at Niangara in November, and the rest at Medje from May to August 1910. All of the specimens differ from examples from tropical West Africa (Sierra Leone, Cameroon, the valley of the Ogové) with which I have compared them in the fact that the dark markings on the under side of the wings do not contrast as strongly with the ground-color as in the specimens from the west coast. It is true that none of the specimens are in the best condition, and all are somewhat rubbed, but in spite of 228 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII this it is evident that they all show a tendency on the under side to a loss of the distinctness of the maculation and a toning down in the direction of uniformity of surface which causes them to stand in contrast to a series of specimens from farther west. The markings are identical, in their form, but the dark bands and spots are only a few shades darker than the ground-color. The fact is worthy of note. (359) 5. Lycenesthes larydas (Cramer) Papilio larydas Cramer, 1780, Pap. Exot., III, p. 160, Pl. cctxxxni, fig. 6. (For further synonymy consult Bethune-Baker, 1910, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 44.) The collection comprises twelve males, one taken at Stanleyville in September 1909, the rest at Medje from June to September 1910. (360) 5a. Lycenesthes larydas kersteni Gerstecker Lyceenesthes larydas var. kersteni GERST®CKER, 1871, Archiv f. Naturg., XX XVII, p. 359; idem, 1873, Von der Decken’s Reise, III, p. 373, Pl. xv, fig. 5. Three males of this form taken at Faradje in December 1912. There is a marked difference between the specimens of L. larydas com- ing from the hot valleys and woodlands of the western part of its range and those from the eastern parts of the African continent. The latter, to which Gerstecker gave the name cited above, are always paler blue on the upper side, and distinctly paler below. The difference is hardly specific, but is an illustration, one of many, showing that climatic and other influences are at work in producing variations on the two sides of the continent. (361) 6. Lycenesthes lachares Hewitson Lycenesthes lachares Hewirson, 1878, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lycenide, p. 225, Pl. xcl, figs. 33, 34. (For synonymy consult Bethune-Baker, 1910, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 47.) One female taken at Medje, July 5, 1910. (362) 7. Lycenesthes rufomarginata Bethune-Baker Lycanesthes rufomarginata Betnune-Baker, 1910, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 54, Pl. 11, fig. 14; PI. 1x, fig. 26. One male captured at Medje, April 5, 1910. (363) 8. Lycwnesthes makala Bethune-Baker Lycanesthes makala Beruune-Baxer, 1910, Trans. Ent, Soc. London, p. 58, Pl. 1, fig. 16; PI. 1x, figs. 27, 28. One male taken at Medje about the middle of July. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 229 (364) 9. Lycenesthes scintillula Holland Lycenesthes scintillula HoLuAND, 1891, Psyche, VI, p. 50. SmrrH anp Kirsy, 1893, Rhop. Exot., Afr. Lycenide, p. 98, Pl. xxm, figs. 3, 4. Beraune-Baxker, 1910, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 60, Pl. 11, fig. 3; Pl. x, figs. 30, 31. Three males taken at Medje, one in each of the months, May, June, and July. (365) 10. Lycenesthes pyroptera Aurivillius Lycenesthes pyroptera Aurivitiius, 1895, Ent. Nachr., X XI, p. 382; 1899, Rhop. AMthiop., p. 352, Pl. vi, fig. 3. Beraune-Baxer, 1910, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 61. One male taken at Stanleyville, September 5, 1909. The specimen agrees absolutely with the description and figure given by Aurivillius. TRICLEMA Karsch (366) 1. Triclema lutzi, new species Plate XII, Figure 2, #7 &. Near 7’. rufoplagata Bethune-Baker (cf. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1910, p. 72, Pl. 1m, fig. 8) but considerably smaller in size, and differently marked. The thorax and abdomen are black above, pale chestnut below. The chestnut area of the fore wings, which in rufoplagata is small and confined to the immediate region about the origin of veins 2 and 3, is in 7’. lutzi extended so as to cover the greater part of the discal area, only the base, the costa, and a broad marginal band remaining dark in color. At the end of the cell, which in its lower half is distally invaded by the chestnut color, there is a narrow black vertical bar, which merges into the dark costal area. The secondaries are very dark brown (sepia) almost black, with a fine light line followed by a very thin black line on the outer border, the fine dark line showing against the light line within, and the paler cilia. There is an imperfect ocellus at the anal angle and a more regularly formed ocellus in the space between veins 2 and 3 at their extremities. These eye-spots are defined inwardly by a few scales slightly lighter than the rest of the wing. On the under side the ground-color of the wings is mod- erately dark brownish fuscous, crossed by darker lines and bands, which are defined more or less clearly on either side by lighter lines. The costa of the primaries at the base is black for a short distance, there is a light line following, and distally a rather prominent black triangular spot with its apex pointing toward the costa; there isa . dark vertical bar near the end of the cell, defined inwardly and outwardly by paler lines; the median transverse line is curved somewhat irregularly, and widens and grows blacker as it approaches the inner margin; the postmedian macular band is widest and darkest between veins 3 and 5; the submarginal band is accentuated by black spots before the apex in spaces 6 and 7; there is a thin light line just before the equally thin dark marginal line which latter is clearly defined against the rather light colored cilia. The hind wings below have several dark basal and subbasal short trans- verse spots. At the end of the cell is a double bar of dark color defined by paler lines before and behind; the median band, which runs from the costa to the inner margin in an irregular curve is accentuated at the middle of the costa by a dark quadrate spot 230 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLII and terminates on the inner margin in the usual V-shaped spot; the postmedian macular band is darkest and broadest opposite the end of the cell, and is edged in- wardly and outwardly by lighter lines; the submarginal line which is somewhat irregularly curved is thinner and not as conspicuous as the other lines; it is sueceeded just before the margin by a series of semilunate darker spots in the interspaces from the upper angle as far down as vein 3; between veins 2 and 3 there is a conspicuous ocellus, defined above and on the sides, but not outwardly, by red. The pupilis deep black irrorated with a few bright metallic blue scales; at the inner angle there is an imperfectly formed ocellus, red above, pupilled with black, and dusted with a few bright scales. The marginal line is thin and dark and contrasts against the paler shade within and the lighter cilia without. Expanse, 16-20 mm. The collection contains three specimens, all caught at Medje, one in April, one in June, and one in July. They are males. The type and a paratype are in The American Museum of Natural History, one para- type is in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. I take plea- sure in naming this species in honor of the amiable curator of the entomo- logical collections of the American Museum. Puiyaria Karsch (367) 1. Phlyaria cyara (Hewitson) Lycena cyara Hewr1son, 1876, Exot. Butt., V, Lycena, Pl. 1, figs. 9, 10. Phlyaria cyara Karscu, 1895, Ent. Nachr., XX1I, p. 303. Cupido phlyaria Aurivituivs, 1898, Rhop. Acthiop., p. 358. There are two males, one caught at Risimu in September 1909, the other at Medje in July 1910. The insect is not uncommon in the interior of Cameroon, but I have never seen a female and this sex seems, so far as I can now recall, never to have been thus far described. (368) 2. Phlyaria heritsia (Hewitson) Lycena heritsia Hewrrson, 1876, Exot. Butt., V, Lycena, Pl. 1, figs. 11, 12. Hyreus virgo Bot er, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 121, Pl. v1, fig. 1, 9. Cupido heritsia Aurivitur0s, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 359. Five males, one taken at Bafwasende, September 23, 1909, the rest at Medje from April to September. UranotHauma Butler (369) 1. Uranothauma falkensteini (Dewitz) Plebeius falkensteini Dewirz, 1879, Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur., XLI, part 2, p. 205, Pl xxvi, fig. 5. Cupido falkensteini Avnivizrus, 1898, Rhop. Aethiop., p. 360. Four males captured at Medje, June, August, and September. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 231 Castatius Hiibner (370) 1. Castalius carana (Hewitson) Lycena carana Hewson, 1876, Exot. Butt., V, Lycena, Pl. 1, fig. 6. Cupido carana AuRIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 364. This species, which is quite common in Cameroon and the valley of the Ogové, was taken in some numbers by the expedition at Medje, where twenty-three specimens were taken, the dates of capture ranging from July to September. There is also a specimen taken at Bafwabaka, January 7, and one caught at Gamangui on February 1, 1910. Some of © the females are tinged with yellowish. The species must not be confounded with C. margaritaceus Em. Sharpe, paratypes of which are in the writer’s collection, and which it superficially resembles. (871) 2. Castalius isis (Drury) Papilio isis Drury, 1773, Ill. Exot. Ent., I, p. 6, Pl. m1, figs. 4, 5. Cupido isis AURIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 365. The female of this pretty insect seems not to have been described hitherto. As there is one example of this sex in the collection I may say that there is no difference in the form of the markings to distinguish it from the males but that all the bands and spots instead of being brilliant blue as in the male, are blackish in the female, there being only a faint trace of the blue color in this sex at the bases of the fore and hind wings. The collection contains twenty-four males and one female. Most of them were taken at Medje from April to September, but two or three were captured at Gamangui in February and June, and several at Niangara in November 1910. Tarucus Moore (372) 1. Tarucus telicanus (Lang) Papilio telicanus LANG, 1789, Verzeichniss meiner Schmetterlinge, part 2, p. 47. Hesperia (Rurales) plinius Fasricius, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 284. Cupido telicanus var. plinius AURIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 364. There are three males and one female. One of the males was caught at Niangara, the rest were taken at Medje in July and August. Azanus Moore (373) 1. Azanus mirza (Ploetz) Lycena mirza Piarz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 203. Cupido mirza AuRIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Athiop., p. 366. 232 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII The species is represented in the collection by thirty-one specimens, twenty-six taken at Gamangui in February, three at Medje, one in each of the months, June, July, and September, one at Bafwabaka in Dec- ember 1909, and one at Faradje, labelled “1911-1912.” NacapusBa Moore (374) 1. Nacaduba ethiops (Mabille) Kharsanda ethiops MaBIL1e, 1877, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, II, p. 219. Nacaduba stratola HoLLAND, 1891, Psyche, VI, p. 52. Cupido ethiops AuURIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 367. There are thirteen males, eleven caught at Gamangui in February, the other two at Medje in July 1910. Potyommatus Moore (375) 1. Polyommatus beticus (Linneus) Papilio beticus Linnxvs, 1767, Syst. Nat., 12th Ed., p. 789. Cupido beticus AURIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Athiop., p. 367. Two males, one caught at Medje in August 1910, the other labelled “Faradje, 1911-1912.” Cupipo Schrank (376) 1. Cupido asopus (Hopffer) Lycena asopus Horrrer, 1855, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 642. Cupido asopus AuRIvILLIus, 1898, Rhop. A®thiop., p. 373. (As synonym of C. mala- thana Boisduval.) Two damaged specimens, a male taken at Bafwabaka, December 1909, and a female caught at Medje, July 1910. Aurivillius sinks asopus Hopffer as a synonym of C. malathana Boisduval, but I cannot bring myself to agree with him, in the light of the material before me, which I believe to be correctly identified. As species go in this group, there seem to be reasons for regarding the two as distinct. But I will not discuss the matter except to say that the form malathana from Madagascar is in my opinion at least a well-marked insular variety and easily separable from the continental form asopus. (377) 2. Cupido osiris (Hopffer) Lycana osiris Horrrer, 1855, Monatsber, Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 622. Cupido osiris Aurtvitires, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 374. There are four males, all taken at Faradje, one without date, one caught in December 1912, and two labelled 1911-1912.” Besides, there is a dwarfed female captured, according to the label, at Bumba, July 1909. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera ‘of the Congo 233 (378) 3. Cupido patricia (Trimen) Lycena patricia Trimen, 1881, 8. Afr. Butt., II, p. 20. Cupido patricia AurivILLIUs, 1898, Rhop. Athiop., p. 374. There are eight specimens, one male, and seven females; one fe- male taken at Kwamouth, July 1909, the rest at Niangara in November 1910. They have been carefully compared with specimens of C. (Ly- cena) patricia (Trimen), received from Mr. Trimen, the author of the species, and appear to agree with them. I may say, in passing, that I think that the species represents a varietal form of C. parsimon (Fab- ricius) and it is hard to define the difference between the two forms without very carefuly scrutiny. Cupipopsis Karsch (379) 1. Cupidopsis hippocrates (Fabricius) _ Hesperia (Rurales) hippocrates Fasricius, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 288. Cupido hippocrates AuRIvILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Aethiop., p. 376. Cupidopsis hippocrates NBaveE, 1910, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 601. Two males taken at Medje in August 1910. I follow Neave in referring this species to the genus Cupidopsis Karsch, the type of which is C. jobates. It might as well be placed here as anywhere, unless a new genus be erected for its reception. In its markings it shows little resemblance to C. jobates, but structurally it is very close to that species. The female is figured in Mabille’s work on the Lepidoptera of Madagascar, included in Grandidier’s magnificent series of volumes on the natural history of that island. It differs from the male in lacking the white at the apices of the fore wings, and in having the hind border of the secondaries narrowly margined with white upon which the marginal ocelli are conspicuous. I have an ex- tensive series of this species from various parts of Africa, west, east, and south. Everes Hiibner (380) 1. Everes togara (Plotz) Lycena togara Piarz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 202. Cupido micylus var. togara AuRIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. 2thiop., p. 377. ' This species, which is common in Cameroon and the valley of the Ogové, is represented in the collection by three tattered specimens, a male taken at Medje in September and two females caught at Medje, one in April, the other in August. Aurivillius regards this insect as a varietal form of E. micylus (Cramer) but Mr. Bethune-Baker informs me that a careful study of the genitalia made by him reveals that togara (Ploetz) is specifically distinct from micylus (Cramer). 234 Bulletin American’ Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII ZizERA Moore (381) 1. Zizera antanossa (Mabille) Lyceena antanossa MaBIL_e, 1877, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (3) VII, Bull., p. 72. Cupido antanossa AURIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 378. Zizera antanossa BUTLER, 1900, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 100, Pl. x1, figs. 14, 15. Two poorly preserved males taken at Faradje, one, without date, the other labelled “1911-1912.” (382) 2. Zizera gaika (Trimen) Lycena gaika TRIMEN, 1862, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 403. Cupido gaika Aurtvituius, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 378. Zizera gaika ButLER, 1900, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 109. One male taken at Bumba, July 29, 1909. (383) 3. Zizera lysimon (Hiibner): Papilio lysimon Hitpner, 1798-1803, Europzische Schmett., figs. 534, 535. Cupido lysimon AurIviLutus, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 379. Zizera lysimon But_ER, 1900, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 108, Pl. x1, fig. 9. Two specimens captured at Freetown, Sierra Leone, July 14, 1909. Osporonia Karsch (384) 1. Oboronia plurilimbata (Karsch) Thermoniphas plurilimbata Karscu, 1895, Ent. Nachr., X XI, p. 303. Cupido plurilimbata Aurtvituius, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 380. Three males taken at Medje, one in April, one in August, and one in September. They agree completely with the description given by Karsch, and I refer them to his species, of which no figure has been published, so far as I can recall. (385) 2. Oboronia punctata (Dewitz) Plebeius punctatus Dewrtz, 1879, Nov. Act. Acad, Nat. Cur., XLI, part 2, p. 205, Pl. xxvi, fig. 15. Cupido punctatus AuRivILLIUs, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 381. One male caught at Munie Katoto, September 10, 1909. This is a very common species in southern Cameroon and the valley of the Ogové. (386) 3. Oboronia ornata (Mabille) Lycana ornata MawiiLe, 1890, Ann, Soc. Ent. France, (6) X, p. 24, Pl. uy, fig. 6. Cupido ornatus Avrivitiius, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 381. Three specimens taken at Medje, two in April. one in June. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 235 Like the foregoing, this is a very common insect in southern Cameroon and the valley of the Ogové River. We have in the Museum at Pittsburgh more than one hundred examples, including the slight varietal form named vestalis by Aurivillius, in which the hind marginal band of the secondaries is broader than in the type figured by Mabille, and several specimens in which the white areas of the wings are broadly beautiful straw-yellow. To this yellow form, which has not heretofore been described or figured, I apply the varietal name flava. The type is in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum and, with ‘several cotypes, was taken at Benito, Spanish Guinea, by the late Dr. A. C. Good. In this connection I may state that this insect is the one to which the Fabrician name elorea has in the past been applied by authors. The Fabrician description, like many of those given by early authors, is too brief and concise to enable a student to reach a proper conclusion. The only figure of elorea is given by Donovan in the ‘Naturalist’s Repository,’ Pl. ti, in reference to which Aurivillius makes the comment that it may be “ species fictitia.”” 1 confess that among the hundreds of speci- mens of this genus I have had in my hands I have never found one to agree with Donovan’s figure, and that I share in the view of Aurivillius that if it is elorea Fabricius, the species is now probably extinct, if indeed it ever existed. Papilionide Pierinse Leptrosia Hiibner (387) © 1. Leptosia medusa (Cramer) Papilio medusa CRAMER, 1777, Pap. Exot., II, p. 86, Pl. ct, fig. F. Leptosia medusa AURIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 387. Eight specimens, one taken at Bafwasende in January, one at Gamangui in February, the rest at Medje in July and August. (388) la. Leptosia medusa immaculata (Aurivillius) Nychitona medusa immaculata Aurtviuui0s, 1895, Ent. Tidskr., XVI, p. 257. Leptosia medusa ab. immaculata Auriviturus, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 31, Pl. xa. Three examples, one taken at Ngayu in April, one at Medje in August, and one at Niangara in November. 236 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT (389) 2. Leptosia nupta (Butler) Nychitona nupta BuTLER, 1873, Cist. Ent., I, p. 175. Leptosia nupta AuRIvILuI0s, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 31, Pl. xb. Twenty-two specimens, of which all were captured at Medje except two caught at Gamangui in February and one in June. The specimens from Medje were mostly taken in June, but there are indivi- duals labelled as captured there in every month from March to August inclusive. Mytorturis Hiibner (390) 1. Mylothris chloris (Fabricius) Papilio chloris Fasricrus, 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 473. Mylothris chloris AuRtviL1i10s, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 32, Pl. xd. A male and a female taken at Niangara in November, and another female caught at Faradje “1911-1912.” (391) 2. Mylothris sjéstedti Aurivillius Mylothris sjéstedti AuRtviLui0s, 1895, Ent. Tidskr., XVI, p. 260, Pl. m1, fig. 2; 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 33, Pl. xia. I refer to this species a single male, taken at Medje, August 24, 1910. It differs somewhat from the type, in that the blue-gray color extends from the base of the fore wing almost entirely over the wing, and is not restricted to its basal area. In other respects it agrees en- tirely with the figures and descriptions given by the author of the species. (392) 3. Mylothris spica (Movschler) Tachyris spica Maescuuer, 1883, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, X XXIII, p. 277, &. Papilio rhodope Donovan, 1824, Naturalist’s Repository, II, Pl. uxxxvi (non rhodope Fabricius), 9 . Mylothris spica Aurtvi1110s, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII,p. 33, Pl. xd, co”. There has existed some confusion as to this species. I have in my possession a long series of males and females collected for me by the late Dr. A. C. Good in the valley of the Ogové River. A number of pairs were taken in coitu. This series shows clearly that the insect, which was in 1883 described by Meeschler under the name spica, is the male of the butterfly which Donovan in 1824 figured as the female of P. rhodope Fabricius, which itis not. For the form figured by Donovan I now propose the name donovani to distinguish it from other female forms of the same species. Besides the females belonging to this varietal form there are numerous other females, also taken in coitu with males of M. spica, in 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 237 which the marginal borders more nearly resemble those of M. poppea (Cramer). In these, however, the fore wings are either white or very faintly laved with yellow. The females of this species are therefore polymorphic. In the Lang-Chapin Collection there is only one female which be- longs to the form M. donovani Holland. It was taken at Niangara in November. There are twenty-seven malesof typical spica, one captured at Kwamouth in July 1909, another at Avakubi in October 1909, a couple at Gamangui in June, and the rest at Medje in June, July, and August 1910. (393) 4. Mylothris sulphurea Aurivillius Mylothris sulphurea Aurivituius, 1895, Ent. Tidskr., XVI, p. 259, Pl. m1, fig. 3; 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 33, Pl. xf. : Six males and two females, all taken at Medje, except one male caught at Munie Katoto in September. The specimens from Medje were taken from June 20 to August 24, 1910. (394) 5. Mylothris rubricosta (Mabille) Pieris rubricosta MaBiLE, 1890, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) X, p. 28. Mylothris rubricosta AuRIvILLIUs, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 35, Pl. xtc. Six males and two females taken at Medje in June, July, and August. Thiss pecies is not very far removed from M. bernice (Hewitson), from which it differs in having the marginal border and spots of both wings smaller, and the female not suffused so broadly with fuscous upon the lighter areas of the fore and hind wings. I have a long series of M. bernice from the Ogové, from which this form differs in the respects noted, but I am not convinced that they are specifically distinct. Appias Hiibner (395) 1. Appias rhodope (Fabricius) Papilio rhodope Fasricius, 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 473. Appias rhodope AuRIvVILLIUs, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 37, Pl. x1d, 7 ;x1e,9. Seventeen males and four females. One male was taken at Batama in September 1909; one female at Risimu in September of the same year; one female at Niangara in November 1910; and the rest at Medje from June to August inclusive. (396) 2, Appias phaola (Doubleday) Pieris phaola DousuepAy, 1847, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (1) XX, p. 63. Appias phaola AuRIvILLIvs, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 37, Pl. x1c, #7; xd, Q A single male taken at Medje, August 20, 1910. 238 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (397) 3. Appias sabina (Felder) Pieris sabina FELDER, 1865, Reise Novara, Lep., III, p. 165. Appias sabina AURIVILLIUS, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 38, Pl. x1f, 3; xe, 9. The collection contains twenty-three males and two females. One male was taken at Kwamouth in July 1909. One female from Lubila, two males from Risimu, and another from Munie Katoto are, according to the labels, captures made in September 1909. One male was taken at Bafwasende in January, and four at Gamangui in February 1910. All the rest were caught at Medje at dates running through June, July, and August. (398) 4. Appias epaphia (Cramer) Papilio epaphia Cramer, 1779, Pap. Exot., III, p. 26, Pl. ccvn, figs. D, B. Appias epaphia Aurtvitttus, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 38, Pl. x1f, 3. One male taken at Kwamouth, July 15, 1909. (399) 5. Appias sp. (?) There is a single female taken at Gamangui, February 1, 1910, which agrees with that sex of A. epaphia with the exception that the base of the primaries and the limbal area of the secondaries lack the dark markings which are characteristic of this sex in that species. As the female of A. epaphia is somewhat variable, I hesitate to describe this even as a new variety, though it differs widely in appearance from any- thing the figures and descriptions of which are known to me. It evi- dently is a very near ally of the foregoing species. The apical markings on both sides of the fore wing are identical with those found in the fe- males of that species, but the fact that the remaining areas of both the fore and hind wings are white, except for a little dark squamation near the base, makes the specimen contrast markedly with the long series of A. epaphia in my collection, with which I have compared it. Preris Godart (400) 1. Pieris creona (Cramer) Papilio creona Cramer, 1776, Pap, Exot., I, p. 148, Pl. xcv, figs. C, F. Pieris creona Aunivitii0s, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 40, Pl. x1mb. Two males taken at Faradje in November, one female caught at Niangara in the same month, and a female captured at Medje, August 24, 1910, constitute the only representatives of this species in the collection. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 239 (401) 2. Pieris infida Butler Pieris infida Butter, 1888, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 77. AurtviLtiius, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 41, Pl. xm. There are two males and two females of this species in the collec- tion. The males were taken at Faradje and the females at Niangara. One male bears the date ‘‘ November 1910"; the rest of the specimens are simply marked “1911-1912.” (402) 3. Pieris calypso (Drury) Papilio calypso Drury, 1773, Ill. Exot. Ent., II, p. 30, Pl. xvm, figs. 3,4, 2. Belenois (Pieris) welwitschii RoGeNHoFER, 1889, Ann. K. K. Hofmuseums Wien, IV, p. 548, Pl. xxi, fig. 2, 9. Pieris calypso AURIVILLIUs, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 42, Pl. xd. Of this common and well-known species there are forty-two males, two females of the typical form with white hind wings, and four females of the variety named welwitschi by Rogenhofer, in which the hind wings are orange. The specimens were mostly taken at Medje, a few at Gamangui, some at Niangara, and others at scattered localities. The dates of capture are those associated with these localities on all of the labels. (403) 4. Pieris theora Doubleday Pieris theora DouBLEDAY, 1846, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (1) XVII, p. 25. Aurrviiurus, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 43, Pl. x1e. Five males, one taken at Basoko in July 1909, one at Bafwasende in September of the same year, and three captured at Medje, one in each of the months, June, July, and September. (404) 5. Pieris theuszi Dewitz Pieris theuszi Dewirz, 1889, Ent. Nachr., XV, p. 107, Pl. u, figs. 6-9. AuRIvILLIUs, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 44, Pl. xrva. Nine males and one female. The female, which is in not very good condition, was taken at Batama in September 1909; one male was caught at Bafwasende in the same month and year; a couple were taken at Niangara in November; and the remaining six were captured at Medje in June, July, and August. (405) 6. Pieris solilucis Butler Pieris solilucis BuTLER, 1874, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 433. AurtviLiius, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 44, Pl. xtva. All of the seventeen specimens are males. One was taken at Medje in August, the remaining sixteen were caught at Niangara in November. 240 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT TERACOLUS Swainson (406) 1. Teracolus evippe (Linnus) Papilio evippe Linn=vus, 1764, Mus. Lud. UIr., p. 239. Teracolus evippe AURIVILLIUS, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. £7, Pl. xvime. _ [refer a specimen without abdomen and with badly tattered wings to this species. It was taken at Matadi, June 20, 1909. It is singular that this specimen should be the only representative of this great genus, which has its metropolis in Africa and which should be represented by a number of species in the eastern parts of the region visited by the ex- pedition, the land of the ‘White Rhinoceros.” It is absent from the densely wooded jungles of the great river-valleys, but appears in the grass-lands, wherever they occur south of the Sahara. TERIAS Swainson This genus, owing to the seasonal and loeal variations which occur in every species, presents many puzzling problems, some of which still await satisfactory solution. A multitude of so-called species, some of which are of doubtful validity, have been erected upon slight but ap- parently more or less constant differences. The test of breeding will alone serve to decide finally what is the exact relationship of some of the forms. The writer has had in his hands at various times, and still possesses, vast numbers of specimens representing the various forms occurring in Africa, but within certain limits has been hitherto unable to satisfy himself as to the proper classification of some of the varieties. The species appear to run into each other, and to be subject to great variation both in size, coloration, and markings. The following account of the specimens brought home by the American Museum Congo Expedition represents the results of very careful study and comparison with other specimens, many of which had been originally determined by direct comparison with the types in European collections, but never- theless it leaves something to be desired, especially in the case of 7. senegalensis and its varieties, which is extremely variable. (407) 1. Terias brenda Doubleday and Hewitson Terias brenda DovusLepay AND Hewrrson, 1847, Gen. Diurn. Lep., I, p. 79, Pl. rx, fig. 6. Aunivitiies, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 64, Pl. xx1te, Seventy-six males and two females, taken at almost every place where collections were made. The dates of capture represent every month in the year. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 241 (408) la. Terias brenda maculata Aurivillius Terias brenda var. maculata Aurtviuuius, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 64, Pl. xxue. Two males taken at Gamangui in February, and an aberrant female caught at Bafwasende in January. This is the winter form of the species. (409) 2. Terias senegalensis Boisduval Terias senegalensis BoispuvAL, 1836, Spec. Gén. Lép., I, p. 672. Aurtvitiius, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 64, Pl. xx1e. The specimens which I refer to this species fall into two groups, one in which the marginal band of the prinfaries at the outer angle is broad and strongly produced on vein 2 as an inwardly projecting tooth, the other in which it is narrow and only slightly angulated on vein 2. Of the first group there are in the present collection twenty-two males, the majority taken at Faradje in November. One is labelled as from Munie Katoto, one from Kwamouth, one from Gamangui, and one from Basoko. The four last mentioned were taken in the months of June and July. Of the second group there are twenty-six males and six females. Of these, thirteen males and two females were taken at Medje, one male and one female in January, one male in September, all the rest in June and July. Two males and a female are labelled as from Gamangui, taken in February, the remainder at Niangara and Faradje in November, so far as the labels indicate the date of capture. (410) 2a. Terias senegalensis bisinuata (Butler) Terias bisinuata Butrier, 1876, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) XVIII, p. 485. Aurivit- Lius, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 64, Pl. xx1id. This, which is claimed to be the winter form of 7. senegalensis and is characterized by heavy markings on the under side of the wings, is re- presented in the collection by fifteen males, twelve taken at Faradje in November, so far as the labels are dated, though many of the labels lack any indication of the month. One was captured at Niangara in the month named, one at Kwamouth on July 15, 1909, and one at Medje in August. Most of the specimens have the marginal band of the primaries broad at the outer angle and strongly toothed inwardly, but there are several in which it is narrow and only slightly angulated on vein 2, in this respect resembling the specimens in the second group re- ferred to under the preceding form. e 242 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (411) 3. Terias floricola ceres (Butler) Terias floricola Botspuvat, 1833, Faune Ent. Madagr., p. 21. Terias ceres BUTLER, 1875, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) XVII, p. 218, Pl. v, fig. 3. AvRIVILLIUS, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 64, Pl. xxud. There are two specimens, a male caught at Faradje, “1911-1912,” and a female taken at Niangara in November. (412) 4, Terias hapale Mabille Terias hapale MABILLE, 1882, Le Naturaliste, II, p. 99. AUAIVILLIUS, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 65, Pl. xx1d. Of this species there are four males and one female, all taken at Faradje. There is no clue to the month, the specimens being simply labelled ‘‘ 1911-1912.” (413) 5. Terias desjardinsi Boisduval Terias desjardinsi BoispUVAL, 1833, Faune Ent. Madagr., p. 22, Pl. 11, fig. 6. AURIVIL- Lius, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 65, Pl. xxtte. Of this species there are four typical males, all taken at Niangara in November. There are nineteen other males taken at Niangara and Faradje, which are mostly smaller in size and with broader marginal ' bands, marking a transition in the direction of the following form, 7’. regularis, and intermediate between it and typical desjardins?. (414) 6. Terias regularis Butler Terias regularis Butuer, 1876, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) XVIII, p. 486. AurrviL- Lius, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 65, Pl. xxue. This is regarded by Professor Aurivillius as an extreme summer form of the preceding, and is characterized by the great enlargement of the width of the marginal bands. There are in the collection thirty-seven males and four females. Some, including all the females, were taken at Medje in June and July, some are labelled as taken at Niangara in November, one at Bafwabaka in January, another at Gamangui in February, and a number at Faradje, “1911-1912.” (415) 7. Terias brigitta (Cramer) Papilio brigitia Cramen, 1780, Pap. Exot., IV, p. 82, Pl. cccr, figs. B, C. Terias brigitta Aunivitius, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 65, Pl. xxuf, One damaged male taken at Matadi, June 24, 1909. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 242 (416) 8. Terias zoé Hopffer Terias zoé Hoprrer, 1855, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 640. AURIVILLIUS, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 65, Pl. xxu/f. One male taken at Niangara in November, and five males and two females caught at Faradje, 1911-1912.” Eronia Boisduval - (417). 1. Eronia pharis (Boisduval) Pieris pharis Botspuvau, 1836, Spec. Gén. Lép., I, p. 443. Eronia pharis Auriviuui0s, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 62, Pl. xxte. Twelve males and six females, two of the former taken at Niangara in November, and one of the latter at Gamangui in June. All the other specimens were captured at Medje, the dates ranging from early in June to the end of August. (418) 2. Eronia thalassina (Boisduval) Pieris thalassina BoispuvAL, 1836, Spec. Gén. Lép., I, p. 443. Eronia thalassina AuRIvILLIvs, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p.62, Pls.xve, xx1e. Twenty-five males, one of which was taken at Bafwasende in Sep- tember, all the rest at Medje, a few in April, and the others from June to September. (419) 3. Eronia argia (Fabricius) Papilio argia Fasricivus, 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 470. Eronia argia Aurtvitiius, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 62, Pl. x1e, d. Twenty-two males and one female, all taken at Medje, except one male caught at Boyulu in September 1909, and another at Niangara in November 1910. Of the specimens captured at Medje a few are dated as of April, the remainder as of June to September. Catopsitia Hiibner (420) 1. Catopsilia florella (Fabricius) Papilio florella F asricius, 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 479. Catopsilia florella AuRIvILLIUS, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 63. Sixty-nine males and six females. Most of the specimens, including all of the females, were caught at Niangara in November. There are a few taken at Gamangui in February and at Stanleyville and Medje in July and August. 244 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Papilioninze Papitio Linnzeus There are about sixty species and subspecies of this genus which are recorded from the African continent. Of these, twenty-three are re- presented in the collection upon which I am reporting. (421) 1. Papilio antimachus Drury Papilio antimachus Drury, 1782, Ill. Exot. Ent., III, p.1, Pl.1. Aurtviiiius, 1908, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 11, Pl. 1a. One good and two somewhat damaged males. One is labelled as from Batama, taken in September 1909, another from Avakubi, May 1910, the third from Bafwasende, September 1910. (422) 2. Papilio zalmoxis Hewitson Papilio zalmoxis Hewitson, 1864, Exot. Butt., III, Papilio, Pl. v1, fig. 18. Aurtvit- Lius, 1908, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 12, Pl. 1b. There are five males, one caught at Avakubi, October 4, 1909, a second taken at Gamangui’in February, two captured at Bafwasende in September, and the fifth caught at Niangara in November 1910. (423) 3. Papilio dardanus Brown Papilio dardanus Brown, 1776, New Ill. Zool., p. 52, Pl. xxm. Avurtvitirus, 1909, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 13, Pl. ua, 3. Papilio hippocoén F anrictvs, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p.38, 9. Hewrrson, 1868, Exot. Butt., IV, Papilio, Pl. xu, fig. 38. Avurtvitiius, 1908, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIII, p. 13, Pl. mb. Twenty-eight males of this form, most of them taken at Medje, a few in April and a few in September, but most of them in July and August; one is labelled “Stanleyville, August 23, 1909,’ another “Munie Katoto, November 1909,” and a third is marked as caught at “Niangara, November 1910.’’ One specimen of the female form hippocodn was taken at Niangara, November 17, 1910. (424) 4. Papilio cynorta Fabricius Papilio cynorta Fasricros, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 37. Westrwoop, 1843, Arcana Ent., I, p. 15, Pl. x1, figs. 3, 4, o. Papilio boisduvalianus Westwoon, 1843, Arcana Ent., I, p. 151, Pl. x1, figs. 1, 2. There are twelve males and two females. One greatly dwarfed male was caught at Niangara in November; all the rest are from Medje, two males taken in April, the rest in August and September. 1920 Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 245 (425) 5. Papilio zenobia Fabricius Papilio zenobia F asricivus, 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 503. AurtviLirus, 1908, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIII, p. 16, Pl. mb. Thirty-one specimens, including a couple of females. One male is somewhat aberrant, having the pale bands yellowish, not white as is usual. The specimens were mostly taken at Medje, a few in April, the rest from July to September inclusive, although several are ticketted as caught both at Medje and Niangara in November. A number of the males have a small white spot at the end of the cell of the fore wing, as is always the case with the females, and there- fore belong to the so-called “variety,” to which Suffert has given the name Papilio nobicea (Nomen vix conservandum). (426) 6. Papilio mechowianus Dewitz Papilio cypreafila var. mechowiana Drwitz, 1885, Ent. Nachr., XI, p. 305, fig... AvRIVILLIUs, 1908, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 16, Pl. ma, 9. Papilio mechowianus AuRIVILLIUS, 1908, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 16, Pl. ma. There are four specimens, one caught at Medje in July, the others at Niangara in November. They are all more or less defective, rubbed, and lacking antenne. (427) 7. Papilio gallienus Distant Papilio gallienus Distant, 1879, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 649. There is a small army of specimens which I refer to this species, although the males have the transverse light bands of the wings on the upper side narrower than is shown in the figure given by Aurivillius (cf. Seitz, XIII, Pl. 1). The females agree more nearly with the figure cited, and indeed this figure may represent the female. The author has un- fortunately failed to indicate in the text or on the plate what sex his figure represents. I count one hundred and twelve specimens of this species, mostly taken at Medje, or near by, at Gamangui, Bafwasende, and Bafwaboli. A few were caught in April, but the great majority were captured in July, August, and September. (428) 8. Pap'‘lio hesperus Westwood Papilio hesperus Westwoop, 1843, Arcana Ent., I, p. 189, Pl. xtvut. There are nine males taken at Medje from July to September. (429) 9. Papilio nireus Linnzus Papilio nireus Linnamus, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 464. Auriviniius, 1908, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, Pl. va, vb. 246 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII This species is represented by sixty-six males, some of which by the reduction in width of the blue transverse band on the upper side of the wings approach in appearance the form lyeus Doubleday, which is prevalent in southern and eastern Africa. A couple of the specimens are labelled as taken at Gamangui in February, a few as caught at Avakubi and Niangara in November, but by far the greater number were collected at Medje, some in April, the rest from June to September. (430) 10. Papilio bromius Doubleday Papilio bromius DouBLEpay, 1845, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (1) XVI, p. 176. Aurivit- Lius, 1908, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, Pl. vb, ve. There are fifty-three males of this species in the collection. One was taken at Matadi, the rest at Medje, several in April, the rest in the mid-summer months. (431) ; 1l. Papilio demodocus Esper Papilio demodocus Esper, 1798, Auslindische Schmett., p. 205, Pl. x1, fig. 1. This is the African race of P. demoleus Linnzus, which latter is common in the Asiatic tropics and also occurs in Arabia. It principally differs by being somewhat larger and darker and having the ocellus at the anal angle of the hind wing less conspicuously marked with red scales. There are thirty-one males and six females. Twenty-seven of the specimens were taken at Niangara in the month of November, five at Medje in June and July, two at Stanleyville in August, one at Risimu in September, and one at Ngayu in December. One of the males taken at Niangara on November 9, 1910, is re- markable because all the light spots on the upper side of the wings are brilliant lemon-yellow, and not creamy white, as is usually the case. One female belongs to the varietal form to which Capronnier gave the name nubila (ef. Aurivillius, Seitz, loc. cit., Pl. 1va) in which the light spots on the upper side of the wings are ochreous. Aurivillius suggests that this so-called subspecies is based upon discolored (“verfirbte’’) specimens. I find it, however, difficult to agree with him, inasmuch as I have before me as I write, quite a long series of such specimens, coming from many different localities from all over the continent, and all in such state of preservation as to militate against the idea that the color is other than natural. In every larger series of this species which has come into my hands I have found a few specimens which have the pale markings ochreous and, therefore, belong to the form nubila. Though 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 247 merely a color-variety, it occurs constantly, and I should say that it is no exaggeration to affirm that at least two per cent of the specimens collected belong to it. (432) 12. Papilio menestheus lormieri Distant Papilio menestheus Drury, 1773, Ill. Exot. Ent., II, p. 15, Pl. rx, figs. 1, 2. Papilio menestheus var. lormieri Distant, 1874, Ent. Mo. Mag., XI, p. 129. AurtvIL- Livus, 1908, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 20, Pl. vin1b. All of the specimens in the collection belong to the varietal form described by Distant, which differs from typical P. menestheus in having the transverse band of pale spots on the fore wing nearly straight, and not curving inwardly near the costa in the direction of the base of the wing. The typical form occurs in Sierra Leone and the northern parts of the range of the insect, but the variety lormieri is most prevalent from southern Cameroon and the valley of the Ogové eastward into the hot wooded interior of the continent and reaches as far south as Mashona- land. . There are seventy-five specimens of this insect in the collection, including a couple of females. Most of them were taken at Medje, a few in April, the rest from June to September, but chiefly in the months of July and August, A small number are labelled as having been taken at Niangara in November. (433) 13. Papilio ridleyanus White Plate VI, Figure 3, typical @ Papilio ridleyanus Wuite, 1843, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (1) XII, p. 262, fig. AURIVILLIvs, 1908, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 21, Pl. 1a. Twenty-three male specimens. Of these nine are labelled as having been taken at Gamangui in February, six at Medje in June and July, three at Bafwasende in September, four at Niangara in November, and one ‘“‘near Barumbu, July 31, 1909.” (434) 13a. Papilio ridleyanus fumosus, new variety Plate VI, Figure 4, ° P. ridleyanus is dimorphic. Two males from Medje and two from Bafwasende belong to a variety in which the red color of both wings dis- appears and is replaced by dull smoky gray. This is true also of a certain proportion of the females of the species. I have before me as I write a number of females taken by Antisdel in the Belgian Congo not far from Leopoldville, some of which are colored like the typical males and are 248 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII marked with bright red spots, but one of which is precisely like the smoky-winged males from Medje and Bafwasende. For this form I propose the subspecific name given above. Type & from Bafwasende in The American Museum of Natural History; allotype 2 in Carnegie Museum (Coll. Antisdel). Paratyvpes in The American Museum of Natural History and Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. (435) 14. Papilio pylades Fabricius Papilio pylades Fasricius, 1793, Ent. Syst., IIT, part 1, p. 34. AVELYPLIUB, 1908, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 21, Pl. vite. There are seventy-eight specimens, a'most all of which are males. They were mostly taken at Niangara in Hovember. Six are labelled as from Faradje, one of which bears date as of November, and the rest are without designation of day or month. Only one specimen is recorded as from Medje, and is dated August 1, 1910. There is not much to be remarked about the specimens, except that they run very small in size, which suggests that they represent the wet- season form. (436) 15. Papilio angolanus Goeze Papilio angolanus Gaze, 1779, Ent. Beitr., III, part 1, p. 87. Aurtvriirius, 1908, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 21, Pl. vib. A solitary male, taken at Matadi, June 1909, represents this species. (437) 16. Papilio tyndareus Fabricius Papilio tyndareus Fasricius, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p.35. Aurtviiiius, 1908, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 22, Pl. via. There are nine males, one of which is discolored. One was taken at Bafwabaka, January 7; two at Gamangui in February; five at Medje, two of these in April, the other three one each in June, August, and September; one was captured at Niangara in November. (438) 17. Papilio theorini Aurivillius Papilio theorint Aurnivitiius, 1881, Ent. Tidskr., II, p. 45; 1908, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIII, p. 21, Pl. md. Represented by four males captured at Medje, two in April, one in July, and one in August 1910. (439) 18. Papilio ucalegonides Staudinger Papilio ucalegonides StauvincER, 1884, Exot. Schmett., I, p. 10, Pl. v (as P. ucalegon). Papilio ucalegonides Avwivit.ivs, 1908, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 23. Two males taken at Medje in September. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 249 (440) 19. Papilio charcedonius Karsch Papilio charcedonius Karscu, 1895, Ent. Nachr., X XI, p. 285. Aurrvitirus, 1908, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 24, Pl. rxe. Two males, one caught at Medje in August, the other at Niangara in November. (441) 20. Papilio leonidas Fabricius Papilio leonidas Fasricius, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 35. Aurrvitirus, 1908, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 22, Pl. vid. Eleven specimens caught at Medje, two in April: the rest from July to September; nine captured at Niangara in November; one at Risimu, September 8, 1909; one at Avakubi in November; and two at Faradje in December. (442) 21. Papilio antheus Cramer Papilio antheus Cramer, 1779, Pap. Exot., III, p. 72, Pl. ccxxxtv, figs. B,C. Auri- VILLIUS, 1908, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 25, Pl. rxa. There are thirty-seven specimens, one caught at Medje in April, two taken at the same place in July, and all the rest captured at Gaman- gui in February. (443) 22. Papilio policenes Cramer Papilio policenes CRAMER, 1775, Pap. Exot., I, p. 61, Pl. xxxvn, figs. A, B. Aurtvit- Lius, 1908, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 25. There are one hundred and six examples of this common species in the collection. Most of them were taken at Gamangui in February, but a score or more are labelled as from Medje, a few taken in April, the rest in the mid-summer months. A few were caught at Niangara in November, and one is labelled ‘‘ Ngayu, December.’ (444) 23. Papilio illyris Hewitson Papilio illyris Hewitson, 1873, Ent. Mo. Mag., LX, p. 232. Aurtvitiius, 1908, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XTIT, p. 26, Pl. virta. A single male taken at Medje in the first week of September. Hesperiidez In view of the large number of species, nearly three hundred, belong- ing to the family Hesperiide, which are already known to occur in the region of the Congo, the collection brought home by the Lang-Chapin Expedition is somewhat disappointing. Like the collection of the Lyczenide reported upon on preceding pages, it shows that the native collectors who were employed to gather insects concentrated their 250 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII attention upon the larger and showier species in other families. In com- parison with the really splendid collection of Nymphalide, the Hesperiidze make a rather poor showing. Nevertheless, some excellent things turn up, as for instance a specimen of Procampta rara Holland, hitherto only known by the type, which until now was unique, and two new species, Abantis rubra and Leptalina niangarensis. The collection con- tains ninety-four specimens of the Hesperiide, representing thirty- seven species, belonging to twenty-three genera. Many species are re- presented by but one specimen. Hesperiinz Sarancesa Moore Subgenus Hypa Mabille (445) 1. Sarangesa (Hyda) grisea (Hewitson) Pterygospidea grisea Hewitson, 1878, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) I, p. 344. Hyda micacea MABILLE, 1889, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) IX, Bull., p. elxviii. MABILLE AND VUILLO1, 1893, Novit. Lep., p. 93, Pl. x1, fig. 3. Hyda grisea HOLLAND, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 6. Masriie, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 55. The species is represented by a single male specimen captured at Medje, July 19, 1910. Subgenus Sarge Mabille (446) 2. Sarangesa (Sape) maculata (Mabille) Sape maculata Masitxe, 1891, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belgique, p. lxviii. Hottanp, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 10. Masriie, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 55. There are two somewhat worn male specimens from Niangara which agree so closely with a series of finely preserved examples collected for me at Mombasa by Doherty and which are undoubtedly referable to S. maculata Mabille, that I do not hesitate to place them here. In 1896 at the time I prepared my ‘Synonymic Catalogue of the Hesperiide of Africa’ I only knew S. maculata by the descfiption published by Mabille. The species is well defined and thoroughly valid, as shown by the material before me. CeL@norrRuinvus Hiibner (447) 1. Celenorrhinus galenus (Iabricius) Hesperia galenus Fannicius, 1793, Ent. Syst., LIT, part 1, p, 350. Hesperia galena Donovan, 1800, Ins. India, Pl. 1, fig. 3, 9. Plesione uragalenus STAUDINGER, 1888, Exot, Schmett., part 1, p. 300; part 2, Abbild., Pl. c, o’. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 251 Celenorrhinus galenus HOLLAND, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 12. MAsBrixe, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 51. The species is represented in the collection by four males and two females, all of which were taken at Medje, the dates of capture ranging from April to August 1910. (448) 2. Celewnorrhinus rutilans (Mabille) Pardaleodes rutilans MaBILLe, 1877, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, p. 235, 9. MABILLE AND VUILLOT, 1893, Novit. Lep., p. 96, Pl. x11, fig. 7, o. Pterygospidea tergemira Hewitson, 1877, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) XX, p. 323. Tagiades wermanni Patz, 1879, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XL, p. 362, 2. Celenorrhinus rutilans HOLLAND, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 12. MABILe, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 51. Four males and one female of this species were taken at Medje in the months of July and August 1910. (449) 3. Celenorrhinus boadicea (Hewitson) Pterygospidea boadicea Hewirson, 1877, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) XX, p. 323. Celenorrhinus atratus HOLLAND, (part), 1894, Ent. News, PI. m1, fig. 5. Celenorrhinus boadicea HOLLAND, 1896,.Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 14, Pl. m1, fig. 1. Masirixe, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 51. One male specimen was caught at Medje in August 1910, (450) 3. Celenorrhinus chrysoglossus (Mabille) Ancistrocampta chrysoglossa M aBIL.E, 1891, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belgique, XX XV, p. evii. Celenorrhinus chrysoglossa HOLLAND, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 14, Pl. m1, fig. 5. Mapriie, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 51. _ There is a male in somewhat damaged condition caught at Medje, April 6, 1910. TaaciapDEs Hiibner (451) 1. Tagiades flesus (Fabricius) Papilio flesus Fasrictus, 1771, Spec. Ins., II, p. 135, No. 621. Papilio ophion Drury, 1782, Ill. Exot. Ent., III, Pl. xvu, figs. 1, 2. Nisoniades flesus BUTLER, 1869, Cat. Fabr. Diurn. Lep., p. 286. Nisoniades ophion TRIMEN, 1866, Rhop. Afr. Austr., IT, p. 313. Tagiades flesus WATSON, 1893, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 54. HoLianp, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 16. Masruye, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 53. There are two males and four females of this well-known and widely distributed species; the males taken at Niangara in November; two females at Medje, one in July, the other in August; a third female at Niangara in November 1910; and a fourth at Stanleyville, in March 1915. 252 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Eacris Guenée (452) 1. Eagris lucetia (Hewitson) Leucochitonea lucetia Hewitson, 1875, Ill. Exot. Butt., V, July, Leucochitonea, Pl. u, fig. 21. Biigrts tsi HOo.uanp, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 19. Masruue, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 54. ~ There are four males of this well-defined species, all taken at Medje, one in April, two in June, and one in August 1910. Hewitson originally described the insect from Angola. Procampta! Holland (453) 1. Procampta rara Holland Procampta rara Houuanp, 1892, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) X, p. 298. Watson, 1893, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 59. Hoxuanp, 1894, Ent. News, Pl. 1m, fig. 7; 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 19. There is a single specimen of this scarce insect, which is labelled as taken at Medje, August 24, 1910. It has been compared with the type, and agrees with it in every particular. So far as I know, it is the second specimen which has thus far turned up. The type came from the valley of the Ogové River. The butterfly seems to have been overlooked by collectors, probably because of its small size and obscure coloration. Caprona Wallengren (454) 1. Caprona pillaana Wallengren Caprona pillaana W ALLENGREN, 1857, Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handi., N.S., II, No. 4, p. 51. Stethotrix heterogyna Maxni.ie, 1889, Ann, Soc. Ent. France, (6) LX, Bull., p. clxxxiv. Caprona adelica Karscu, 1892, Ent. Nachr., XVIII, p. 242; 1893, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XXXVIII, p. 243, Pl. v1, fig. 2. Caprona pillaana HouLaNnn, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 19. Mastin, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 76. There is one ragged male specimen of this species which, according to the label, was taken at “Faradje 1911-1912.” 'Mabille in the ‘Genera Insectorum,’ Fase. XVII, in the Index gives the genus Procampta Holland and refers top. 59''; he also cites in the Index the specific name rara “sp. gen. Pree. and refers top. 131, Neither of these pages contains the slightest allusion either to the genus or the species. On page 43, in one of the keys to the genera he cites Procampta as belonging to Section 11, Iam curious to know how the Index of the work was fabricated, so as to cite the genus and species and the es on which they are recorded, without their being there at all, I may say in passing that while I have the warmest personal regard for the author of thiswork, which must be constantly referred to, it so abounds in ty utraphical errors and omissions ae to make its use peepecinaly trying. It is the ‘despair’ of working hesperidologists. So far as the Hesperiidw of temperate and boreal North America are con~- cerned, it complete y senores every thing of importance which had been done by students in the United States and Canada during the quarter of a century which had elapsed prior to its appearance, 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 253 Asantis! Hopffer (455) 1. Abantis elegantula (Mabille) Sapea elegantula MasiiiE, 1890, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) X, p.32. MasILie AND VUILLOT, 1891, Novit. Lep., p. 23, Pl. m1, fig. 6. This species is represented by a solitary male taken at Medje, March 8, 1910. (456) 2. Abantis efulensis Holland Abantis efulensis HOLLAND, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 21, Pl. v, fig. 12. There is a single male specimen from Medje which differs from the type, with which it has been compared, only in the fact that the outer border of the hind wings on the upper side is clouded with dark scales to a greater extent than is the case in the individual which I originally described and figured. In this respect, however, it does not differ from other individuals collected since my first description was published. (547) 3. Abantis rubra, new species Plate XII, Figure 1, #7 3. Frons and inner margins of palpi reddish orange; outer margins of palpi deep black with a white spot at the base of each just below the eye. Thorax and patagia dark brown, the patagia, so far as the specimen reveals, without light markings (the patagia are in bad case). Abdomen dark brown, with a black median longitudinal line above, and the edges of the segments on the sides adorned with pale reddish vertical spots; lower side of abdomen paler brown than above. The primaries on the upper side are pale semitranslucent fuscous, with all the veins dark brown and clearly defined against the paler ground-color. There is a small subcircular blackish spot at the base, defined outwardly by a few orange-red scales. The ground-color of the secondaries on the upper side is orange-red, the veins are black and clearly defined against the ground-color. At the end of the cell about the middle of the wing is a sharply defined velvety black spot, from which through the middle of the cell there runs to the base a narrow black ray of the same color as the spot at the end of the cell. The outer margin of the secondaries on the upper side is bordered by fuscous, defined inwardly by a narrow band of darker brown which widens a little towards the anal angle. The inner margin is shaded with fuscous. On the under side both wings are pale reddish inclining to fuscous, with all the markings of the upper side reproduced, but in paler tints than on the upper side. Expanse, 33 mm. 1Fairmaire in the Annals of the Entomological Society of Belgium, XXXVIII, 1894, p. 395, announces that he has been informed by his learned colleague, Dr. Berg, that the generic name Abantis Hopffer should be replaced by the generic name Abantiades Herrich-Scheeffer, and states that he hastens to make announcement of the fact.. Unfortunately for this supposed correction I discover that the generic name Abantiades was proposed by Herrich-Scheeffer for one of the large Australian Hepialids, and he makes Epiolus (Pielus Walker) argenteus Donovan the type of the genus. As the Hepialide and the Hesperiide are rather far apart in any system of classification, which has thus far been pro- osed (about as far apart as tigers and squirrels among mammials), the correction provokes a smile. he name Abantis Hopffer stands in spite of the Choowery of Doctors Berg and Fairmaire. The t of the genus is A. tettensis Hopffer, as pointed out by Scudder (Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences, X, 1875, p. 99). 254 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII The type, which is in The American Museum of Natural History, is unique. It was taken at Medje, April 6, 1910. The genus Abantis is thus far known to include eighteen species, all of which are found in the Aithiopian subregion. .They are the following: 1. Abantis tettensis Hoprrer, 1855, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 643; 1862, Peters, Reise n. Mossambique, Ins., p. 415, Pl. xxv1, figs. 16, 17. Eastern tropical Africa. 2. Abantis paradisea (BUTLER), 1870, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 499; 1874, Lep. Exot., p. 167, Pl. urx, fig. 8. Abantis namaquaana (WEsTwoop), 1874, Thes. Ent. Oxon., p. 183, Pl. xxxIv, fig. 10, 9. Southern Africa. 3. Abantis zambesiaca (WEstwoop), 1874, Thes. Ent. Oxon., p. 183, Pl. xxxrv, fig. 9. Abantis zambezina TRIMEN, 1889, S. Afr. Butt., III, p. 344. Abantis trimeni (Bu1LER), 1895, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 264, Pl. xv, fig. 5. Southern tropical Africa. 4. Abantis bismarcki Karscu, 1892, Ent. Nachr., XVIII, p. 228; 1893, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XX XVIII, p. 242, Pl. v1, fig. t. Topsland. 5. Abantis bicolor (TRImEN), 1864, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, (3) I, p. 180; 1866, Rhop. Afr. Austr., II, p. 307, Pl. vy, fig. 1. South Africa, 6. Abantis venosa TRIMEN, 1889, 8. Afr. Butt., III, p. 339; 1891, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, p. 105, Pl. rx, fig. 24. Abantis umvulensis (E. Sharpe), 1890, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) VI, p. 348. Southern tropical Africa, Transvaal. 7. Abantis elegantula (Mapiuie), 1890, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) X, p. 32. MABILLE AND VuILLoT, 1891, Novit. Lep., p. 24, Pl. m1, fig. 6. Sierra Leone, Cameroon, Belgian Congo. 8. Abantis efulensis HOLLAND, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 21, Pl. v, fig. 12. Cameroon, Belgian Congo. 9. Abantis plerotica Karscu, 1896, Ent. Nachr., XXII, p. 374. German East Africa. 10. Abantis leucogaster (MaBiLLE), 1890, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) X, p. 32. MABILLE AND VurLiorT, 1891, Novit. Lep., p. 22, Pl. mt, fig. 5. Sierra Leone. 11. Abantis nigeriana Burier, 1901, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) VIII, p. 59. Nigeria. 12. Abantis arctomarginata Laruy, 1901, Trans. Ent. ok. London, p. 34, Pl. fig. 7. Zomba, British Central Africa. 13. Abantis ja H. H. Druce, 1909, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 408, Pl. uxvn, fig. z. Interior of Cameroon, 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 255 14. Abantis lucretia H. H. Deuce, 1909, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 409, Pl. uxvu, fig. 3. Interior of Cameroon. 15. Abantis lofu Neave, 1910, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 72, Pl. 1m, figs. 4, 5. Northern Rhodesia. 16. Abantis leeubu (WALLENGREN), 1857, Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hand:., N. 8., I, No. 4, p.-72. , 17. Abantis amneris Reset AND RoGEeNnHorer, 1894, in O. Baumann’s ‘Durch Masailand zur Niiquelle,’ p. 338. Umbugwe. 18. Abantis rubra HOLLAND, new species. Belgian Congo. HesPerra Fabricius (458) 1. Hesperia dromus (Plcetz) Pyrgus dromus Puiarz, 1884, Mitth. nat. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm. u. Riig., p. 6. TrimeEn, 1889, 8. Afr. Butt., III, p. 283. Hesperia dromus Watson, 1893, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 65. Hoxianp, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 23. MasriLue, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 81. Five specimens, three males and two females, were collected. Two were captured at Medje in the first week of April; one was taken at Faradje, December 5, 1912; the other two specimens were captured at Niangara in the second week of November 1910. (459) 2. Hesperia pletzi Aurivillius Syrichtus spio PLasrz, 1884, Mitth. nat. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm. u. Riig., p. 21. Pyrgus spio MaBIL_Z, 1890, Ann. Soe. Ent. France, (6) X, p. 30. Hesperia pletzi Aurtvitiius, 1891, Ent. Tidskr., p. 227. Karscu, 1893. Berl. Ent. Zeit., XXVIII, p. 245. Hotuanp, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 23. Masixg, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 81. There are two specimens in the collection, one taken at Gamangui, February 5, the other at Medje, April 6, 1910. Pamphiline Actgeros Mabille (460) 1. Acleros pletzi Mabille Apaustus leucopygus PLasrz, 1879, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XL, p. 360. Acleros pletzi MABILLE, 1889, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) IX, Bull., p. elxxiii. Hot- LAND, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 29, Pl. 1, fig. 7. Masriue, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 96. This rather common species is represented in the collection by one tattered male taken at Medje, June 26, 1910. 256 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII Osmopes Watson (461) 1. Osmodes laronia (Hewitson) Hesperia laronia Hewitson, 1868, Descript. Hesper., p. 35. Plastingia laronia Patz, 1879, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XL, p. 356; 1884, idem, XLV, pp. 145-146. Osmodes laronia Watson, 1893, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 78. HoLianp, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 40, Pl. rv, figs. 3, 5. Masinin, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 102. Represented by a male and female captured at Medje in August 1910. Hypotevcis Mabille (462) 1. Hypoleucis cretacea (Snellen) (?) Goniloba cretacea SNELLEN, 1872, Tijd. vi Ent., p. 27, Pl. 11, figs. 4-6. Hesperia gonessa Hewrtson, 1877, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) XIX, p. 76. Heron, 1898, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) I, p. 256. Hypoleucis cretacea HOLLAND, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 47 (where further synonymy is given). There is a single somewhat damaged female which I refer with caution to this species, from typical examples of which it apparently differs only by a reduction in size of the translucent white spots of the primaries. The specimen was captured at Medje, July 17, 1910. Leptatina Mabille M. P. Mabille, in his Revision of the Family _Hesperiide in the ‘Genera Insectorum,’ published by P. Wytsman, has erected the genus Leptalina for the reception of Cyclopides unicolor Bremer and Gray, which is found in China and Japan, and the three African species, lepeletieri (Latreille), tsita (Trimen), and inornatus (Trimen), which hith- erto have been commonly regarded as belonging to the genus Cyclopides. I am quite familiar with the Asiatic species, having personally collected it in quantity when engaged in research work in Japan in 1887. I am somewhat dubious as to the propriety of removing it from the genus Cyclopides. There seems to me to be more propriety in separating the three African forms from their former association. I propose to add to the genus Leptalina Mabille another species the description of which is given herewith. (463) 1. Leptalina niangarensis, new species Plate XII, Figure 3, @. Palpidark fuscous, upper side of thorax and abdomen blackish, lighter on the under side, inclining to ochraceous, the terminal segments on their posterior edges marked laterally with pale scales, Both fore and hind wings on the upper side uni- 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 257 formly dark brown, without any traces of translucent spots or other maculation. Cilia concolorous. On the under side both wings are colored as on the upper side, but are slightly paler in their ground-color, and near the base are clothed with ochraceous scales. The hind wings on this side reveal a dark subcircular and some- what diffuse spot in the cell at its extremity and this is followed externally by a post- median dark band, which corresponds in its curvature to the outer margin. Expanse, 32 mm. Two specimens were taken by the Lang-Chapin Expedition at Niangara in November 1910. One of these, which I designate as the type, is in The American Museum of Natural History; the other, which I designate as the paratype, I have the pleasure of retaining for the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. I append a brief key for the determination of the four species of the genus Leptalina now known to occur in Africa. A. Hind wings marked on the under side by light longitudinal lines. 1. Hind wings marked by two conspicuous silvery white lines, ranning through the cell from the base to the outer margin, the upper line broader and SGN CONSTICUGUS. 6. iis de a ees lepeletieri (Latreille). ,2. Hind wings having the nervules, especially in the outer half of the wing covered with white scales, causing the veins to stand out clearly against ee carker ground-colof. 4: {06 6s i eee ee ae tsita (Trimen). B. Hind wings not marked on the under side by light lines, running from the base toward the outer margin. 1. Fore wings with three minute translucent subapical spots..inornatus (Trimen). 2. Fore wings without translucent spots; hind wings on the under side with an obscure dark subcircular spot at the end of the cell, followed by a cloudy dark postmedian transverse band ............. niangarensis Holland. CuaPpra Moore (464) 1. Chapra mathias (Fabricius) Hesperia mathias Fasricius, 1798, Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 436. (For synonymy cf. Holland, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 60.) One male caught at Boma, June 15, 1915. ParnakaA Moore (465) 1. Parnara borbonica (Boisduval) Hesperia borbonica Botspuvat, 1833, Faune Ent. Madgr., p. 65, Pl. rx, figs. 5, 6. (For additional synonymy cf. Holland, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 62.) There are two specimens of this common insect in the collection, one taken at Faradje, December 6, 1912, and another at the same place, labelled ‘ 1911-1912.” 258 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (466) 2. Parnara alberti (Holland) Baoris alberti HOLLAND, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 67, Pl. m, fig. 21. Parnara alberti MaBiLx, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 136. Of this species there are three specimens, one taken at Medje, June 27, 1910; one at Matadi, August 24, 1910; and one at Faradje, labelled “1911-1912.” They all agree with specimens taken on the Ogové River and in southern Cameroon. . M. Mabille has transferred this species and several others which I classified under Baoris Moore to the genus Parnara Moore. The distinction between the two genera, as is pointed out by Mabille, is rather fine, based principally upon the length of the antenne and the sexual brands, which do not always afford good grounds for generic separation. I follow Mabille provisionally, though feeling that the whole group needs a more careful revision than it has thus far received and that a systematic examination of the vast number of species now lumped under the name Parnara will disclose that the group, as made up, con- tains a good many incongruous elements. Sematea' Holland (467) 1. Semalea pulvina (Ploetz) Hesperia pulvina Piaerz, 1879, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XL, p. 353. Cobalus carbo MaBILLE, 1889, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) IX, Bull., p. elxix. Trichosemeia pulvina Watson, 1893, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 53. Semalea pulvina HoLuanp, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 65, fig. and Pl. 1, fig. 14. MaBixez, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 138. One male specimen caught at Medje, August 24, 1910. PuaTyLescHes Holland (468) 1. Platylesches batange Holland Parnara batanga HOLLAND, 1894, Ent. News, V, p. 92, Pl. 11, fig. 10. Platylesches batanga Hou.anpd, 1896, Proce. Zool. Soc. London, p. 73. MABrILLE, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 138. , There is one dwarfed and also somewhat damaged specimen of this species which I have carefully compared with the type and find to be identical. It is ticketted as taken at ‘ Basoko, July 3, 1909.” 'The genus Semalea Holland is omitted from the Index in Mabille’s work, loc, cit., but occurs on p. 138, with notes and comments thereon by M, Mabille. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 259 PARDALEODES Butler (469) 1. Pardaleodes edipus (Cramer) Papilio edipus CraMER, 1782, Pap. Exot., IV, p. 146, Pl. cccixv1, figs. E, F, 3. Pamphila (?) sator DoUBLEDAY AND swine: 1852, Gen. Diurn. Lep., II, p. 523, Pl. uxxrx, fig. 4, 9. (For further synonymy cf. Holland, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 75.) There are three males and one female referable to this species. All of them were taken at Medje in the months of July and August 1910. (470) 2. Pardaleodes incerta (Snellen) Pamphila incerta SNELLEN, 1872, Tijd. v. Ent., p. 29, Pl. x, figs. 10-12, #. Hesperia coanza Piarz, 1883, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLIV, p. 232, @. Pardaleodes incerta HOLLAND, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 75. Four males; three taken at Medje, two in July, the other in kugabes the fourth specimen caught at Niangara, November 26, 1910. (471) 3. Pardaleodes bule Holland Pardaleodes bule HoLuanp, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 76, Pl. m1, fig. 21. Two specimens from Medje, one collected in April, the other in August 1910. (472) 4. Pardaleodes fan (Holland) Osmodes (?) fan Hotuanp, 1894, Ent. News, V, p. 91, Pl. m1, fig. 8. Pardaleodes fan HoLtuann, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 79. Two specimens caught at Medje, August 1910. CERATRICHIA Butler (473) 1. Ceratrichia ialemia H. H. Druce Ceratrichia ialemia H. H. Druce, 1909, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 413, PI. jecainbe fig. 10. One male taken at Medje, August 13, 1910, which agrees wibiay with the description and figure given by Druce. The species is very near to C. nothus (Fabricius) and is probably only a form of that. (474) 2. Ceratrichia phocion (Fabricius) Papilio phocion Fasricius, 1781, Spec. Ins., IT, p. 138. Ceratrichia phocion ButiER, 1870, Cat. Fabr. Diurn. Lep., p. 274, Pl. mz, fig. 14. HOo.uanp, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 79. Apaustus argyrosticta PLatz, 1879, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XL, p. 358, 9. Four males and one female of this common insect, all taken at Medje from July to September 1910. The females are variable in the number and size of the small light markings on the wings, as are also the males to a less extent. There are before me as I write-several hundreds of speci- 260 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII mens of the species, representing both sexes, some pairs taken in copula, and a quite considerable series of females from the Ogové and southern Cameroon, which conform absolutely to the description of argyrosticta given by Pletz. I am now convinced that I was in error in 1896 in regarding C. (Apaustus) argyrosticta as the female of the succeeding species, C. flava Hewitson = C-charita (Ploetz). (475) 3. Ceratrichia flava Hewitson Ceratrichia flava Hewitson, 1878, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) I, p. 343. Hoxanp, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, p. 79, Pl. m1, fig. 14. Plastingia charita PLetz, 1879, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XL, p. 356. One male taken at Batama, September 18, 1909. (476) 4. Ceratrichia wollastoni Heron Ceratrichia wollastoni Heron, 1909, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XIX, p. 174, Pl. v, figs. 13, 14. There are three specimens referable to this species which were taken at Medje, two in April, and one in September 1910. It is distin- guished from C. flava Hewitson by the outline of the inner edge of the terminal black band of the primaries, which curves regularly from the inner margin before the lower angle to about the middle of the costa, whereas in C. flava it is angulated at vein 4, running inwardly for some distance along that vein towards the cell, which in most specimens it reaches and the outer extremity of which it covers somewhat diffusely. The insect was originally described from Ruwenzori; we also have speci- mens from the interior of Cameroon. Before dismissing the consideration of the few species of this genus brought before us by the present collection, it is proper to state that it seems to the writer that it is much in need of a careful revision, inasmuch as the material constantly accumulating in his custody seems to indi- cate that some at least of the so-called species are of questionable validity. Acromecis Mabille Mabille, in the ‘Genera Insectorum,’ separates the species named neander Plcetz from the genus Andronymus Holland, to which I assigned it in 1896, and erects the genus Acromecis for its reception. (477) 1. Acromecis neander (Plcoetz) Apaustus neander Piarrz, 1884, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLV, p. 154, Ancylorypha producta Trimen, 1889, 8. Afr. Butt., IIT, p. 334, Andronymus neander HOLLAND, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, p. 82, Pl. u, fig. 23. Acromecia neander Manitve, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 172. « TE a TT ES ST ITA a 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 261 There are ten specimens, eight males and two females. All were taken at Medje, except one female which is ticketted “Stanleyville, I, 27, 1915.”’ Six of the specimens taken at Medje were captured in June, one in May, and one in September. Czanives Holland (478) 1. Cenides cenira (Hewitson) Hesperia cenira Hewrison, 1867, Exot. Butt., 1V, Hesperia, Pl. 11, figs. 15, 16. Pamphila cenira Kirsy, 1871, Syn. Cat., p. 606. Hesperia calpis Puarz, 1879, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XL, p. 354; 1882, idem, XLIII, p. 328, 9. Hidari cenira HOLLAND, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 82, Pl. u, fig. 3, 2 (calpis Pleetz). Cenides cenira (sic) MaBiuie, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 182. One typical male collected at Medje, July 8, 1910. In my catalogue of the African Hesperiide, 1896, I referred the fore- going and two other species to the genus Hidariz Distant, with which they seemed to agree better than with any other genus at that time described. M. Mabille in his later work relegates them to my genus Cenides, of which he says they form a section. I cannot take the time at the moment of writing this to go fully into the matter, which might involve some detailed investigation of structures under the microscope and bleaching of wings, but I know that the Hesperia cenira of Hewitson is certainly very doubtfully congeneric with Hesperia dacela Hewitson, which is the type of the genus Cenides Holland. (479) 2. Cenides cylinda (Hewitson) Hesperia cylinda Hewirson, 1876, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) XVIII, p. 449. Pamphila calpis Karscu (nec Ploetz), 1893, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XX XVIII, p. 252, Pl. vi, fig. 4 (9 non ). Cenides cylinda HoLuaNnpd, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 89, Pl. 1, fig. 12 (9 non 3). MaBILxe, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 182. Two moles, one taken at Leopoldville, July 4, 1909, the other at Niangara, November 20, 1910. The figures of this insect given both by Karsch and myself do not represent the male but the female, which has a postmedian translucent spot on the hind wing, while the male is destitute of such a spot, as is shown by numerous specimens which have come into my possession or custody since 1896. 262 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIIT RHopatocamptTa Wallengren (480) 1. Rhopalocampta bixe (Linnzeus) Papilio bixe Linnzxus, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 485. Cierckx, 1764, Icones, Pl. xuu, fig. 4.. Ismene bixe Kirpy, 1871, Syn. Cat., p. 582 (part). : Rhopalocampta bixe Watson, 1893, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 129. Honianp, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 101. Masruue, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 88. One good specimen taken at Medje, July 13, 1910. (481) 2. Rhopalocampta unicolor (Mabille) Ismene unicolor MABILLE, 1877, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (5) VII, Buil., p. xxxix. Hesperia unicolor TRimEN, 1889, 8. Afr. Butt., IIT, p. 375. Rhopalocampta unicolor HOLLAND, 1896, Proce. Zool. Soc. London, p. 97. MaBILLE, 1904, Gen. Ins., XVII, p. 88. Six specimens: two taken at Gamangui in February; three cap- tured at Medje in July; and one caught at Faradje, ticketted ‘1911~ 1912.” (482) 3. Rhopalocampta forestan (Cramer) Papilio forestan CRAMER, 1782, Pap. Exot., IV, p. 210, Pl. cccxcr, figs. FZ, F. Ismene florestan TRIMEN, 1866, (part), Rhop. Afr. Austr., II, p. 318. Hesperia florestan TRimEN, 1889, 8. Afr. Butt., IIT, p. 368. Rhopalocampta forestan Watson, 1893, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 129. HoLuanp, 1896, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, p. 98. Eight specimens are included in the collection; one taken at Gamangui in February, one at Medje in June, and six at Niangara in November 1910. M. Mabille has omitted this species from his list given on page 88 of his work. HETEROCERA Amatide Hampson (Syntomide of authors) Myopsycxe Hampson (483) 1. Myopsyche langi, new species &. Head and thorax black with a faint bluish gloss; antenne black at the base (tips wanting in the type); frons black; a tuft of orange-red hairs behind each eye; patagia orange-red with a minute black spot at the base of each; first three segments of abdomen orange-red, the succeeding segments blue-black, except the last, which is pale reddish; the ventral surface of the thorax and the first three abdominal segments are pale fawn-colored, and the legs are of the same color, becoming slightly darker upon the femora. Fore and hind wings hyaline. The costa of the fore wing is narrowly blackish, as is also the posterior margin; the border of the external margin 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 263 of the fore wing is broadly black at the apex, but rapidly decreases in width to the extremity of the second median nervule, and then suddenly widening inwardly and again diminishing to the inner angle, forms a subtriangular spot on the outer margin from the second submedian nervule to the angle. This black spot is ornamented by a minute white or hyaline spot between veins 2 and 3 near their extremities. At the end of the cell of the fore wing there is a subtriangular black spot. The black outer margin of the hind wing is relatively wide, and the costal margin is broadly black. The outer margin has an inwardly projecting tooth-like prolongation on vein 2. In consequence of the width of the black borders of the hind wing the inner hyaline area is much reduced, and restricted to the lower half of the cell, a small space beyond it, and the basal portion of the space between the cell and vein 1. Expanse 2, 27 mm. This species comes nearest M. ochsenheimeri (Boisduval) but is totally distinct, differing both in the markings of the wings and the abdomen. I name it in honor of the leader of the expedition upon the Lepidoptera col- lected by which I am reporting. The type, which is unique, was collected at Medje, August 6, 1910, and is Fig. 2. in The American Museum of Natural History. Myopsyche langi, 3-}. \ TRIcHZTA Swinhoe (484) 1. Tricheta bivittata (Walker) Syntomis bivittata Watker, 1864, List Lep. Het. B. M., XX XI, p. 66. Tricheta bivittata Hampson, 1898, Cat. Lep., Phal., I, p. 55. One specimen taken at Malela, July 8, 1915. Amata Fabricius (Syntomis Ochsenheimer and others) (485) 1. Amata cerbera (Linnzeus) Sphinx cerbera Linnxvs, 1764, Mus. Lud. Ulr., p. 363. Syntomis cerbera Hampson, 1898, Cat. Lep., Phal., I, p. 83. One poor specimen, labelled as taken at Stanleyville, but without date. (486) 2. Amata marina (Butler) Syntomis marina ButTLER, 1876, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., XII, p. 348. Syntomis ogovensis HOLLAND, 1893, Psyche, VI, p. 374. One defective specimen caught at Gamangui, June 17, 1910. Meacanaciia Aurivillius (487) 1. Meganaclia perpusilla (Walker) Anace perpusilla WALKER, 1856, List Lep. Het. B. M., VII, p. 1720, #. Metarctia perpusilla Hampson, 1898, Cat. Lep., Phal., I, p. 144, Pl. v, fig. 19. Meganaclia carnea Hampson, 1898, Cat. Lep., Phal., I, p. 136, Pl. v1, fig. 27. Meganaclia perpusilla Hampson, 1914, Cat. Lep., Phal., Suppl., I, p. 61. One female, taken at Matadi, June 24, 1909. 264 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII Metarctia Walker (488) 1. Metarctia invaria (Walker) Anace invaria WALKER, 1856, List Lep. Het. B..M., VII, p. 1720. One male, labelled as taken at Stanleyville, but without date. (489) 2. Metarctia erubescens Walker Metarctia erubescens WALKER, 1864, List Lep. Het. B. M., XX XI, p. 315. A pair taken at Medje, July 1910. (490) 3. Metarctia lutea Holland Metarctia lutea HoLuANp, 1893, Psyche, VI, p. 396. A male caught in August and a female captured in June 1910, both at Medje. Sir George F. Hampson in his Catalogue treats the last two forms here listed as being merely varieties of M. invaria (Walker). I find it difficult to agree with him. There are before me, as I write, some hundreds of specimens of Walker’s species, representing numerous localities, and they all agree very closely; there are also some scores of each of the other two forms from widely separated localities, and these also agree closely and are easily distinguishable at a glance from typical M. invaria and from each other. Until the test of breeding shall have demonstrated the fact that these three forms are derived from one and the same batch of eggs, it appears to me preferable to distinguish them as species, instead of “lumping” them under Walker’s name. (491) 4. Metarctia hematica Holland Metarctia hematica HOLLAND, 1893, Psyche, VI, p. 396. Hampson, 1898, Cat. Lep., Phal., I, p. 147, Pl. v, fig. 26. One male caught at Gamangui, February 5, 1910. (492) 5. Metarctia chapini, new species Plate XIII, Figure 4, 9, type 9. Antenne and eyes black; frons, head, and thorax on the upper side black; abdomen on the upper side with the first six segments very pale pinkish, margined terminally with deep black, the remaining segments deep black; thorax and abdomen on the under side pale fuscous, the banding which is very conspicuous on the upper side being only faintly indicated on this side in the case of the anterior segments of the abdomen; legs dorsad pale pinkish, ventrad black. Fore wings on the upper side sooty black, without any trace of paler markings, on the under side pale fuscous, slightly darker near the apex, and at the base near the inner margin passing into pale pinkish. Hind wings on the upper side pale pink, the nervules and outer margin being slightly clothed with pale fuscous squamation, on the under side dark fuseous, except along the inner margin, where they are pale pink. Expanse, 45 mm. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 265 The type, which is unique, was taken at Medje, June 26, 1910, and isin The American Museum of Natural History. I take pleasure in naming the species in honor of Mr. J. P. Chapin, one of the leaders of the expedition. The species comes near M. rubripuncta Hampson, but may be easily distinguished from that species by the entire absence of the pale spots and markings of the upper side of the primaries, the very strongly con- trasting banding of the upper side of the abdomen, and the pale color of the hind wings on the upper side. (493) 6. Metarctia species There are two specimens representing a very small species of the genus, which may possibly be new to science, and which were taken at Faradje, November 22, 1912. The specimens are, however, too badly rubbed to permit either of identification or description. (494) 7. Metarctia species There is a single specimen bearing the label ‘‘Avakubi, Lieut. Boyton, 1908,” which I find difficulty in referring to any species hitherto described or figured. It isa male. Inasmuch, however, as the specimen does not appear to be in prime condition, I refrain from at- tempting to name or describe it, further than to say that the prevalent color of the primaries is pale fawn, with obscure lighter discocellular and postmedian markings on the primaries, and that it is a rather small species, less than 40 mm. in expanse of wings. Batacra Walker (495) 1. Balacra ehrmanni (Holland) Automolis ehrmanni HOLuanD, 1893, Psyche, VI, p. 535. One female, labelled as taken at Bafwabaka in January 1910. (496) 2. Balacra pulchra Aurivillius Balacra pulchra Aurivituius, 1892, Ent. Tidskr., XIII, p. 200. Balacra glagoessa HOLLAND, 1893, Psyche, VI, p. 396. Pseudapiconoma glagoessa Hampson, 1898, Cat. Lep., Phal., I, p. 151, Pl. v1, fig. 14. One female caught at Medje, July 1910. Evucuromia Hiibner (497) 1. Euchromia lethe (Fabricius) Zygena lethe Fasricius, 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 553. Euchromia lethe Hampson, 1898, Cat. Lep., Phal., I, p. 296. 266 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII The collection contains twenty-one specimens, mostly males, taken _as follows: Kwamouth, 1, July 1909; Stanleyville, 7, August 1909; Risimu, 1, September 1909; Avakubi, 1, October 1909; Medje, 2, July—August 1910; Niangara, 5, November 1910; Faradje, 4, Novem- ber 1911. (498) . 2. Euchromia guineénsis (Fabricius) Zygena guineénsis Fasricrus, 1775, Ent. Syst., p. 551. Sphinx sperchia CRAMER, 1777, Pap. Exot., I, Pl. cxuvt, fig. C. Euchromia sperchia Hampson, 1898, Cat. Loot Phal., Ip. 296; 1914, idem, Suppl., be p. 197. There are three examples captured as follows: Stanleyville, 1909; Faradje, November 1912; Niangara, March 1913. Arctiide Nolinz Nota Leach (499) , 1. Nola banane, new species @. Frons, tegule, and patagia pure snowy white; upper side of thorax and abdomen a shade darker, very pale gray; lower side of abdomen and thorax much darker gray; legs concolorous. On the upper side the fore wing is pale gray, growing slightly darker externally towards the outer margin; a dark gray spot of raised scales near the end of the cell; beyond it on the costa a larger dark gray subtriangular spot; a postmedian trans- verse, slightly curved line, composed of black dots on the interspaces, runs from the costa to the inner margin, followed by a submarginal row.of smaller spots. The hind wings on the upper Fig. 3. side are evenly pale fuscaus. Both wings on the under side are uni- Nola banane, #. $. formly gray, of adarker shadethan onthe upper side, but both have their inner margins narrowly lined with white. Expanse, 16 mm. The type, which is unique, was taken at Banana, June 21, 1909. Lithosiinz Cuionazma Herrich-Schieffer (500) 1. Chionema delicata (Walker) Bizone delicata WALKER, 1854, List Lep. Het. B. M., II, p. 550. Chionama delicata Hampson, 1900, Cat. Lep., Phal., III, p. 325, Pl. xxvun, fig. 28. One female taken at Medje in June. Asura Walker (501) 1. Asura atricraspeda Hampson (?) Asura atricraspeda Hampson, 1914, Cat. Lep., Phal., Suppl., 1, p. 766. A specimen taken at Medje, July 17, 1910, is referred to this species with reasonable certainty, but it is too badly rubbed to make the identi- fication positive, 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 267 Arctiinz Driacrisia Hiibner (502) 1. Diacrisia aurantiaca (Holland) Alpenus aurantiacus HoLLAND, 1893, Psyche, VI, p. 397. _ Diacrisia aurantiaca Hampson, 1901, Cat. Lep., Phal., III, p. 275, Pl. xxrv, fig. 19. One male, minus antenne, caught at Medje, July 24, 1910. (503) 2. Diacrisia maculosa (Stoll) Bombyx maculosa Stouu, 1781, Pap. Exot., IV, Pl. cccuxx, fig. B. Four males and three females of this common species, all taken at Medje in June and July, except a male and a female caught at Faradje in December. (504) --3.“ Mocis undata Hampson, 1913, Cat. Lep., Phal., XIII, p. 91. One specimen taken at Kwamouth, July 15, 1909. (571) 4. Mocis inornata (Holland) Trigonodes inornata HOLLAND, 1894, Psyche, VII, p. 86, Pl. 1, fig. 19. Mocis inornata Hampson, 1913, Cat. Lep., Phal., XIII, p. 99, Pl. coxxim, fig. 26. Three poor specimens, all more or less rubbed and torn, one taken at Ngayu on December 24, 1909, the other two at Medje in August 1910. (572) 5. Mocis species (?) A solitary specimen taken at Banana, June 21, 1909, does not belong to any of the four above-mentioned species but is in too poor condition to permit of exact determination. Mominz ELzopves Hampson (573) 1. Elaodes virescens (Butler) Eremobia virescens BuTLER, 1879, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) IV, p. 248. Eleodes virescens Hampson, 1913, Cat. Lep., Phal., XIII, p. 357, fig. A single rubbed specimen, which is undoubtedly referable to this species, was taken at Medje, August 24, 1910. Plusiin PuytTometra Haworth (Plusia of authors) (574) 1. Phytometra acuta (Walker) Plusia acuta WALKER, 1857, List Lep. Het. B. M., XII, p. 922. Phytometra acuta Hampson, 1913, Cat. Lep., Phal., XIII, p. 490. One specimen caught at Medje in August 1910 agrees with specimens in my collection which were compared with Walker’s type of this species. (575) 2. Phytometra orichalcea (Fabricius) Noctua orichalcea F apricius, 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 607. Phytometra orichalcea Hampson, 1913, Cat. Lep., Phal., XIII, p. 580. One specimen was caught at Faradje, December 6, 1912. Noctuinz Opuiperes Boisduval (576) 1. Ophideres fullonica (Linneus) Phalana-Altacus fullonica LINN mvs, 1767, Syst. Nat., 12th Ed., I, part 2, p, 812. Ophideres fullonica Hampson, 1894, Moths of India, II, p. 560. One specimen was caught at Medje, July 6, 1910. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 285 (577) 2. Ophideres materna (Linnzeus) Phalena-Noctua materna Linnavs, 1767, Syst. Nat., 12th Ed., 1, part 2, p. 840. Ophideres materna Hampson, 1894, Moths of India, I, p. 561. Three examples, one taken at Medje in June 1910, one at Faradje on January 1, the third at Niangara in May 1913. (578) 3. Ophideres princeps Boisduval Ophideres princeps BoispUVAL, 1832, Voy. de |’Astrolabe, Lép., p. 245. WALKER, 1857, List Lep. Het. B. M., XIII, p. 1223. Three specimens, which agree well with the figure given by Guenée (Noct., Pl. xvi, fig. 3). Originally described as from New Guinea, but this was probably a mistake of locality. I observe that Swinhoe in his ‘Catalogue of Eastern Lepidoptera Heterocera’ does not cite the species from the Indo-Malayan Region. Two of the specimens were caught at Medje in June and July, while one is labelled ‘‘ Panga, IX, 16, 1914.” We have many specimens in our collections from West Africa. (579) 4. Ophideres divitiosa Walker Ophideres divitiosa W ALKER, 1869, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, I, p. 356, Pl. vii, fig. 11. Three specimens taken at Medje in July and August not differing from others in our collections from other localities in tropical Africa. SPHINGOMORPHA (Guenée (580) 1. Sphingomorpha chlorea (Cramer) Phalena-Noctua chlorea CRAMER, 1779, Pap. Exot., II, Pl. crv, fig. C. Sphingomorpha chlorea SwinHop, 1900, Eastern Lep. Het., I, p. 132. Nineteen specimens, all taken at Niangara, except two taken at Medje. The examples from Niangara were caught in March and April 1913; those from Medje in April and in July. | (581) 2. Sphingomorpha pudens Holland Sphingomorpha pudens HoLuanp, 1894, Ent. News, VII, p. 57, Pl. 11, fig. 7. Of this species there are four specimens, two males and two females. One female was caught at Matadi in June 1909, the other at Ngayu in April 1910. The two males were taken at Medje in July 1910. (582) 3. Sphingomorpha aliena, new species Plate XIII, Figure 14, #7 &. In the outline of the primaries this species agrees with S. chlorea, the type of the genus, the outer margins being evenly rounded and not produced or slightly angulated at the extremity of vein 4, as is the case in S. pudens. 286 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII] The prevalent color is reddish brown, moderately dark. The vertex and inner edges of the tegulz are very pale warm gray, which color extends backward on the thorax between the patagia, and is continued as a pale dorsal line on the abdomen. The under side of the palpi, the pectus, the thorax, and the abdomen are pale fawn- color. The fore wings have a few minute dark basal points, a very fine, dark, out- wardly curved subbasal line, a fine, dark, straight median line running obliquely from the middle of the costa to about the middle of the inner margin. At the end of the cell is a minute dark spot, surrounded by a few lighter scales. There is a trace of a faint postmedian line, only visible near the costa, and terminating about vein 5. Beyond this is a fine dark submarginal line running from the apex to the inner margin, slightly curved at its upper end, and terminating upon the inner margin at a point about one-fourth the length of this margin behind the inner angle of the wing. The hind wings on the upper side are similar in color to the fore wings, but a little darker in tone, except at the anal angle, where they become paler and are marked by three incomplete dark bands running inwardly towards the middle of the wing, before reaching which they become obsolete. The two lower bands are close to each other, but the one above them is separated by a wider interval than that which parts the two nearest the outer margin. There is a fine dark submarginal line, near the anal angle composed of very minute lunules, accentuated externally by lighter scales. The fringes are concolorous, and not checkered with lighter color. On the under side both wings are pale fawn, with the lower half of the cell and the inner margin of the primaries darker, the scales long and closely appressed on these areas. There are a few dark punctulations on the limbal area of both wings, and the dark incomplete bands seen on the upper side of the secondaries reappear on the lower side, but are fainter and shorter. Expanse, 50 mm. The type is a quite perfect specimen in the Carnegie Museum taken at Banza Manteka by A. L. Bain, the paratype is a much less perfect specimen in the collection brought back by the Lang-Chapin Expedi- tion, and belongs to The American Museum of Natural History. This latter specimen is labelled ‘‘ Medje, VII, 6, 1910.” _Asurina Meoeschler (583) 1. Aburina infirma (Holland) Nazia infirma Houanp, 1894, Psyche, VII, p. 52, Pl. 11, fig. 5. A single specimen was caught at Avakubi, August 30, 1913. My reference of this species to the genus Naxia was, at the time I made it, quite provisional. Hampson sinks Naxia Guenée as a synonym of Parallelia Hiibner. The insect certainly does not fall into Parallelia, though it accorded, at the time I studied it, with a number of species which then (1892) were classified under Naxia in the British Museum. Upon the whole, I am inclined to regard it as perhaps best referred to Meeschler’s genus Aburina, in which Sir George F. Hampson tells me he has placed it. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 287 PotypEsmA Boisduval (584) 1. Polydesma umbricola Boisduval Polydesma umbricola Botspuvau, 1834, Faune Ent. Madagr., Lep., p. 108, Pl. x11, fig. 5. Hampson, 1894, Moths of India, IT, p. 468. Three specimens, two taken at Medje in April 1910, one at Stanley- ville, in the same month, 1915. A common insect in the tropics of the Eastern Hemisphere. RuyNcHOoDEs! Guenée (585) 1. Rhynchodes avakubi, new species Plate XIII, Figure 10, 9 9. Upper side of both wings moderately dark purplish brown; body on the upper side concolorous; the body and wings on the lower side a shade lighter; the fore wing is crossed by a fine dark median line, curving inwardly and running from about two-thirds of the length of the costa from the base downwardly to the middle of the inner margin, cutting diagonally across the end of the cell. Beyond this there is a heavy black, or dark brown line, which runs perpendicularly from a point on the costa a little before the apex to the inner margin, which it reaches about one milli- meter beyond the inner angle of the wings. This band is accentuated both on the inner and outer sides by a few faint reddish scales; the fringes at the apex and in the excavated portion of the outer margin below the apex are dark brown. Expanse, 32 mm. The type was taken at Avakubi on August 30, 1913, and is in The American Museum of Natural History. A paratype taken at Efulen, Cameroon, by Dr. H. L. Weber, is in the Carnegie Museum. AmpuHiconia Guenée (586) 1. Amphigonia complex (Holland): Episparis complex HOLLAND, 1894, Psyche, VII, p. 103, Pl. rv, fig. 14. Two examples taken at Matadi, June 24, 1909, agree with the type. There is another species of this genus known to the writer, which apparently has not been described and which he takes the present opportunity to diagnose. Rhynchodes efulensis, new species &, 9. Resembling R. avakubi, but differing in having the ground-color on the upper side bright castaneous; in the males the median line in the three specimens before me is almost obsolete upon the fore wings; in the two feniales representing the species it is visible, but very fine, and differs from the median line in R. avakubi in not being curved inwardly, but running more nearly vertically from the middle of the costa to the middle of the inner margin. The outer line arpering. the wing in ihn males is heavier and darker than in R. avakubi; on the under side of the fore wings the costa is bright orange with the cell at its end and the region immediately beyond the cell clouded with dark fuscous; the inner margin of the fore wing on the lower side inclines to whitish. The lower side of the hind wing is orange- and there is a prominent black spot at the end of the cell of the hind wing on the lower side. Expanse, 25-30mm. Types in Carnegie Museum. Several paratypes. Habitat Cameroon. Closely related to avakubi, but easily distinguished by the brighter color and the orange costa of the under side of the fore wing. ; 288 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII (587) 2. Amphigonia simplex (Holland) Episparis simplex HOLLAND, 1894, Psyche, VII, p. 104, Pl. 1v, fig. 11. One badly damaged specimen taken at Medje, July 6, 1910. It agrees with the type, with which it has been compared. (588) 3. Amphigonia costalis Walker Amphigonia costalis WALKER, 1865, List Lep. Het. B. M., X XXIII, p. 1031. Four specimens agree absolutely with others in the Holland Collec- tion which were compared in 1892 with Walker’s type and found to be his species. The examples were all taken at Medje from June to August. (589) 4. Amphigonia hyalinata, new species Plate XIII, Figure 11, 7 @. Antenne testaceous; eyes black; vertex, frons, and palpi pale reddish brown; tegulz, patagia, and upper side of thorax darker reddish brown; upper side of abdomen paler than thorax, and inclining to ashen gray; at the union of the thorax and abdomen on the upper side of the first segment of the latter a number of whitish hairs, presenting the appearance of a lighter colored annulus. Pectus, lower side of thorax, and abdomen pale fawn-color, almost white in certain lights; legs fawn-colored externally, white internally, the tibiz of the fore legs marked inwardly with two deep black linear spots. Fore wing on the upper side reddish brown from the base to about the middle, on the outer third plumbeous; crossed by fine transverse lines as follows: a basal outwardly curved line; an irregularly curved median line running obliquely from the inner margin to the end of the cell, which it does not surpass, but in which it displays a retrorse hook-like prolongation; two parallel irregularly curved and crenu- late postmedian lines. The space beyond the outermost of these lines to the margin is uniformly moderately dark plumbeous. On the costa there are five small light spots, the one near the base minute and circular, the remaining four linear. The most con- spicuous marking of the fore wing is a large trapezoidal pale yellowish translucent spot beyond the end of the cell, its longer outline on the costa, the parallel side resting on vein 4. The hind wing on the upper side is of the same color and shade as the fore wing. There is a small discal dark dot near the end of the cell, and the two parallel curved postmedian lines of the fore wing are continued on the hind wing, sweeping in a rather even curve to the inner margin, being only inangulated on vein 38. On the under side both wings are pale yellowish white at the base, gradually becoming suf- fused outwardly with brown, which is deepest at the margins. Opposite the cell on the outer margin of the primary is a dark lunulate spot of deeper brown, and the outer- most of the two postmedian dark lines of this wing is reproduced on the lower side by a regularly curved series of blackish spots on the interspaces. On the under side of the hind wing the discal spot is reproduced and the two postmedian bands of the upper surface reappear, being represented by two rows of small dark spots on the interspaces, which are wider apart than the lines on the upper surface. Expanse, 42 mm, The type, which is unique, was captured at Stanleyville, August 6, 1909, and is deposited in The American Museum of Natural History. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 2389 Erastriine Amyna Guenée (590) 1. Amyna punctum (Fabricius) Noctua punctum Fasrictius, 1794, Ent. Syst., III, part 2, p. 47. (For the voluminous synonymy see Hampson, Cat. Lep., Phal., X, 1910, p. 472.) Two specimens which I take to be a variety of this species were taken at Stanleyville, April 9, 1915. The species is variable and the specimens appear to represent one of its protean forms. The whole genus is in more or less of a ‘‘mess.”’ Hampson has straightened things out to some extent, but there remains more to be done. According to Hampson A. punctum has had no less than eleven specific names applied to it, and A. octo is blessed with twenty specific names and has been located in no less than twelve genera. OzarBa Walker (591) 1. Ozarba species (?) A single, somewhat damaged specimen, which I am unable to refer to any species which thus far has been described and figured, but which I do not wish to name without more and better material, was caught at Banana, June 21, 1909. HETEROSPILA Guenée (592) 1. Heterospila (?) rubida, new species Plate XIII, Figure 12, @ o’. Antenne two-thirds length of fore wing, feebly pectinate except at tip, which is simple. Palpi porrect, third joint minute. Eyes moderately large, black; head and upper side of thorax bright orange-red; upper side of abdomen pale fuscous; tibiz, which are heavily clothed with hair, orange-red; tarsi fuscous, annulated with white. Both wings on the upper side prevalently purplish red, variegated with bright. red and pale yellowish spots. The costa of the fore wing is red with three dark trans- verse spots near the base; the inner half of the wing is reddish, crossed by a dark sub- basal and a dark median band, which are parallel to each other; the reniform is dark, pupilled with light red, and the space before and after it is lighter, in the type yellow- ish, in the paratype pale reddish; the outer half of the fore wing is clouded with purplish brown, interrupted on the interspaces by an irregularly curved row of submarginal spots, which are yellowish in the type, and pale reddish in the paratype. The hind wing on the upper side is prevalently reddish purple, paler toward the base, and crossed by obscure median and postmedian dark lines, and marked in the region of the anal angle with scattered pale reddish spots. On the under side the wings are pale yellow- ish shading into fuscous externally. There is a small dark dot in the cell of the fore ’ wing, followed by a larger dark spot at its end; a similar spot occurs at the end of the cell of the hind wing. Both wings are crossed from their costs to near their inner margins by similarly curved parallel postmedian and submarginal bands composed of dark spots upon the interspaces. Expanse, 34 mm. 290 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII The collection contains two specimens: the type, taken at Medje, April 6, 1910, which is in The American Museum of Natural History; and the paratype, a ragged specimen, taken at Avakubi, August 30, 1913, which is in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. The species is strictly congeneric with the insect to which I provi- sionally gave the name Heterospila (?) calescens (see Psyche, 1894, VII, p. 177, Pl. v, fig. 13). The generic reference is open to question, as I well know, and it is almost certain to my mind that a new genus will ultimately have to be erected for the reception of the species, but as Sir George F. Hampson is at present working up the insects of this group, I do not now feel called upon to do more than I have here done. Hypeninez Srmmpuicia Guenée (593) 1. Simplicia (?) species (?) A single specimen taken at Bolengi, August 20, 1909, which seems to come into this genus but which I have been unable to determine upon comparison with the literature and which I do not wish to venture to describe as new, though it probably is nondescript. We have a number of species which belong to this genus, but, until there is an opportunity to study them more closely and compare with the material upon which others are at present working, it would be unwise to attempt to describe them. E.yra Walker (594) 1. Elyra (?) gabunalis Holland Elyra (?) gabunalis Hotuanp, 1894, Psyche, VII, p. 126, Pl. rv, fig. 17. A rubbed and defective specimen of this insect was taken at Medje, June 26,1910. I referred the species to Walker’s genus Elyra at the time I described it, but this reference is merely provisional and based upon the fact that the insect seems to be congenerie with the African species to which Walker applied the name Elyra (?) cachrusalis (cf. Walker, List Lep. Het. B. M., XVI, p. 204). I think a new genus will have to be erected for the reception of this insect, as to my mind it is not congeneric with the Bornean insect Elyra phlegeusalis, which is the type of the genus. There isa very marked difference in the structure of the palpi, etc., between FE. phlegeusalis, and the two African species. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 291 Hypena Schrank (595) 1. Hypena species (?) A single specimen, in rather poor condition, which I am unable to refer to any species at present known to me but which I hesitate to describe without better material was taken at Medje, August 5, 1910. DeinyPena Holland The genus Deinypena, the type of which is D. lacista Holland, is divisible into two sections. The first is represented by D. lacista Holland, D. lathetica Holland, and D. margine-punctata Holland, in which the antennz of the males are heavily pectinate almost to the tip, the anten- nee of the females being simple. The second section is composed of the species geometroides Holland, apicata Hampson, and the species described in the following paragraphs in which the antennez of the males are less heavily pectinated for three-quarters of their length, the sete being shorter and curving downwardly and inwardly, the antenne of the females being simple. In the neuration of the wings there is no great difference; the palpi are remarkably long, in the first section the third joint being more heavily clothed with hair than in the second section. I have not seen Deinypena triangularis Bethune-Baker, and cannot, therefore, determine into which of the two sections of the genus that species falls. (596) 1. Deinypena morosa, new species Plate XIII, Figure 18, @# 3. Head, palpi, upper side of thorax and abdomen obscure chocolate-brown; fore wings and hind wings chocolate-brown, darker at the base and slightly illuminated on the outer half by a purplish iridescence; crossed by an irregularly curved median dark line, followed immediately by a parallel postmedian line, both of these lines curv- ing backward basad near the costa; an obscure light point in the middle of the cell, and an obscure reniform at the end of the cell outlined by light scales; there is a sub- marginal series of fine white points extending from the apex to the inner margin; the margins are defined by a very fine black line, accentuated inwardly by minute white lines on the interspaces; the fringes are uniformly dark, not checkered. On the under side the wings are pale brown; the legs and the under side of the body con- colorous; the fore wing is crossed by a dark vertical antemedian line, a median line, angulated at the end of the cell, and by a pale submarginal line which runs from the apex somewhat diagonally toward the inner margin, which it does not quite reach. The apex broadly whitish. The hind wing is crossed by three dark curved bands: a. median band crossing the end of the cell, a postmedian band, and a broader sub- marginal band, all three of which are somewhat diffuse. Expanse, 45-50 mm. 292 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII The type, which was taken at Medje on July 17, 1910, is in The American Museum of Natural History. The paratype, which was taken at Gamangui on June 18, 1910, is in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. (597) la. Deinypena morosa pallidior, new variety @. There is a specimen which I am inclined to regard as merely a variety of the foregoing species. It differs in being very much paler on the upper surface of both the fore and hind wings and in having the parallel transverse lines which cross both wings more distinctly defined. This insect may represent a different species, but I do not think it is more than a variety of the foregoing. It was taken at Ukaturaka on July 24, 1909 and is in The American Museum of Natural History. (598) 2. Deinypena fulvida, new species Plate XIII, Figure 16, @ ¢@. Allied to the foregoing species; the upper side of the thorax and abdomen pale fawn; palpi and antenne dark brown; fore wings fawn; obscure traces of a pale reniform at end of cell; very faint postmedian crenulated fine darker line bent back- ward basad from vein 6 to costa; on the costa marked just before the apex by a dark brown shade, darkest externally; a series of submarginal sagittate points extending from vein 5 to the inner margin, gradually increasing in size, deepening in intensity of color. Hind wings with the basal third delimited from the outer two-thirds by a dark narrow line between which and the base the wing is deeper reddish brown; beyond this delimiting line the outer two-thirds of the wing is pale purplish fawn, traversed externally by a submarginal series of dark spots, increasing in size and intensity from the region of the costa toward the inner margin, which they reach a little above the angle. Both wings have a fine dark brown marginal line; fringes darker brown. On the under side both wings are pale reddish fulvous, crossed by a curved postmedian dark line, which does not quite reach the inner margins. Apex of fore wing broadly white with traces of a faint light submarginal line extending from the white space as far as vein 3; fringes on the under side, except at the apex, dark brown. Expanse, 47 mm. The type is unique and is in The American Museum of Natural History. It was taken at Medje, June 30, 1910. (599) 3. Deinypena multilineata, new species Plate XIV, Figure 5, o &. Palpi on the upper side dark brown; head, upper side of thorax hoary gray; upper side of abdomen pale fawn; lower side of thorax and abdomen pale fuscous ochraceous; legs somewhat darker; the prevalent color of both the fore and’ the hind wings is grayish fawn, tending to fuscous toward the external margins. The fore wing has a pale grayish spot in the middle of the cell, accentuated externally by a minute black dot; reniform obseure, suborbicular; above it on the costa a dark shade, The fore wing is traversed by an irregularly curved dark subbasal line, festooned 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 293 just below the costa and on vein 1. There is a dark median line which runs from the dark shade on the costa above the reniform outwardly to beyond the cell on vein 5, and then returns diagonally across the wing toward the inner margin, which it reaches about 2 mm. beyond the subbasal line. This median line is followed by a very fine subparallel postmedian line, sharply crenulate, or produced on the veins. Beyond the postmedian line there is a very dark subapical brown shade and a submarginal series of minute white points located on the veins and accentuated both externally and internally by dark black scales. There is a fine marginal dark line accentuated inter- nally and on the interspaces with fine white lines. The fringes are dark brown, be- coming blackish externally. Upon the hind wings the subbasal and median lines of the fore wing are continued as fine dark subparallel lines. The postmedian line of the fore wing is not continued upon the hind wing; the submarginal series of light spots accentuated inwardly and outwardly by dark brown scales is continued from the fore wing upon the hind wing, becoming most prominent toward the inner margin; the outer marginal line and the fringes of the hind wing are as on the fore wing. On the under side both wings are pale reddish ochraceous, with the submarginal and median lines of the upper side reproduced, but broader and more diffuse. The apex of the fore wing is broadly whitish and there is a faint pale submarginal band extending from this light patch toward the inner margin, which it does not quite reach. The submarginal series of spots found on the upper side of the hind wing on the lower side is represented by a broad diffuse band of blackish sagittate spots, fusing into each other and defined externally by paler sagittate markings. The fringes on the lower side are very dark brown or black. Expanse, 48 mm. The type is unique and is in The American Museum of Natural History. It was taken at Medje, August 5, 1910. (600) 4. Deinypena transversata, new species Plate XIII, Figure 17, #7 o. Upper side of thorax, abdomen and wings moderately dark fawn to plumbe- ous; traces of a fine externally rounded subbasal line, a faint lighter-colored discal spot in the cell of the fore wing, and traces of a larger reniform spot at the end; a dark postmedian line runs outwardly from a little beyond the middle of the costa as far as vein 6, and then returns abruptly and runs in a straight line backward con- tinuously toward the inner margin of the hind wing, which it does not quite reach; this line is sharply defined externally, but is diffuse internally. There are traces of a submarginal waved line near the tornus of the fore wing, and this is continued more distinctly upon the hind wing, being accentuated externally by some minute pale light spots; the margin in both wings is defined by a very fine brown line punctated on the interspaces by minute paler dots; the fringes are uniformly dark brown. On the under side the fore wings are whitish at the apex, and light testaceous on the inner margin. The fore wings are crossed by a median, postmedian, and submarginal dark band running from the costa as far as vein 1, the outer band being somewhat diffuse and broadest just before the apex; these three transverse bands are continued upon the secondaries as curved bands, the outermost being produced upon the nervules and accentuated by paler spots on the interspaces; the fringes on the under side are not much darker than the body of the wing. The female is marked much as the male, but 294 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII there is some variation,—in one female the dark line on the upper side of the second- daries being succeeded outwardly by a band of pale sagittate spots forming a sub- marginal series. Expanse, male, 42-48 mm.; female, 38-50 mm. The foregoing description is based upon a single defective specimen brought home by the Lang-Chapin Expedition, and four males and six females in the Holland Collection, collected by the late Dr. A. C. Good at Kangvé. The insect has long been standing in the cabinet awaiting description, and I avail myself of the present opportunity to give it a name. The type is a well-preserved male specimen contained in the Holland Collection, taken at Kangvé, on the Ogové River. The para- type is a somewhat defective specimen, taken at Medje on April 6, 1910, and is in The American Museum of Natural History. (601) 5. Deinypena obscura, new species Plate XIV, Figure 11, #7 @. General color of the upper surface pale wood-brown, the under side lighter; the fore wings near the base clouded with darker brown; two small black spots succeed each other in the cell and are followed by an obscure reniform, which is lost in a dark brown oblique median shade which runs from the costa to the inner margin and is succeeded externally by a finely waved somewhat irregular denticulate dark band; the apex and the tornus are clouded with dark brown; the outer margin is defined by a very fine brown line within which on the interspaces run fine transverse brown lines, darker than the rest of the wing. The fringes are dark brown, not checkered. The dark transverse brown shade of the fore wing is continued across the cell of the secondaries, and beyond toward the anal angle are a few fine black denticulate lines; the termen is darker than the rest of the wing, especially near the upper angle; on the lower side the costal area of the wing is lighter than the rest of the wing; there is a minute black dot in the middle of the cell and at the end of the cell a whitish point accentuated before and behind by black scales, followed by a faint postmedian dark denticulate line; near the apex the fore wing is somewhat lighter than the rest of the wing and is marked with minute striae. The hind wing is somewhat paler than the fore wing, is crossed by an obscure median band running from about the middle of the costa toward the inner margin, succeeded by a fine denticulate postmedian line succeeded by a submarginal light line defined externally and internally by deeper brown lines; the termen is slightly darker than the rest of the wing. Expanse, 45-48 mm. The type was taken at Medje, July 6, 1910, and isin The American Museum of Natural History. The paratype was taken at Medje, on July 17, and is in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. The foregoing enumeration of the Noctuids brought home by the American Museum Congo Expedition takes no account of asmall residuum consisting of eight or nine specimens thoroughly denuded of scales, lacking antenne and legs, and otherwise imperfect. Any attempt to classify them would be useless. They represent at least six additional species, to ee 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 295 determine which would be a labor worthy of a paleontologist, but hardly commendable in the case of an entomologist, who may expect at any time to obtain perfect material for study. Lymantriidz StinpnotTia Westwood and Humphreys (602) : 1. Stilpnotia ogovensis (Holland) Redoa ogovensis HOLLAND, 1893, Ent. News, IV, p. 63, Pl. 1m, figs. 12, 13. Leucoma nitida SwinuHor, 1903, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, LI, p. 379. Two males and one female taken at Medje in June and July. The description of L. nitida Swinhoe shows plainly that it is based upon specimens which have the characteristics which caused me to separate the species from lute’pes Walker, namely ‘‘fore wings with a beautiful silvery sheen, with thin longitudinal curved waves in certain lights, ete.”’ The specimens have been compared with the types in my collection, with which they agree absolutely; the specimen in the Druce Collection of which Swinhoe speaks was a male of S. luteipes inadvertently sent Druce as R. ogovensis, the males of the two species having been carelessly mixed. . Naroma Walker (603) 1. Naroma signifera Walker Naroma signifera WALKER, 1856, List Lep. Het. B. M., VII, p. 1744. One badly worn female specimen taken at Niangara, December 9, 1910. The signa, consisting of a circlet of black raised scales in the cell of the fore wing, are rubbed off in the specimen, but traces of them may be seen with a glass. StrRacEeNA Swinhoe (604) 1. Stracena species (?) A single worn specimen allied to the species to which I applied the name promelena but not identical with it, as shown by the type, nor with fuscivena Swinhoe, of which we have good specimens. The speci- men is, however, too poor to permit me to found a new species upon it. It was taken at Medje in July. SAPELIA Swinhoe (605) 1. Sapelia bipunctata, new species Plate XIV: Figure 3, o; Figure 4, 9 &. White throughout, except that the frons, the pectus and the legs are yel- lowish, and that at the end of the cell of the primaries there are two minute black dots, 296 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII one at the upper and the other at the lower outer angle. In one or two specimens these spots are quite indistinct, and in others they are quite conspicuous. In one or two specimens the costa of the fore wing at the base has a few dark scales. Q. Like the male, but with greater expanse of wing, and with heavier body and reduced antennz. Expanse, o’, 38-42 mm.; 9, 50-54 mm. This insect runs to Sapelia, according to the table given by Aurivillius (1904, Arkiv Zool., II, part 4, p. 62), and I have no hesitation in locating it here, but I have not been able to find a description or figure in that or any allied genus which fits the species and therefore describe it as new. There are seven males and four females in the collection. They were all taken at Medje in June and July, except one male caught at Gamangui on February 17 and a female captured at Medje on April 6, 1910. The types are in The American Museum of Natural History; paratypes have been reserved for the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. Oxrapa Walker (606) 1. Olapa flabellaria (Fabricius) Phalena flabellaria F asrictus, 1787, Mantissa Ins., II, p. 188. Liparis crocicollis Herricu-Scu#FreEr, 1854, Aussereur. Schmett., fig. 110. Olapa flabellaria Swinnor, 1903, Trans. Ent. Soe. London, LI, p. 390. There are two females in the collection, one caught at Pawa, October 20, 1910; the other taken at Faradje, December 11, 1912. Levcoperina! Aurivillius (607) 1. Leucoperina atroguttata Aurivillius Leucoperina atroguttata AuRiviLuivs, 1908, Arkiv Zool., V, part 5, p. 8. There is a single male specimen of this interesting insect which agrees absolutely with the description of the genus and species given by its author. His description is founded upon a single male contained in the Museum at Brussels. There are two females in our collections, one in the Holland Collection from the valley of the Ogové, the other in the general collection from Cameroon, as well as a male in the Holland Col- lection. The female is much larger than the male, but in neuration and markings the two sexes agree exactly. The antennz also, as might be predicated without any information, are less plumose and shorter in the female. Expanse, 9, 47-52 mm. _ §L cannot resist the opportunity to describe another species of this rare genus of insects to the existence of which my attention has been called by my assistant, Mr. Hugo Kahl. Leucoperina kahli, new species a. Agreeing structurally in every particular with L, atroguttata Aurivillius, but differing in having the primaries pale uniformly semi-translucent fawn-colored, and the secondaries, which are. white, clouded at the inner angle with pale brown, The wings are less diaphanous than is the case in atro- guttata; the black mark on the fore wings at the origin of vein 2 is the same, Expanse, 38 mm, Cameroon, Type in Carnegie Museum, ee SS eee 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 297 The specimen in The American Museum of Natural History was taken at Medje, in the first week of September 1910. Mytanteia Aurivillius (608) 1. Mylantria xanthospila (Ploetz) Anoa (?) xanthospila PLatz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 84. Cherotriche orestes Druce, 1887, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, (1888), p. 674. Nygmia orestes Kirpy, 1892, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 449. Mylantria xanthospila Aurivituius, 1904, Arkiv Zool., II, part 4, p. 54. Aurivillius founds his genus Mylantria, of which this insect is the type, upon the fact that in it veins 6 and 7 of the hind wing are stalked, which is not the case in the genus Lymantria. The species appears to be not uncommon, and we have more than one hundred specimens in our collections derived from many localities, most of them from Cameroon. It is represented in the collection upon which I am reporting by two males taken at Medje, one in July, the other in August. Dasycuira Hiibner (609) 1. Dasychira albicostata (Holland) Tlema albicostata HOLLAND, 1893, Psyche, VI, p. 471, Pl. xvu, fig. 5. One rubbed specimen taken at Kwamouth, July 15, 1909. (610) 2. Dasychira muscosa (Holland) Notohyba muscosa HOLLAND, 1893, Psyche, VI, p. 453. One more or less defaced specimen taken at Bafwabaka, January 7, 1910. (611) 3. Dasychira crucifera (Holland) (cura (?) crucifera HOLLAND, 1893, Psyche, VI, p. 453, Pl. xvi, fig. 15, o. A ragged and rubbed female has been compared with the type and is undoubtedly the same. The insect was caught at Medje, July 29, 1910. (612) 4. Dasychira gnava Swinhoe Pseudonotodonta virescens Ma@scuiER, 1889, Abhandl. Senck. Nat. Ges., XV, p. 77, Pl. fig. 6. (nom. preocce.). Dasychira gnava Swinnor, 1903, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, LI, p. 477. One male caught at Banalia, September 22, 1914. 298 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII Lza.ia Stephens (613) 1. Lelia lignicolor Holland Lelia lignicolor HoLLAND, 1893, Psyche, VI, p. 431, Pl. x, fig. 17. One specimen taken ‘“‘near Nouvelle Anvers, VII, 23, 1909.” The insect, upon comparison with the type, is found to agree perfectly. (614) 2. Lelia hildoides, new species o. Eyes deep black; palpi brown edged below with white; antennz with cul- men white, setze testaceous; frons brown, edged on either side, near the eyes, with a narrow whitish line; tegulz rosy fawn, edged inwardly with brown, so as to cause the brown shade of the upper side of the head to appear to be produced backwardly as a short dark shade; patagia and upper side of thorax rosy fawn; upper side of abdomen pale fawn; pectus whitish with a few brownish hairs below; lower side of thorax and abdomen whitish; legs white, except that the anterior pair are inwardly dark brown. The fore wings on the upper side are prevalently rosy fawn; at the base there are two or three very minute dark punctulations; a dark brown transverse diagonal line, defined outwardly by white, runs from the costa a little before its middle and reaches the inner margin a little more than the fourth of its length before the base; the position of the reni- form is indicated by a few light scales, and there is a short dark bar at the end of the cell, defined outwardly by a narrow whitish line. From a point a little before the apex there runs a dark rather heavy postmedian line, terminating upon the inner margin at its middle, and sharply defined outwardly by a narrow band of pure white. A regularly outwardly curved submarginal line, composed of dark spots defined externally with white, runs from the same point where the postmedian line originates upon the costa, parallel to the outer margin, and reaches the inner margin about three-fourths of its length from the base. The hind wings on the upper side are pale, almost white, creamy at the base, deepening into very pale fawn externally, with minute dark punctulations at the end of the veins on the margins. On the under side both wings are creamy white, the fore wing towards the apex and the hind wing on the costal half marked by minute pale stri# and punctulations. The postmedian line on the fore wing reappears faintly on the lower side and on the same side of the secondaries there is an imperfect transverse narrow submarginal line, running from the costa as far as vein 4. There is also a faint reproduction of the bar with which the end of the cell of the primaries is closed on the upper side, this being represented on the lower side by a few dark scales. 9. The female does not differ, except in its sexual characteristics, from the male, the size being greater, however, and the wings broader. The markings both of the upper and lower sides are very much the same. Expanse, o’, 22-35 mm.; 9, 35-40 mm. The foregoing description is founded upon fourteen males in the collection in the Carnegie Museum, and three females, from the French Congo and Cameroon, including the female specimen brought back by the American Museum Congo Expedition from Medje. Fig. 5. Lelia hildoides Holland a. t. 1920] Holland, Lepidopetra of the Congo 299 This insect, which in coloration agrees with the insect which I named Heteronygmia clathrata (see Psyche, 1893, VI, p. 415), recalls in the markings of the fore wings the limacodid which bears the name Cteno- compa hilda (Druce). It is represented in the collection by a mashed female specimen, taken at Medje in the first week of September 1910. We have good examples taken at Efulen, Cameroon, and I select a finely preserved male from our collection as the type of that sex and designate the damaged female in the Lang-Chapin Collection, as well as a series of males and females in the Carnegie Museum as paratypes. (615) 3. Lelia soloides, new species : Plate XIV, Figure 7, 2 Q. Structurally the insect runs to Lelia according to the analytical table given by Aurivillius, 1904, Arkiv Zool., II, No. 4, pp. 62 et seg., but in the color and markings of the wings it looks exactly like some species of the genus Soloé. The head, thorax, and abdomen are more or less clothed with yellowish hairs; the legs are yellowish; there are two rows of black spots on the under side of the abdomen; both the fore and hind wings are white, the former slightly dusted on the costa and apical area with pale gray; both wings have at the end of the cell moderately large and very conspicu- ous roundish black discal spots. Expanse, 44 mm. The type, which is unique and not in very fine condition, was taken at Medje about the middle of August 1910 and is in The American Mu- seum of Natural History. (616) 4. Lelia species (?) One specimen taken at Faradje, April 1911, which represents a species probably new to science, but the example is in too imperfect a condition to justify its description. Sphingidee HerseE Oken (617) 1. Herse convolvuli (I.innzus) Sphinx convolvuli Linn xus, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 490. Protoparce convolvuli REBEL, 1910, in Berge’s Schmett., 9th Ed., p. 91, Pl. xvu, figs. 3a, b, c. Herse convolvuli RoTHscHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., [X, Suppl., part 1, p. 11. Of this common and widely distributed species there are three examples, a male and two females, all taken at Faradje in November 1910. 300 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII AcHERONTIA Laspeyres (618) 1. Acherontia atropos (Linnzeus) Sphinx atropos Linn£us, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 490. Acherontia atropos REBEL, 1910, in Berge’s Schmett., 9th Ed., p. 87, Pl. xv, figs. 1a, }, ¢. Four males, three caught at Medje in August, and one captured at Faradje “1911-1912.” Cetonia Rothschild and Jordan (619) 1. Colonia fulvinotata (Butler) Protoparce fulvinotata BuTLER, 1875, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 11. Celonia fulvinotata ROTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., [X, Suppl., part 1, p. 25. One male caught at Niangara, April 14, 1913. Potyptycuus Hiibner (620) 1. Polyptychus orthographus Rothschild and Jordan Polyptychus orthographus ROTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., IX, Suppl., part 1, p. 244, Pl. 1, fig. 9, o. One example was taken at Medje. (621) 2. Polyptychus nigriplaga Rothschild and Jordan Polyptychus nigriplaga ROTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., IX, Suppl., part 1, p. 259, Pl. v, fig. 4, #. One male taken at Medje, August 15, 1910. Lisyoctanis Rothschild and Jordan (622) 1. Libyoclanis hollandi Clark Libyoclanis hollandi CuarK, 1917, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, VI, p. 62, Pl. vu, fig. 3, 9. The single female captured at Medje constitutes the type of the species and was described by Mr. Clark before the writer of this paper began his task. Nepuete Hiibner (623) 1. Nephele comma Hopffer Nephele comma Horrrer, 1857, Monatsber, Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 421; 1862, Peters, Reise n. Mossambique, Zool., V, p. 424, Pl. xxvu, fig. 12. Two poorly preserved males, taken at Faradje, December 5 and 13, 1912. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 301 (624) 2. Nephele funebris (Fabricius) Sphinzx funebris Fasricius, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 371. Nephele funebris funebris ROTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., IX, Suppl., part 1, p. 557. One male labelled as taken at Stanleyville, April 8, 1915. (625) 2a. Nephele funebris maculosa Rothschild and Jordan Nephele funebris maculosa RoTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., IX, Suppl., part 1, p. 558. Of this varietal form there are eight male specimens; one taken at Matadi, June 24, 1909; two captured at Ngayu, March 1910; five from Stanleyville, two caught in February and two in March, and one in April 1915. (626) 3. Nephele bipartita Butler Nephele bipartita Butter, 1878, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) II, p. 455. One male from Matadi, caught June 24, 1909. (627) 4. Nephele peneus (Cramer) Sphinx peneus CRAMER, 1776, Pap. Exot., I, p. 139, Pl. txxxvutt, fig. D. Nephele peneus peneus ROTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., [X, Suppl., part 1, p. 560. One female captured at Medje in July 1910. (628) 5. Nephele accentifera (Palisot de Beauvois) Sphinx accentifera Patisor DE Bravuvots, 1805, Ins. Rec. en Assi et Amérique, Lép., p. 264, Pl. xxrv, fig. 1. Nephele accentifera RorascHiLp AND JoRDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., IX, Suppl., part 1, p. 560. Two females: one from Medje, July 8, 1910; the other taken at Faradje, December 13, 1912. Temnora Hiibner (629) 1. Temnora fumosa (Walker) Zonilia fumosdgW ALKER, 1856, List Lep. Het. B. M., VIII, p. 193. Temnora fumosa RoTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., LX, Suppl., part 1, p. 574, Pl. xi,fig. 5, o”. Two males, one from Gamangui, February 8, the other from Medje, March 19, 1910. (630) 2. Temnora species (?) There is a remnant of a specimen taken at Poko, August 19, 1913, which comes near 7’. eranga Holland but is evidently different and prob- ably represents an undescribed species, but the insect, or what is left of it, ism too dilapidated a condition to justify the attempt to describe it. 302 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLII Atemnora Rothschild and Jordan (631) 1. Atemnora westermanni (Boisduval) Macroglossa westermannii BoispUVAL, 1875, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét., I, p. 355. Atemnora westermanni ROTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., IX, Suppl., part 1, p. 616. Three specimens in rather poor condition, all taken at Medje, one in March, one in July, and one in August. Evcuitoron Boisduval (632) 1. Euchloron megera (Linnzus) Sphinx megera Linn&vs, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 492. Ciercx, 1764, Icones Ins., II, Pl. xivu, fig. 2. ; Euchloron megera megera ROTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., IX, Suppl., part 1, p. 743. Two males and two females in not very fine condition taken at Medje , a pair in August, a second male in September, and a female without date. BasioTHia Walker (633) 1. Basiothia charis (Boisduval) Cherocampa charis BotspuvaL, 1847, Delegorgue, Voy. Afr. Australe, p. 595. Basiothia charis ROTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., IX, Sappl., part 1, p. 746. One male caught at Faradje, December 5, 1912. Hippotion Hiibner (634) 1. Hippotion osiris (Dalman) Deilephila osiris DALMAN, 1823, Anal. Ent., p. 48. Hippotion osiris RoruscHiLp AND JoRDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., UX, Suppl., part 1, p. 750. There are eleven specimens. One was taken at Avakubi “1909”; one at Bafwasende, September 25, 1909; one at Medje, March 1910; eight at Faradje in November and December 1912. (635) 2. Hippotion celerio (Linnzus) Sphinz celerio Linn mvs, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 491. Hippotion celerio RoruscutLy AND JordAN, 1903, Noy. Zool., [X, Suppl., part 1, p. 751. Charocampa celerio Rene, 1910, in Berge’s Schmett., 9th Ed., p. 97, Pl. xrx, fig. 6 The collection contains three specimens caught at Faradje, one in November, and two in December 1912; there is also a specimen labelled “on board 8. 8. Leopoldville, off coast of Senegal, June 10, 1909.” 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 303 (636) 3. Hippotion eson (Cramer) Sphina eson CRAMER, 1779, Pap. Exot., III, p. 57, Pl. cevt, fig. C. Hippotion eson ROTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., IX, Suppl., part 1, p. 754, There are twenty-nine specimens, most of which were taken at Faradje in November and December 1912; two are recorded as from Medje, one caught in July, the other in August; one is from Niangara, June 14, 1913, and one is from Avakubi, August 20, 1913. (637) 4. Hippotion balsaminez (Walker) Cherocampa balsamine WALKER, 1856, List Lep. Het. B. M., VIII, p. 138. Hippotion balsamine RoTuscHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., [X, Suppl., part 1, p. 579. Twelve examples, all captured at Faradje in Novesater and Dec- ember 1912, except one which was taken at Avakubi, October 20, 1909. CentTRocTENA Rothschild and Jordan (638) 1. Centroctena rutherfordi (Druce) Panacra rutherfordi Druce, 1882, Ent. Mo. Mag., XIX, p. 16. Centroctena rutherfordi RoTHsCcHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., [X, Suppl., part 1, p. 790, Pl. x, fig. 9, ?. There are two examples, one taken at Medje in July 1910 and the other at Panga, September 18, 1914. Striphnopterygidez Jana Walker (639) 1. Jana eurymas Herrich-Scheeffer Jana eurymas Herricu-Scu#rrer, 1854, Aussereur. Schmett., Pl. xx, fig. 98. AurRIvILuius, 1901, Bihang Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl., XXVII, Afd. IV, No. 7, p. 24. There are four males ranging in expanse of wings from 80-105 mm. Three were taken at Medje in July and August 1910, and one at Isiro, in July 1913. (640) 2. Jana camerunica Aurivillius Jana camerunica Aurtvituius, 1893, Ent. Tidskr., XIV, p. 206; 1901, Bihang Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl., XX VII, Afd. IV, No. 7, p. 23. The collection contains one male and two females, all in poor condi- tion, being more or less torn and rubbed. One of the males was taken at Avakubi, October 18,1909, the other at Medje in July 1910, the female was captured at Avakubi, May 27, 1914. The specimens from Avakubi are remarkably large, the male having an expanse of 150 mm. or six inches, the female expanding 160 mm. or six and three-eighths of an inch. 304 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLILL I cannot follow Aurivillius, who with a query sinks J. nobilis Holland as a synonym of this species. His description of J. camerunica is founded upon a specimen which was in the collection of the late Dr. Otto Staudinger. I had the opportunity of comparing it with the insect to which I gave the specific name nobilis, at that time noting that it seemed to be different. J. nobilis, though one of the larger species of the genus found in Africa, is smaller than J. camerunica Aurivillius, has no trace of roseate or buff on the wings but is a cold gray, with dark- er brown and black markings arranged very much like those in J. strigina and, moreover, has the striking difference from the other species named in this note that the abdomen is annulated with black at the upper end of each segment. This seems to be a characteristic which, taken in connection with the totally different shade of color of the wings, seems to mark it as a form distinct from J. strigina and J. camerunica. (641) 3. Jana gabunica Aurivillius Jana gabunica AuriviLuius, 1892, Ent. Tidskr., XIII, p. 195; 1901, Bihang Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl., XX VII, Afd. IV, No. 7, p. 24. Jana marmorata HOLLAND, 1893, Psyche, VI, p. 346, Pl. xx, fig. 2. Three males: two taken at Medje, one in August, the other in Sep- tember; the third specimen captured at Bafwasende in September 1909. Puasicnecus Butler (642) 1. Phasicnecus grandiplaga, new species Plate XIV, Figure, 14, #7 o@. Antennz whitish, the pectinations fuscous; eyes pale brown; pectus and the anterior pair of legs dark brown; the two posterior pairs of legs and the lower side of the thorax yellowish white. The vertex is pale stramineous; the patagia are bordered externally with stramineous, inwardly are dark maroon, as is also the top of the thorax; the abdomen is pale gray inclining to buff, especially on the lower side where there is at the middle a longitudinal row of four small dark spots. The ground-color of the fore wing on the upper side is pale stramineous, passing out- wardly toward the margin into pale ashen gray. The fringes are concolorous. The wing is traversed by a basal, a subbasal, a median, a postmedian, and a submarginal dark line, which are most clearly defined on the light area along the inner margin, but are lost or more or less obscured on the darker median and costal areas of the wing. The postmedian and submarginal lines are exceedingly irregular, and respectively define outwardly and inwardly areas filled in with maroon colored scales, which form on the outer border below the apex a subtriangular spot with inwardly projecting lobes on the interspaces, joined by a narrow band of the same color to the larger area which covers the wing from above vein 2 to the costa, and as far marginad as the postmedian line, and which is also maroon of varying degrees of intensity, except at the end of the cell and just beyond it, where there is an irregularly defined patch of light yellowish scales. The hind wingis broadly pale stramineous in its upper half, shading into pale plumbeous on the outer border and the lower half; the ES eS ee oe ee 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 305 fringes are concolorous. There is a faint median band composed of light reddish scales, which is regularly curved, external to which there is a similar but much darker postmedian band, which runs nearly in a straight line from the costa to a point on vein 2, where it turns abruptly inward and upward to the inner margin, terminating there in a small, but very dark brown spot, as does also the median transverse line. There is just above the anal angle a small dark linear spot, located on the inner margin between the anal angle and the dark spot which terminates the postmedian line at its inner extremity. On the lower side both wings are pale stramineous, the fore wing being clouded on the outer margin just below the apex with dark brown ~ scales. The median and postmedian lines reappear on the lower side of the wings, the former being represented by a narrow brown line, the latter on the hind wing by a regular series of deep brown spots one on each interspace, but on the fore wing merely indicated by three similar spots near the costal margin, and one between veins 1 and 2. Expanse, 55 mm. The type, which is unique, was taken at Medje, August 24, 1910, and is the property of The American Museum of Natural History. When I first examined this specimen I had a feeling that somewhere or other I had seen a representation of the insect, but after a lengthy and painstaking search I have failed to verify my impression and am forced to the conclusion that it represents an undescribed species. It is nearest to P. preussi Aurivillius. Notodontidez Ricema Walker (643) 1. Rigema weerdeni (Snellen) Phalera werdeni SNELLEN, 1872, Tijd. v. Ent., XV, p. 45, Pl. rv, figs. 1-3. Rigema werdeni Kirpy, 1892, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 578. One female caught at Matadi, June 9, 1913. Catarctia Holland (644) 1. Catarctia divisa (Walker) Arctia (?) divisa Waker, 1855, List Lep. Het. B. M., ITI, p. 765. Balacra (?) divisa Kirsy, 1892, Cat. Lep. Het., App., p. 907. Catarctia divisa HOLLAND, 18938, Psyche, VI, p. 537. One male taken at Medje, August 13, 1910. Crenoeyna Felder (645) 1. Ctenogyna (?) medjensis, new species Plate XIV, Figure 10, ¢# o. Eyes dark brown; palpi pale, darker below, the terminal joint very short; upper side of head, thorax, and abdomen very pale fawn, inclining to yellowish; lower side of thorax and abdomen of the same general color as the upper side, but 306 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIEI upon the sides and the lower surface of the two anterior ségments of the abdomen there are conspicuous black spots; legs concolorous, the tarsi a trifle darker; antennz testaceous. The fore wing on the upper side is pale grayish fawn, becoming slightly darker towards the termen; two or three minute dark basal spots, succeeded by a very fine outwardly curved subbasal line; the cell faintly clouded near its extremity by darker brown, and with a minute, but very distinct black spot at its end; beyond the cell a double postmedian line running obliquely from the costa two-thirds of its length from the base to the inner margin at its middle; beyond this line near the costa the wing becomes lighter in color, almost white; for a short distance this lighter area being crossed by a very fine brown line, which runs from the costa as far as vein 6, where it terminates upon the subcostal line; the subcostal! line is fine, dark brown, and beginning at the apex curves inwardly at first and then, as it approaches the inner margin, becomes almost parallel with the postmedian line; the space between the subcostal line and the outer margin, near the extremities of veins 5 and 6 is marked by two deep black spots, accentuated externally by lighter scales, which in turn are succeeded by two fine sagittate marks; the costa near the apex is narrowly bordered by white, the tips of the subcostal nervules indicated by minute black spots, the fringes are dark below the apex, but become lighter near the tornus. The hind wing on the upper side is pale creamy white, clouded on the outer margin opposite the end of the cell and at the anal angle with dark scales; the fringes are uniformly whitish. On the under side the ground-color of both wings is creamy white. The fore wing on the costa above the cell, and more broadly beyond the cell, is clouded with pale gray ; there is a faint trace of a discal spot at the end of the cell; a submarginal row of very small, but distinct, dark spots, located on the veins, extends from the costa to the inner margin at about three-fourths of the length of the wing from the base; beyond this line in the region of veins 5-7 are a series of zigzag dark lines, and the fringes near the apex are dark, becoming lighter toward the tornus. The hind wing is on its costal or upper half dusted with gray scales, and there are a few such scales near the anal angle. At the end of the cell there is a minute transverse discal spot; beyond this, running from the costa as far as vein 4, are two parallel outwardly angulated dark lines; the submarginal series of small dark spots, which is conspicuous upon the fore wing, is continued upon the hind wing as far as vein 2, but does not in the type appear upon vein 1; the dark shades beyond the end of the cell of the upper side re- appear upon the lower side, but are darker on the lower side. Expanse, 46 mm. The type, which is unique, was taken at Medje, August 1, 1910, and is in The American Museum of Natural History. The insect is strictly congeneric with the species which I described as Ctenogyna (?) vilis and Ctenogyna(?) ogovensis (ef. Entomological News, IV, 1893, p. 343, Pl. xv, figs. 12, 13). The type of the genus Clenogyna is the species named natalensis by Felder, which I do not have in my: collection but which I think I saw in London or at Tring and the like- ness of which to the insects before me I recognized at the time. The generic reference is provisional, but possibly quite correct. It is, how- ever, not wise to dogmatize in such matters. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 307 AnaPpHE Walker (646) 1. Anaphe infracta Walsingham Anaphe infracta WALSINGHAM, 1885, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, (2) II, p. 422, PI. XLy, fig. 8. ; One damaged male specimen caught at Faradje, ‘‘1911-1912.” Geometridez Boarmiinz HyYPHENOPHORA Warren (647) 1. Hyphenophora palumbata Warren Hyphenophora palumbata WARREN, 1894, Nov. Zool., I, p. 402. Swinnor, 1904, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 498. One specimen taken at Medje in the early part of August 1910. It agrees with specimens in my collection which have been compared with Warren’s type. We have numerous examples from the valley of the Ogové and from Cameroon. (648) 2. Hyphenophora perlimbata (Guenée) Palyas perlimbata GuEN&E, 1857, Phal., I, p. 396. Hyphenophora perlimbata Swinuor, 1904, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 498. One badly damaged specimen captured at Stanleyville, August 23, 1909, and a better one taken at Medje in the first week of August 1910. Ruamipava Walker (649) 1. Rhamidava amplissimata (Walker) Acidalia (?) amplissimata Waker, 1862, List Lep. Het. B. M., X XVI, p. 1614. Rhamidava amplissimata Swinnor, 1904, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 499. One example caught at Ukaturaka, July 1909, and four taken at Medje, the dates of capture running from July to September. This insect seems to be quite common in tropical West Africa and the region of the Congo, judging from the number of specimens in our possession, some of which have been compared with Walker’s type. (650) 2. Rhamidava (?) pieridaria, new species Plate XIV, Figure 13, 9 9. Eyes, frons, upper side of head and thorax grayish; the lower side of thorax and entire abdomen pale yellowish gray, lighter than the upper side of the thorax. Fore wing on the upper side white from the base to the outer third, with a few minute striz on the costa; a minute black point near the end of the cell; the outer third of the wing is deep black, the inner margin being straight as far as vein 3, and then in- dented on veins 2 and 3, the white ground-color extending outwardly at the inner angle of the wing as far as the margin; the hind wing on the upper side is broadly 308 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT white save near the upper angle, where it is broadly shaded with blackish. There is an extremely minute black point near the end of the cell in the hind wing, and a very faint transverse postmedian line, composed of minute transverse strie. The wings on the under side are marked exactly as on the upper side, except that the dark outer spots are much paler and the strie on the costa of the fore wing near the base some- what more pronounced than on the upper side. Expanse, 38 mm. The type, which is unique, was taken at Medje on July 8, 1910. The insect closely resembles in its markings some species of the rhopalo- cerous genus Pieris. Its reference to the genus Rhamidava is purely provisional, as the specimen, aside from the wings, is in too poor condi- tion to enable an exact diagnosis to be made, the legs being missing and there being only a fragment of one antenna, which shows that the an- tenn are simple. I hesitated to describe this insect because of the imperfect condition of the type but, after examining all of the litera- ture, I have failed to recognize any description of an African geometrid which seems to correspond with it. The type is in The American Museum of Natural History. Metinogessa! Herrich-Scheffer (651) 1. Melinoessa cresaria Herrich-Scheffer Melinoessa cresaria Herrich-ScoFrrer, 1855, Aussereur. Schmett., Pl. Lxv, fig. 370. Swrnuoe, 1904, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 499. One badly damaged specimen taken at Medje, August 12, 1910. (652) 2. Melinoessa (?) species A damaged specimen from Medje, taken in September 1919, be- longs without much doubt to this genus, and seems to be nondescript, but I hesitate to name it. Semiotuisa Hiibner (653) 1. Semiothisa species (?) There is a single specimen taken at Medje, July 29, 1910, which belongs to this genus but which I am unable to refer to any species known to me either by the figures or descriptions which have been given. As most of the verbal descriptions are, however, very unsatisfactory, and often leave the student in doubt, I hesitate to name the insect as new, fearing by so doing to perpetrate a synonym. 'Swinhoe, loc, cit., sinks Obrussa catenata Saalmiller as a synonym of Melinoessa stellata Butler, which I think isan error, The two insects resemble each other very closely in the style of marking, but the form of the wings is very different, 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 309 ZAMARADA Moore (654) 1. Zamarada protrusa Warren (?) Zamarada protrusa WARREN, 1897, Nov. Zool., IV, p. 123. There is one male specimen taken at Medje, July 19, 1910, which seems to be the species described by Warren, but, without the type before me, it is almost impossible to be sure of the identification, the descrip- tion being very concise and applicable at least in part to several other allied species, of which there are, as I write, a number before me which await determination. The genus is well represented in Africa, and we have in our collections numerous species, which, when I last visited the British Museum and the Museum at Tring, did not seem to be found there. A thorough revision of the African forms of the genus is needed. Hypocurosis Guenée (655) 1. Hypochrosis massagaria Karsch Hypochrosis massagaria Karscu, 1895, Ent. Nachr., X XI, p. 359, Pl. m1, fig. 10. Two specimens, one taken in March the other in September 1910 at Medje. Buzura Walker (656) 1. Buzura abruptaria (Walker) Boarmia abruptaria W aLKER, ‘1869, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, I, p. 37. Buzura abruptaria Swrnnor, 1905, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 528. A single specimen taken at Avakubi, August 30, 1913. It agrees perfectly with specimens in my collection, which have been identified on comparison with the collections in London andat Tring. In the latter collection I think that Mr. Warren had referred the species to the genus Eubyjodonta erected by him in 1893 for the reception of an Indian insect. Boarmia Treitschke (657) 1. Boarmia acaciaria Boisduval Boarmia acaciaria Botspuvat, 1834, Faune Ent. Madagr., p. 116, Pl. xvt, fig. 4. One damaged specimen of the male sex taken at Medje, March 9, 1919. The species is very variable, but the example before me is quite near the typical form originally described from Madagascar. (658) 2. Boarmia species (?) A badly rubbed female specimen, which I am unable to refer with precision to any species known to me. It may be nondescript. It was captured at Medje, August 6, 1910. 310 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIIL (659) 3. Boarmia (?) species A somewhat defective male, which upon the whole seems best re- ferred to this genus but which I cannot determine specifically. It was caught at Medje, August 3, 1910. Necta Walker (660) 1. Negla tenuiorata (Walker) Narthecusa tenuiorata WALKER, 1862, List Lep. Het. B. M., XXIV, p. 1140. Four males and one female of this common species taken at Medje in July and August 1910. AMNEMoPSycHE Butler (661) 1. Amnemopsyche circumdata (Walker) Girpa circumdata WALKER, 1864, List Lep. Het. B. M., XX XT, p. 209. Nine specimens from scattered localities, the dates of capture ranging from March to December. (662) 2. Amnemopsyche flavibasis (Warren) Hylemera flavibasis WARREN, 1897, Nov. Zool., IV, p. 241. A single male specimen caught at Medje, April 6, 1910. The des- cription given by Warren fits the insect so closely as to leave no doubt as to the correctness of the determination. It is strictly congeneric with G. circumdata Walker. PirrHea Walker (663) 1. Pitthea continua Walker Pitthea continua WALKER, 1854, List Lep. Het. B. M., I, p. 463. Three specimens, two caught at Medje, one in April and the other- in August, the third captured at Niangara in November 1910. (664) 2. Pitthea famulita, new species Plate XIII, Figure 3, @ @. Superficially resembling P. famula (Drury), but much smaller, with nar- rower wings, and different markings. Antennm, eyes, and upper side of palpi deep black; lower side of palpi orange; frons, and a narrow line behind each eye pure white; upper side of head, tegula, patagia, thorax and upper side of abdomen bluish fuscous; lower side of thorax blackish with orange spots at the insertion of the legs; legs blackish marked on the tibia with a fine white line internally; the sternites of the abdomen dark orange, the pleurites having the same color as the top of the abdomen, which is extended downwardly on the sternites on their posterior margin, giving the orange surface of the lower side of the abdomen an annulated appearance, The pecu- liar organ to which Dr. Karl Jordan calls attention in the Novitates Zoologica, XII, p. 506, is well developed, as in all other species of the genus and its allies which 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 311 are known tome. The prevalent color of the fore wing is black; at the base there are some bluish fuscous scales of the same color as the vestiture of the thorax and ab- domen on the upper side, these bluish scales being most noticeable where they over- lay the inner area of the subbasal white triangular spot, which extends from near the middle of the cell to the inner margin to a little before the middle of the wing; there is a diagonal moderately broad white subapical band, which does not reach either the costa or the outer margin. The hind wing on the upper side is white, bordered from a little before the middle of the costa with black which sweeps around the wing to the base, but on the inner margin is heavily clothed with bluish fuscous hairs. On the under side the wings are much as on the upper side, but there is a small orange spot at the very base of the hind wing. Expanse, 37 mm. The type, which is unique, was taken at Medje in the early part’ of August 1910 and is deposited in The American Museum of Natural History. Orthostixinze Atetis Hiibner (665) 1. Aletis helcita (Clerck) Papilio helcita Cuercx, 1764, Icones Ins., II, Pl. xxxrx, fig. 4. Aletis helcita Swinnor, 1904, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 578. Six specimens, five taken at Medje in the middle months of the year and one at Niangara in November. Larentiinz GONANTICLEA Swinhoe (666) 1. Gonanticlea (?) langaria, new species Plate XIV, Figure 9, #7 @. Antennz pectinate; tibia of hind legs not dilated, having two pairs of spurs; fore wing truncate at apex; hind wings truncate and straight from anal angle to extremity of vein 4, twice denticulate between vein 4 and the upper angle; frons white; vertex ochraceous; upper side of thorax and abdomen very pale gray; under side of thorax and abdomen whitish; legs concolorous; fore wing on the upper side prevalently pale gray tinged with pink, irrorated with pale brown striz; an anti- median greenish band marked at the costa with a brown spot, runs from the costa to the hind margin; this is succeeded by a postmedian irregular band made up of small sagittate points, their apices pointing basad, the spot on the costa most conspicuous. This band is followed by a pale greenish shade, most noticeable in the subapical region. There is an irregular submarginal band, composed of brown sagittate spots, beyond which, between veins 4 and 5, is a whitish patch, and behind which, near the inner angle, there is a similar whitish lunular patch accentuated externally by dark brown. There are traces near the lower angle of a fine dark marginal line. The fringes are dark brown, checkered with lighter between the apex and vein 4. The hind wing on the upper side is marked like the fore wing, the transverse bands of the fore wing being continued across it, but narrower and less distinct. There is a minute black point at the end of the cell. The hind margin of the wing, from the anal angle to the 312 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII extremity of vein 4, is broadly dark brown. On the under side the markings of the upper side are reproduced, but less distinctly and more diffused, and the outer half of both wings is more or less shaded with greenish. On the fore wings the ends of the nervules are distinctly accentuated by dark brown dots, between the apex and vein 4, and on the hind wing, in a similar manner, the ends of the nervules between the upper angle and vein 4 are tipped with dark brown, while the fringes of the straight portion of the outer margin between the anal angle and vein 4 are pale greenish white without maculations. Expanse, 40 mm. The type, which is unique, was taken at Medje in July 1914 and is deposited in The American Museum of Natural History. I refer the insect to the genus Gonanticlea provisionally. It seems by reason of the straightness of the posterior margin of the hind wing from the anal angle to the extremity of vein 4 to differ, but otherwise corresponds very well with Swinhoe’s description and figure of the genus. Acidaliinz Aciwauia Treitschke (667) 1. Acidalia (?) medjaria, new species @. Closely resembling Pseudasthena permutans Hampson (cf. Ill. Lep. Het. in B. M., 1892, VIII, p. 123, Pl. cram, figs. 17-21) but very much smaller in size, and differing in the markings of the wings. Hampson gives the expanse of his species from Ceylon as ‘fone inch”? =25 mm.; the insect before me has an expanse of only 13 mm., that is to say it is only about half the size of the moth described and figured by Hampson. In its coloration it closely resembles the female specimen represented by Hampson in his figure 20, but Fig. 6. the pale yellow outer border is relatively wider in A. medjaria, Acidalia medjaria, and the dark inner area of the wing is solidly deep purplish a. Ff. pink, without any trace of transverse lines or punctulations. The type was taken at Medje, June 26, 1910, and belongs to The American Museum of Natural History. Hampson, in his ‘Moths of India,’ III, p. 419, sinks Pseudasthena Moore as a synonym of Cambogia Guenée and puts his Pseudasthena permutans into Acidalia (loc. cit., p.441). As A. (?) medjaria seems to me to be congeneric with permutans, I follow Hampson provisionally, at the same time expressing a doubt as to the correctness of the reference to the genus Acidalia, the type of which is A. ochrata (Scopoli). Prasinocyma Warren (668) 1. Prasinocyma unipuncta Warren Prasinocyma unipuncta Warren, 1897, Nov. Zool., IV, p. 44. There is one specimen taken at Matadi, June 24, 1909. We have a long series of specimens in our collections, LS a eT =~ 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 313 PRoBLEPsIs Lederer (669) 1. Problepsis egretta Felder Problepsis egretta FELDER, 1867, Reise Novara, Lep., Pl. cxxviu, fig. 14. A single specimen, agreeing with those in the British Museum and others in my collection, which have been compared with them. It was caught at Banana, June 21, 1909. . Ostgosema Warren (670) 1. Osteosema (?) phyllobrota, new species Plate XIV, Figure 6, @ 3’, 9. Eyes black; frons, palpi, vertex, and antenne pale gray; the antennze are relatively short in both sexes, bipectinate until near the tip; the collar is whitish; the patagia and upper side of the thorax are deep grass-green; the lower side of the thorax and the entire abdomen are pale gray, or whitish; the legs are also pale gray, the hind tibia armed at the end with two spurs. The costa of the fore wing is gray, densely irrorated with dark brown scales, most numerous on the margin; there is a very fine whitish subcostal line from the base to the apex; the basal half of the wing is grass-green, dissected into three spots by two fine white lines running inwardly from the costa, the first of these lines being located about one-fifth the length of the costa from the base, the second at the end of the cell, the first line extending to the inner margin, the second being lost in the pale outer area of the wing; the basal green spot is subtriangular, the middle spot, which is the largest, is pentagonal, the outer spot, located near the costa at the end of the cell, is the smallest, and is triangular. The outer half of the wing is cream-color, more or less densely punctated with minute transverse brown striz; there is a large green subapical spot very irregular in its outline, which extends from the subcostal line downward and outward, almost touching the outer margin about its middle, this spot near the apex is traversed by a fine white line on vein 7 cutting off a small triangle of green; at its lower end it is rounded and continued downward by a small lobular extension located between veins 3 and 4; the inner angle of the wing is clouded with a few brown scales; there is a fine dark brown marginal line; the fringes are whitish. The hind wing on the costa is pure white from the base to near the upper angle of the wing; at the base of the wing adjacent to the inner margin is a large green spot, defined outwardly by an irreg- ular narrow white line, angulated outwardly at the end of the cell, and defined out- wardly by a narrow green shade, broadest near the costa. The broad pale area beyond this line is marked as on the fore wing with minute transverse dark striz, beyond it on the submarginal area, extending from the upper angle of the wing down- ward to vein 2 is a long irregularly shaped green spot defined outwardly by white; the anal angle is clouded with dark brown, the dark brown marginal line and the fringes are as on the fore wing. On the under side both wings are silky white. The female does not differ materially from the male in the pattern of the markings of the wing, except that the green spots show a tendency to become obsolete and to fade into the paler surrounding areas of the wing, this being particularly true of the hind wing, which in one specimen before me has the marginal green spot of the hind wing almost altogether lost. Expanse, 32-35 mm. 314 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII The foregoing description is based upon a specimen which was taken at Medje, September 1, 1910, by the American Museum Congo Expedition, supplemented by three males and two females in the collec- tion of the Carnegie Museum from Cameroon, and three males and two females in the Holland Collection from the valley of the Ogové River. Some years ago I took a number of African Geometride with me to Europe for study and while at Tring I marked this species as agreeing best with the genus named Osteosema by Warren. At that time it did not appear to be represented in either the British Museum or the col- lection of Lord Rothschild. It is possible that it has since then been described by some author, but, after having devoted many hours to the perusal of everything which has been printed, I am inclined to think that I am justified in regarding the insect as hitherto nondescript. Unfortunately we have no figures of multitudes of species named in recent years, and the descriptions which have been given are, in many cases, very unsatisfactory. The type, which is a male, isin The American Museum of Natural History, the paratypes are in the Holland Collection and the general collection in the Carnegie Museum. Geometrinz PseupoTerPNA Hiibner (671) 1. Pseudoterpna ruginaria (Guenée) Hypochroma ruginaria GUENEE, 1857, Phal., I, p. 278. Pseudoterpna ruginaria Hampson, 1895, Moths of India, III, p. 472. One specimen caught at Medje, August 9, 1910. (672) 2. Pseudoterpna (?) chapinaria, new species Plate XIII, Figure 19, # o. Antenne slightly pectinated; the hind tibia dilated, with two pairs of spurs, one at the end, another a little distal to the middle; eyes brown; body pale gray; first segment of abdomen whitish; legs concolorous; fore wings on the upper side pale gray; a narrow, somewhat diffuse outwardly curved subbasa) line; a faint dark linear mark at the end of the cell, losing itself in the transverse median diffuse dark band which runs from the costa to vein 2, where it curves abruptly inward, and then is extended vertically to the inner margin about its middle. This band is suc- ceeded by a postmedian band, which runs from the costa in a curved line to vein 2, where it descends to the inner margin vertically, parallel to the lower extremity of the median line. The postmedian line is succeeded near the apex by a dark, somewhat diffuse, erenulate subapical line, which runs from the costa to vein 5, where it coalesces with the postmedian line. The margin is marked by avery fine dark line; the fringes are dark gray, checkered with pale gray at the ends of the nervules. The hind wings are colored like the fore wings; the subbasal line of the fore wing is continued on the hind wing as a short waved line, reaching the inner margin before the middle. There 1920] ~ Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 315 is a dark spot at the end of the cell, coalescing with the median line, which is irregular, festooned, looped inwardly at the end of the cell and on vein 1. The postmedian line is regularly crenulate, running from near the upper angle of the wing to the inner margin, which it reaches four-fifths of the distance from the base. It is succeeded outwardly by a submarginal fine crenulate line which follows the curvature of the hind wing, enclosing between its crenulations which occur on the veins a series of paler spaces, which are outwardly bordered by the fine marginal line. The fringes of the hind wing are uniformly whitish. On the under side the ground-color of the wings is pale yellowish white; the apex of the fore wing is narrowly pure white. There is a dark triangular shade at the base of the fore wing from the subcostal to vein 1; the median band is black, much broader and more sharply defined than on the upper side; the postmedian band is also broad and black, and coalesces with a similar broad black submarginal band at vein 5, leaving between them a pale yellow elongated spot run- ning from the costa as far as vein 5. The outer dark band touches the outer margin of the wing opposite the end of the cell. The hind wing on the lower side is colored ike the fore wing; there is a somewhat large, diffuse subcircular dark spot in the cell about its middle. The wing is crossed at the middle by a broad dark median line running from the middle of the costa to the inner margin at the anal angle, and slightly angulated opposite the end of the cell; the outer margin is broadly black; fringes white. Expanse, 24 mm. At the risk of adding to the synonymy I have described this species as new, after long search having failed to recognize it in any description which is before me. I am not quite certain of the generic reference, but the insect, in spite of its small size, seems to belong structurally better in the genus Pseudoterpna, as defined by Hampson, than in any other. The type is in The American Museum of Natural History. There is no indication of locality on the label. A paratype isin the Holland Collection from the valley of the Ogové River. Inthe paratype the basal area of the fore wing on the under side is much darker than in the type. In addition to the species of Geometridz which have been herein- before enumerated and described, there are a few ragged and imperfect specimens which are too poor to determine and which I have been unable to locate. Saturniide Puitosamia Grote (673) 1. Philosamia albida (Druce) Alttacus albidus Druce, 1886, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 409, Pl. xxxvit. Two rather badly defaced male specimens, one taken at Medje, April 1910, the other labelled ‘ Faradje, 1912.” {[Note-—Some confusion has existed as to the closely allied species, Philosamia pletzi Ploetz, and I take the present occasion to point out that Maassen and Weyding in Part V, of their Beitr. Schmett., 1885, text, were in error in setting up P. getula as 316 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT a different species from P. pleizi. P.getula Maassen and Weyding is the female of P. pletzi, as Maassen and Weymer originally held. We have specimens taken in coitu, settling the question beyond doubt, and all of the so-called P. getula in our collections are females, as shown by the presence of ova in their abdomens, as well as by the shape of the antennz.] Evpzmonia Hiibner (674) 1. Eudemonia brachyura minor, new variety The synonymy of EF. brachyura (Drury) is as follows: Attacus brachyura Drury, 1780, Ill. Exot. Ent., IIT, Pl. xxrx, fig. 1. Bombyx argus Fasricius, 1781, Spec. Ins., II, p. 170. Eudemonia uroarge HiBNER, 1822 (?), Verzeich. bek. Schmett., p. 151. Eudemonia brachyura RotTuscuHip, 1895, Nov. Zool., II, p. 48. Eudemonia brachyura BEUTENMULLER, 1897, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soe., V, p. 166, Pls. x1, x11; 1901, idem, IX, p. 195. I now propose a new varietal name for the form represented by a single specimen of this insect in the collection, which was captured at Avakubi, December 11, 1909. It agrees with a number of other speci- mens which we have in our collections from the Ogové River and Cameroon in being of much smaller size and differently marked from the insect figured by Drury and also by Beutenmiiller, which probably represents a race occurring in Sierra Leone; I feel that it is worthy of at least a varietal name. It may be in fact another species, and for many years past I have inclined to so regard it. &. Prevalent color rosy ashen-gray, the middle of the long tails darker rosy brown, the spatulate extremity inclining to yellowish. Without any trace of the post- median pale yellow band upon the primaries, shown in the figures given by Drury and Stoll and in Beutenmiiller’s photographs. A small ocellus in the cell of the primaries at the lower outer angle, and beyond the cell in the same wing a transverse series of from two to four small semitranslucent ocelli, which are variable not only in number but in size, some being in one specimen very pale, annulated with dark brown, in others darker, the light inner spot being more or less obliterated. The secondaries have a yellow semitranslucent circular spot at the end of the cell, which seems to be always distinctly annulated with dark brown, especially distinct in the female sex. Beyond the cell there is a tranverse series of circular pale yellow semi- translucent spots, ringed with darker brown, they being also variable in number and size, as they are in the fore wing. Expanse: co’, 20-22 mm. (or about one and one- half inches); 9, 25-28 mm. (or at most one and seven-eighths of an inch). The foregoing description is based upon a pair of finely preserved and very perfect specimens (type oc and allotype 9) in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum, which were received from Dr. O. Staudinger and said by him to come from Sierra Leone. The single somewhat defective specimen in the collection upon which I am report- ing agrees with these types in size, and in the markings, and may he accepted as a paratype. We have other specimens. a ee —— 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 317 Tacoropsis Felder (675) 1. Tagoropsis gemmifera (Butler) Copaxa gemmifera BuruER, 1878, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 387. Two male specimens taken at Medje, one in August, the other in September. This insect seems to be not uncommon on the Ogové River and in Cameroon. I possess a good series of both sexes. The females are paler than the males, the yellow of the wings of the males being replaced in the females by white and the outer borders both of the primaries and secondaries being quite broadly laved with pale brown. Some of the males are also whitish, rather than yellow. Attached to a female specimen in my collection is the following manuscript note by the late Dr. A. C. Good: ‘Taken 5.30 p. m., October 6, 1891, on forest- path. This moth begins to fly just before dark and may occasionally be met along forest-paths at that time, or flying across open spaces. It never stays long out of the forest.”’ Ceratocampidz Crrina Walker (676) 1. Cirina similis Distant Cirina similis Distant, 1897, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) XIX, p. 393; 1903, Ins. Transvaal, p. 62, Pl. 111, figs. 1, 2. Three male specimens taken at Medje, two in June and one in August. They agree very well with the figure of the male given by Distant, so far as their worn condition permits comparison. Bunza Hiibner (677) 1. Buna alcinoé (Stoll) Attacus alcinoé Srouu, 1780, Cramer, Pap. Exot., IV, Pl. cccxxu, figs. A, B. A male and a female in damaged condition taken at “Faradje, 1911.” Imprasia Hiibner (678) 1. Imbrasia epimethea (Drury) (?) Attacus epimethea Drury, 1773, Ill. Exot. Ent., II, Pl. xm, fig. 1, @. Gonimbrasia obscura BuTLER, 1878, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) II, p. 462. Maassen AND WEyDING, 1886, Beitr. Schmett., figs. 84, 85, 9. A single female taken at Medje in August. I hesitatingly follow Rothschild (1895, Nov. Zool., II, p. 39) in sinking J. obscura (Butler) as a synonym of Attacus (Imbrasia) epimethea Drury. We have long series of males and females bred by the late Dr. A. C. Good on the 318 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII] Ogové River and at Efulen, Cameroon, the females of which are unmis- takeably referable to obscura Butler. The males do not agree with Drury’s figure of the insect he named A. epimethea in that they lack the dark costal area on the upper side of the secondaries, well shown in Drury’s figure. We have, however, a number of males, not bred from larve but captured at various localities, which agree absolutely with Drury’s figure of epimethea and which have a different facies from the males which by the test of breeding are known to be that sex of obscura Butler. The two forms seem to me to be at least varietally distinct, though very closely allied to each other. Nupavretia Rothschild (679) 1. Nudaurelia emini (Butler) Antherea emini BuTLER, 1888, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 84. A single male, taken at Niangara in June 1913. It agrees absolutely with specimens in the collection of the writer which have been com- pared with the type in the British Museum. Uraniide AcropTeris Hiibner (680) 1. Acropteris erycinaria (Guenée) Micronia erycinaria GuEeNnse, 1857, Uran. and Phal., IT, p. 30. One ragged specimen taken at Medje, August 9, 1910. Cossidze CatLocossus Aurivillius (681) 1. Callocossus langi, new species Plate XIV, Figure 8, 9 9. Eyes black, frons pale orange with a black spot in the center; tegulze orange, with a black spot at the insertion and on the posterior margin; patagia orange with two blue-black suboval spots succeeding each other in the middle; a blue-black median dorsal line, which runs from the posterior margin of the tegule to the meta- thorax, but does not appear to be continued upon the dorsum of the abdomen; at the point of union of the thorax and abdomen on either side three orange-yellow spots, bordered with blue-black; dorsal and lateral surfaces of abdomen solidly bluish black until near the end, where there are two orange-yellow streaks on either side; oviposi- tor yellow at extremity; the legs blackish, as is also the under side of the thorax, except for the presence of some tufts of yellow hairs at the insertion of the legs; anterior segments of the abdomen on the under side dark like the upper side, the posterior segments orange-yellow on the lower side. Both wings on the upper side are pale bluish, densely spotted all over their surface, including the anterior margin of the hind wings, with small pale orange-yellow maculations, those at the end of the cell 1920] . Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 319 of the fore wings fusing together to form a large subrotund blotch, and those on the inner margin of the hind wings being so numerous as to cause these margins to appear much lighter than the rest of the wing. Expanse, 67 mm. The specimen before me does not agree with any of the species hitherto described and figured. It comes nearest to the insect named Callocossus elegans by Aurivillius, but is larger and differs in not having “the anterior border of the hind wings orange-yellow,” in lacking the “three longitudinal blue-black lines on the back of the thorax and abdomen,” andin a number of other minute particulars, which are evident upon a comparison with the description given by Aurivillius, and which are brought out in the more detailed description of the type which was taken at Faradje, September 3, 1912, and isin The American Museum of Natural History. XyztevtTes Hiibner (682) 1. Xyleutes sjestedti Aurivillius (?) Xyleutes sjestedti AURIVILLIUS, 1910, Kilimandjaro Reise, LX, p. 50, PL.1, figs. 14, 15. The collection contains a single male, which agrees very well in almost all of the markings of the wings with the figure which Aurivillius gives of what he calls the female of the species named by him as X. sje- stedti but does not agree with the figure which he gives of the male of that species. The male before me is a much larger insect than the male figured by Aurivillius (loc. c7t.), and I am impelled to query whether the association of the sexes made by my learned friend is correct, in view of the fact that, had he not figured the male on his plate, I should unhesitat- ingly declare that the insect before me is the mate of the female he has delineated, with which it agrees spot for spot. I am of the opinion that Aurivillius’ species is a composite, he having associated with his male specimen the female of another species represented by the male be- fore me. If this should eventually prove to be true, a new name will have to be given to the female he figures and the male insect upon which I am now reporting. The insect was taken at Medje, April 6, 1910. It has an expanse of 105 mm. AzyGoPpHLEPs Hampson (683) 1. Azygophleps boisduvali (Herrich-Scheffer) Zeuzera boisduvalii HerricH-ScHFreER, 1854, Aussereur. Schmett., fig. 167. Krirpy, 1892, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 872. One male caught at Bolengi, July 20, 1909. 320 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII Drepanulide Mecaprepana Holland (684) 1. Megadrepana cinerea Holland Megadrepana cinerea HOLLAND, 1893, Ent. News, IV, p. 177, Pl. rx, fig. 4. A single male specimen, taken at Medje, September 27, 1910. It agrees with the type, except that it is ruddier in color than the type, which is cold gray. It seems to be only a slight color-variety, and I discover that it does not differ materially from similar specimens be- longi ng to a long suite of the species, which we have recently received from the interior of Cameroon. Lasiocampide The Lasiocampide of Africa are a wonderful group of insects, com- prising numerous genera and a multitude of species, which, on account of the great difference between the sexes both in size and markings, pre- sent much difficulty to the student who has not had the opportunity to breed the insects. Asa rule the males are much smaller than the females, the latter in some genera being huge moths, while the males are quite small. Unfortunately the collection upon which I am reporting contains only two specimens, and both of these in defective condition. They each seem to represent species which have not hitherto been described. Of one of them I have good specimens from Cameroon and am able therefore to describe the insect. Of the other I have never seen speci- mens, and no description occurring in the literature of the subject seems to fit it. I am therefore constrained to leave it until by some good chance better material turns up. Lerpoxais Holland (685) 1. Leipoxais punctulata, new species Plate XIV: Figure 1, &; Figure 2, 9 @. The color of the body and wings is a moderately deep, reddish brown; the eyes are dark brown; the posterior margin of the thorax is marked by some greenish hoary hairs, The under side of the body is of the same color as the upper side, inclined to be a trifle lighter at the anal extremity, especially in the case of the male sex; the legs, which are heavily clothed with hair, are of the same color as the body, but marked with a minute white point at the end of the tibiw. The fore wings are crossed by a very irregular subbasal band composed of pale greenish gray sublunulate minute spots, followed by a somewhat lighter spot located in the cell beyond its middle; this spot is succeeded by a very irregular median band of similar light spots running from the costa to the inner margin, a light spot near the end of the cell form- ing one of the spots of this series. Immediately beyond the end of the cell are two faint parallel longitudinal spots. On the limbal area of the wing there is an irregularly 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 321 curved series of submarginal light spots, a trifle larger than those forming the sub- basal series; the two nearest the inner margin behind the tornus being the largest and becoming somewhat diffuse, forming an irregular light greenish gray blotch near the inner angle of the fore wing. The fringes are dark brown, checkered with light green- ish gray. The hind wings are of the same color as the fore wings but a trifle darker in the middle, in the region of the cell and toward the costa; there are traces on the upper side, very indistinct, of a transverse median and postmedian lighter band of spots; the fringes of the hind margin are checkered dark and pale greenish gray, as is the case in the fore wing. On the under side the ground-color is a slightly paler tint of the same color which prevails on the upper side, The markings of the fore wing are very indistinct, consisting merely of a submarginal transverse shade a little be- fore the apex, and a light gray spot near the tornus, the fringes being checkered and appearing exactly as on the upper side. The hind wing, which is strongly produced upward about the middle of the costa, has this tooth-like projection and the adjacent area dark brown, followed by a median and postmedian series of sub- lunulate pale grayish spots, between which bands the area is somewhat lighter than the remainder of the wing. The inner margin of the hind wing is uniformly pale from the base to the anal angle, with the fringes on the under side checkered dark and light, as is the case with the fore wing. Q. The female is almost twice the expanse of the male, the fore wings are strongly produced at the apex, the costa being strongly curved and the outer margin slightly excavated below the apex. All the markings which appear upon the wings of the male reappear upon the wings of the female, but somewhat more accentuated. On the under side in the female the apical and outer margin of the area of the fore wing is darker than in the male, and there isa diffuse paler spot at the apical extremity contrasting with the darker surrounding areas. The hind wing is marked on the under side in case of the female very much as the wing of the male, but the mesial band, defined internally and externally by sublunulate markings, is paler than in the male sex, giving the appearance of a broad grayish green fascia. The fringes both on the upper and under side of the hind wing of the female are more distinctly marked than in the male sex, consisting of a series of sublunulate spots defined inwardly and outwardly by fine dark lines. Expanse of male, 32-34 mm.; female, 64 mm. The type is a beautifully preserved male in perfect condition, col- lected at Efulen, Cameroon, by Dr. H. L. Weber, on November 29, 1913. The female allotype is an equally perfect specimen collected by Rev. A. I. Good at Lolodorf, Cameroon, October 19, 1915. The paratypes are a male collected by Dr..H. L. Weber at Efulen, Cameroon, November 4, 1912, and the damaged and rubbed specimen taken by the Lang-Chapin Expedition at Medje, August 24, 1910. The three former are in the Carnegie Museum, the latter is in the American Museum, of Natural History. I described in 1894 three species under the genus Leipoxais, which I erected for their reception, and the foregoing species is strictly congen- eric with these. Dr. Aurivillius has since then described several species of Leipoxais, but upon perusal of his descriptions I cannot 322 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII identify the hereinbefore named insect as one of the species which he has named, and it certainly is not the same as any of the species which I myself have named. I am therefore reasonably certain that I am not perpetrating a synonym. Chrysopolomidsze CHRyYsopoLtoma Druce (686) ° 1. Chrysopoloma rudis (Walker) Lasiocampa rudis WALKER, 1865, List Lep. Het. B. M., XXXII, p. 561. Derwrrz, 1881, Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur., XLII, p. 79, Pl. mm, fig. 24. One male caught at Medje in July 1910. It agrees closely with specimens in my collection, which were named upon comparison with Walker’s type. (687) 2. Chrysopoloma inspersa Hampson Chrysopoloma inspersa Hampson, 1910, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, p. 484, Pl. x1, fig. 16. A female caught at Faradje “1911-1912,” and which corresponds both with the description and figure given by Hampson, except that it is slightly less in the expanse of the wings. (688) 3. Chrysopoloma nubila, new species 9. Antenne yellowish; eyes dark brown; palpi, frons, legs, lower side of thorax, and anterior edges of patagia darker than the adjacent parts; the posterior half of the thorax on the upper side, and the entire abdomen reddish fuscous. The Fig. 7. Chrysopoloma nubila, &. +. fore wing on the upper side purplish gray, becoming darker toward the base, irrorated with minute dark spots not much darker than the ground-color; a small suboval semitransparent white spot at end of the cell, surrounded by a few darker scales; a submarginal dark band running from the costa to the inner margin about four- fifths of the length of the wing from the base, and parallel to the curved outer margin, The hind wings have the same color as the fore wings, but are slightly paler, and toward the base and the inner margin are slightly tinged with roseate; there is a small white spot at the end of the cell like that on the fore wing, but more distinctly annulated with dark scales; the submarginal dark band of the primaries is continued 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 323 upon the secondaries, but is a little more distinct, darker, and wider on the latter. On the under side the wigs are marked very much as on the upper side, but are a trifle paler. Expanse, 40 mm. The type, which is unique, was taken at Niangara, April 9, 1913, and is deposited in The American Museum of Natural History. Limacodide There are over two hundred species of this family which have already been described from the African continent, and there are, as is known, many others which await description. A revision of the genera and species is much needed, and the writer has been devoting some time in recent years to the task. The Lang-Chapin Expedition brought back only three specimens, representing as many species and two genera. Parasa Moore (689) 1. Parasa vivida (Walker) Nyssia vivida WALKER, 1865, List Lep. Het. B. M., XXXII, p. 478. Parasa vivida Krrsy, 1892, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 543. Auriviiiius, 1906, Arkiv Zool., III, No.1, p. 11 (larva). Hampson, 1910, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 485. This species is represented by a single, somewhat worn male, taken at Faradje, “‘1911-1912.” Walker’s type was from Natal. Hampson lists the species from N. E. Rhodesia. We have in the Carnegie Museum a male from Banza Manteka, Congo (Bain Coll.) and two males and five females collected in Sierra Leone by Schaus and Clements. The species is thus seen to have a wide. distribution. The female has not hitherto been described but does not differ essentially from the male in color and markings. The antenne, as is true of this sex in the genus, are filiform; the size is larger than that of the male; and the marginal band of the primaries is relatively a little wider than in the male and the color of the hind wings a trifle deeper. (690) _ 2. Parasa trapezoides Aurivillius Parasa trapezoides AuRIVILLIUS, 1899, Ent. Tidskr., XX, p. 253; 1904, Arkiv Zool., Il, p. 46. Parasa er Hampson, 1910, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) VI, p. 146. This species, originally described by Aurivillius from Cameroon, and subsequently by Hampson from the Gold Coast, is represented in the collection by a single male labelled “Banalia, September 22, 1914.” There are specimens in the Carnegie Museum from Cameroon, and also in the Holland Collection from the valley of the Ogové River. Neither of the authors who have hitherto written about the species have called . 324 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII attention to the fact that in fresh specimens the nervules on the outer area of the upper surface of the primaries are slightly darker than the brown color of the outer marginal band and are thus clearly defined against it. Crenouita Karsch (691) 1. Ctenolita anacompa Karsch Ctenolita anacompa Karscu, 1896, Ent. Nachr., XXII, pp. 273, 283. A single female, taken at Medje, June 1910, agrees perfectly with specimens in the Holland Collection which were compared by the writer with the type in Berlin. Zygenide Pompostolinz Cuaripea Guenée (692) 1. Charidea hypparchus (Cramer) Sphinx hypparchus Cramer, 1779, Pap. Exot., III, p. 7, Pl. cxevt, fig. C. One example, Lukolela, July 18, 1909. (693) 2. Charidea semiaurata (Walker) Euchromia semiaurata WALKER, 1854, List Lep. Het. B. M., I, p. 207. One male caught at Stanleyville, August 11, 1909, and two other males taken at Medje, July 9 and 19, 1910. Sauiunca Walker (694) 1. Saliunca thoracica (Walker) Tipulodes ? thoracica WALKER, 1856, List Lep. Het. B. M., VII, p. 1626. Saliunca thoracica WALKER, 1864, List Lep. Het. B. M., XX XT, p. 108. One specimen taken at Malela, July 8, 1915. It agrees absolutely with a series of specimens in my collection, some of which have been compared with Walker’s type. (695) 2. Saliunca rubriventris, new species @. Antenna, head, legs, and lower side of thorax black; palpi light brown; upper side of thorax brilliant steely blue; all the segments of the abdomen above and below fiery red, except the first, and having on the sides in the region of the stomata a longitudinal series of fine deep black lines, which do not, however, reach the anal extremity, but terminate on the antepenultimate segment. Wings very much the same asin the preceding species. Expanse, 31 mm. Fig. 8. Saliunca rubriventria, 9 t, 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo , 325 This species, according to the published descriptions, comes nearest to the insect named Saliunca ignicincta by Abbé J. de Joannis (ef. Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, 1912, XLIV, p. 141) but it is not the same, as a careful perusal of the description of that species plainly shows. The type is unique and is defective in that the antenne are missing, except a few of the proximal joints. It was taken at Stanleyville, April 9, 1915, and is deposited in The American Mu:eum of Natural History. Thyridide PRoTEROZEUxIs Warren (696) 1. Proterozeuxis (?) medjensis, new species Plate XIV, Figure 12, 7 o. Eyes ferruginous, antenne strongly pectinate, pale ochraceous; tegule and patagia pale orange; upper side of thorax and abdomen reddish fuscous, with a narrow band of whitish at the junction of the two; pectus, lower side of the thorax, and abdomen, as well as the legs, pale ochraceous. The fore wings on the upper side are very pale ochraceous, profusely marked with ferruginous lines and strie, forming reticulations of such a complicated pattern that it would be almost impossible to describe them, but it may be noted that the apex of the wing is relatively free from these striz, and presents to view a triangular pale space, which is defined inwardly by a fine dark subcrenulate ferruginous line; beyond the cell are two similarly colored parallel lines which run from the costa beyond its middle toward the outer margin and then turn inwardly and downwardly in the direction of the middle of the inner margin, which the line which is basad does not apparently reach; between these lines about the end of the cell are some dark shades and light circular spots; the strize become more numerous toward the base of the wing, and impart to it a deeper color than the rest of the wing. The upper side of the hind wing is covered like the most of the fore wing with fine reticulated lines, and at the end of the cell there is a darker area corresponding to that on the fore wing. Both wings on the under side are paler than on the upper side, but the lines and markings of the upper side are all reproduced on this side. Expanse, 52 mm. The type, which is in The American Museum of Natural History, is unique. It was taken at Medje, March 29, 1910. I have been loath to describe this insect as new to science, but, after trying in vain to reconcile it with available descriptions, have done so. I refer it provisionally to Warren’s genus, though it does not seem to quite fit his description, but comes nearer to that than to any other. (See Novitates Zoologice, 1899, VI, p. 7.) 326 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLII Pyralids Schenobiinze CrrrHocHrRista Lederer (697) 1. Cirrhochrista species near ? C. brizoalis Walker (Cf. List Lep. Het. B. M., XIX, p. 976) (an eadem?) There is one specimen caught at Banana, June 21, 1909. The insect is plainly referable to the subfamily Schcenobiine and to the genus Cirrhochrista Lederer. It agrees best upon the whole with the descrip- tion given by Walker of the species cited above, but, as that species has hitherto only been reported from the Indo-Malayan subregion, I hesi- tate to declare the identity of our specimen with the form named by Walker, though it may be the same. I cannot just now lay my hands upon Indo-Malayan specimens for comparison, though I think we have some in our collections, which are at the moment inaccessible. In the markings of the wings this insect agrees absolutely with the insect named Cirrhochrista saltusalis by Schaus and Clements (cf. Lep. S. Leone, 1893, p. 43, Pl. m1, fig. 7). Of the latter insect we have a long series, but it is not a Cirrhochrista, though referred to this genus by the authors of the species. It does not have the porrect palpi, which are characteristic of the genus Cirrhochrista and which are marked features of the specimen upon which I am reporting. It is plain that in the case of the insect from Sierra Leone, of which we also have many from the French Congo and Cameroon, we are dealing with a form in which there is parallelism in markings, with positive difference in structure. There is occasion here for further study and investigation. Pyralinsz Hercutia Walker (698) 1. Herculia species (?) There is a solitary specimen taken at Banana, June 21, 1909, which seems to be referable to this genus, rather than to any other, but I am not sure of the genus. I have never seen the species before and am unable to find a recognizable description of it in the literature of the subject. The insect recalls the color and markings of a species in my collection to which I affixed the note some years ago ‘“Furcivena sp.? not in B. M.”’ but, while the color and markings are almost identically the same, the form of the wings is altogether different and quite in agreement, in the case of the insect upon which I am reporting, with the form and neuration of Herculia. 1920} Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 327 Hydrocampinze ZeBronia Hiibner (699) 1. Zebronia phenice (Cramer) Phalena phenice CRAMER, 1782, Pap. Exot., IV, p. 185, Pl. ccctxxxu1, fig. G. Two specimens, one taken at Medje, May 10; the other at Ngayu, December 11, 1910. Pyraustine ZincKEn1a Zeller (700) 1. Zinckenia recurvalis (Fabricius) Noctua recurvalis Fasricius, 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 407. Hymenia recurvalis Sw1InHor, 1900, Eastern Lep. Het., p. 455. Two specimens, one caught at Banana, June 21, 1909, the other at Stanleyville, no date being given on the label. Pacypa Walker (701) 1. Pagyda caritalis Walker Pagyda caritalis WALKER, 1859, List Lep. Het. B. M., XVIII, p. 569. Hampson, 1898, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 636. One specimen agreeing perfectly with others in my collection which were identified on comparison with Walker’s type. The specimen was taken at Avakubi, October 3, 1909. (702) 2. Pagyda traducalis (Zeller) Eudioptis traducalis ZeuuER, 1852, Lep. Caffr., p. 54. Pagyda traducalis Hampson, 1898, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 636. Two specimens of this widely distributed species, caught at Gaman- gui, February 17, 1910. (703) 3. Pagyda species (?) There is a single damaged specimen caught at Lukolela, July 18, 1909, which is structurally nearly allied to the last-mentioned species but is very different in its markings. It may be nondescript, but with- out more and better material I will not venture to express a positive opinion. Utopeza Zeller (704) 1. | Ulopeza species (?) A rubbed specimen taken at Banana, June 21, 1909, and which I am unable to refer to any species hitherto described, but which ought not to be named with such a specimen as the type. 328 Bulletin American Museum of Natural H istory (Vol. XLIIT FILopEs Guenée (705) 1. Filodes cocytusalis (Walker) Euglyphis cocytusalis WALKER, 1859, List Lep. Het. B. M., XVIII, p. 540. Filodes cocytusalis Hampson, 1898, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 671. One male specimen caught at Medje, June 24, 1910. PHRYGANODES (juenée 1. Phryganodes sex-guttata, new species ow. Near P. biguttata Walker, but differing from that species by the presence in the secondaries of a conspicuous black discal mark. The two black spots, one in the middle and the other at the end of the cell of the primaries, are as in P. biguttata. Expanse, 30 mm. be The type, which is unique, was taken at Bolengi, Phesnodes July 20, 1909, and is deposited in The American Museum sex-guttata,?.t, Of Natural History. (706) 2. Phryganodes (?) species (?) There is a solitary specimen taken at Medje, May 10, 1910, which superficially recalls P. erebusalis Hampson (cf. Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1898, p. 678) but differs from specimens in my collection, which have been compared with Hampson’s type, in that the lower side of both wings at and beyond the base are whitish. There are other small and almost un- definable differences, among which the most marked is the fact that the nervules of the primaries on the upper side appear to be accentuated with black scales toward the outer margin, causing them to stand out distinctly on the slightly paler ground-color. The species may be new to science, but without more material it is not wise to describe it as such. Nacotem Walker (708) 1. Nacoleia pwonalis (Walker) Botys peonalis WauKer, 1859, List Lep, Het. B. M., XVIII, p. 639. Nacoleia peonalis Hampson, 1898, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 698. One rubbed example captured at Matadi, June 24, 1909. (709) 2. Nacoleia indicata (labricius) Phalana-N octua indicata Fannicius, 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 640, Nacoleia indicata Hampson, 1898, Proc. Zool, Soc, London, p. 699. One example caught at Faradje, 1911-1912.” 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 329 Botryopes Guenée (710) - 1. Botyodes asialis Guenée Botyodes asialis GUENGE, 1854, Delt. and Pyr., pp. 321, 348. Hampson, 1898, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 705, fig. There is one ragged female specimen taken at Medje, April 6, 1910. Sytiepta Hiibner There are three species referable to this genus, but none of them seem to exactly accord with the descriptions and figures which have been published of species occurring in Africa. After devoting considerable time to the study of the literature and the specimens before me, I must reluctantly content myself with merely listing them, as I do not care to describe them as new to science, and indeed it is possible that I have over- looked them in some of the vague and unsatisfactory descriptions of species of which there are so many in this family, but I do not think so. (711) 1. Syllepta species (?) One specimen caught at Matadi, June 24, 1909. (712) 2. Syllepta species (?) Two specimens taken at Medje, one on March 9, the other on June 24, 1910. (713) 3. Syllepta species (?) A solitary specimen taken at Matadi, June 24, 1909. AcaTHopes Guenée (714) 1. Agathodes musivalis Guenée Agathodes musivalis GuENKE, 1854, Noct. and Pyr., p. 210, Pl. x, fig. 2. Hampson. 1898, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 731. Two specimens taken at Medje in May. GLypHopEs Guenée (715) 1. Glyphodes sericea (Drury) Botys (Desmia) sericea Drury, 1773, Ill. Exot. Ent., I], p. 11, Pl. v1, fig. 1 (Westwood’s Edition). Glyphodes (Stemorrhages) sericea Hampson, 1898, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 735. Seven specimens, one taken at each of the localities, Bolengi, Ukaturaka, and Kwamouth in July 1909; two at Gamangui in February and one at Medje in May 1910, and one at Niangara in April 1913. 330 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIL (716) 2. Glyphodes bonjongalis (Plcetz) Eudioptis bonjongalis Piarz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., X LI, p. 305. Glyphodes bonjongalis Hampson, 1898, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 739. Five specimens: one caught at Basoko, July 1909; two at Medje, May 1910; and two at Gamangui in June 1910. (717) 3. Glyphodes ocellata Hampson Glyphodes ocellata Hampson, 1898, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 739. One specimen caught at Medje, May 11, 1910. (718) 4. Glyphodes ectargyralis Hampson Glyphodes ectargyralis Hampson, 1898, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 744, Pl. 1, fig. 19. Three specimens agreeing with others in my collection which were collected in the valley of the Ogové and which have been identified by comparison with Hampson’s type. Two of the specimens were taken at Avakubi in October 1909, and one at Medje, June 30, 1910. (719) 5. Glyphodes species (?) There is a specimen taken at Avakubi, October 3, 1909, which is very near the foregoing, but which differs in that there is a short dark band running from the costa of the secondaries downward and connect- ing with the fuscous discal patch at the end of the cell in such a manner as to form a V-shaped mark about the middle of the wing. The insect is also smaller and not so robustly formed as the preceding species, of which, however, it may only be a variety. (720) 6. Glyphodes sinuata (Fabricius) Phalena sinuata Fasricius, 1781, Spee. Ins., II, p. 267. Glyphodes sinuata Hampson, 1898, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 747. There are five specimens of this species, one taken at Batama, September 18, 1909; the others at Medje on dates ranging from March to August 1910. SameEopEs Snellen (721) 1. Sameodes cancellalis (Zeller) Botys cancellalis Ze.uLen, 1852, Lep. Caffr., p. 34. Sameodes trithyralis SN¥LLEN, 1880, Tijd. v. Ent., p. 218, Pl. vin, fig. 4. Sameodes cancellalis HAMPSON, 1899, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 176. Four specimens taken at Banana, June 21, 1909. ee See 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 331 Maruca Walker (722) 1. Maruca testulalis (Geyer) Crocidophora testulalis GryeR, 1838, Hiibner, Samml. Exot. Schmett., IV, figs. 629, 630. Maruca testulalis Hampson, 1899, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 194, fig. Of this common and widely distributed species, which occurs all over the tropical zone, there are five specimens taken at as many differ- ent localities, the dates of capture ranging from April to October. Pacuyzancta Meyrick (723) 1. Pachyzancla bipunctalis (Fabricius) Phalena bipunctalis Fasricius, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 2, p. 232. Pachyzancla bipunctalis Hampson, 1899, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 204. I refer to this species a specimen labelled “‘ Matadi, June 24, 1909.”’ In addition to the foregoing species there are several species of Pyralidz represented by single specimens which I am unable to name satisfactorily without an expenditure of time which I do not feel justified in making, and there are also three species of Tineidz which I pass by. Zgeriide TricHoBaPTes Holland (724) 1. Trichobaptes auristrigata (Ploetz) Melittia auristrigata Puawrz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 77. Trichobaptes sexstriata HOLLAND, 1893, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., I, p. 104. Four specimens, all caught at Medje, two on April 6, one in June, and one on August 24, 1910. #eceria Fabricius (725) 1. geria nuba (Beutenmiiller) Sesia nuba BeuTenMiuuer, 1899, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., VII, p. 171. One specimen taken at Stanleyville in March 1915, which agrees completely with the types and paratypes in my collection, with which I have compared it. _ In conclusion I may mention that there are several cases of bag- worms and a couple of inflated larve taken from them, which in the entire absence of any imagines I am unable to name. The African (Ecophoride and Psychide are as yet poorly represented in most collec- tions, and in mine by only half a dozen species, to none of which do these specimens seem to belong. 4d QAO Ae & ye Puate VI Planema nelsoni (Smith and Kirby), @. Planema nelsoni (Smith and Kirby), °. _ Papilio ridleyanus White, @, typical. Papilio ridleyanus fumosus Holland, 9, dimorph. Hypolimnas bartteloti var. obliterata Holland, <. Cymothoé diphyia Karsch, 9. Neptis agatha (Stoll) (form from grass-lands), <. Neptis agatha (Stoll) (form from wood-lands), <. Buuuetin A. M. N. H. Vor. XLITI, Prats V1 Puiate VII Bicyclus medontias var. obsoletus Holland, &. Euphedra imitans Holland, 2, type. Precis stygia stygia Aurivillius, 9 (under side). Precis stygia gregorii (Butler), (under side). Precis stygia fuscata Holland, Q (under side). Cymothoé cyclades (Ward), 3. Kallimula osborni Holland, <, type. Kallimula osborni Holland, 2, allotype. Mycalesis chapini Holland, #@ (under side). Euryphene maximiniana Staudinger, 9. IIT, Puatre VII XL VoL. N. H. M. BULLETIN A. Puate VIII Cymothoé herminia Grose-Smith, @. Cymothoé herminia var. poénsis Holland, @. Neptis biafra Ward, 9°. Cymothoé herminia Grose-Smith, °. Cymothoé capellides Holland, <, type. Cymothoé capella Ward, @ (typical). Cymothoé langi Holland, <, type. Cymothoé langi Holland, 9, allotype. Cymothoé adelina Hewitson, & (typical). Cymothoé adelina Hewitson, 9 (vera). Vou. XLIII, Puatre VIII BurveTin A. M.N. H. Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Puate IX Euphedra cyanea Holland, <, type. Euphedra cyanea Holland, 9, allotype. Cymothoé cenis, var. conformis Aurivillius, @ , Euryphene lucasi Holland, <, type. Euryphene lucasi Holland, 2, allotype. Euphedra medon var. innotata Holland, <, type. Cymothoé cenis, var. rubida Holland, 2, paratype. Vor. XLIII, Puare IX H. Buuuetin A. M, N P G2 SS Oe SF PS ret PLaTe X Cymothoé aramis Hewitson, . Cymothoé aramis Hewitson, 2. Cymothoé ogova Ploetz, &. Cymothoé ogova Pleetz, 2. Cymothoé Regine-Elizabethe Holland, <, type. Cymothoé Regine-Elizabethe Holland, 9, allotype. Cymothoé anatorgis Hewitson, o. Cymothoé anatorgis Hewitson, °. Cymothoé angulifascia Aurivillius, 3. Mycalesis langi Holland, <, type. Euryphene fulgurata Aurivillius, 9. i ry Buuvietin A. M. N. H. Vou. XLIII, Prare, X Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Fig. 8. Prate XI Euphedra preussi notata Holland, @, type (under side). Euphedra inanoides Holland, 3, type. Euphedra inanoides Holland, 9, allotype (under side). Euphedra preussi subviridis Holland, #, type (under side). Euphedra rezioides Holland, 9, type (under side). Euphedra preussi fulvofasciata Holland, <, type. Euphedra preussi angustior. Holland, @, type. Euphedra preussi latefasciata Holland, <7, type. Beha! ® . 7 ! i oe ora See Puate XIV Leipoxais punctulata Holland, <, type. Leipoxais punctulata Holland, 9, allotype. Sapelia bipunctata Holland, <, type. Sapelia bipunctata Holland, @, allotype. — Deinypena multilineata Holland, <, type. Osteosema (?) phyllobrota Holland, <, type. Lelia soloides Holland, 9, type. Callocossus langi Holland, 2, type. Gonanticlea (?) langaria Holland, <, type. Ctenogyna (?) medjensis Holland, <, type. Deinypena obscura Holland, <, type. Proterozeuxis (?) medjensis Holland, <’, type. Rhamidava (?) pieridaria Holland, 2, type. Phasicnecus grandiplaga Holland, <, type. Buuietin A. M.N. H. Vou. XLIII, Puare XIV ~ . - . » * . « . . =) =. ae abadima, Acrea, 128. Acrea pseudegina, 128, Abantiades, 253. Abantis, 253, 254. amneris, 255. arctomarginata, 254. bicolor, 254. bismarcki, 254. efulensis, 253, 254. elegantula, 263, 254. ja, 254. leucogaster, 254. levubu, 255. lofu, 255. lucretia, 255. namaquaana, 254. nigeriana, 254. paradisea, 254. plerotica, 254. XII, Fig. 1. tettensis, 253, 254. trimeni, 254. umvulensis, 254. venosa, 254, zambesiaca, 254. — zambezina, 254. abdera, Acrza, 129. abesa, Euryphene, 181. Abisara, 213. geryon, 213. intermedia, 213. rogersi, 213. rutherfordi, 213. rutherfordii, 213. abraxas, Pentila, 216. abruptaria, Boarmia, 309. Buzura, 309. absolon, Euryphene, 182. Papilio, 182. eee a IR ie cig Mena die atm ott OOS RTS OE nee iets Som NS —_ ii A » €- =. tt: Aburina, 286 . infirma, 286. rubra, 116, 250, 253, 255. absolon micans, Euryphene, 182. 334 INDEX New names of genera, species, and varieties are printed in heavy-faced type, also the main Pl. reference in a series of references; synonyms are printed in italics. acaciaria, Boarmia, 309. acara, Acreea, 130. accentifera, Nephele, 301. Sphinz, 301. Achzea, 282, 283. albifimbria, 282. catocaloides, 282. ezea, 282. mania, 282. mormoides, 282. subsignata, 281. Acherontia, 300. atropos, 300. achillena, Euryphene barce, 188. achlys, Euryphura, 193. Harma, 193. Acidalia, 312. « amplissimata, 307. medjaria, 117, 312 (Fig. 6). ochrata, 312. permutans, 312. Acidaliine, 312. Acleros, 255. pleetzi, 255. acontias, Acrea, 129. Acontiinez, 276. Acrea, 122. abadima, 128. abdera, 129. acara, 130. acontias, 129. alcinoé, 121. alciope, 122. althoffi, 127. althoffi rubrofasciata, 127. atergatis, 129. atolmis, 129. aurivillii, 122. bakossua, 122. bonasia, 127. bonasia supponina, 127. cecilia, 129. cepheus, 129. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT egina, 126, 130. ehmckei, 126. encedon, 125. encedon alcippina, 126. encedon fumosa, 126. encedon infuscata, 126. encedon lycia, 125. fumida, 122. infuscata, 126. insignis, 131. insignis siginna, 131. jalema, 130. jodutta, 123. jodutta dorothex, 123. leucographa, 131. lycoa, 123. macarina, 122. menippe, 130. metaprotea, 123. nelsoni, 121. neobule, 131. oberthiiri, 127. oberthiiri confluens, 127. orestia, 124. orina, 124. parrhasia, 124. pelasgius, 124. peneleos, 124. peneleos pelasgius, 124. penelope, 124. pentapolis, 125. pentapolis thelestis, 125. perenna, 129. pharsalus, 126. pseudegina, 128, 129. pseudegina abadima, 128. quirinalis, 125. rogersi, 126. salambo, 126. semivitrea, 123. servona, 123. supponina, 127, terpsichore, 128. terpsichore buxtoni, 128, thelestis, 125, vesperalis, 125, vinidia, 128, viviana, 127. zetes, 130. Acreidx, 120. acrapex, Borolia, 273. Acromecis, 260. neander, 260. Acronyctine, 273, Acropteris, 318. erycinaria, 318. actia, Kallimula, 150. actisanes, Ergolis, 158: acuta, Phytometra, 284. Plusia, 284. adelica, Caprona, 252. adelina, Cymothoé, 199, 200. Pl. VIII, Figs. 9 and 10. _Harma, 199. aderna, Spindasis, 225. Pl. XII, Fig. 4. Zeritis, 225. Adolias fulvomacula, 201. adonina, Euphedra, 177. Romaleosoma, 177. AXgeria, 331. nuba, 331. Ageriide, 331. gocera, 271. amabilis, 271. latreillei, 271. latreillii, 271. obliqua, 272. rectilinea, 271. wegretta, Problepsis, 313. emulatrix, Eusemia, 270, Xanthospilopteryx, 270. swqualis, Diacrisia, 267. @son, Charaxes, 206. wthiopica, Atella phalantha, 143. aethiops, Cupido, 232. Kharsanda, 232. Mycalesis safitza, 139. Nacaduba, 232. Papilio, 153. Salamis parhassus, 153, africana, Melanitis, 131. Melanitis leda, 131, afzelii, Euphsedra, 176. Romalwosoma, 176. Aganainm, 268, Agaristidm, 270. albicostata, Dasychira, 297. Ilema, 297. albida, Philosamia, 315. albidus, Attacus, 315. albifimbria, Achza, 282. Ophiusa, 282. albofasciata, Euryphura, 193. Euryphura plautilla, 193. alcinoé, Acrea, 121. Attacus, 317. Buneea, 317. Planema, 121. alciope, Acrzea, 122. alcippina, Acrzea encedon, 126. alcippus, Danaida, 118. Danais chrysippus, 118. Papilio, 118. Aletis, 311. helcita, 311. algira, Noctua, 283. Parallelia, 283. aliena, Sphingomorpha, 117, 285. PI. XIII, Fig. 14. alinda, Eurytela, 157. Alpenus aurantiacus, 267. purus, 267. althea, Cymothoé czenis, 199. althoffi, Acraea, 127. althoffi rubrofasciata, Acrsea, 127. altisidora, Cymothoé, 199. Harma, 199. amabilis, Algocera, 271. Charilina, 271. amanda, Argina, 269. Euchelia, 269. amaranta, Diestogyna, 190, 191. Amata, 263. cerbera, 263. marina, 263. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo agatha, Neptis, 160. Pl. VI, Figs.7 and Amatide, 262. 8. Amauris, 119. Papilio, 160. damocles, 119. agatha lativittata, Neptis, 160. damoclides, 120. Agathodes, 329. hecate, 120. musivalis, 329. hyalites, 120. agraphis, Mycalesis, 141. niavius, 119. alberti, Boaris, 258. psyttalea, 119. Parnara, 258. tartarea, 120. amaxia, Aterica, 190. ameliz, Charaxes, 208. amestris, Papilio, 147. Precis, 147. Precis octavia, 147. Amnemopsyche, 310. circumdata, 310. flavibasis, 310. amneris, Abantis, 255. Amphicallia, 268. 335 pactolica, 268. Pl. XIII, Fig. 2. pactolicus, 268. Amphigonia, 287. complex, 287. costalis, 288. hyalinata, 117, 288. Pl. XIII, Fig. 11. simplex, 288. amplissimata, Acidalia, 307. Rhamidava, 307. amulia, Asterope, 158. Amyna, 289. octo, 289. punctum, 289. Anace invaria, 264. perpusilla, 263. anacompa, Ctenolita, 324. analis, Mycalesis, 133. Anaphe, 307. infracta, 307. anatorgis, Cymothoé, 201, 202. Figs. 7 and 8. Ancistrocampta chrysoglossa, 251. Ancyloxypha producta, 260. andremiaja, Precis, 146. Andronymus, 260. neander, 260. angasi, Caligatus, 274. angasti, Caligatus, 274. Pl. X, 336 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII angolanus, Papilio, 248. oreas, 224. angulifascia, Cymothoé, 193, 200. Pl.,X apicata, Deinypena, 291. Fig. 9. apiciplaga, Naxia, 282. angustata, Catuna, 166. apparata, Borolia, 273. angustatum, Euomma, 166. Leucania, 273. angustior, Euphedra preussi, 116, Appias, 237, 238. 175. Pil. XI, Fig. 7. epaphia, 238. angustus, Charazes, 204. rs phaola, 237. Charaxes brutus, 204. rhodope, 237. Anoa xanthospila, 297. sabina, 238. anomala, Deilemera, 117, 268, 269 aralus, Cymothoé, 198. (Fig. 4). aramis, Cymothoé, 193, 201, 202.. Pl. x, ansellica, Euxanthe, 204. Figs. 1 and 2. Godartia, 204. Euryphene, 201. ansorgei, Kallima, 154. archesia, Precis, 146. Melanitis, 132. arcifera, Dermaleipa, 279. antalus, Deudorix, 222. Arcte maura, 277. Dipsas, 222. Arctia divisa, 305. Sithon, 222. Arctiide, 266. Antanartia, 143. Arctiine, 267. delius, 143. arctomarginata, Abantis, 254, antanossa, Cupido, 234. argenteus, Epiolus, 253. Lyceena, 234. argia, Eronia, 243. Zizera, 234. Papilio, 243. anthedon, Diadema, 157. Argina, 269. Hypolimnas, 157. amanda, 269. Antherea emini, 318. argus, Bombyx, 316. antheus, Papilio, 249. Argynnidine, 142. anticlea, Charaxes, 208. Argynnis, 169. Papilio, 208. argyrosticta, Apaustus, 259, 260. antifaunus, Hypolyecena, 223. Arrugia umbra, 221. Tolus, 223. artaxia, Precis, 146. antilope, Kallimula, 150. asialis, Botyodes, 329. Precis, 147. asochis, Mycalesis, 134. antilope cuama, Kallimula, 150. asopus, Cupido, 232. antimachus, Papilio, 244. Lyceena, 232. Anua, 279. Asterope, 159. david, 280. amulia, 159. hampsoni, 117, 280. boisduvali, 159. producta, 117, 279. natalensis, 159. producta, 117, 280. occidentalium, 159. Apaustus argyrosticta, 259,§260. asterope, Hipparchia, 142. leucopyqus, 255. Ypthima, 142, neander, 260. Asura, 266, Aphnaus, 224. atricraspeda, 266. caffer, 224. Atella, 143. crustaria, 224. columbina, 143, natalensis, 224. phalantha, 143. ee ee Fee 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 337 phalantha ethiopica, 143. Atemnora, 302. westermanni, 302. atergatis, Acrea, 129. Aterica, 167. amaxia, 190. - barce, 188. edwards, 171. galene, 167. tadema, 189. theophane, 167. zonara, 183. atolmis, Acrea, 129. atossa, Diestogyna, 190. Euryphene, 190. - atratus, Celenorrhinus, 251. atricraspeda, Asura, 266. ‘atroguttata, Leucoperina, 296. atropos, Acherontia, 300. Sphinz, 300. Attacus albidus, 315. alcinoé, 317. brachyura, 316. epimethea, 317, 318. fullonica, 284. auga, Pentila, 216. aurantiaca, Diacrisia, 267. aurantiacus, Alpenus, 267. auricruda, Mycalesis, 134, 135. auristrigata, Melittia, 331. Trichobaptes, 331. aurivillii, Acrea, 122. Euryphene, 185. Automolis ehrmanni, 265. avakubi, Rhynchodes, 117, 287. PI. XIII, Fig. 10. Axiocerses, 226. harpax, 225, 226. perion, 225, 226. Azanus, 231. mirza, 231. Azygophleps, 319. boisduvali, 319. beticus, Cupido, 232. Papilio, 232. Polyommatus, 232. bakossua, Acrea, 122. Balacra, 265. divisa, 305. ehrmanni, 265. glagoessa, 265. pulchra, 265. balsamine, Cherocampa, 303. Hippotion, 303. bammakoo, Elymniopsis, 131. Melanitis, 131. banane, Nola, 116, 266 (Fig. 3). Baoris, 258. alberti, 258. barce, Aterica, 188. Euryphene, 188. barce achillena, Euryphene, 188. bartteloti, Hypolimnas, 116, 155, 156. bartteloti obliterata, Hypolimnas, 116, 156. Pl. VI, Fig. 5. Basiothia, 302. charis, 302. batange, Parnara, 258. Platylesches, 258. batesi, Xanthospilopteryx, 270. Xynthospilopteryx, 270. batikeli, Deudorix, 221, 222. batikelides, Deudorix, 116, 221, 222 (Fig. 1). baumanni, Mycalesis, 137, 138, 140. bebra, Charaxes, 212. Charazes lichas, 212. Philognoma lichas, 212. beckeri, Cymothoé, 194, 195. Belenois welwitschii, 239. benitensis, Grammodes, 283. Parachalciope, 283. bernice, Mylothris, 237. biafra, Neptis, 162,163. Pl. VIII, Fig. 3. biafra continuata, Neptis, 162. bicolor, Abantis, 254. bicoloraria, Megalopalpus, 218, 220. Bicyclus, 132. hewitsoni, 132. hewitsoni nanodes, 132. iccius, 133. medontias, 116, 132, 133. medontias obsoletus, 116, 132. Pl. VII, Fig. 1. sebetus, 133. 338 biguttata, Phryganodes, 328. bimacula, Pentila, 215. Telipna, 215. bipartita, Nephele, 301. bipunctalis, Pachyzancla, 331. Phalena, 331. bipunctata, Sapelia, 117, 295. Pl. XIV, Figs. 3 and 4. bipunctatus, Charaxes, 207. bisinuata, Terias, 241. Terias senegalensis, 241. bismarcki, Abantis, 254. bivittata, Syntomis, 263. Trichezta, 263. bize, Ismene, 262. Papilio, 262. Rhopalocampta, 262. Bizone delicata, 266. blassi, Cymothoé, 194. - boadicea, Celzenorrhinus, 251. Pterygospidea, 251. Boarmia, 309, 310. boisduvali, Asterope, 159. Azygophleps, 319. Crenis, 159. boisduvalianus, Papilio, 244. boisduvallii, Zeuzera, 319. bolengensis, Tolna, 117, 280. PI. XIII, Fig. 9. Bombyx argus, 316. maculosa, 267. vaillantina, 277. bonasia, Acrwa, 127. Papilio, 127. bonasia supponina, Acrwa, 127. bonjongalis, Bud optis, 330. G yphodes, 330. borbonica, Hesperia, 257. Parnara, 257. Borolia, 273. acrapex, 273. apparata, 273. Botyodes, 329. asialis, 329, Botys cancellalis, 330, Bulletin American Museum of Natural History _ (Vol. XLITT peonalis, 328. sericea, 329. brachyura, Attacus, 316. Eudemonia, 117, 316. brachyura minor, Eudzemonia, 117, 316. brenda, Terias, 240. brenda maculata, Terias, 241. brigitta, Papilio, 242. Terias, 242. Brithys, 273. pancratii, 273. brizoalis, Cirrhochrista, 326. bromius, Papilio, 246. brutus, Charaxes, 204. Papilio, 204. brutus angustus, Charaxes, 204. bule, Pardaleodes, 259. Buna, 317. aleinoé, 317. buxtoni, Acreea terpsichore, 128. Buzura, 309. abruptaria, 309. Byblia, 158. crameri, 158. ilithya, 158. vulgaris U, 158. cachrusalis, Elyra, 290. cacta, Papilio, 153. Salamis, 153. cecilia, Acreea, 129. Papilio, 129. Ceenides, 261. ceenira, 261. eylinda, 261. dace a, 261. ceenira, Ceenides, 261, Hesperia, 261. Hidari, 261. Pamphila, 261. cwnis, Cymothoé, 116, 198, 199, 200. Papilio, 198. cenis althea, Cymothoé, 199. cenis conformis, Cymothoé, 198. Pl. LX, Fig. 3. ceenis euthalioides, Cymothod, 199. cenis rubida, Cymothoé, 116, 198, ses - ee ee —— ee ee Se ee ee a a 1 oR inde hee ale 1920] Holland, Lepiodptera of the Congo 199. Pl. IX, Fig. 7. caffer, Aphneus, 224. calescens, Heterospila, 290. Caligatus, 274. angasi, 274, angasii, 274. Callimorphine, 268. Callocossus, 318. elegans, 319. langi, 117, 318. Pl. XIV, Fig. 8. calpis, Hesperia, 261. Pamphila, 261. calypso, Papilio, 239. Pieris, 239. camarensis, Diestogyna, 189. Euryphene, 189. Cambogia, 312. camerunica, Jana, 303, 304. camillus, Cyrestis, 159. Papilio, 159. cancellalis, Botys, 330. Sameodes, 330. candiope, Charaxes, 209. Nymphalis, 209. capella, Cymothoé, 198. Pl. VIII, Fig. 6. capellides, Cymothoé, 116, 198. PI. VIII, Fig. 5. Caprona, 252. adelica, 252. pillaana, 252. carana, Castalius, 231. Cupido, 231. Lycena, 231. carbo, Cobalus, 258. cardui, Papilio, 143. Pyrameis, 143. caritalis, Pagyda, 327. carnea, Meganaclia, 263. Carpostalagma, 269, viridis, 269. carshena, Euryphene, 181. Caryatis viridis, 269. Castalius, 231. carana, 231. isis, 231. margaritaceus, 231. castanea, Euryphene, 186. castor, Charaxes, 205. Papilio, 205. Catacroptera, 152. cloanthe, 152, 153. cloanthe ligata, 152, 153. obscurior, 153. Catarctia, 305. divisa, 305. catenata, Obrussa, 308. catocalina, Heliophisma, 280. Ophiodes, 280. Catocaline, 277. catocaloides, Achzea, 282. catochrous, Charaxes, 209. Catopsilia, 243. florella, 243. Catuna, 166. angustata, 166. crithea, 166. oberthiiri, 166. cebrene, Junonia, 145. Precis, 145. Celzenorrhinus, 250. atratus, 251. boadicea, 251. chrysoglossa, 251. chrysoglossus, 251. galenus, 250, 251. rutilans, 251. celerio, Cherocampa, 302. Hippotion, 302. Sphinx, 302. Centroctena, 303. rutherfordi, 303. cepheus, Acrea, 129. Papilio, 129. Ceratocampide, 317. Ceratrichia, 259. flava, 260. ialemia, 259. nothus, 259. phocion, 259. wollastoni, 260. cerbera, Amata, 263. Sphinz, 263. Syntomis, 263. ceres, Euphedra, 168, 171. Terias, 242. Terias floricola, 242. 339 340 ceryne, Junonia, 149. Precis, 146, 149. Salamis, 149. chalcis, Euryphura, 193. Harma, 193. _ chapinaria, Pseudoterpna. 117, 314. Pl. XIII, Fig. 19. chapini, Metarctia, 116, 264. Pl. XIII, Fig. 4. Mycalesis, 116,140. Pl. VII, Fig. 9. Spindasis, 116,225. Pl. XII, Fig. 6. Chapra, 257. mathias, 257. Charaxes, 114, 204. eson, 206. ameliz, 208. angustus, 204. anticlea, 208. bebra, 212. bipunctatus, 207. brutus, 204. brutus angustus, 204. candiope, 209. castor, 205. catochrous, 209. cynthia, 206. dilutus, 210. doubledayi, 210, 211. epijasius, 204. etesipe, 206. etheocles, 208, 209. etheocles hollandi, 209. etheocles picta, 209. eudoxus, 205. eudoxus mechowi, 205. eupale, 209. fulvescens, 211, godarti, 205. hadrianus, 208. hildebrandti, 208, imperialis, 207, kahldeni, 209. laodice, 210. lichas bebra, 212. lucretius, 207. mechowi, 205. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLITI mycerina, 210, 211. nichetes, 210. nobilis, 208. numenes, 207. ogovensis, 210. paphianus, 212. pollux, 205. porthos, 210. protoclea, 116, 206. protoclea marginepunctata, 116, 206. smaragdalis, 207. tiridates, 207. vologeses, 211. zelica, 210. zingha, 212. charcedonius, Papilio, 249. Charidea, 324. hypparchus, 324. semiaurata, 324. Charilina, 271. amabilis, 271. charis, Basiothia, 302. Cherocampa, 302. charita, Plastingia, 260. chelys, Papilio, 132. Gnophodes, 132. Chionsema, 266. delicata, 266. chloéropis, Euryphene, 188. chlorea, Noctua, 285. Phalena, 285. Sphingomorpha, 285. chloris, Mylothris, 236. Papilio, 236. Cherocampa balsamine, 303, celerio, 302. charis, 302. Cheerotriche orestes,. 297. chorimene, Precis, 146, 147. Vanessa, 147. chrysippus, Danaida, 118. Danais, 118. Papilio, 118. chrysippus aleippus, Danais, 118, chrysoglossa, Ancistrocampta, 251, Celanorrhinus, 251. chrysoglossus, Celenorrhinus, 251. SS ee sh SY Se | Oe eee a ee ey ee ee Ee eee ee ee ee — 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo ; 341 Chrysophanus perion, 226. Chrysopoloma, 322. inspersa, 322. nubila, 117, 322 (Fig. 7). rudis, 322. Chrysopolomide, 322. cinerea, Megadrepana, 320. circumdata, Amnemopsyche, 310. Girpa, 310. Cirina, 317. similis, 317. Cirphis, 272. polyrabda, 273. prominens, 272. Cirrhochrista, 326. brizoalis, 326. saltusalis, 326. cissalma, Hypolimnas, 155. clarensis, Pentila, 215. Pl. XII, Figs. 11 and 12. clarki, Pseudacrea, 165. clarki egina, Pseudacrza, 165. clathrata, Heteronygmia, 299. clelia, Junonia, 144, 146. Papilio, 144. Precis, 144, 146. cloanthe, Catacroptera, 152, 153. Papilio, 152. cloanthe ligata, Catacroptera, 152, 153. cleetensi, Pentila, 216. Pl. XII, Fig. 9. coanza, Hesperia, 259. Cobalus carbo, 258. coccinata, Cymothoé, 201. Harma, 201. Cocytodes, 277. maura, 277. cocytusalis, Euglyphis, 328. Filodes, 328. ceelestina, Kallimula, 150. Ceelonia, 300. fulvinotata, 300. cenobita, Papilio, 166. Pseudoneptis, 166. ceerulescens, Euphedra, 175, 176, 178, 179. colmanti, Cymothoé, 195. columbina, Atella, 143. Papilio, 148. comma, Nephele, 300. complex, Amphigonia, 287. Episparis, 287. confluens, Acrea oberthiiri, 127. conformis, Cymothoé czenis, 198. Pl. TX, Fig. 3. confusa, Cymothoé, 195. congoénsis, Leocyma, 117, 277. PI. XIII, Fig. 13. congolensis, Euryphene, 185. consanguinea, Planema, 121. continua, Pitthea, 310. continuata, Neptis, 162. Neptis biafra, 162. convolvuli, Herse, 299. Protoparce, 299. Sphinz, 299. Copaxa gemmifera, 317. coprates, Eupheedra eleus, 171. Romaleosoma, 171. Cossidx, 318. costalis, Amphigonia, 288. crameri, Byblia, 158. Crenis, 159. boisduvali, 159. madagascariensis, 159. natalensis, 159. occidentalium, 159. creona, Papilio, 238. Pieris, 238. cretacea, Goniloba, 256. Hypoleucis, 256. crithea, Catuna, 166. Papilio, 166. Crocidophora testulalis, 331. crocicollis, Liparis, 296. croesaria, Melinoessa, 308. crossleyi, Euxanthe, 204. Godartia, 204. crowleyi, Euphedra, 169. crucifera, Dasychira, 297. (cura, 297. crustaria, Aphneus, 224. Spindasis, 224. Ctenocompa hilda, 299. Ctenogyna, 305, 306. medjensis, 117,305. Pl. XIV, Fig. 10. 342 natalensis, 306. ogovensis, 306. vilis, 306. Ctenolita, 324. anacompa, 324.. cuama, Kallimula antilope, 150. Cupidesthes, 227. thyrsis, 227. Cupido, 232. aethiops, 232. antanossa, 234. asopus, 232. beticus, 232. carana, 231. falkensteini, 230. gaika, 234. heritsia, 230. hippocrates, 233. isis, 231. lysimon, 234. malathana, 232. micylus togara, 233. mirza, 231. ornatus, 234. osiris, 232. parsimon, 233. patricia, 233. phlyaria, 230. plurilimbata, 234. punctatus, 234. telicanus plinius, 231. Cupidopsis, 233. hippocrates, 233. jobates, 233. curvilinea, Diacrisia, 267. Spilosoma, 267. cyanea, Euphedra, 116, 178, 179. Pl. IX, Figs. 1 and 2. cyara, Lycena, 230. Phlyaria, 230. cyclades, Cymothoé, 195, 201. Pl. VII, Fig. 6. Harma, 195, Cyclopides, 256. unicolor, 256. Cyligramma, 277. latona, 277. magus, 278, Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLITI cylinda, Czenides, 261. Hesperia, 261. eymodoce, Kallima, 154. Cymothoé, 193. adelina, 199, 200. Pl. VIII, Figs. 9 and 10. altisidora, 199. anatorgis, 201, 202. Pl. X, Figs. 7 and 8. angulifascia, 193, 200. Pl. X, Fig. 9. aralus, 198. aramis, 193, 201, 202.. PI. X, Figs. 1 and 2. beckeri, 194, 195. blassi, 194. cenis, 116, 198, 199, 200. ceenis althea, 199. crnis conformis, 198. Pl. IX, Fig. 3. cenis euthalioides, 199. cenis rubida, 116, 198, 199. PI. IX, Fig. 7. capella, 198. Pl. VIIT, Fig. 6. capellides, 116, 198. Pl. VIII, Fig. 5. coccinata, 201. colmanti, 195. confusa, 195. cyclades, 195, 201. Pl. VII, Fig. 6. diphyia, 195, 196. Pl. VI, Fig. 6. ehmckei, 198. fumana, 196. herminia, 116, 196. Pl. VIII, Figs. land 4, herminia poénsis, 116, 196. VIII, Fig. 2. hewitsoni, 197. jodutta, 198. johnstoni, 197. langi, 116, 197. and 8. lurida, 201, ogova, 116, 201, 202. Pl. X, Figs. 3 and 4. ogova rubescens, 116, 203. Reginw-Elizabeths, 116, 201. Pl. X, Figs. 5 and 6, reinholdi, 194. reinholdii, 194, Pl. Pl. VIII, Figs. 7 T.\—e a eee ae eee ee 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 343 sangaris, 200, 201, 202, 203. staudingeri, 197. theobene, 194. theodosia, 194, 196. weymeri, 197. Cynandra, 166. opis, 166. eynorta, Papilio, 244. cynthia, Charaxes, 206. cypreafila mechowiana, Papilio, 245, Cyrestis, 159. camillus, 159. cyriades, Harma, 198. dacela, Ceenides, 261. Hesperia, 261. dedalus, Hamanumida, 167. Papilio, 167. deedalus meleagris, Hamanumida, 167. damocles, Amauris, 119. Papilio, 119. damoclides, Amauris, 120. Danaida, 118. - alcippus, 118. chrysippus, 118. petiverana, 119. Danaide, 118. Danais, 118. chrysippus, 118. chrysippus alcippus, 118. limniace, 119. petiverana, 119. Danaus, 118. dardanus, Papilio, 244. Dasychira, 297. albicostata, 297. crucifera, 297. gnava, 297. muscosa, 297. david, Anua, 280. Minucia, 280. decius, Palla, 211. Papilio, 211. - Deilemera, 268, 269. anomala, 117, 268, 269 (Fig. 4). fallax, 268. leuconoé, 268. Deilephila osiris, 302. Deinypena, 291. apicata, 291. fulvida, 117,292. Pl. XIII, Fig. 16. geometroides, 291. lacista, 291. lathetica, 291. margine-punctata, 291. morosa, 117, 291. Pl. XIII, Fig. 18. morosa pallidior, 117, 292. multilineata, 117, 292. Pl. XIV, Fig. 5. - obscura, 117, 294. Pl. XIV, Fig. 11. ' transversata, 117, 293. Pl. XIII, Fig. 17. triangular:s, 291. delicata, Bizone, 266. Chionzema, 266. delius, Antanartia, 143. Hypanartia, 143. Papilio, 143. demodocus, Papilio, 246. demodocus nubila, Papilio, 246. demoleus, Papilio, 246. Dermaleipa, 278. arcifera, 279. nubilata, 117, 278. Pl. XIII, Fig. © 15. parallelipipeda, 279. desjardinsi, Terias, 242. Desmia sericea, 329. desolata, Mycalesis, 139. Deudorix, 221. antalus, 222. batikeli, 221, 222. batikelides, 116, 221, 222 (Fig. 1). eleala, 221. elealodes, 221. dewitzi, Planema, 121. Diacrisia, 267. eequalis, 267. aurantiaca, 267. curvilinea, 267. lutescens, 267. maculosa, 267. Diadema anthedon, 157. mechowi, 155. 344 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History monteironis, 155. Dichora, 213. labdaca 212. Diestogyna, 189. amaranta, 190, 191. atossa, 190. camarensis, 189. doriclea, 190. doriclea infusca, 190. gambie, 190. goniogramma, 189. kahli, 116,191. Pl. XII, Fig. 13. mawamba, 189, 191. melanops, 189. rotundata, 116,191. Pl. XII, Fig. 14. saphirina, 189. . tadema, 189, 191. umbrina, 192. digramma, Metaleptina, 276. Westermannia, 276. dilutus, Charaxes, 210. diphyia, Cymothoé, 195, 196. Pl. VI, Fig. 6. Dipsas antalus, 222. divisa, Arctia, 305. Balacra, 305. Catarctia, 305. divitiosa, Ophideres, 285. doleta, Ypthima, 142. donovani, Mylothris spica, 116, 117, 236, 237. doriclea, Diestogyna, 190. doriclea infusea, Diestogyna, 190, dorothew, Acrwa jodutta, 123. doubledayi, Charaxes, 210, 211. Drepanulide, 320, dromus, Hesperia, 255. Pyrqus, 255. dryope, Eurytela, 157. Papilio, 157. dubia, Hypolimnas, 156, Hypolycwna, 223, 224. Mycalesis, 137. . dubius, Papilio, 156. Eagris, 252. lucetia, 252, [Vol. XLIII eberti, Euphzedra, 177. ectargyralis, Glyphodes, 330. edipus, Papilio, 259. Pardaleodes, 259. edwardsi, Aterica, 171. Eupheedra, 171. efulensis, Abantis, 253, 254. * Rhynchodes, 117, 287. egina, Acreea, 126, 130. Papilio, 130. Pseudacrea clarki, 165. Egybolis, 277. ny vaillantina, 277. ehmckei, Acrea, 126. Cymothoé, 198. ehrmanni, Automolis, 265. Balacra, 265. Eleodes, 284. virescens, 284. eleala, Deudorix, 221. elealodes, Deudorix, 221. elegans, Callocossus, 319. elegantula, Abantis, 253, 254. Sapea, 253. eleus, Ephedra, 169, 170. Papilio, 169. eleus coprates, Eupheedra, 171. eleus hybrida, Eupheedra, 170. eleus hybridus, Euphedra, 170. eliasis, Henotesia, 142. Mycalesis, 142. elongata, Planema, 121. elorea, Oboronia, 235. Elymniine, 131. Elymniopsis, 131. bammakoo, 131. phegea, 131. Elyra, 290. cachrusalis, 290. gabunalis, 290, phlegeusalis, 290. emini, Antherewa, 318. Nudaurelia, 318, encedon, Acrawa, 125, Papilio, 125. encedon alcippina, Acrawa, 126, encedon fumosa, Acrea, 126, encedon infuscata, Acrwa, 126. nit ie pee 1920] encedon lycia, Acrzea, 125, Enmonodia, 278. occidentalis, 278. enotrea, Ergolis, 158. Papilio, 158. entebie, Euryphene, 182. Entomogramma, 278. pardus, 278. epea, Papilio, 120. Planema, 120. epaphia, Appias, 238. Papilio, 238. epijasius, Charaxes, 204. epimethea, Attacus, 317, 318. Imbrasia, 317. Epiolus argenteus, 253. epiprotea, Planema, 121. Episparis complex, 287. simplex, 288. Epitola, 217, 218. langi, 116,217. Pl. XII, Fig. 10. mangoénsis, 218. Epitoline, 217. eranga, Temnora, 301. Erastriine, 289, Ercheia, 281. multilinea, 282. periploca, 281. subsignata, 281, 282. Erebus magus, 278. erebusalis, Phryganodes, 328. Eremobia virescens, 284. Ergolis, 158. actisanes, 158. enotrea, 158. murina, 158. pagenstecheri, 158. Eronia, 243. argia, 243. pharis, 243. thalassina, 243. erubescens, Metarctia, 264, erycinaria, Acropteris, 318. Micronia, 318. eson, Hippotion, 303. Sphinx, 303. Estigmene, 267. pura, 267. Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 345 etesipe, Charaxes, 206. Nymphalis, 206. etheocles, Charaxes, 208, 209. Papilio, 208. etheocies hollandi, Charaxes, 209. etheocles picta, Charaxes, 209. ethosea, Mesoxantha, 158. Papilio, 158. ethyra, Precis, 147. Salamis, 147. Eubyjodonta, 309. Euchelia amanda, 269. Euchloron, 302. megzra, 302. megera megera, 302. Euchromia, 265. guineénsis, 266. lethe, 265. semiaurata, 324. sperchia, 266. Eudemonia, 316. brachyura, 117, 316. brachyura minor, 117, 316. uroarge, 316. Eudioptis bonjongalis, 330. traducalis, 327. eudoxus, Charaxes, 205. Papilio, 205. eudoxus mechowt, Charaxes, 205. Euglyphis cocytusalis, 328. Eunicine, 159. Euomma angustatum, 166. eupale, Charaxes, 209. Papilio, 209. Euphedra, 168. adonina, 177. afzelii, 176. ceres, 168, 171. coerulescens, 175, 176, 178, 179. crowleyi, 169. cyanea, 116,178,179. Pl. IX, Figs. 1 and 2. eberti, 177. edwardsi, 171. eleus, 169, 170. eleus coprates, 171. eleus hybrida, 170. eleus hybridus, 171. 346 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History {[Vol. XLIIT gausape, 177, 178, 179. imitans, 169. Pl. VII, Fig. 2. inanoides, 116,175. Pl. XI, Figs. 2 and 3. inanum, 175, 176. karschi, 179. losinga, 180. medon, 116, 179, 180. medon innotata, 116,179. Pl. IX, Fig. 6. -perseis, 169. phaéthusa, 176. preussi, 116, 168, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175. preussi angustior, 116, 175. PI. XI, Fig. 7. preussi fulvofasciata, 116, 174. Pl. XI, Fig. 6. preussi latefasciata, 116,175. Pl. XI, Fig. 8. preussi njami, 172, 173. preussi njamnjami, 171,.173, 174, 175. preussi notata, 116, 173. Pl. XI, Fig. 1. preussi subviridis, 116, 174. PI. XI, Fig. 4. ravola, 176. rezia, 177. rezioides, 116,177. Pl. XI, Fig. 5. ruspina, 169. spatiosa, 180. themis, 177. vetusta, 177. xypete, 116, 168, 178. xypete maxima, 116, 178. Euptera, 169, 203. pluto, 203. eurinome, Euxanthe, 204. Euriphene infusca, 190. eurodoce, Kallimula, 150, eurymas, Jana, 303. Euryphene, 180, abesa, 181, absolon, 182, absolon micans, 182, aramis, 201, atossa, 190, aurwillit, 185. barce, 188. barce achillzena, 188. camarensis, 189. carshena, 181. castanea, 186. chloéropis, 188. congolensis, 185. entebiz, 182. flaminia, 187. fulgurata, 185. Pl. X, Fig. 11, gambie, 190. iturina, 185. letitia, 186. lesbonax, 188. lucasi, 116, 183. Pl. IX, Figs. 4 and 5. luteola, 188. mandinga, 184. mardania, 187. maximiniana, 187. Pl. VII, Fig. 10. oxione, 184. partita, 185. phantasia, 187. phranza, 185. plistonax, 187. pluto, 203. rubrocostata, 188. severini, 186. sophus, 186. sophus phreone, 187. subtentyris, 181. tentyris, 181. umbrina, 192. zonara, 182, 183. Euryphura, 192. achlys, 193. albofasciata, 193." chalcis, 193. plautilla albofasciata, 193. Eurytela, 157. alinda, 157. dryope, 157. hiarbas, 157. Eurytelinw, 157. EBusemia amulatrix, 270, poggei, 270, Eutelia, 274. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 347 nigricans, 117, 274. Pl. XIII, Fig. 8. subrubens, 274. Euteliine, 274. euthalioides, Cymothoé czenis, 199. Euxanthe, 204. ansellica, 204. crossleyi, 204. eurinome, 204. trajanus, 204. evenus, Mycalesis, 139. Mycalesis safitza, 139. Everes, 233. micylus, 233. togara, 233. evippe, Papilio, 240. Teracolus, 240. exaleuca, Neptidomima, 116, 164. Neptis, 116, 164. eximia, Methorasa, 280. Tolna, 280. ezea, Achwa, 282. Phalena, 282. falcata, Philognoma, 212. falkensteini, Cupido, 230. Plebeius, 230. Uranothauma, 230. . fallax, Deilemera, 268. Nyctemera, 268. Spindasis, 225. Zeritis, 225. famula, Pitthea, 310. famulita, Pitthea, 117,310. Pl. XIII, Fig. 3. fan, Osmodes, 259. Pardaleodes, 259. Filodes, 328. cocytusalis, 328. flabellaria, Olapa, 296. Phalena, 296. flaminia, Euryphene, 187. flava, Ceratrichia, 260. Oboronia ornata, 116, 235. flavibasis, Amnemopsyche, 310. Hylemera, 310. flaviventris, Xanthospilopteryx, 270. flesus, Nisoniades, 251. Papilio, 251. Tagiades, 251. florella, Catopsilia, 243. Papilio, 243. florestan, Hesperia, 262. Ismene, 262. floricola, Terias, 242. floricola ceres, Terias, 242. forestan, Papilio, 262. Rhopalocampta, 262. frugalis, Mocis, 283. Noctua, 283. fulgurata, Euryphene, 185. Pl. X, Fig. 11. fullonica, Attacus, 284. Ophideres, 284. Phalena, 284. fulvescens, Charazes, 211. Palla, 211. fulvida, Deinypena, 117, 292. Pl. XIII, Fig. 16. fulvinotata, Coelonia, 300. Protoparce, 300. fulvofasciata, Euphedra preussi, 116, 174. Pl. XI, Fig. 6. fulvomacula, Adolias, 201. fumana, Cymothoé, 196. fumida, Acrea, 122. fumosa, Acraa encedon, 126. Temnora, 301. Zonilia, 301. fumosus, Papilio ridleyanus, 116, 247. PL. VI, Fig. 4. funebris, Nephele, 301. Nephele funebris, 301. Sphinx, 301. funebris funebris, Nephele, 301. . funebris maculosa, Nephele, 301. Furcivena, 326. fuscata, Precis stygia, 116, 147, 148, 149. Pl. VI, Fig. 5. fuscivena, Stracena, 295. gabunalis, Elyra, 290. gabunica, Jana, 304. gaika, Cupido, 234. Lycena, 234. Zizera, 234. 348 galena, Hesperia, 250. galene, Aterica, 167. Papilio, 167. galenus, Celznorrhinus, 250, 251. Hesperia, 250. Plesioneura, 250. gallienus, Papilio, 245. gambiz, Diestogyna, 190. Euryphene, 190. gausape, Euphedra, 177, 178, 179. Romaleosoma, 177. gemmifera, Copaxa, 317. Tagoropsis, 317. Geometra hesparia, 272. Geometrida, 114, 307, 314, 315. Geometrinz, 314. geometroides, Deinypena, 291. Gerydus, 218. geryon, Abisara, 213. getula, Philosamia, 316. Girpa circumdata, 310. gladiatoria, Schausia, 272. glagoessa, Balacra, 265. Pseudapiconoma, 265. Glyphodes, 329. bonjongalis, 330. ectargyralis, 330. ocellata, 330. sericea, 329. sinuata, 330. gnava, Dasychira, 297. Gnophodes, 132. chelys, 132. parmeno, 132. godarti, Charaxes, 205. Godartia ansellica, 204. crossleyi, 204. trajanus, 204. golo, Mycalesis, 136, 137. golo violascens, Mycalesis, 137. Gonanticlea, 311, 312. langaria, 117,311. Pl. XIV, Fig. 9. gonessa, Heaperia, 256. Goniloba cretacea, 256. Gonimbrasia obscura, 317. goniogramma, Diestogyna, 189. Gonopterinw, 275. gottbergi, Pseudacrwa, 165, Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLITI Grammodes, 283. benitensis, 283. stolida, 283. grandiplaga, Phasicnecus, 117, 304. Pl. XIV, Fig. 14. gregorii, Precis, 148. Precis stygia, 147, 148, 149. Pl. VII, Fig. 4. grisea, Hyda, 250. Pterygospidea, 250. Sarangesa, 250. gruenbergi, Xanthospilopteryx, 271. guineénsis, Euchromia, 266. Zygena, 266. Hadeninz, 272. hadrianus, Charaxes, 208. hematica, Metarctia, 264. Hamanumida, 167. deedalus, 167. deedalus meleagris, 167. meleagris, 167. hampsoni, Anua, 117, 280. hapale, Terias, 242. Harma achlys, 193. adelina, 199. altisidora, 199. chalcis, 193. coccinata, 201. cyclades, 195. cyriades, 198. jodutta, 198. ogova, 202. reinholdi, 194. theobene, 194. uselda, 200. harpax, Axiocerses, 225, 226. Papilio, 226. harpyia, Kallimula, 149, 152. Kallimula pelarga, 150. Papilio, 152. Precis, 152. hatita, Hypolycwna, 223. hecatwa, Lachnoptera, 142, hecate, Amauris, 120, helcita, Aletis, 311. Papilio, 311. helcitoides, Phagorista, 270, 1920] | Heliophisma, 280. catocalina, 280. Henotesia, 141. eliasis, 142. peitho, 142. perspicua, 141. phea, 141. Hepialide, 253. Herculia, 326. heritsia, Cupido, 230. Lycena, 230. Phlyaria, 230. herminia, Cymothoé, 116, 196. Pl. VIII, Fig. 1 and 4. herminia poénsis, Cymothoé, 116, 196. Pl. VIII, Fig. 2. Herse, 299. convolvuli, 299. Hespagarista tigrina, 271. hesparia, Geometra, 272. Massagidia, 272. Hesperia, 255. borbonica, 257. cenira, 261. calpis, 261. coanza, 259. cylinda, 261. dacela, 261. dromus, 255. florestan, 262. galena, 250. galenus, 250. gonessa, 256. hippocrates, 233. laronia, 256. mathias, 257. plinius, 231. pleetzi, 255. pulvina, 258. unicolor, 262. Hesperiide, 109, 112, 113, 114, 249. Hesperiine, 250. hesperus, Papilio, 245. Heterocera, 109, 262. heterogyna, Stethotrix, 252. Heteronygmia clathrata, 299. Heterospila, 289. calescens, 290. Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo rubida, 117, 289. Pl. XIII, Fig. 12. hewitsoni, Bicyclus, 132. Cymothoé, 197. hewitsoni nanodes, Bicyclus, 132. hiarbas, Eurytela, 157. Papilio, 157. Hidari, 261. cenira, 261. hilda, Ctenocompa, 299. hildebrandti, Charaxes, 208. Nymphalis, 208. hildoides, Lelia, 117, 298 (Fig. 5). Hipparchia asterope, 142. hippocoén, Papilio, 244. hippocrates, Cupido, 233. Cupidopsis, 233. Hesperia, 233. Hippotion, 302. balsaminz, 303. celerio, 302. eson, 303. osiris, 302. hobleyi, Pseudacreea, 165. hollandi, Charaxes etheocles, 209. Libyoclanis, 300. homeyeri, Hypolycena, 222. Oxylides, 222. Pl. XII, Fig. 5. hostilia warburgi, Pseudacreea, 164. hyalinata, Amphigonia, 117, 288. PI. XIII, Fig. 11. hyalites, Amauris, 120. hybrida, Euphedra eleus, 170. hybridus, Euphedra eleus, 171. Hyda, 250. grisea, 250. micacea, 250. Hydrocampine, 327. Hylemera flavibasis, 310. Hymenia recurvalis, 327. Hypanartia delius, 143. Hypena, 291. Hypenine, 290. Hyphenophora, 307. palumbata, 307. perlimbata, 307. Hypochroma ruginaria, 314. Hypochrosis, 309. massagaria, 309. 350 Hypoleucis, 256. cretacea, 256. Hypolimnas, 154. anthedon, 157. bartteloti, 116, 155, 156. bartteloti obliterata, 116, 156. Pl. VI, Fig. 5. cissalma, 155. : dubia, 156. inaria, 154, mechowi, 155. misippus, 154. monteironis, 155. salmacis, 154. Hypolycena, 223. antifaunus, 223. dubia, 223, 224. hatita, 223. homeyeri, 222. lebona, 223, 224. liara, 224. hhypparchus, Charidea, 324. Sphinz, 32. Hyreus virgo, 230. ialemia, Ceratrichia, 259. jecius, Bicyclus, 133. Idiomorphus, 133. Mycalesis, 133. Idiomorphus iccius, 133. nanodes, 132. sebetus, 133. ignicincta, Saliunca, 325. ignobilis, Mycalesis, 134. Ilema albicostata, 297. ilithya, Byblia, 158. illyris, Papilio, 249. Imbrasia, 317. epimethea, 317. obscura, 317, 318. imitans, Euphedra, 169. Pl, VII, Fig. 2. immaculata, Leptosia medusa, 235, Nychitona medusa, 235. imperialis, Charaxes, 207. inanoides, Euphedra, 116, 176. PI. XI, Figs. 2 and 3, inanum, Euphwedra, 175, 176, inaria, Hypolimnas, 154. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol, XLITI incerta, Pamphila, 259. Pardaleodes, 259. indicata, Nacoleia, 328. Noctua, 328. Phalena, 328. infida, Pieris, 239. infirma, Aburina, 286. Nazxia, 286. infracta, Anaphe, 307. infusca, Diestogyna doriclea, 190. Euriphene, 190. infuscata, Acrea, 126. _ Acrea encedon, 126. innotata, Euphedra medon, 116, 179. Pl. IX, Fig. 6. inornata, Mocis, 284. Trigonodes, 284. inornatus, Leptalina, 256, 257. insignis, Acrea, 131. insignis siginna, Acrea, 131. inspersa, Chrysopoloma, 322. intermedia, Abisara, 213. invaria, Anace, 264. Metarctia, 264. iole, Lachnoptera, 142. Papilio, 142. Tolus antifaunus, 223. isis, Castalius, 231. Cupido, 231. Papilio, 231. Ismene bixe, 262. florestan, 262. unicolor, 262. itonia, Ypthima, 142. ituria, Lycwnesthes, 227. iturina, Euryphene, 185. ja, Abantis, 254. jalema, Acrwa, 130, Jana, 303. camerunica, 308, 304, eurymas, 303. gabunica, 304. marmorata, 304, — nobilis, 304, strigina, 304, jobates, Cupidopsis, 233. jodutta, Acrwa, 123, . 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 351 Cymothoé, 198. Harma, 198. Papilio, 123. jodutta dorothex, Acrea, 123. johnstoni, Cymothoé, 197. Junonia, 144, 145, 146, 149. cebrene, 145. ceryne, 149. clelia, 144, 146. lavinia, 146. cenone, 145, 146. orithya, 144, 146. orithya madagascariensis, 144. sophia, 145. westermanni, 145, 146. kahldeni, Charaxes, 209. kahli, Diestogyna, 116, 191. Pl. XII, Fig. 13. Leucoperina, 117, 296. Kallima, 146, 150, 154. ansorgei, 154. cymodoce, 154. rattrayi, 154. rumia, 154. Kallimula, 116, 146, 147, 149, 150. actia, 150. antilope, 150. * antilope cuama, 150. ceelestina, 150. eurodoce, 150. harpyia, 149, 152. leodice, 152. milonia, 150, 151. osborni, 116, 149, 150. Pl. VII, Figs. 7 and 8. pelarga, 150, 152. pelarga harpyia, 150. pelarga leodice, 150. sinuata, 150, 151. Satsthi, Euphedra, 179. kersteni, Lycnesthes larydas, 228. Kharsanda ethiops, 232. kowara, Precis, 151. labdaca, Dichora, 212. Libythea, 212, 213. lachares, Lyczenesthes, 228. Lachnocnema, 220, luna, 221. magna, 221. reutlingeri, 221, Lachnoptera, 142, iole, 142, hecateea, 142. lacista, Deinypena, 291. Lelia, 298, 299. hildoides, 117, 298 (Fig. 5). lignicolor, 298. soloides, 117,299. Pl. XIV, Fig. 7. letitia, Euryphene, 186. Lampides, 222. langaria, Gonanticlea, 117, 311. PI. XIV, Fig. 9. langi, Callocossus, 117, 318. Pl. XIV, Fig. 8. Cymothoé, 116, 197. Pl. VIII, Figs. 7 and 8. Epitola, 116,217. Pl. XII, Fig. 10. Mycalesis, 116, 139, 140. Pl. X, Fig. 10. Myopsyche, 116, 262, 263 laodice, Charaxes, 210. Papilio, 210. laronia, Hesperia, 256. Osmodes, 256. Plastingia, 256. Larentiinz, 311. larydas, Lyczenesthes, 228. Papilio, 228. larydas kersteni, Lyczenesthes, 298, Lasiocampa rudis, 322. . Lasiocampide, 320. latefasciata, Euphedra preussi, 116, 175. Pil. XI, Fig. 8. lathetica, Deinypena, 291. latifimbriata, Zeritis, 225. lativittata, Neptis agatha, 160. latona, Cyligramma, 277. Noctua, 277. latreillei, AUgocera, 271. latreillii, Agocera, 271. lavinia, Junonia, 146. lebona, Hypolycena, 223, 224. leda, Melanitis, 131. leda africana, Melanitis, 131. (Fig. 2). 352 Leipoxais, 320, 321. punctulata, 117, 320. Pl. XIV, Figs. 1 and 2. Lemoniide, 213. Leocyma, 277. congoénsis, 117, 277. Pl. XIII, Fig. 13. leodice, Kallimula, 152. Kallimula pelarga, 150. Papilio, 152. Precis, 152. 4 leonidas, Papilio, 249. lepeletieri, Leptalina, 256, 257. Leptalina, 256, 257. inornatus, 256, 257. lepeletieri, 256, 257. . niangarensis, 116, 250, 256, 257. Pl. XU, Fig. 3. tsita, 256, 257. unicolor, 256. leptoglena, Mycalesis, 139. Leptosia, 235. medusa, 235. medusa immaculata, 235. nupta, 236. lermanni, Neptis, 164. lesbonax, Euryphene, 188. lethe, Euchromia, 265. Zygena, 265. Leucania apparata, 273. prominens, 272. Leucochitonia lucetia, 252. leucogaster, Abantis, 254. leucographa, Acrwa, 131. Leucoma nitida, 295. leuconoé, Deilemera, 268. Nyctemera, 268 Leucoperina, 296. atroguttata, 296. kahli, 117, 296. leucopygus, Apaustus, 255. levubu, Abantis, 255. liara, Hypolycena, 224. libentina, Liptena, 217. Pseuderesia, 217. Libyoclanis, 300, hollandi, 300. Libythea, 212. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII labdaca, 212, 213. Libytheidex, 212. lichas bebra, Charazes, 212. Philognoma, 212. ligata, Catacroptera cloanthe, 152, 153. lignicolor, Lelia, 298. Limacodide, 323. limniace, Danais, 119. Liparis crocicollis, 296. Liptena libentina, 217. milca, 144. Lipteninez, 112, 214. Lithosiine, 266. litura, Noctua, 273. Prodenia, 273. lofu, Abantis, 255. lormieri, Papilio menestheus, 247. losinga, Euphedra, 180. Romaleosoma, 180. lucasi, Euryphene, 116, 183. Pl. IX, Figs. 4 and 5. lucetia, Eagris, 252. Leucochitonea, 252. lucretia, Abantis, 255. Papilio, 165. Pseudacrea, 165. lucretius, Charaxes, 207. Papilio, 207. luna, Lachnocnema, 221. lunata, Lycoselene, 274. Risoba, 274. lunulata, Lycnesthes, 227. lurida, Cymothoé, 201. lutea, Metarctia, 264. luteibarba, Rhodogastria, 267. luteipes, Stilpnotia, 295. luteola, Euryphene, 188. lutescens, Diacrisia, 267. Spilosoma, 267. lutzi, Triclema, 116, 229. PI. XII, Fig. 2. lywus, Papilio nireus, 246, Lycena antanossa, 234. asopus, 232. carana, 231. cyara, 230. gaika, 234. heritsia, 230. ————eE a 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 353 mirza, 231. ornata, 234. osiris, 232. patricia, 233. togara, 233. Lycenesthes, 227. ituria, 227. lachares, 228. larydas, 228. larydas kersteni, 228. lunulata, 227. makala, 228. musagetes, 227. pyroptera, 229. rufomarginata, 228. seintillula, 229. silvanus, 227. thyrsis, 227. Lycenide, 112, 113, 213, 222. Lycenine, 218. lycia, Acrea encedon, 125. Papilio, 125. lycoa, Acrea, 123. Lycoselene lunata, 274. Lymantria, 297. Lymantriide, 295. lysimon, Cupido, 234. Papilio, 234. Zizera, 234. mabillei, Xanthospilopteryx, 270. macaria, Papilio, 122. Planema, 122. macarina, Acrea, 122. Macroglossa westermannii, 302. maculata, Sape, 250. Sarangesa, 250. Terias brenda, 241. maculosa, Bombyx, 267. Diacrisia, 267. Nephele funebris, 301. madagascariensis, Crenis, 159. Junonia orithya, 144. magna, Lachnocnema, 221. magus, Erebus, 278. Cyligramma, 278. makala, Lyczenesthes, 228. malathana, Cupido, 232. mandanes, Mycalesis, 134. mandinga, Euryphene, 184. mangoénsis, Epitola, 218. mania, Achea, 282. mardania, Euryphene, 187. Papilio, 187. margaritaceus, Castalius, 231> marginepunctata, Charaxes proto- clea, 116, 206. margine-punctata, Deinypena, 291. marina, Amata, 263. Syntomis, 263. marmorata, Jana, 304. Marpesiine, 159. marpessa, Neptis, 160. martius, Mycalesis, 136, 137. Maruca, 331. testulalis, 331. massagaria, Hypochrosis, 309. Massagidia, 272. hesparia, 272. materna, Noctua, 285. Ophideres, 285. Phalena, 285. mathias, Chapra, 257. Hesperia, 257. maura, Arcte, 277. Cocytodes, 277. mauritia, Noctua, 268. mawamba, Diestogyna, 189, 191. maxima, Euphedra xypete, 116, 178. ’ maximiniana, Euryphene, 187. Pl. VII, Fig. 10. mechowi, Charaxes, 205. Charaxes eudoxus, 205. Diadema, 155. Hypolimnas, 155. mechowiana, Papilio cypreafila, 245. mechowianus, Papilio, 245. medjaria, Acidalia, 117, 312 (Fig. 6). medjensis, Ctenogyna, 117, 305. Pl. XIV, Fig. 10. Proterozeuxis, 117, 325. Pl. XIV, Fig. 12. Telipna, 116, 214. Pl. XII, Fig. 8. Xanthospilopteryx, 117, 271. Pl. XIII, Fig. 1. medon, Euphedra, 116, 179, 180. 354 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT Papilio, 179. Mesoxantha, 158. medon innotata, Euphedra, 116, 179. ethosea, 158. Pl. IX, Fig. 6. Metagarista, 271. medontias, Bicyclus, 116, 132, 133. tripheenoides, 271. medontias obsoletus, Bicyclus, 116, Metaleptina, 276. 132. Pl. VII, Fig. 1. digramma, 276. medusa, Leptosia, 235. metaleucus, Megalopalpus, 218, 220. Papilio, 235. metanira, Neptis, 161. medusa immaculata, Leptosia, 235. metaprotea, Acrea, 123. Nychitona, 235. Metarctia, 264, 265. Megadrepana, 320. chapini, 116, 264. Pl. XITI, Fig. 4, cinerea, 320. erubescens, 264. megzra, Euchloron, 302. heematica, 264. Euchloron megera, 302. invaria, 264. Sphinx, 302. lutea, 264. megera megera, Euchloron, 302. perpusilla, 263. Megalopalpus, 218. rubripuncta, 265. bicoloraria, 218, 220. metella, Neptis, 160. metaleucus, 218, 220. Methorasa, 280. similis, 218, 220. eximia, 280. simplex, 218, 220. micacea, Hyda, 250. zymna, 218, 219, 220. micans, Euryphene absolon, 182, Meganaclia, 263. Micronia erycinaria, 318. carnea, 263. micylus, Everes, 233. perpusilla, 263. micylus togara, Cupido, 233. Melanitis, 131. milca, Liptena, 144. africana, 131. Vanessula, 144. ansorgei, 132. Miletus zymna, 220. bammakoo, 131. milonia, Kallimula, 150, 151. leda, 131. Precis, 151. leda africana, 131. milyas, Mycalesis, 138. melanomitra, Oxylides, 223. minor, Eudemonia brachyura, 117, melanops, Diestogyna, 189. 316. meleagris, Hamanumida, 167. Minucia david, 280, Hamanumida deedalus, 167. producta, 279. Papilio, 167. miriam, Mycalesis, 135, melicerta, Neptis, 164. Papilio, 135. Papilio, 164. mirza, Azanus, 231. Melinoessa, 308. Cupido, 231. croesaria, 308. Lycena, 231. stellata, 308. misippus, Hypolimnas, 154, Melittia auristrigata, 331. Papilio, 154. melusina, Mycalesis, 135. Mocis, 283, 284. Papilio, 135. frugalis, 283. menestheus, Papilio, 247. inornata, 284.’ menestheus lormieri, Papilio, 247. repanda, 283. menippe, Acrma, 130, undata, 284, mesochloris, Parasa, 323, mollitia, Mycalesis, 136. 1920] Momine, 284. monteironis, Diadema, 155. Hypolimnas, 155. Monura, 212. zingha, 212. mormoides, Achza, 282. morosa, Deinypena, 117, 291. Pl. XITI,, Fig. 18. morosa pallidior, Deinypena, 117, 292. mozambica, Spindasis, 224, multilinea, Ercheia, 282, multilineata, Deinypena, 117, 292. Pl. XIV, Fig. 5. murina, Ergolis, 158. musagetes, Lycenesthes, 227. muscosa, Dasychira, 297. Notohyba, 297. musivalis, Agathodes, 329. Myealesis, 133. agraphis, 141. analis, 133. asochis, 134. auricruda, 134, 135. baumanni, 137, 138, 140. chapini, 116, 140. Pl. VII, Fig. 9. desolata, 139. dubia, 137. eliasis, 142. evenus, 139. ' golo, 136, 137. golo violascens, 137. iccius, 133. ignobilis, 134. langi, 116, 139, 140. Pl. X, Fig. 10. ~ leptoglena, 139. mandanes, 134. martius, 136, 137. melusina, 135. milyas, 138. miriam, 135. mollitia, 136. nebulosa, 141. obscura, 136. pavonis, 138. peitho, 142. perspicua, 141. phea, 141. Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 355 safitza, 139, 140. safitza zthiops, 139. safitza evenus, 139. sambulos, 134. sandace, 135, 138. sebetus, 133. sophrosyne, 136, teenias, 134. tolosa, 141. uniformis, 135. vulgaris, 141. . vulgaris tolosa, 141. xeneas, 133. mycerina, Charaxes, 210, 211. Nymphalis, 210. Mylantria, 297. xanthospila, 297. Mylothris, 236. bernice, 237. chloris, 236. poppea, 237. rubricosta, 237. sjéstedti, 236. spica, 116, 117, 236, 237. spica donovani, 116, 117, 236, 237. sulphurea, 237. Myopsyche, 262. langi, 116, 262, 263 (Fig. 2). ochsenheimeri, 263. Nacaduba, 232. zethiops, 232. stratola, 232. Nacoleia, 328. indicata, 328. poeeonalis, 328. namaquaana, Abantis, 254. nanodes, Bicyclus hewitsoni, 132. Idiomorphus, 132. Naroma, 295. signifera, 295. Narthecusa tenuiorata, 310. natalensis, Aphneus, 224. Asterope, 159. Crenis, 159. Ctenogyna, 306. Spindasis, 224. Naxia, 286. 306 api:iplaga, 282. infirma, 286 .. neander, Acromecis, 260. Andronymus, 260. Apaustus, 260. nebulosa, Mycalesis, 141. Negla, 310. tenuiorata, 310. —~ nelsoni, Acrea, 121. Planema, 121. Pl. VI, Figs. 1 and 2. nemetes, Neptis, 160. neobule, Acrza, 131. Nephele, 300. accentifera, 301. bipartita, 301. comma, 300. funebris, 301. |. funebris funebris, 301. funebris maculosa, 301. peneus, 301. peneus peneus, 301. neptidina, Pseudathyma, 203. Neptidine, 159. Neptidomima, 116, 164. exaleuca, 116, 164. Neptidopsis, 157. ophione, 157. Neptis, 159, 164. agatha, 160. Pl. VI, Figs. 7 and 8. agatha lativittata, 160. biafra, 162,163. Pl. VIII, Fig. 3. biafra continuata, 162. continuata, 162. exaleuca, 116, 164, lermanni, 164. marpessa, 160, melicerta, 164, metanira, 161. metella, 160, nemetes, 160. nicobule, 164. nicomedes, 162, nicomedes quintilla, 162, nicoteles, 163, nysiades, 161, 162. pasteuri, 160, saclava, 160, seeldrayersi, 161. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIIT strigata, 163. niangarensis, Leptalina, 116, 250,256, 257. Pl. XII, Fig. 3. niavius, Amauris, 119. Papilio, 119. nichetes, Charaxes, 210. nicobule, Neptis, 164. nicomedes, Neptis, 162. nicomedes quintilla, Neptis, 162. nicoteles, Neptis, 163. nigeriana, Abantis, 254. nigricans, Eutelia, 117,274. Pl. XIII, Fig. 8. : nigriplaga, Polyptychus, 300. nireus, Papilio, 245. nireus lyzeus, Papilio, 246. Nisoniades flesus, 251. ophion, 251. nitida, Leucoma, 295. njami, Euphedra preussi, 172, 173. njamnjami, Eupheedra preussi, 178, 174, 175. nobicea, Papilio, 245. nobilis, Charaxes, 208. Jana, 304. Noctua algira, 283. chlorea, 285. frugalis, 283. indicata, 328. latona, 277. litura, 273. materna, 285. mauritia, 268. orichalcea, 284. pancratii, 273. punctum, 289. recurvalis, 327. repanda, 283. stolida, 283. undata, 284. vidua, 268. Noctuids, 272, 294. Noctuing, 284, Nola, 266, banane, 116, 266 (lig. 3). Nolinw, 266, notata, Euphedra preussi, 116, 173. Pl, XI, Fig. 1. re. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 357 nothus, Ceratrichia, 259. Notodontidz, 305. Notohyba muscosa, 297. nuba, Augeria, 331. Sesia, 331. nubila, Chrysopoloma, 117, 322 (Fig. 7). Papilio demodocus, 246. nubilata, Dermaleipa, 117, 278. Pl. XIII, Fig. 15. Nudaurelia, 318. emini, 318. numenes, Charaxes, 207. Nymphalis, 207. nupta, Leptosia, 236. Nychitona, 236. nyanza, Telipna, 214, 215. Nychitona medusa immaculata, 235. nupta, 235. Nyctemera fallax, 268. leuconoé, 268. Nyctipao, 277. valceri, 277. walkeri, 277. Nygmia orestes, 297. Nymphalide, 112, 113, 142. Nymphaline, 164. Nymphalis candiope, 209. etestpe, 206. hildebrandti, 208. mycerina, 210. numenes, 207. sangaris, 200. nysiades, Neptis, 161, 162. Nyssia vivida, 323. oberthiiri, Acrzea, 127. Catuna, 166. oberthiiri confluens, Acraea, 127. obliqua, Augocera, 272. obliterata, Hypolimna bartteloti, * 116, 156. PI. VI, Fig. 5. Oboronia, 234. elorea, 235. ornata, 116, 234. ornata flava, 116, 235. ornata vestalis, 235. plurilimbata, 234. punctata, 234. Obrussa catenata, 308. obscura, Deinypena, 117, 294. PI. XIV, Fig. 11. Gonimbrasia, 317. Imbrasia, 317, 318. Myecalesis, 136. obscurior, Catacroptera, 153. obsoletus, Bicyclus medontias, 116, 132. Pl. VII, Fig. 1. occidentalis, Enmonodia, 278. occidentalium, Asterope, 159. Crenis, 159. ocellata, Glyphodes, 330. ochrata, Acidalia, 312. ochsenheimeri, Myopsyche, 263. octavia, Precis, 145, 146, 147, 150. Papilio, 146. octavia amestris, Precis, 147. octavia sesamus, Precis, 147. octo, Amyna, 289. (Ecophoride, 331. (Ecura crucifera, 297. cenone ,Junonia, 145, 146. ogova, Cymothoé, 116, 201, 202. Pl. X, Figs. 3 and 4. Harma, 202. ogova rubescens, Cymothoé, 116, 203. ogovensis, Charazxes, 210. Ctenogyna, 306. Redoa, 295. Stilpnotia, 295. Syntomis, 263. Olapa, 296. flabellaria, 296. Ophideres, 284. divitiosa, 285. fullonica, 284. materna, 285. princeps, 285. Ophiodes catocalina, 280. parallelipipeda, 279. ophion, Nysionades, 251. Papilio, 251. ophione, Neptidopsis, 157. Papilio, 157. Ophiusa albifimbria, 282. opis, Cynandra, 166. 358 Papilio, 166. orcas, Aphnzeus, 224. Thecla, 224. orestes, Cherotriche, 297. Nygmia, 297. orestia, Acrea, 124. orichalcea, Noctua, 284. Phytometra, 284. orina, Acrea, 124. orithya, Junonia, 144, 146. Precis, 144, 146. orithya madagascariensis, Junonia, 144. ornata, Oboronia, 116, 234. Lycena, 234. ornata flava, Oboronia, 116, 235. ornata vestalis, Oboronia, 235. ornatus, Cupido, 234. orthographus, Polyptychus, 300. Orthostixine, 311. osborni, Kallimula, 116, 149, 150. PI. VII, Figs. 7 and 8. osiris, Cupido, 232. Deilephila, 302. Hippotion, 302. Lycena, 232. Osmodes, 256. fan, 259. laronia, 256. Osteosema, 313, 314. phyllobrota, 117, 313. Fig. 6. oxione, Euryphene, 184. Oxylides, 222. homeyeri, 222. Pl. XII, Fig. 5. melanomitra, 223. Ozarba, 289. Pl. XIV, Pachyzancla, 331. bipunctalis, 331. Pacidara venustissima, 274, pactolica, Amphicallia, 268. Pl. XIII, Fig. 2. pactolicus, Amphicallia, 268. Pleretes, 268. pagenstecheri, Ergolis, 158. Pagyda, 327. caritalis, 327, traducalis, 327. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT Palla, 211. decius, 211. fulvescens, 211. ussheri, 211. vologeses, 211. pallidior, Deinypena morosa, 117, 292. palumbata, Hyphenophora, 307. Palyas perlimbata, 307. Pamphila cenira, 261. calpis, 261. incerta, 259. sator, 259. Pamphilineg, 255. Panacra rutherfordi, 303. pancratii, Brithys, 273. Noctua, 273. paphianus, Philognoma, 212. Charaxes, 212. Papilio, 114, 244. absolon, 182. aethiops, 153. agatha, 160. alcippus, 118. amestris, 147. angolanus, 248. antheus, 249. anticlea, 208. antimachus, 244. argia, 243. beticus, 232. bize, 262. boisduvalianus, 244, bonasia, 127. brigitta, 242. bromius, 246. brutus, 204. cacta, 153. cecilia, 129, canis, 198. camillus, 159. calypso, 239. cardui, 143, castor, 205. cepheus, 129. charcedonius, 249, chelys, 132. chloris, 236. 1920] chrysippus, 118, clelia, 144. cloanthe, 152. cenobita, 166. columbina, 143. creona, 238. crithea, 166. cynorta, 244. cypreafila mechowiana, 245. dedalus, 167. damocles, 119. dardanus, 244. decius, 211. delius, 143. demodocus, 246. demodocus nubila, 246. demoleus, 246. dryope, 157, dubius, 156, edipus, 259. egina, 130. eleus, 169. encedon, 125. enotrea, 158. epea, 120. epaphia, 238. etheocles, 208. ethosea, 158. eudoxus, 205. eupale, 209. evippe, 240. flesus, 251. florella, 243. forestan, 262. galene, 167. gallienus, 245. harpazx, 226. harpyia, 152. helcita, 311. hesperus, 245. hiarbas, 157. hippocoén, 244. illyris, 249. tole, 142. isis, 231. jodutta, 123. laodice, 210. larydas, 228. Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo leodice, 152. leonidas, 249. lucretia, 165. lucretius, 207. lycia, 125. lysimon, 234. macaria, 122. mardania, 187. mechowianus, 245. medon, 179. medusa, 235. meleagris, 167. melicerta, 164. melusina, 135. menestheus, 247. menestheus lormieri, 247. miriam, 135. misippus, 154. niavius, 119, nireus, 245. nireus lyzeus, 246. nobicea, 245. octavia, 146. ophion, 251. ophione, 157. opis, 166. parrhasia, 124. pelarga, 152. phegea, 131. phocion, 259. policenes, 249. pollux, 205. pylades, 248. rhodope, 117, 236, 237. 359 ridleyanus, 116, 247. Pl. VI, Fig. 3. ridleyanus fumosus, 116, 247. Pl. VI, Fig. 4. salmacis, 154. semire, 165. silvanus, 227. sophia, 145. sophus, 186. lelicanus, 231. terea, 149. terpsichore, 128, theorini, 248. tiridates, 207. tyndareus, 248. 360 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History ucalegon, 248. ucalegonides, 248. zalmoxis, 244, zenobia, 245. zetes, 130. zingha, 212. Papilionide, 235. Papilionine, 244. Parachalciope, 283. benitensis, 283. paradisea, Abantis, 254. Paragerydus, 218. Parallelia, 283, 286. algira, 283. parallelipipeda, Dermaleipa, 279. Ophiodes, 279. Parasa, 323. mesochloris, 323. trapezoides, 323. vivida, 323. Pardaleodes, 259. bule, 259. edipus, 259. fan, 259. incerta, 259. rutilans, 251. Pardopsis punctatissima, 216. pardus, Entomogramma, 278. parhassus, Salamis, 153. parhassus «zthiops, Salamis, 153. parmeno, Gnophodes, 132. Parnara, 257, 258. alberti, 258. batange, 258. borbonica, 257. parrhasia, Acrwa, 124, Papilio, 124, parsimon, Cupido, 233, partita, Euryphene, 185, pasteuri, Neptis, 160. patricia, Cupido, 233, Lycana, 233, Patula walkeri, 277. paucicolor, Xanthospilopteryx, 271, pauli, Pentila, 216, pavonis, Mycalesis, 138, peitho, Henotesia, 142, Mycalesis, 142. [Vol. XLITIT pelarga, Kallimula, 150, 152. Papilio, 152. Precis, 152. pelarga leodice, Kallimula, 150. pelarga harpyia, Kallimula, 150. pelasgius, Acrea, 124. Acrea peneleos, 124. peneleos, Acrzea, 124. peneleos pelasgius, Acrzea, 124. penelope, Acreea, 124. peneus, Nephele, 301. Nephele peneus, 301. | Sphinx, 301. peneus peneus, Nephele, 301. Penicillaria subrubens, 274. pentapolis, Acreea, 125. pentapolis thelestis, Acraea, 125. Pentila, 215, 216. abraxas, 216. auga, 216. bimacula, 215. clarensis, 215. Pl. XII, Figs. 11 and 12. cleetensi, 216. Pl. XII, Fig. 9. pauli, 216. perenna, Acreea, 129. perion, Arxiocerses, 225, 226. Chrysophanus, 226. periploca, Ercheia, 281. perlimbata, Hyphenophora, 307. Palyas, 307. permutans, Acidalia, 312. . Pseudasthena, 312. perpusilla, Anace, 263. Meganaclia, 263. Metarctia, 263. perseis, Euphdra, 169. perspicua, Henotesia, 141. Mycalesis, 141. petiverana, Danaida, 119. Danais, 119. phea, Henotesia, 141, Mycalesis, 141. Phegorista, 270, helcitoides, 270, similis, 270, phaéthusa, Eupheedra, 176, Romalaosoma, 176, —eEw mr, ee —— 1920] Phalena bipunctalis, 331. chlorea, 285. ezea, 282. flabellaria, 296. fullonica, 284. indicata, 328. materna, 285. phenice, 327. sinuata, 330. phalantha, Atella, 143. phalantha wthiopica, Atella, 143. Phalera werdeni, 305. phantasia, Euryphene, 187. phaola, Appias, 237. - Pieris, 237. pharis, Eronia, 243. Pieris, 243. pharsalus, Acrea, 126. Phasicnecus, 304. grandiplaga, 117, 304. Pl. XIV, Fig. 14. preussi, 305. phegea, Elymniopsis, 131. Papilio, 131. phenice, Phalena, 327. Zebronia, 327. Philognoma, 212. * falcata, 212. lichas bebra, 212. paphianus, 212. Philosa mia, 315. albida, 315. getula, 316. ploetzi, 316. phlegeusalis, Elyra, 290. Phlyaria, 230. cyara, 230. heritsia, 230. phlyaria, Cupido, 230. phocion, Ceratrichia, 259. Papilio, 259. phranza, Euryphene, 185. phreone, Euryphene sophus, 187. Phryganodes, 328. biguttata, 328. erebusalis, 328. sex-guttata, 117, 328 (Fig. 9). phyllobrota, Osteosema, Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo Pl. XIV, Fig. 6. Phytometra, 284. acuta, 284. orichalcea, 284. picta, Charaxes etheocles, 209. Pielus, 253. pieridaria, Rhamidava, 117, 307. Pl. XIV, Fig. 13. Pierine, 235. Pieris, 238, 308. calypso, 239. creona, 238. infida, 239. phaola, 237. pharis, 243. rubricosta, 237. sabina, 238. solilucis, 239. thalassina, 243. theora, 239. theuszi, 239. pillaana, Caprona, 252. Pitthea, 310. continua, 310. famula, 310. famulita, 117,310. Pl. XIII, Fig. 3. Planema, 120. alcinoé, 121. consanguinea, 121. dewitzi, 121. elongata, 121. epza, 120. epiprotea, 121. macaria, 122. nelsoni, 121. Pl. VI, Figs. 1 and 2. poggei, 121. pseudeuryta, 121. tellus, 120. Plastingia charita, 260. laronia, 256. Platylesches, 258. batange, 258. plautilla albofasciata, Euryphura, 193. Plebeius falkensteini, 230. punctatus, 234. Pleretes pactolicus, 268. 117, 313. plerotica, Abantis, 254. 361 362 Plesioneura galenus, 250. plicata, Speiridonia, 278. plinius, Cupido telicanus, 231. Hesperia, 231. plistonax, Euryphene, 187. pleetzi, Acleros, 255. Hesperia, 255. Philosamia, 316. plurilimbata, Cupido, 234. Oboronia, 234. Thermoniphas, 234. Plusia, 284. acuta, 284. Plusiinz, 284. pluto, Euptera, 203. Euryphene, 203. poénsis, Cymothoé herminia, 116, 196. Pl. VIII, Fig. 2. peonalis, Botys, 328. Nacoleia, 328. poggei, Eusemia, 270. Planema, 121. Xanthospilopteryx, 270. Polacanthopoda, 271. tigrina, 271. policenes, Papilio, 249. pollux, Charaxes, 205. Papilio, 205. Polydesma, 287. umbricola, 287. Polyommatus, 232. beeticus, 232. Polyptychus, 300. nigriplaga, 300. orthographus, 300. polyrabda, Cirphis, 273. Pompostolinge, 324. poppea, Mylothris, 237, porthos, Charaxes, 210. Prasinocyma, 312. unipuncta, 312, pratinas, Romale@osoma, 171. Precis, 144, 145, 149, 150, 152. ameatris, 147. andremiaja, 146, antilope, 147. archesia, 146, artaxia, 146, Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT cebrene, 145. ceryne, 146, 149. chorimene, 146, 147. clelia, 144, 146. ethyra, 147. gregorit, 148. harpyia, 152. kowara, 151. leodice, 152. milonia, 151. octavia, 145, 146, 147, 150. octavia amestris, 147. octavia sesamus, 147. orithya, 144, 146. pelarga, 152. rhadama, 146. simia, 147. sinuata, 151. sophia, 145. stygia, 116, 147. stygia fuscata, 116, 147, 148, 149. Pl. VII, Fig. 5. stygia gregorii, 147, 148, 149. Pl. VII, Fig. 4. stygia stygia, 147, 148, 149. Pl. VII, Fig. 3. terea, 146, 149. trimeni, 147. westermanni, 145, 146. preussi, Euphedra, 116, 168, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175. Phasicnecus, 305. preussi angustior, Euphedra, 116, 175. Pl. XI, Fig. 7. preussi fulvofasciata, Euphedra, 116, 174. Pl. XI, Fig. 6. preussi latefasciata, Euphedra, 116, 176. Pl. XI, Fig. 8. preussi njami, Euphedra, 172, 173. preussi njamnjami, Euphedra, 171, 178, 174, 175. preussi notata, Euphedra, 116, 173. Pl, XI, Fig. 1. preussi subviridis, Euphedra, 116, 174. Pl. XI, Fig. 4. princeps, Ophideres, 285. Problepsis,, 313. mgretta, 313, . — Pes am RIT: as 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo Procampia, 252. rara, 250, 252. Prodenia, 273. litura, 273. producta, Ancyloxypha, 260. Anua, 117, 279. Anua, 117, 280. Minucia, 279. promelena, Stracena, 295. prominens, Cirphis, 272. Leucania, 272. Proterozeuxis, 325. : medjensis, 117, 325. Pl. XIV, Fig. ae protoclea, Charaxes, 116, 206. protoclea marginepunctata, Charax- es, 116, 206. Protoparce convolvuli, 299. _ fulvinotata, 300. protracta, Pseudacrea, 165. protrusa, Zamarada, 309. Pseudacrea, 164. clarki, 165. clarki egina, 165. gottbergi, 165. hobleyi, 165. hostilia warburgi, 164. lucretia, 165. protracta, 165. semire, 165. sibyllina, 203. Pseudapiconoma glagoessa, 265. Pseudasthena, 312. permutans, 312. Pseudathyma, 203. neptidina, 203. sibyllina, 203. pseudegina, Acraea, 128, 129. pseudegina abadima, Acreea, 128. Pseuderesia, 217. libentina, 217. pseudeuryta, Planema, 121. Pseudogonitis, 275, 276. variabilis, 117, 275. Pl. XIII, Figs. 5, 6, and 7. Pseudoneptis, 166. ccenobita, 166. Pseudonotodonta virescens, 297. Pseudoterpna, 314, 315. chapinaria, 117, 314. Pl. XIII, Fig. 19. ruginaria, 314. Psychide, 331. psyttalea, Amauris, 119. Pterygospidea boadicea, 251. grisea, 250. tergemira, 251. pudens, Sphingomorpha, 285. pulchra, Balacra, 265. pulvina, Hesperia, 258. Semalea, 258. Trichosemeia, 258. punctata, Oboronia, 234. punctatissima, Pardopsis, 216. punctatus, Cupido, 234. Plebeius, 234. punctulata, Leipoxais, 117, 320. PI. XIV, Figs. 1 and 2. punctum, Amyna, 289. Noctua, 289. pura, Estigmene, 267. purus, Alpenus, 267. pylades, Papilio, 248. Pyralidz, 326, 331. Pyralinz, 326. Pyrameis, 143. cardui, 143. Pyraustine, 327. Pyrgus dromus, 255. spto, 255. pyroptera, Lycznesthes, 229. quintilla, Neptis nicomedes, 162. quirinalis, Acrea, 125. rara, Procampta, 250, 252. rattrayi, Kallima, 154. ravola, Euphedra, 176. Romaleosoma, 176. rectilinea, ASgocera, 271. recurvalis, Hymenia, 327. Noctua, 327. Zinckenia, 327. Redoa ogovensis, 295. . Reginez-Elizabethe, Cymothoé, 116, 201. Pl. X, Figs. 5 and 6. . 364 regularis, Terias, 242. reinholdi, Cymothoé, 194. Harma, 194. reinholdii, Cymothoé, 194. repanda, Mocis, 283. Noctua, 283. — reutlingeri, Lachnocnema, 221. rezia, Euphedra, 177. rezioides, Euphedra, 116, 177. Pl. XI, Fig. 5. rhadama, Precis, 146. Rhamidava, 307, 308. amplissimata, 307. pieridaria, 117, 307. Pl. XIV, Fig. 13. Rhodogastria, 267. luteibarba, 267. vidua, 268. rhodope, Appias, 237. Papilio, 117, 236, 237. _ Rhopalocampta, 262. bixee, 262. forestan, 262. unicolor, 262. Rhopalocera, 114, 118. Rhynchodes, 287. avakubi, 117, 287. Pl. XIII, Fig. 10. efulensis, 117, 287. ridleyanus, Papilio, 116, 247. Pl. VI, Fig. 3. ridleyanus fumosus, Papilio, 116, 247. Pl. VI, Fig. 4. Rigema, 305. weerdeni, 305. Risoba, 274. lunata, 274. rogersi, Abisara, 213. Acrwa, 126, Romalaosoma adonina, 177. afzelii, 176. coprates, 171. gausape, 177, 178. losinga, 180. phatthusa, 176. pratinas, 171, ravola, 176. ruspina, 169, Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII spatiosa, 180. vetusta, 177. xypete, 178. rothi, Telipna, 214. rothioides, Telipna, 116, 214. Pl. XII, Fig. 7. rotundata, Diestogyna, 116, 191. PI. XI, Fig. 14. rubescens, Cymothoé ogova, 116, 203. rubida, Cymothoé ceznis, 116, 198, 199. Pl. IX, Fig. 7. Heterospila, 117, 289. Pl. XIII, Fig. 12. rubra, Abantis, 116, 250, 253, 255. Pl. XII, Fig. 1. rubricosta, Mylothris, 237. Pieris, 237. rubripuncta, Metarctia, 265. rubriventris, Saliunca, 117, 324 (Fig. 8). rubrocostata, Euryphene, 188. rubrofasciata, Acrea althoffi, 127. rudis, Chrysopoloma, 322. Lasiocampa, 322. rufomarginata, Lycenesthes, 228. rufoplagata, Triclema, 229. ruginaria, Hypochroma, 314. Pseudoterpna, 314. rumia, Kallima, 154. ruspina, Eupheedra, 169. Romaleosoma, 169. rutherfordi, Abisara, 213. Centroctena, 303. Panacra, 303. rutherfordii, Abisara, 213. rutilans, Celzenorrhinus, 251. Pardaleodes, 251. sabina, Appias, 238. Pieris, 238. saclava, Neptis, 160. safitza, Mycalesis, 139, 140. _ safitza ethiops, Mycalesis, 139. safitza evenus, Mycalesis, 139. salambo, Acraa, 126, Salamis, 153. cacta, 153. ceryne, 149. eee — = ey ee "= 4 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 365 ethyra, 147. parhassus, 153. parhassus zthiops, 153. Saliunca, 324. ignicincta, 325. rubriventris, 117, 324 (Fig. 8). thoracica, 324. salmacis, Hypolimnas, 154. Papilio, 154. saltusalis, Cirrhochrista, 326. sambulos, Mycalesis, 134. Sameodes, 330. cancellalis, 330. trithyralis, 330. - sandace, Mycalesis, 135, 138. sangaris, Cymothoé, 200, 201, 202, 203. Nymphalis, 200. Sapea elegantula, 253. Sape, 250. maculata, 250. Sapelia, 295, 296. bipunctata, 117, 295. Pl. XIV, Figs. 3 and 4. saphirina, Diestogyna, 189. Sarangesa, 250. grisea, 250. maculata, 250. Sarrothripine, 274. sator, Pamphila, 259. Saturniide, 315. Satyride, 131. Satyrine, 131. Schausia, 272. gladiatoria, 272. transiens, 272. Schcenobiinez, 326. scintullula, Lycaenesthes, 229. sebetus, Bicyclus, 133. Idiomorphus, 133. Mycalesis, 133. seeldrayersi, Neptis, 161. Semalea, 258. pulvina, 258. semiaurata, Charidea, 324. Euchromia, 324. Semiothisa, 308. semire, Papilio, 165. Pseudacreea, 165. semivitrea, Acrewa, 123. senegalensis, Terias, 240, 241. senegalensis bisinuata, Terias, 241. sericea, Botys, 329. Desmia, 329. Glyphodes, 329. Stemorrhages, 329. servona, Acrea, 123. sesamus, Precis octavia, 147. Sesia nuba, 331. severini, Euryphene, 186. sex-guttata, Phryganodes, 117, 328 (Fig. 9). sexstriata, Trichobaptes, 331. sibyllina, Pseudacrea, 203. Pseudathyma, 203. siginna, Acrea insignis, 131. signifera, Naroma, 295. silvanus, Lyczenesthes, 227. Papilio, 227. simia, Precis, 147. similis, Cirina, 317. Megalopalpus, 218, 220. Phegorista, 270. simplex, Amphigonia, 288. Episparis, 288. Megalopalpus, 218, 220. Simplicia, 290. simplicia, Ypthima, 142. sinuata, Glyphodes, 330. Kallimula, 150, 151. Phalena, 330. Precis, 151. © Sithon antalus, 222. sjéstedti, Mylothris, 236. sjoestedti, Xyleutes, 319. smaragdalis, Charaxes, 207. solilucis, Pieris, 239. Soloé, 299. soloides, Lelia, 117, 299. Pl. XIV, ‘Fig. 7. sophia, Junonia, 145. Papilio, 145. Precis, 145. sophrosyne, Mycalesis, 136. sophus, Euryphene, 186. Papilio, 186. sophus phreone, Euryphene, 187. 366 spatiosa, Euphedra, 180. Romaleosoma, 180. Speiridonia, 278. plicata, 278. sperchia, Euchromia, 266. Sphinz, 266. Sphingide, 114, 299. Sphingomorpha, 285. aliena, 117, 285. Pl. XIII, Fig. 14. chlorea, 285. pudens, 285. Sphinx accentifera, 301.” atropos, 300. celerio, 302. cerbera, 263. convolvuli, 299. eson, 303. funebris, 301. hypparchus, 324. megera, 302. peneus, 301. sperchia, 266. spica, Mylothris, 116, 117, 236, 237. Tachyris, 236. spica donovani, Mylothris, 116, 117, 236, 237. Spilosoma curvilinea, 267. lutescens, 267. Spindasis, 224. aderna, 225. Pl. XII, Fig. 4. chapini, 116, 225. Pl. XII, Fig. 6. crustaria, 224. fallax, 225. mozambica, 224. natalensis, 224. spio, Pyrgus, 255. Syrichtus, 255. staudingeri, Cymothoé, 197. stellata, Melinoessa, 308. Stemorrhages sericea, 329. Stethotriz helerogyna, 252. Stilpnotia, 295. luteipes, 295. ogovensis, 295. stolida, Grammodes, 283. Noctua, 283. Stracena, 295. fuscivena, 295, Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT promelena, 295. stratola, Nacaduba, 232. strigata, Neptis, 163. strigina, Jana, 304. Striphnopterygide, 303. stygia, Precis, 116, 147. Precis stygia, 147, 148, 149. PI. VII, Fig. 3. stygia fuscata, Precis, 116, 147, 148, 149. Pl. VII, Fig. 5. stygia gregorii, Precis, 147, 148, 149. PI. VI, Fig. 4. stygia stygia, Precis, 147, 148, 149. PI. VII, Fig. 3. subrubens, Eutelia, 274. Penicillaria, 274. subsignata, Achea, 281. Ercheia, 281, 282. subtentyris, Euryphene, 181. subviridis, Euphedra preussi, 116, 174. Pl. XI, Fig. 4. sulphurea, Mylothris, 237. supponina, Acrea, 127. Acrea bonasia, 127. Syllepta, 329. Syntomide, 262. Syntomis, 263. bivittata, 263. cerbera, 263. marina, 263. ogovensis, 263. Syrichtus spio, 255. Tachyris spica, 236. tadema, Aterica, 189. Diestogyna, 189, 191. tenias, Mycalesis, 134. Tagiades, 251. flesus, 251. wermanni, 251. Tagoropsis, 317, gemmifera, 317. Tarucus, 231. telicanus, 231. tartarea, Amauris, 120, lelicanus, Papilio, 231. Tarucus, 231. telicanus plinius, Cupido, 231, 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 367 Telipna, 214. bimacula, 215. medjensis, 116, 214. Pl. XII, Fig. 8. nyanza, 214, 215. rothi, 214. rothioides, 116, 214. Pl. XII, Fig. 73 tellus, Planema, 120. Temnora, 301. eranga, 301. fumosa, 301. tentyris, Euryphene, 181. tenuiorata, Narthecusa, 310. ° Negla, 310. Teracolus, 112, 240. evippe, 240. terea, Papilio, 149. Precis, 146, 149. tergemira, Pterygospidea, 251. Terias, 240. bisinuata, 241, brenda, 240. brenda maculata, 241. brigitta, 242. ceres, 242. desjardinsi, 242. floricola, 242. floricola ceres, 242. hapale, 242. regularis, 242. senegalensis, 240, 241. senegalensis bisinuata, 241. z08, 243. terpsichore, Acrza, 128. Papilio, 128. terpsichore buxtoni, Acrea, 128. testulalis, Maruca, 331. Crocidophora, 331. tettensis, Abantis, 253, 254. thalassina, Eronia, 243. Pieris, 243. Thecla orcas, 224. thelestis, Acrwa, 125. Acrea pentapolis, 125. themis, Euphedra, 177. theobene, Cymothoé, 194. Harma, 194. theodosia, Cymothoé, 194, 196. theophane, Aterica, 167. theora, Pieris, 239. theorini, Papilio, 248. Thermesia, 278. Thermoniphas plurilimbata, 234. theuszi, Pieris, 239. thoracica, Saliunca, 324. Tipulodes, 324. Thyrididz, 325. thyrsis, Cupidesthes, 227. Lycenesthes, 227. tigrina, Hespagarista, 271. Polacanthopoda, 271. Tineidx, 331. Tipulodes thoracica, 324. tiridates, Charaxes, 207. Papilio, 207. togara, Cupido micylus, 233. Everes, 233. Lycena, 233. Tolna, 280. bolengensis, 117, 280. Pl. XIII, Fig. 9. eximia, 280. tolosa, Mycalesis, 141. Mycalesis vulgaris, 141. traducalis, Eudioptis, 327. Pagyda, 327. trajanus, Euxanthe, 204. Godartia, 204. transiens, Schausia, 272. transversata, Deinypena, 117, 293. Pl. XIII, Fig. 17. © trapezoides, Parasa, 323. triangularis, Deinypena, 291. Tricheta, 263. bivittata, 263. Trichobaptes, 331. auristrigata, 331. sexstriata, 331. Trichosemeia pulvina, 258. Triclema, 229. lutzi, 116, 229. Pl. XII, Fig. 2. rufoplagata, 229. Trigonodes inornata, 284. triment, Abantis, 254. Precis, 147. 368 triphznoides, Metagarista, 271. trithyralis, Sameodes, 330. tsita, Leptalina, 256, 257. tyndarzus, Papilio, 248. ucalegon, Papilio, 248. ucalegonides, Papilio, 248. Ulopeza, 327. umbra, Arrugia, 221. umbricola, Polydesma, 287. umbrina, Euryphene, 192. umvulensis, Abantis, 254. undata, Mocis, 284. Noctua, 284. unicolor, Cyclopides, 256. Hesperia, 262. Ismene, 262. Leptalina, 256. Rhopalocampta, 262. uniformis, Mycalesis, 135. unipuncta, Prasinocyma, 312. Uraniide, 318. Uranothauma, 230. falkensteini, 230. uroarge, Eudemonia, 316. uselda, Harma, 200. ussheri, Palla, 211. vaillantina, Bombyx, 277. Egybolis, 277. valceri, Nyctipao, 277. Vanessa chorimene, 147. Vanessine, 143. Vanessula; 144. milea, 144. variabilis, Pseudogonitis, 117, 275. Pl. XIII, Figs. 5, 6, and 7. venosa, Abantis, 254. venustissima, Pacidara, 274. vesperalis, Acrwa, 125. vestalis, Oboronia ornata, 235, vetusta, Euphaedra, 177. Romalawosoma, 177. vidua, Noctua, 268, Rhodogastria, 268. vilis, Ctenogyna, 306, vinidia, Acrwa, 128, violascens, Mycalesis golo, 137, Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII virescens, Elwodes, 284. Eremobia, 284. Pseudonotodonta, 297. virgo, Hyreus, 230. viridis, Carpostalagma, 269. Caryatis, 269. vittalbata, Xanthospilopteryx, 271. viviana, Acreea, 127. vivida, Nyssia, 323. Parasa, 323. vologeses, Charazes, 211. Palla, 211. vulgaris, Mycalesis, 141. vulgaris tolosa, Mycalesis, 141. vulgaris U, Byblia, 158. walkeri, Nyctipao, 277. Patula, 277. warburgi, Pseudacreea hostilia, 164. welwitschii, Belenois, 239. westermanni, Atemnora, 302. Junonia, 145, 146. Precis, 145, 146. Westermannia digramma, 276. westermannii, Macroglossa, 302. weymeri, Cymothoé, 197. werdeni, Phalera, 305. Rigema, 305. wermanni, Tagiades, 251. wollastoni, Ceratrichia, 260. xanthospila, Anoa, 297. Mylantria, 297. Xanthospilopteryx, 270. emulatrix, 270. batesi, 270. flaviventris, 270. gruenbergi, 271. mabillei, 270, medjensis, 117, 271. Fig. 1. paucicolor, 271. poggei, 270, vittalbata, 271. xeneas, Mycalesis, 133, Xyleutes, 319. sjoestedti, 319. Xynthospilopteryx batesi, 270. Pl. XII, 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 369 xypete, Euphedra, 116, 168, 178. zetes, Acreea, 130. Romaleosoma, 178. Papilio, 130. xypete maxima, Euphedra, 116, 178. Zeuzera boisduvalit, 319. Zinckenia, 327. Ypthima, 142. recurvalis, 327. asterope, 142. zingha, Charazes, 212. doleta, 142. Monura, 212. itonia, 142. Papilio, 212. simplicia, 142. Zizera, 234, antanossa, 234. zalmoxis, Papilio, 244. gaika, 234. Zamarada, 309. lysimon, 234. . protrusa, 309. 206, Terias, 243. ; zambesiaca, Abantis, 254. zonara, Aterica, 183. | zambezina, Abantis, 254. Euryphene, 182, 183. Zebronia, 327. Zonilia fumosa, 301. ) phenice, 327. Zygena guineénsis, 266. zelica, Charaxes, 210. lethe, 265. : zenobia, Papilio, 245. Zygenide, 324. | Zeritis aderna, 225. zymna, Megalopalpus, 218, 219, 220. | fallax, 225. Miletus, 220. | latifimbriata, 225. bite aks sl Bis Okey as nS as Y ere Ne ee Ae 59.53, 71 (67.5) Article VII—AMPHIPODS COLLECTED BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM CONGO EXPEDITION 1909-1915! By CLARENCE R. SHOEMAKER 6 Text Ficures The order Amphipoda is represented in this collection by six species which are included in six genera of the families Gammaride, Talitride, and Ampithoide. All were obtained along the seacoast and, as would be expected from a shore or beach collection, Talitride contains the greatest number of genera, species, and individuals. Two species, Elasmopus congoénsis and Talorchestia tricornuta, are new to science. The types are deposited in The American Museum of Natural History. GAMMARIDEA Gammaride _ Elasmopus congoénsis, new species Eleven specimens were taken at St. Paul de Loanda, Angola, Portuguese West Africa. _Male.—Head: lateral lobes truncated with upper and lower corners broadly rounded; eyes oval, narrower above than below. Antenna 1 about two-thirds length of body; first and second joints equal in length, third over half the length of second; flagellum subequal in length to the peduncle and composed of twenty-five to thirty joints; accessory flagellum two- _ jointed, short, not reaching end of second joint of primary. Antenna 2, two-thirds length of antenna 1; flagellum about two-thirds length of peduncle and composed of thirteen joints. Mouth-parts normal. Maxilliped with the inner distal end of third joint of palp produced into a blunt lobe which is covered with minute tubercles. Side-plate 1 produced slightly forward, front margin a little concave, lower anterior corner broadly rounding. Gnathopod 1: sixth joint oval; palm and hind margin continuous, palm defined by a single spine and armed throughout with two rows of small spines. Gnathopod 2 very robust; sixth joint very long, broad as fifth joint at base and converging toward the much narrower apex; palm undefined but probably represented by a long, narrow groove into which the long, curved dactyl fits; a truncated, forward-pointing tooth upon the inner margin of this groove a little beyond the center; alow blunt tooth armed with three spines on each side just under the dactyl hinge; dactyl strong, with a low protuberance on the inner side resting between the two palmar teeth which rest against the side of dactyl when it is closed. IScientific Results of The American Museum of Natural History Congo Expedition. General Invertebrate Zoology, No. 5. 371 AC cc Fig. 1. Elasmopus congoénsis, &. 1.—Head and antenne. 2.—Accessory flagellum enlarged. 3.—Gnathopod 1 @’, left side, inside view. 4.—Gnathopod 2 d’, left side, inside view. 5.—Maxilliped showing distal lobe of third joint of palp. 6@.—Pleon, uropods, and telson. Fig. 2, Klaemopus congotnsis, oi. |.—-Permopod 1, @.—Permopod 3, 8.—Permopod 4, 4.—Permopod 5, 4.—Telson, 6.—Side-plate 4. AT2 1920] Shoemaker, Amphipods of the Congo Expedition 373 Perzeopods 1 and 2 normal. Perzopod 3 short and stout; its side-plate bilobed, front lobe deeper than hind lobe; second joint expanded posteriorly into a broad lobe with hind margin nearly straight; fourth joint broad with lower front margin produced downward nearly to the middle of the fifth joint; dactyl strong with short spine near middle of inside edge. Perszopod 4 about like 3 but a little longer; lower front corner of fourth joint produced to only about one-third the length of the fifth joint. Perzopod 5 a little longer than 4; lower margin of side-plate evenly curved, posterior half deeper than anterior; rest of limb closely resembling perzeopod 4. Posterior margin of pleon segment 2 with small notch just above lower posterior corner; pleon segment 3 with lower half of posterior margin somewhat crenulate, slight notch just above the lower posterior corner. Uropod 1 extending very little beyond uropod 2; inner ramus longer than outer and subequal to peduncle; rami armed at their distal ends with several long spines, and the margins of rami and peduncle armed with short spines; a long, slightly curved, backward-pointing spine on the inner distal corner of peduncle. Uropod 2 withinner , ramus longer than outer and slightly longer than peduncle, outer ramus subequal to peduncle; rami armed at their distal ends with several long spines and along their edges with shorter ones. Uropod 3: rami subequal, longer than peduncle, broad and truncated, extending beyond uropeds 1 and 2, truncated ends beset with long straight spines, outer edge of outer ramus armed with three groups of spines, inner edge of inner ramus with two or three small spines near base. Telson a little longer than broad, cleft nearly to its base; apex of lobes evenly rounded; notch containing several small spines on outer margin about one-fourth the distance from the distal end. Length.—10 mm. Female.—tIn general like male. Gnathopod 1 like that of male. Gnathopod 2: sixth joint as wide as fifth and twice as long; palm very oblique, about one-half as long as joint and beset with fine spines. Perwopods about as in male, but the third, fourth, and fifth pairs are not so stout. Length.—8 mm. Talitride Talorchestia tricornuta, new species Fifty specimens were taken-at Banana, Belgian Congo, and thirty- nine specimens at St. Antonio, Angola. Male.—Eyes black, large, circular, and nearly meeting at top of head. Antenna 1 not quite reaching to the end of the fourth joint of peduncle of antenna 2; first joint of peduncle short, second a little longer, third about twice the length of the first; flagellum about equal to the length of the third joint of peduncle and com- posed of three or four joints. Antenna 2 about one-third the length of the body; flagellum equal to the length of the peduncle and composed of nineteen or twenty joints. Maxillipeds with inner plates long and truncated, distal ends and inner margins armed with long curved spines; outer plates short and oval and provided on their ends with curved spines; palp three-jointed, second joint expanded on its inner margin into a forward-pointing lobe; inner edge of the second and the inner edge and end of 374 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History {Vol. XLII Oe a. ae, ee: Pe a del! 5 ee Be eT ee ee ee ay Fig. 4, Talorchestia tricornuta, . 1.—Gnathopod 1c, 2.—Gnathopod 2c". 8.—Gnathopod 19. 4,—Gnathopod 2 9, 6.— Telson, ¢.--Lower lip. - 1920] Shoemaker, Amphipods of the Congo Expedition 375 the third joints provided with stout spines.. Maxilla 1 with inner plate very narrow and provided at its distal end with two stout, setose, curved spines; inner plate broad with apex rounding and provided with several serrated spines; palp very small and composed of two joints, of which the second is very short. Maxilla 2 with a large, stout, setose spine on the middle of the inner margin of the inner plate; inner margin and apex of inner plate and apex of outer plate provided with long curved spines. Mandible with molar strong and provided on its posterior edge with a long pinnate seta; at base of molar is a blunt tooth-like protuberance. Lower lip normal. Side-plates not as deep as their body segments and becoming successively wider up to the fifth, which is not as deep as the fourth. Side-plate 1 projecting forward slight- ly; lower anterior corner acute; lower margin with a few short set. Gnathopod 1 with the lower, posterior corner of the fifth and sixth joints produced into a rounded lobe. Dactyl when closed reaching much beyond the lobe of the sixth joint. Gnathopod 2 with sixth joint large and strong; sixth joint long and oval with the palm occupying the entire posterior border; two large teeth, between which the long, curved dacty] rests, occupy the proximal end of the palm; palm with a single, forward-pointing tooth about one-third the distance from the proximal! end, while five stout spines occupy the distal third; many smaller spines occupy the space between the last large spine and the two bounding teeth. The dactyl when closed fits against the palm and the fourth joint and in many specimens reaches to about the middle of the third joint. The five stout spines and the median tooth lie against the outside of the dactyl when it is closed against the palm. Perzopod 1 slender; dactyl with two sete on its inner margin. Perseopod 2 slender; dactyl with the usual notch, and a single seta on its inner margin. Perwopod 3 short; second joint with posterior border expanded into a rounding lobe; fifth joint provided on its anterior edge with four groups of long, downward-pointing spines; dactyl provided on its inner surface with two sete. Perszeopod 4 very long, about the length of the body; side-plate with posterior portion produced into a down- ward-projecting lobe bearing several small spines; second joint greatly expanded backwards and upwards; fourth and fifth joints subequal in length; sixth joint longer than fifth; dactyl usually bearing four or five sete on its inner edge. In the immature males perzopod 4 is not longer than perseopod 5 and the expansion of the second joint is no greater than that of the corresponding joint of perzeopod 5. Perzopod 5 about two-thirds the length of 4, with second joint moderately expanded; dacty! usually with five or six setz on its inner margin. Lower posterior corners of the second and third pleon segments slightly produced; middle of posterior border of third segment provided with several small sete; second segment provided at its posterior dorsal edge with two backward-pointing teeth, one on either side of the middle; third segment provided at the middle of its dorsal surface with a single forward-pointing tooth. These teeth are so arranged that when the pleon is straightened out the tooth of the third segment passes forward between those of the second. These teeth vary greatly in size and in the young males may be very inconspicuous or absent entirely. : Uropod 1 long and slender with rami equal in length to the peduncle; outer ramus slightly longer than inner; both peduncle and rami provided on their upper edges with spines; the outer ramus provided at its apex with two spear-shaped spines and one shorter straight spine, and the inner ramus with one spear-shaped, one long straight spine, and several short spines. Uropod 2 shorter than uropod 1; 376 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History {Vol. XLIIT Fig. 5. Talorchestia tricornuta. 1.—Perwopod 2. 2.—Perwopod 3. 3.—Perropod 4 o. 4.—Pereopod 4 9. 5.—Perropod 5 &. rami equal in length to the peduncle; outer ramus projecting very little beyond inner; upper edges of peduncle and rami provided with spines; outer ramus provided at its apex with one spear-shaped spine and several shorter ones; inner ramus provi- ded at apex with one spear-shaped spine, one long straight spine and one shorter one. Uropod 3 shorter than uropod 2; ramus a little longer than peduncle and armed at its apex and along its upper edge with a few straight spines. Telson short and tumid with sides convex and converging toward the bluntly bilobed apex; each lobe provided at its apex with one long and one short spine; one long and several shorter spines on either side of upper surface about one-third the distance from the end. Length.—11 mm. Female.—Like the male except as follows. Fifth and sixth joints of gnathopod 1 without lobe, Gnathopod 2 with second joint moderately expanded in front; fifth joint with lower margin expanded into a broad, tumid lobe, sixth joint expanded behind into a broad, tumid lobe which projects beyond and slightly in front of the weak dactyl which is situated on the front margin about one-fourth the distance from the distal end, Persopod 4 similar in form and length to perwopod 5 which is similar to the corresponding appendage of the male, Second and third joints of pleon without dorsal teeth, Length.—8 mm. 1920] Shoemaker, Amphipods of the Congo Expedition 3877 Fig. 6. Talorchestia tricornuta. 1.—Pereopod 1. 2.—Maxillipeds. 3.—Maxilla 1. 4.—Maxilla2. 5.—Mandible. 6.—Uropod 1. 7.—Uropod 2, 8.—Uropod 3. Orchestia platensis Kroyer One specimen was taken at Banana, Belgian Congo, and five speci- mens are from St. Antonio, Angola. This species has not previously been reported from the west coast of Africa but has been found in the Mediterranean, the Maldive Archi- pelago, banks of the Rio de la Plata, Atlantic coast of North America, West Indies, Bermudas, Azores, and Hawaii. It will probably be found to be a cosmopolitan species. 378 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Hyale prevostii (Milne-Edwards) Twenty-three specimens were taken at Banana, Belgian Congo. These specimens differ somewhat from the description given by Stebbing in ‘Das Tierreich.’ The antenne have a greater number of joints in their flagella, and uropod 1 has a rather stout spine at the distal end of the peduncle between the rami. H. nilssoni has been reported from the Maldive Archipelago by A. ©. Walker, and Stebbing believes this species to be the same as H. prevostit. H. prevostii has also been taken at the Azores, Sokotra, the Mediterranean, and Ceylon. Ampithoide Ampithoé species A single female was taken at St. Paul de Loanda, Angola. Its specific identification would be quite doubtful, as the characters of many of the females of this genus are very obscure and quite inadequate for such a purpose. Grubia species There are two females from St. Paul de Loanda, Angola, but the characters of the females in this genus, asin the procediog are insufficient for specific identification. 59.53,842(67.5) Article VIII.—-THE BRACHYURAN CRABS COLLECTED BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM CONGO EXPEDITION, 1909-1915! By Mary J. Ratruspun Eco.LogicaL AND OTHER Notes? By HERBERT LANG PuatTes XV to LXIV, 22 Text Fieures, 1 Map INTRODUCTION The collection of brachyuran crustaceans (nearly 3,000 specimens) obtained by Messrs. Lang and Chapin is a large one, especially in rela- tion to the brief period devoted to its acquisition. Although the number of marine, brackish-water, and terrestrial species obtained is only about a third of the total number known to inhabit the western coast of Africa,* or that faunal area extending from Senegal to Angola, yet the large series of many of the species enables us to define them with greater accuracy. Furthermore, the occurrence at the mouth of the Congo means in many cases an extension of the previously known range, and also adds five species to the marine fauna of the continent of Africa; two of these, Geograpsus lividus and Pachygrapsus gracilis, are American species; two others, Menippe nanus and Cyclograpsus occidentalis, were described from the Cape Verde Islands, while the third represents a new species of the extensive and unusually plastic genus Sesarma, viz., S. (Chiroman- tes) alberti.4 Five new species were found among the river crabs, or Potamonide. . Plates XV, XVI, XVII, and LV to LXIV are from photographs made in the field by Mr. Herbert Lang. Plates XL and LIV were borrowed from the U. 8. National Museum. Plates XVIII to XX, XXIII to XXXVI, and XLII are from photographs taken by Mr. Clarence R. Shoemaker and retouched by Mr. Seward H. Rathbun. The remaining plates were photographed at the American Museum. The drawings of the text figures were made by Miss Violet Dandridge, except Fig. 1c by Mr. Seward H. Rathbun. > veenmead Results of The American Museum Congo Expedition. General Invertebrate Zoology, No. 6. 2These notes are indicated in the text: by quotation marks and Mr. Lang’s initials. Short field notes by Mr. Lang are also given in connection with the locality records. 8A list of the decapod crustaceans of western Africa between 16° north latitude and 17° south latitude, including the fauna not only of the coast but of the fresh waters tribu to the coast and of the neighboring islands, was published in 1900 in the Proceedings of the United States National Mu- ‘seum, XXII, No. 1199, pp. 271-316. 4Named for the King of the Belgians. 379 380 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT NEw SPECIES, WITH THEIR TyPE LOCALITIES PAGE Potamon (Potamonautes) stanleyensis. Stanleyville...........2....0........ 415 S iGecthelphana) congpsnais, | (IADR oo ok oo cea oe be odes cok 422 a perparvus. Stanleyville............ Poe ae a Ory oe 425 +f (Acanthothelphusa) faradjensis. Faradje......................... 428 ad . langi. .: Stanleyville.c. 5 ns EN Se 430 Sesarma (Chiromantes) alberti. Malela.................0.. 000 ccc cee cee eee 448 List or Species TAKEN BY THE AMERICAN Museum Conco EXPEDITION Dromia atlaniica Doflemn:: 50). Fer oe ee eee 393 Callinectes marginatus (A. Milnié. Edwarda)e caer ise cicit ss, ova ci aed GR 395 - gladiator Seen 6s oe ee ea gs cae eee 397 - lalimahue Rathbut.\:'. 3 acu eieiae ss ics so se ere eee 398 Thatamtia africana Waaere «ss ends Spee tire sic. ss Neen paie ee eines 402 rr (Potamonautes) flowert Ge Mania ee RRS 406 1 dybowshtt Batu eek oc ss eo 410 cd a Lésvonpeniate Teak sis 6) ou: 5» +. + +s siden Sen eee 413 46 se stanleyensis, new species.................. “Ai eee 415 oe (Potamon) ballayi (A. Milne Edwards).......................05.. 419 2 (Geothelphusa) congoénsis, new species............ 2... .... 0.0.00 eee 422 ” me perparvus, new species................... 00 e eee 425 * (Acanthothelphusa) faradjensis, new species. ...................05. 428 re Vs Laing, DAMIR i556... 2 5 i dona lene 430 Erimetopus brazze (A. Milne Edwards)....................0. 0c cee eee eees 433 Deckenia mitie Hilgendort . . oo) cc ss sey st esse. os Saeed ibeene ae Ranereaate 434 Menippe nanus A. Milne Edwards and Bouvier......................0.0.. 436 Pilumnus vorrucosipes Stimpeon os Pee a RE 437 Panopeus africanus A. Milne Edwards. ................00. 000 cece eee 438 Eurypanopeus blanchardi (A. Milne Edwards)?.. ..... 2.000000 440 Grapeus qrepeus (LANNGIOD) fe i oie Reais sins ays « Roe UE alpen Oem 441 Geograpsus lividus (H. Milne Edwards) .............0. 0. ccc ees 442 Gontopeie crucniate Tiaiteey ss. gine peices sos sis eve ev eR Une aes 443 Pachygrapeus transvereue (GibDeS) ee EA 444 pe gracitta Catmiaate) 25 OP RIA Es as i eh SG 445 Sesorme (Chéromantes) africanum H. Milne Edwards...............6.....4.. 446 Bibel, DOC DO tales 4 ss 5.0 > achabie wages tn weed 448 “6. ‘(il lomahopus) OGM Gb BABI iis ie ch tenets cnveneat 449 on = angolense Brito Capello.............ccsccernveeees 451 - 5 chegune Hevkiote. eter es CA Es 453 Sarmatium curvatum (H. Milne Edwards) .............0.0.00000 006 cee eens 454 Cyclograpsus occidentalis A. Milne Edwards. ............0.06.000 0000 eee 455 Cardleemd eranabesnn Thethelate oie. igs: d sivliredi end wes 66 sess Uvcnltyanaia ateee 456 Osypede topes: OUI w i.02 o4.0ncn0 Aedes ee eh hee 461 Sonne Ge Maas 55 0 AERA i 00, 0 OO ere 462 Ven tanger GRIGG) 666 8 iss inc os aoa aa Ee bik bw os ane COM Kase WIEST 465 fe fre Pt hc eee oie s eo ree 466 . 1921] Rathbun, Brachyuran Crabs of the Belgian Congo 381 List oF Locauities, wirH NAMES OF THE SPECIES TAKEN AT EAcH Avakubi Potamon (Potamonautes) dybowskii Bafwabaka Potamon (Potamonautes) dybowskii (Geothelphusa) congoénsis F Bafwamoko Frotamor (Potamonautes) dybowskii " stanleyensts Bafwasende Potamon (Potamonautes) dybowskii ‘i (Geothelphusa) congoénsis Banana Callinectes marginatus “ gladiator MS latimanus Potamon (Potamonautes) floweri Panopeus africanus Grapsus grapsus Geograpsus lividus Goniopsis cruentata Pachygrapsus transversus “ gracilis Sesarma (Chiromantes) africanum “ “cc alberti i (Holometopus) biittikoferi “ “ elegans Sarmatium curvatum Cyclograpsus occidentalis Cardisoma armatum Batama Potamon (Potamonautes) dybowskii Comarock (River near), Athi Plains, British East Africa Deckenia mitis Faradje Potamon (Potamonautes) floweri “ (Acanthothelphusa) faradjensis Garamba Potamon (Potamonautes) flowert Leopoldville Potamon (Acanthothelphusa) wv Erimetopus brazze Libreville, Gaboon Peano (Potamonautes) flowert z dybowskii « — (Geothelphusa) congoénsis Sesarma (Chiromantes) africanum Lopez (Cape), French Congo Ocypode ippeus Malela Sesarma (Chiromantes) alberti ¥ (Holometopus) biittikoferi “ “ angolense Sarmatium curvatum Cardisoma armatum Moanda Callinectes marginatus Grapsus grapsus Goniopsis cruentata Sesarma (Holometopus) elegans Sarmatium curvatum Cardisoma armatum Ocypode ippeus ‘“ africana Uca tangeri Nepoko’ River (Affluents of), near Gamangui (Ituri Forest) Polanen (Potamonautes) floweri - dybowskii . (Geothelphusa) congoénsis Ngayu Polemen (Potamonautes) floweri " dybowskii Padron Point Menippe nanus Poko Polamon (Potamonautes) flowert S dybowskii sid (Geothelphusa) congoénsis San Antonio, Angola Callinectes gladiator Eurypanopeus blanchardi ? Goniopsis cruentata Pachygrapsus gracilis Sesarma (Chiromantes) africanum . “ “ alberti “ (Holometopus) biittikoferi ‘“ “ elegans 382 Sarmatium curvatum Ocypode ippeus africana Uca tangeri Pisa carinimana Stanleyville Potamon (Potamonautes) dybowskii * be lirrangensis stanleyensis ne (Potamon) ballayi (Geothelphusa) perparvus ae (Acanthothelphusa) langi St. Paul de Loanda, Angola Dromia atlantica Callinectes marginatus Thalamita africana Pilumnus verrucosipes Panopeus africanus “ “cc Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Pachygrapsus transversus Pisa carinimana Tshopo River (Affluents of), near Stanleyville Rekonee (Potamonautes) floweri